A Spiritual Guide to Planetary Transformation
by Ruth Brown
Copyright 2023 Ruth Brown
ISBN:
978-1-312-28765-5
Creative Commons
Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives
4.0 International License
Website: https://themista.com/
Blog: https://www.blogspot.themista.com/
Table of Contents
Chapter 1. Introduction.
Chapter 2. The True Reality of Our Universe
Chapter 3. A New Way to Encounter the Divine.
Chapter 4. A New Way to Ditch Your Mental Toxicities.
Chapter 5. A New Way to Ditch Your Physical Toxicities.
Chapter 6. A New Way to Exercise.
Chapter 7. A New Way to Lose Weight and Keep It Off.
Chapter 8. A New Way to be Substance Free.
Chapter 9. A New Way to Live.
Chapter 10. New Kinds of Relationships.
Chapter 11. New Ways to Do Health Care.
Chapter 12. A New Non-Governmental Reality
Chapter 13. A New Social Reality.
Chapter 14. A New Cultural Reality.
Chapter 15. A New Digital Reality.
Chapter 16. A New Fiscal Reality.
Chapter 17. A New Way to Die.
Chapter 18. A New Vision of the Afterlife.
Chapter 19. Conclusion.
Footnotes.
Bibliography.
Disclaimer.
This book must start with a necessary disclaimer. Neither my books nor my website are meant to provide any kind of professional, legal, financial, or health care advice. This applies most especially to health. I am not a trained medical professional, and the health advice I give in this book is based solely on my own personal experience. So the reader should understand that no kind of health care action or inaction should be taken based upon what I say here. My statements are not intended for treatment purposes but for discussion with your own adviser or physician. It is true that I am very critical of all professional systems as they are now practiced in this country, and that I also recommend various alternatives. However, I cannot guarantee that any of my suggestions will produce the desired results. So at the present time your paid professional is the person to turn to if you have a problem, not me. So I must disclaim all responsibility for any liability which might be incurred as a consequence of what I say here. Please use this information responsibly.
Note on Chinese transcription.
In this book I use
the Hanyu Pinyin system of Chinese Romanization for the
following terms:
Dao, Daoism = Tao,
Taoism
Laozi = Lao Tzu
Taijiquan = T'ai chi chu'an
Chapter 1. Introduction.
At the present moment here in
the 21st century, the human race is lost in a dark wood. We no
longer know what we are doing, nor where we are going. We try
to cling to the social and cultural forms of the past since
they used to be meaningful, but nothing works any longer the
way it should. Our planet is riddled with collapsing paradigms
in the most important aspects of our human reality, including
government, education, religion, science, medicine,
relationships, economics, and law. Most people have no real
goals except money and self-indulgence, and life does not get
any drearier than that.
Well, nothing lasts forever. It
is true that our entire planet is an unworkable mess at
the moment, but I am convinced that an immense
transformation for the better in our planetary
reality is starting to take place. If you are someone
who has been contemplating a dystopian future filled
with global warming, nuclear disasters, overpopulation,
depletion of planetary resources, and increasing
oppression, you need to think again. All of us 8 billion
humans are about to experience a completely new kind of
earthly reality. Granted that we humans will always face
challenges, but the long horrible saga of man's
inhumanity to man is about to come to an end. The
upcoming changes are not going to happen all at once,
nor are they going to happen everywhere at the same
time, but happen they will. And no, this new future is
not something that any of our most prestigious
scientists or futurists have predicted, but I can give
you at least some proof that it is coming. So you may as
well hear me out.
Especially since my readers
have probably already realized that new ways of doing
things is a necessity at this point in human history.
Things have gone terribly wrong all over the world, and
they just keep getting worse. In my opinion this is
happening because our most important social structures
have been erected upon toxic premises, which is the only
way to describe the monster governments, corporate
behemoths, mechanistic scientific paradigms, and other
unworkable theories which currently tyrannize our
planet. Yes, I know that millions are convinced that
soon or later things will finally start working again,
since . . . they have to. There are no alternatives.
Right?
Well, expecting success after
hundreds if not thousands of failures is as dumb as it
gets. So why do people keep thinking that our current
social or cultural forms are still viable? Alas, one
thing that is obvious from human history is that people
in all epochs possess two very peculiar tendencies. On
the one hand they realize that the only constant in this
world is that of change. Philosophers
such as Heraclitus in the West and Laozi in the East
have always emphasized that we live in an
ever-transforming universe. As Heraclitus tells us in
his Fragments (sixth century
BCE), "You cannot step twice into the same river; for
fresh waters are flowing in upon you." Everybody knows
that this is the reality of our universe. Nothing lasts
forever. Here today, gone tomorrow.[1]
On the other hand, there is a
second human tendency which has also been noticed
throughout most of our planetary history. This is the
tendency for us foolish humans to persuade ourselves
that the way things are now are
the way they are always going to be. If you know
anything about cultural history, you see this phenomenon
manifesting time and again: political or religious
leaders, prominent thinkers, and countless numbers of
ordinary people make their decisions based upon the
fantasy that the current social, governmental, or
spiritual arrangements are going to last forever. This
especially holds true if any kind of cultural
manifestation has been around for decades, if not
centuries.
And if ever there were an era
when people suffer under the forever delusion, we
happen to be living in it. This should not be
surprising, given the fact that we have been brainwashed
to think that the societies in which we currently live
are the culmination of human aspiration. So of course the social and
governmental realities which we have at the present
moment are going to last from here to eternity. That's
right, we are all going to enjoy antidepressants,
suburbia, consumerism, video games, the Denver Broncos,
tattoos, organized religion, McMansions, hamburgers,
bureaucrats, and Hollywood until the last syllable of
recorded time. Lucky us.
Well, have I got some news for
you. What is coming in the next few decades is an
opportunity for all of us humans to change the whole
planet for the better in completely unprecedented ways.
This new reality will be based upon the kind of ideals
which most of us still cherish, such as life, liberty,
and that pleasant Epicurean goal called the pursuit of
happiness. So a different kind of world is not something
which should be feared. And instead of scoffing at its
possibility, we should all start doing our best to bring
it into being. One of my lifelong heroes, Ralph Waldo
Emerson, tells us over and over that whenever we realize
that we are trapped in something dead, we should cut our
losses and move into new space and freedom. He is right.
There is no better time like the present to do it, where
all our ruling paradigms are completely and utterly
dead.
But why do I think that a new
world is coming into being at the present time? What
makes it possible for me personally to see the future
more clearly than anyone else? Well, I am what you would
call a psychic. Over the years I have learned how to
work with an oracular tool, and I think that this skill
has helped to pick up on hidden energies, see patterns
which are invisible to other people, and sense the
presence of the Divine in my life. All of which means
that I am convinced that I do understand something about
the future of the entire planet much more clearly than
most people, especially since I have long been in the
habit of asking my oracular tool questions not just
about myself, but about the future of the human race.
Here you should understand what
being psychic means. There is nothing spooky or occult
about being psychic--it is a perfectly normal human
talent which all of us possess, even if we do not
realize that we have it. Mind you, being psychic does
not mean that you will be able to win the lottery or
make it big in Hollywood. But it will help you develop
new ways of perceiving the world, practice natural
healing, understand the true nature of your existence,
and make better judgment calls. Are you the sort of
person who can only come to a decision after days of
agonizing doubt? And even when you think you have chosen
the best option, do you lie awake at night wondering if
you have done the right thing? Alas, the reality of most
of us humans is that we stumble blindly through our
lives, making one disastrously bad decision after
another, including choices about careers, partners,
finances, health care, raising children, and what we
eat.
Well, it doesn't have to be
like that any longer, not when each one of us can start
receiving guidance and assistance directly from the
Divine. Try to imagine for a moment how our tired old
world could be transformed if everyone had such a
talent. We mistake-prone humans would no longer have to
rely upon guesswork or arrogant experts to make
decisions. Quarrels between individuals or nations could
easily be resolved. Nothing could be hidden any longer,
including potential terrorist attacks or criminal
activity. Chronic problems such as governmental
oppression, lack of universal medical care, pollution,
environmental sustainability, and poverty could finally
be solved. Best of all, not only could each one of us
start sensing the presence of the Divine and the angels
in our lives, but we could also start receiving Divine
assistance for our most pressing problems. All of which
means that we do not need yet another grandiose
governmental scheme to change the world for the better.
We all need to start developing our psychic skills so
that each one of us can start receiving Divine guidance
and assistance.
And guess what: once you learn
how these skills can benefit you, you will not need
organized religion or scripture any longer--you can turn
yourself into your own prophet or sybil. Have you ever
wished you could possess the skills of a Biblical
prophet or the pythoness at the Oracle of Delphi?
Throughout history only the tiniest percentage of human
beings, perhaps only a few hundred, have had the ability
to hear and understand messages from the Divine. But we
are now moving into a world where this talent is going
to be possible for all 8 billion of us humans. This is
why I believe our planet is on the brink of an
unprecedented transformation for the better. We are
moving into a future where every last one of us can
become his or her own prophet.
My readers are probably
skeptical about all of these assertions, especially
about the ability of each one of us to develop our
psychic skills. This brings me to my next intuition
about the future of our planet. I am convinced that the
human race is currently undergoing an unprecedented
evolutionary shift which is going to transform the
energies of that species called Homo sapiens in ways which
previous generations never could have imagined.
Evolution? Isn't that supposed
to be something which happened way back in the caveman
days and then stopped? Well, not quite. If you know
anything about history, you can see that all species
here on earth have continued to evolve in various ways
throughout the centuries. The constant transformation of
us planetary beings did not stop a long time ago. It is
an ongoing process.
But why is some kind of super
colossal evolutionary shift happening now? And why do I
think it is going to impact every last one of us? Well,
in my opinion it is happening for two reasons. The first
is called . . .
Electronic sensitization.
Once upon a time, long before
the computer revolution, most people spent their time working
with matter such as wood, steel, rocks, cloth, and earth, and
they made our human cultures out of these raw materials. Of
course this kind of work still continues here in the 21st
century. People fashion artifacts or structures out of what
they consider to be matter, and these artifacts enable us to
survive as a species.
But today billions of people
are now spending most of their time interacting not with
matter but with those electrical impulses called bytes.
If you are like me, you are handling, wearing, touching,
listening to, or working with some kind of digital
device every waking hour of your life. Guess what this
means: your gadgets are increasing the velocity of your
atomic vibrations. This in turn is making your physical
body less dense. Granted that most of us still think of
our physical bodies as something solid and heavy, but
that is only an indication of the limitation of our
senses. Although you probably cannot perceive it, if you
spend all your time working with electronics, your body
has been slowly growing ever more transparent over the
years.
I have heard of some psychics
who are able to see human beings as transparent
entities, which means that they are probably seeing the
vacant spaces at the atomic level. And in my opinion, a
speedier atomic vibration is what makes people ever more
sensitive to spiritual and psychic energies. In other
words, those people who are born with clairvoyance or
clairaudience come into the world with much faster
atomic vibes than the rest of us. But you don't have to
be born with high speed vibes to be psychic. One of the
most impressive psychics in my hometown of Springfield,
Illinois, a woman named Greta Alexander, did not have a
trace of extrasensory ability until she was accidentally
struck by lightning as an adult. After this near-fatal
event, she discovered that she was able to pick up on
hidden energies, read minds, get glimpses of the future,
and help the police solve crimes.[2] That bolt from the
blue shifted her energies so much that she was able to
start a new career as a professional psychic.
Well, the rest of us do not
need a lightning strike to make our own innate psychic
ability operational. Our computers, cell phones,
laptops, MP3 players, tablets, and flat screens are
already doing it for us. And since our interaction with
electronics is only going to increase in the years to
come, this means that present and future members of the
human race are going to be blessed with the kind of
sixth sense which only a minuscule number of people
throughout history have possessed. Sooner or later every
last one of us Homo sapiens will become more
spiritually sensitive because of it. All of which means
that the presence of the Divine and the angels in our
lives will become ever more perceptible.
Mind you, this evolutionary
change is not going to happen at the same time for
everyone on this planet. We humans continue to
experience what is called the global digital divide,
where only people in the more prosperous cultures have
access to electronics and the internet. But digital
reality is what everyone on the planet is eager to
experience these days, and in the decades to come
everyone will eventually get it.
But you personally do not think
that you are growing ever more sensitive? Well, think
about your life for a moment. Have you ever been called
a snowflake? Do you ever get "triggered" if someone
voices an opinion or a criticism you don't like? Or do
you go into screaming hysteria if a politician you don't
support gets elected? Do you consider all your issues,
no matter how trivial, to be matters of life and death?
Does your head explode if immediate gratification isn't
fast enough? Do you go into agony whenever you start
worrying about global warming even though you can't give
up your own car since you need it? Your grandfather
might have waded ashore at Omaha Beach, but if you are a
contemporary super-sensitive snowflake, and if something
goes wrong with your life, you will need to cower in a
safe space with coloring books and crayons until you
feel better.
Of course you can still find
confident and capable people these days who can deal
with whatever Life dishes out to them. However, there
are also huge numbers of fragile sensitives among us who
are constantly cowering with fright in ways previous
generations never could have imagined. Everything seems
to terrorize them, even Halloween costumes or the wrong
kind of food. Older people realize, correctly, that this
is something unprecedented in human history, and they
post despairing comments on the internet all the time: What's wrong with college
students? What is America coming to? What has happened
to people? Where did these characters come from?
Where did they come from? They
came from their gadgets, that's where. Kids these days
have no experience of what we older people can still
remember: analogue reality. Yeah, that antiquated life
before computers, when the only electronic device in the
house was the television. It is true that people were
always staring at it, but their atomic energies were not
being speeded up by its vibes. So they did not go
through life scared to death of absolutely everything.
Kids these days do, especially if they clutch their
phones eighteen hours a day.
Thus electronics do make
cowards of us all. The snowflakes among us have got to
be some of the most pathetic personalities in human
history. They are helpless, immature, dependent upon
anything or anyone which promises security, too
traumatized to live fully and richly, in need of
perpetual counseling, constantly throwing tantrums,
addicted to any kind of substance/video/social
media/medication which makes them feel good, and
clinging desperately to anything which gives them an
illusion of safety. They are, in short, falling
helplessly through space and unable to find any kind of
solid ground beneath their feet. Whenever I see a photo
or a video of a typical kid snowflake, the one with the
tattoos, piercings, fluorescent hair, blank zombie eyes,
and a perpetual scowl, I don't know how such a human can
stand to be alive. Well, maybe they are not really
alive. Their video games and their social media do their
living for them. As for coping with the normal problems
of life in a mature manner, they cannot manage it, not
even when they are being enabled by
friends/parents/teachers/religious
leaders/politicians/echo chambers.
Well, it doesn't have to be
like this. When the snowflakes among us realize that
their ever greater sensitivity means that they can start
receiving individually accessible Divine guidance and
assistance, their lives will be transformed in ways that
their grandparents never could have imagined. In other
words, what is causing snowflake super sensitivity is
also the way to cure it. This solution will not only
change everyone's own life for the better, but it will
also create a completely new and unprecedented planetary
reality. So no matter how lunatic I sound at the moment,
you need to keep reading.
Especially since there is a
second reason why people are becoming ever more
sensitive. This second reason also helps to explain why
nothing works any longer the way it should here in the
21st century. At this moment in human history we are
living through an astrological shift. More specifically
we are moving out of the Piscean era into . . .
The Age of Aquarius.
I must now reveal myself to
be a believer in that bunch of hooey known as astrology.
Yikes! Can I possibly be serious? How can anyone in this day
and age defend a thoroughly discredited sham like astrology?
And what in the world does astrology have to do with our
current planetary mess?
Well, bear with me a little. In
particular, let me stress one that there are two
different kinds of astrology. The first is the
predictive kind, when the stars are supposed to control
your destiny, or some kind of gibberish like that. This
is the sort of nonsense which you get in online
horoscopes, which only the morons among us can
appreciate. They need to understand that predictive
astrology is for the birds. Nobody's future is frozen in
the stars at the moment of their birth--it is theirs to
create as they please.
But there is a different kind
of astrology, one which is concerned with patterns of
energy, and this kind of astrology can help us. I know
from long experience as a gardener that if you plant
your seeds according to the correct astrological sign,
most of them will germinate. But if you plant them
during the wrong sign or phase of the moon, you are
asking for trouble. If astrological energies have this
kind of impact upon plant life, is it really so
incredible to suggest that it might have the same kind
of impact upon us human beings? Or upon our human
civilization itself?
All of which means that I am
convinced astrology does have something to tell us about
the cultural energies of our planet. And the most
important astrological message we are getting at the
moment is that our earth is moving out of the energies
of the Piscean constellation and into that of Aquarius.
The element of Pisces is water, an element which has
always corresponded to human emotional experience. For
the last two thousand years Piscean energies have
manifested as energies which are emotional, hidden,
mystical, and hierarchical. Fanaticism, martyrdom,
cloistered nuns, love as a be-all or an end-all of human
existence . . . these are expressions of specifically
Piscean energies.
The element of
Aquarius on the other hand is that of air, which
indicates energies that are rational, thoughtful,
communicative, informational, and independent.
Libertarian politics are Aquarian, as are home
schooling, the internet, cell phones, decentralization,
scientific inventions, indie rock, and philosophy. Human
laughter is also Aquarian--laughter is after all a burst
of air energy. As for information technologies, it has
long been noticed that most current human creativity is
going into tech development. This is what interests
people these days, not Piscean emotional forms like
grand opera, sentimentalism, or love stories.
It is also interesting to see
that the symbol of Aquarius is a water bearer, a human
being who wants to help others. This means that
humanitarianism is an energy which will be of supreme
importance in the Aquarian era to come. You are never
going to find a water bearer erecting a concentration
camp, burning books, enacting an auto-da-fé, turning
into a suicide bomber, or engaging in the other kinds of
fanatical human behavior which were common in the
Piscean era. Water bearers just do not do that kind of
stuff. All they want to do is help others.
All of which means that in the
Aquarian era, not only are people going to be more
thoughtful and humanitarian, they will be able to see
Reality much more clearly, thanks not only to their
greater intellectual powers but to their new psychic
powers as well. One of the principal benefits of being
psychic is the ability to pick up on what are mostly
non-perceptible energies. It was only in the Piscean era
that you could rob a bank and get away with it. That
will no longer be possible in the Aquarian world to
come, where ever more transparent people are going to be
able to pick up on the reality behind ever more
transparent events. I cannot remember the word transparency being used as a
positive social value when I was younger, but it is a
universal ideal these days, which is all for the best.
In a transparent world, what was once hidden behind
closed doors, such as corporate greed or governmental
oppression, can no longer be kept secret. This is a
major step forward for the human race, and it will
eventually result in the well-deserved destruction of
all our legacy systems.
So the shift from Pisces to
Aquarius also helps to explain why most of our presiding
theories are no longer working. They are Piscean
cultural forms which will have no relevance in the new
Aquarian world forming around us. If you combine the new
astrological energies with our ever-increasing
electronic sensitization . . . well, the human race has
not gone through a change like this since never. Granted
the changes will be slow in coming--it will take time
for people to realize how both their bodies and their
cultures are shifting thanks to this double whammy. And
given the suspicion that psychic ability has generated
over the centuries, it will probably be quite a while
before people will accept the fact that it can be
beneficial.
But how do I know that all of
this is true? Where is my evidence? Well, the only proof
I can offer you is experiential. I want you to follow
the suggestions I recommend in this book and see if they
improve your life. I think you will discover that for
the first time in your existence, you will realize that
you do have psychic abilities which you never noticed
before. Moreover, you will start getting much more
clarity about how to solve your problems because of it.
Indeed, your entire existence is going to change for the
better in ways you never thought possible.
This brings me to the main
theme of this book: planetary transformation. We all
want to improve our own personal lives as we go through
our days, but we would also like to live in a better
kind of world. I am convinced that a much healthier kind
of planetary reality is indeed coming, not just for us
Americans but for the human race as a whole. The one
thing that needs to happen now is understanding how each
one of us can help this transformation to take place.
Mind you, the coming changes
are not going to manifest by new rules and regulations,
more soulless secularism, or any kind of governmental
initiatives. What we are going to experience is a global
spiritual transformation, one that is decentralized and
egalitarian, and one which will give each member of the
human race the opportunity to live a free, happy, and
healthy life for the first time in history. In one way
or another, each one of us can help this new world to
manifest.
But there is a necessary first
step before this planetary transformation can happen. No
one should ever try to make the world a better place
unless they transform themselves first. The last thing
our planet needs are those legacy human types called
bullies, who are furiously determined to coerce change
on those people whom they consider to be their
inferiors. People such as these are completely blind to
the true nature of life and consciousness, and they
always make things worse. There are much easier and more
effective ways to bring about planetary improvement,
which will be discussed.
But if I am recommending that
you should change the planet for the better by changing
yourself first, where should you start? The answer to
this is easy. The very first thing you need to do is
learn how to understand . . .
Chapter 2. The True Reality of Our Universe.
Yeah. I am now going to talk about something
called the Reality of our universe. That's Reality with
a capital R. It just so happens that there actually is
an enormous something which can explain everything about our
universe. This Reality is easily comprehensible,
applicable to everyone, and can change anyone's life for
the better once they understand what it is.
Now I know that many people
these days are convinced that there is no one great big
Theory of Everything. They are convinced that all truths
are socially-constructed, and none of them have any more
validity than any of the others since they are all
subjectively imagined by different individuals. But here
I am telling you that a Theory of Everything actually
does exist and is something that you have probably never
noticed in your life. That cannot be possible, right?
You are smart, educated, and successful, so of course
you are able to perceive the world around you with
complete accuracy.
Sorry. You had better think
again. I guarantee that everything you think you know
about human existence or civilization is wrong. And yes,
I am aware that this must be an idea that is utterly
inconceivable to most of the billions currently stalking
the planet these days, and especially us Americans, most
of whom want to go on forever with our current
political, religious, and intellectual paradigms. These
social forms make us feel good, and in our snowflake
world there is nothing more important than feeling good.
But most of the current political/religious/intellectual
paradigms, which millions mindlessly support, are
nothing but toxic illusions.
The first and worst of these
illusions is the idea that matter actually exists. We need to
understand that everything in our spacetime universe,
including our physical bodies, is energy, and nothing
else but. Quantum physicist Max Planck is correct when
he tells us that "there is no matter as such! All matter
originates and exists only by virtue of a force which
brings the particles of an atom to vibration and holds
this most minute solar system of the atom together."[3]
So we Homo sapiens are not
manifestations of "matter"--we are energy fields, which
is why the speeding up of our atomic vibrations is going
to make such a profound difference in our lives.
But there is another aspect to
the energetic reality of our universe. We also need to
understand that our energy fields are composed of
swirling atomic particles which are constantly moving
through mostly vacant space. Frank Close in Nothing: A Very Short
Introduction (2009) tells us
that atoms are 99.9999999999999% empty, which makes for
a lot of emptiness.[4] So try to wrap your head around
that one for a moment. Then tell yourself that a piece
of granite which looks so solid, or a pool of water
which seems to be nothing but wetness, or your own human
body, are nothing but 99.9999999999999% empty energy
fields.
Of course nothing in our
spacetime universe is ever completely empty, so these
mostly empty atoms also possess some kind of force field
which keeps their particles swirling. Nevertheless, what
we think of as "matter" is nothing but mostly empty
fields existing in a mostly empty universe. It is only
the inadequacy of our senses which makes us think that
any kind of energy manifestation possesses solidity. We
need to understand that our physical senses have never
given us any kind of accurate perception of the Reality
we live in. This is not surprising, given the fact that
we Homo sapiens evolved by
shutting things out, not by taking things in--we never
could have survived if we had been overwhelmed by that.
This means that throughout all of human history, at
least in the West, most human beings have gone through
their days without truly perceiving the true nature of
the universe, let alone understanding what life or
consciousness truly is.
So as far as that Theory of
Everything is concerned, the first rule is that all
"things" in our universe are nothing but energy fields.
But there are several other aspects we also need to
understand about the Reality of our universe, as
follows:
• All energies are interconnected.
• All energies are equal.
• All energies are constantly transforming.
• All energies are manifestations of the Divine.
Accepting these energy rules
is all that you need to understand everything about the
Reality of the universe. They contain all the religion,
science, ethics, politics, sociology, art, philosophy,
culture, education, and wisdom anybody needs. You simply have
to accept each one of them as truth, and then you align all
your beliefs, your actions, and your energies to their
essence. So you need to stop thinking that the uselessness
called politics can actually make the world a better place.
The only thing which will make our planetary situation better
is all 8 billion of us humans accepting and aligning their
lives to the Theory of Everything in our universe.
Still, I am aware that most
people are going to have a hard time wrapping their
heads around these energy rules. The most important one,
namely that everything is energy, is the easiest to
understand and is probably acceptable to most people.
Nevertheless, the other rules seem to fly in the face of
what seems to be ordinary common sense, especially the
idea that all energies are interconnected. What kind of
crazy idea is that? Anyone with half a brain can see
that there is nothing but empty space between two
different objects! As for the insane idea that Divine
energy permeates all manifestations, this is not
something which is very perceptible in a pile of cow
manure or a landfill.
Well, I am standing my ground
here. It is now time to analyze each of these other
energy rules one by one. We will start with the
following, namely that . . .
All energies are interconnected.
I am aware that universal interconnection is an
idea which sounds completely unbelievable to most people
these days. They might be capable of acknowledging that
everything in our universe is energy, but they also know
perfectly well that the various manifestations in our
universe are all separate and apart from each other. An
apple is not connected in any way to an orange or a
banana--right? As for each one of us Homo sapiens, we are all
bags of skin which are separate and apart from all the
other bags of skin on the planet. Common sense tells us
that there is nothing but empty space between two
different people.
However, a feeling of universal
interconnection has been frequently sensed for millennia
by sensitive people all over the world. In recent years
the idea has even received some scientific proof, thanks
to the first experiments in quantum physics at the
beginning of the 20th century. One of the most
astounding revelations at that time was the fact that
the presence of an observer could change the course of
an experiment. Physicists were flabbergasted to discover
that there was some kind of connection between the
observer and what was being observed, and they
eventually had to conclude that there had to be some
kind of non-perceptible link between the two. If this
kind of connection existed, then there also had to be
imperceptible connections between all energy fields in
our universe, even though modern scientists simply could
not perceive them.
This idea is not new in human
history. Eastern religions have always taught that we
live in an interconnected universe. The sense of
separateness we feel when we encounter an energy field
"outside" of ourselves is nothing but an illusion. In
one way or another everything in our universe is
entangled with everything else. There is no such thing
as separateness, neither in our personal lives nor in
the cosmos. Universal connection permeates everything.
American physicist Fritjof
Capra describes this most beautifully in the following
paragraph from The Tao of Physics: An
Exploration of the Parallels between Modern Physics and
Eastern Mysticism (1975):
The following chapters [of The Tao of Physics] will show that the basic elements of the Eastern world view are also those of the world view emerging from modern physics. They are intended to suggest that Eastern thought and, more generally, mystical thought provide a consistent and relevant philosophical background to the theories of contemporary science; a conception of the world in which man's scientific discoveries can be in perfect harmony with his spiritual aims and religious beliefs. The two basic themes of this conception are the unity and interrelation of all phenomena and the intrinsically dynamic nature of the universe. The further we penetrate into the submicroscopic world, the more we shall realize how the modern physicist, like the Eastern mystic, has come to see the world as a system of inseparable, interacting and ever-moving components with man being an integral part of this system.[5]
So if you want to accurately perceive the Reality of the universe, you must acknowledge the "unity and interrelation of all phenomena". Ancient Vedic sages called this interconnection Indra's Net, a glittering interconnected web of jewels, each one of which not only binds everything together but constantly reflects the light of the other gems. Besides, it is not just Eastern traditions which teach this--we get the same message from Western sages and mystics. Emerson quite rightly tells us in the Over-soul (1841) that:
We live in succession, in division, in parts, in particles. Meantime within man is the soul of the whole; the wise silence; the universal beauty, to which every part and particle is equally related; the eternal ONE. And this deep power in which we exist, and whose beatitude is all accessible to us, is not only self-sufficing and perfect in every hour, but the act of seeing and the thing seen, the seer and the spectacle, the subject and the object, are one. We see the world piece by piece, as the sun, the moon, the animal, the tree; but the whole, of which these are the shining parts, is the soul.[6]
And Hermann Hesse states in his great novel Siddhartha (1922) that the goal of his hero's long spiritual search is very simple, namely to sense and live the unity of the world:
Slowly blossomed, slowly ripened in Siddhartha the realisation, the knowledge, what wisdom actually was, what the goal of his long search was. It was nothing but a readiness of the soul, an ability, a secret art, to think every moment, while living his life, the thought of oneness, to be able to feel and inhale the oneness. Slowly this blossomed in him, was shining back at him from Vasudeva's old, childlike face: harmony, knowledge of the eternal perfection of the world, smiling, oneness.[7]
Oneness. The great secret of both life and the
universe. Once you accept this idea, that we are all
somehow "entangled" with each other, as well as with all
the other energy manifestations of the universe, the
more successful a life you will live.
So in case you
have never realized it, you are not an isolated sentient
being living your life in existential aloofness. You are
a jewel in an interconnected net. Nothing human is alien
to you since you are all humans, as well as all the
other sentient beings in the universe. This means that
boundaries of any kind are nothing but an illusion. And
in case you have never noticed, whenever you interact
with another sentient being, the energies of both of you
intermingle, even though it seems like both are still
physically separate. So if you want to change your life
and your planet for the better, you have to accept and
align yourself to the Oneness of all phenomena, or else
you may as well forget it.
All energies are equal.
The next energy rule, namely that all energies
are equal, is even more difficult for us humans to
acknowledge. But if the reality of our universe is
universal interconnection, then all energy
manifestations have got to be equal, up to and including
those energy forms known as human beings. Indra's Net
does not possess some nodes which are bigger or smaller
than the others--that would throw the whole net out of
whack. This means that if you are as much a part of the
Net as the Pope or the President, then how can you be
greater or lesser than anyone else? So we must allow the
self-evident truth that all sentient beings are created
equal. This corresponds to the old idea that we are all equal in the eyes
of God, which you can
find in many different religious traditions. You have to
keep this constantly in mind if you want to align
yourself to the Reality of the universe.
But of course we humans have
always suffered under the illusion that some energy
fields are bigger or more important than others,
probably since the caveman with the strongest arm
decided that he was going to be the local honcho. In
those days the human race probably could not have
survived as a species without its honchos. But here we
are, thousands of years later, still trapped in a world
of Bigs and Littles and unable to perceive any other
kind of human reality. Especially since being a Big
continues to be devoutly desired in the world today, so
much so that people will sometimes commit murder to get
themselves into a position of authority or celebrity.
Ah, there is nothing like the beatific existence of a
Big! You get to be influential, you get to be obeyed,
and you get the money!
This all but universal desire
for superiority explains why we live in a world which is
smothered by Bigs, as in Big Government, Big
Corporations, Big Banks, Big Labor, Big Food, Big
Chemicals, Big Education, Big Medicine, Big Energy, Big
Tech, Big Advertising, Big Science, Big Pharmaceuticals,
Big Feminism, Big Oil, Big Entertainment, Big Legal, Big
Religion, and Big Media. Ah, yes--all these wonderful
top-heavy Bigs, the honchos of which are always doing
their tidy best to keep us Littles scared, miserable,
and subservient. And they keep getting ever so much
bigger every damn day.
Well, guess what. The new
Aquarian world is going to be completely egalitarian.
The time is finally coming for us planetary inhabitants
to get rid of all the Bigs which continue to blight the
planet. This might seem impossible at the moment when we
continue to be smothered by rulers with too much power,
business people with too much money, and all those
virtue-signaling egos who want the world to know that
they are better than everyone else. The Reality of our
universe is that all sentient beings are created equal,
and the sooner we acknowledge this fundamental truth,
the better for us all.
All energies are in constant transformation.
This next energy rule tells us that there is no
such thing as stasis in our ever-transforming universe.
All energy fields are in constant motion, if only at the
atomic level. So if ever there was a human illusion
which is utterly contrary to the Reality of our
universe, it is that fantasy called permanence. Nothing in our
spacetime universe is fixed or unchanging. Some kind of
transformation is always happening. Even when we are
living an orderly kind of life, where nothing ever seems
to change, the eternal flux is still going on. We humans
can never escape this flux even for one second. Should
you try to do the impossible and attempt to stop time or
congeal space, you will meet with nothing but failure.
So any human being who believes that
an unchanging personal, social, or political reality is
actually possible is not just a moron but someone who is
doing his/her tidy best to make the world more terrible
that it already is. Granted that this poor deluded
person is still our sibling in the Net, so we must treat
him or her with compassion, but unfortunately our
siblings can still be morons. And morons who try to
block the natural flow of energy in our universe can do
a lot of damage.
All this will be easier to
understand if you acknowledge that the idea of flow is
what counts when we try to understand the endless
transformation of energies in our universe. Universal
energies do not just change constantly--when they are
functioning naturally they move in a natural kind of
flow. This is what all effective systems do: time flows,
music flows, air flows, speech flows, life itself does
nothing but flow. Those ecosystems known as forests or
undammed rivers are always naturally flowing energy
fields--they exist in perfect natural harmony, not only
within themselves but with the other energy fields which
surround them.
Many sages over the centuries,
both East and West, have endorsed this idea in one way
or another. The idea of aligning your own being to the
natural energies which surround you is the soul of
Laozi's Daodejing (sixth century
BCE), which remains to this day the best guide ever
written about perceiving and working with natural
energies.[8] Laozi emphasized ideas about moderation,
the constant interaction of opposites, spontaneity,
following the path of least resistance, and process
instead of stasis. In the West we can find similar
notions in pre-Socratics such as Thales and Heraclitus
who emphasized flux and flow and the inner harmony which
they can give you. Zeno of Citium, the founder of
Stoicism, tells us in his Fragment 124: Happiness is the unruffled
flow of life.[9]
It is also interesting to see
that the core of Stoic philosophy is the idea of "living
according to nature." The original Greek term for nature
is physis, which like the
Chinese word dao refers to a
process instead of a state of being. Both are terms
which urge people to align their thoughts, actions and
experiences not only with the energies of our earth but
with the grand unfoldment of the cosmos.
So if you want to go with the
flow, you need to swim with the stream instead of
fighting the current. You saw wood along the grain
instead of the bias. You do not try to force a square
block into a round hole. You eat cooling foods in the
summer and warming foods in the winter. You never try to
prevent or disguise the aging of your body. You ride the
wave instead of trying to block it. All this brings us
to the final and most important rule about energy in our
universe . . .
All energies are manifestations of the Divine.
That's right, this is the
core Reality of the Theory of Everything and the one single
thing you must understand if you want to change your own life
for the better, as well as make the planet a better place. The
Divine is not separate from all the energy fields in the
universe. As members of Indra's Net, we humans are not just
interlaced jewels--we are jewels which are also entangled with
the energies of the Divine. This holds true not just for us
humans but for every last sentient being in the universe.
The notion of Divine energy
within everyone is something which many spiritual
traditions have proclaimed over the centuries. "I am
seated in the heart of all living entities," says
Krishna in the Bhagavad-gita (10:20), while
Jesus tells us that "the kingdom of God is within you."
(Luke 17:21) In other words, every leaf, every rabbit,
and every human being you encounter possesses as much
Divine energy as you do. This means, by the way, that
there is no such thing as a "chosen people" or a single
True Religion. The Divine is on the side of every energy
manifestation in the universe, and not just one
particular group. Yes, I know that this idea flies in
the face of most Abrahamic sacred scripture, but it just
happens to be the Reality of our universe.
But if you are still trying to
tell yourself that people with the wrong religion or
politics can never have as much Divine energy as a good
person like yourself, you need to get kicked in the
head. Metaphorically, that is, since you are my brother
or sister in the Net, and I do not want you to suffer.
Fortunately that metaphorical kick in the head is about
to happen, not just with you, but with everyone thanks
to our current evolutionary leap. It is time for every
last one of us Homo sapiens to get it
through our 99.9999999999999% empty skulls that all
sentient beings in the universe are not just
interconnected and equal, but interconnected members of
one big Divine family. Unless you allow this basic
reality to start guiding your life, you are going to
miss out on the upcoming evolutionary fun. And you do
not want to miss out on that, do you?
Let me also remind you that as
the years go on, the Divine energy within you is going
to start feeling ever more accessible, thanks to your
increasing electronic sensitivity. Mind you, psychic
abilities by themselves will not make you more
spiritually advanced. But if you start making an effort,
your ever greater sensitization will help you to turn
your thoughts to the Divine whenever you get irritated
with another sentient being, or start feeling emotions
like greed or vanity, or need some guidance. On a
practical level this means that the constant perceptible
presence of the Divine and the angels in your life will
start giving you a feeling of rich possibility in your
life.
Since it just so happens that
individually accessible Divine energy can be a universal
cure-all. Only a minuscule number of us can make any
kind of truly life-transforming changes through our own
efforts, but with Divine guidance and assistance,
miracles are possible for every one of us. All of which
means that if you want to live a more successful life,
you should never try to block or disrupt the natural
flow of the universe, since this will also block the
kind of Divine guidance and assistance you need. The
natural flow is always the Divine flow.
So if you haven't guessed by
now, a new understanding of the presence of the Divine
in all the energies of the universe, as well as in all
of us human beings, is the key to creating a new kind of
world. Given our ever more transparent bodies, as well
as the current astrological change we are now
experiencing, it is now time for us humans to start
experiencing . . .
Chapter 3. A
New Way to Encounter the Divine.
The key to our new
relationship with the Divine is that in the Aquarian world to
come, each and every one of us will be able to experience
individually accessible Divine guidance and assistance. No
longer will we have to rely upon long-dead prophets,
scripture, ceremonies, or religious organizations to reach the
Divine. Our ever-increasing sensitization will enable us to go
directly to the Source for all the spirituality that we need.
Well, if ever anything was
unprecedented in human history, this is it. Medieval
German mystic Meister Eckhart once said that "God is
nearer to me than I am to myself,"[10] a statement with
which I agree. However, throughout history only the most
sensitive of spiritual visionaries could feel this
presence. But in the electronically-sensitized world to
come, it will start happening to all of us. And no, you
should not think that the Divine is not interested in
communicating with a nobody like yourself. In an
interconnected universe, don't forget that all sentient
beings are created equal. This means that if a retired
State of Illinois Secretary IV (yours truly) can do it,
anyone can.
Nevertheless, I
can just imagine how many of my readers must be scoffing
at these statements, especially those readers infected
with a secular materialist mindset. They will want to
inform us that there is no God, no heaven, no
supernatural beings, not much of anything except the
collapsing and meaningless culture we have at the
moment.
Well, guess what. The first
thing that starts to happen when you realize that your
new electronic sensitivity can help you to connect with
the Divine is that you will start getting intimations
about a greater Reality than the one you are currently
living in. You are also going to start picking up on the
mysteries of energy, the hidden realities beyond the
physical, and the wonders of spontaneous manifestation.
When this starts to happen, everything about life and
the universe finally starts making sense.
Still, I am aware that most
people are going to be resistant to these ideas,
especially those true believers who cannot imagine any
kind of encounter with the Divine outside of a church,
temple, mosque, or other venue of a traditional
religion. So they are probably saying to themselves:
This is crazy! If we want to reach the Divine, we cannot
do it ourselves! We need to follow the real prophets and the
scriptures which they have given to us! Our planet is
filled with time-honored traditional religions with
billions of adherents. That should be enough!
Well, not any longer. If all
you know about God is sitting in a pew listening to
someone recite scripture, are you going to be in for a
surprise. Let us now take a moment to examine . . .
The problem with organized religions.
In case you haven't noticed,
all of the planet's organized religions are as broken as
everything else these days. This should not be surprising.
Sooner or later all religions die a very predictable death,
which history has demonstrated numerous times. At the moment
it is happening again, but this time it is the Abrahamic ones
(Judaism, Christianity, and Islam) which are giving up their
ghosts. They have been meaningful to millions for thousands of
years, but they are as time-bound as any other human
manifestation and will not be relevant in the new world to
come.
I am aware that this statement
will raise a lot of hackles, since most believers in
these religions are convinced that theirs are the true religions. Moreover,
these true religions are absolutely necessary to
maintain civilized society, since we all know that
everything will collapse into barbarism without our
ministers/priests/pastors/prophets/popes/rabbis/mullahs
to guide us. So of course the Abrahamic religions cannot
die! For anyone to say that this is going to happen is
crazy! The way things are now are the way they are
always going to be!
Well, if you ask me, all three
of our Abrahamic religions are Piscean cultural forms,
and as such they are losing adherents with every passing
day, thanks to the following problems:
Money. I have long been convinced that nothing poisons spiritual energy more thoroughly than that toxic energy called money, which is why this book is being given away for free. But I am also certain that most people would disagree with me. You simply cannot have a religion without buildings, costumes, props, and food in the bellies of the priests! So there is just no way that money can harm the spiritual message our religions are giving out, right? Well, here is the reality about Divine energy: it is always poisoned by money. The more money a religious organization has, the more toxic it becomes. When collecting the cash starts to happen, eventually only the cash will matter. And the worst sort of corruption, spiritual corruption, will inevitably follow.
Theology. All theology,
without exception, is evidence-free speculation. On
occasion it might make sense, but it is always just one
particular individual's imaginative interpretation of
scripture or history. As such it can never be
empirically verified. Fortunately people are starting to
wake up to the fact that theology does little more than
create burdens where none should exist. It is an
exercise in evidence-free futility and does nothing but
fill you with ever more useless illusion.
Scripture. Those scriptures which claim to be
the authentic word of God have always been a
problematical part of organized religion. The difficulty
comes from the obvious fact that there are phrases in
all sacred scripture which no sane person would consider
to be the voice of the Divine. Are you aware that the
Holy Bible condones the murder of children? None other
than Moses orders the children of his enemies to be
slaughtered (Numbers 31:13-18), while Elijah sends two
bears to kill some naughty boys who have made fun of his
baldness (2 Kings 2:23-25). As for the Quran, you can
find passages such as the one where Allah recommends
cutting off the fingers of your enemies (Quran 8:12). As
if the Divine would approve of any of this. So if as a
citizen of the 21st century you conclude that some parts
of your holy book are not Divinely sanctioned, you make
every other statement in your text suspect. Either it is
all true, or it is not. If you conclude that it is not,
that means you cannot rely upon your scripture to be an
authoritative ethical guide.
Enabling. In case you
haven't noticed, what matters in 21st century organized
religion is propping up the paying customers. This is
otherwise known as enabling, which is as toxic as an
energy can get. The only thing that matters to both
enablers and enabled is feeling good, enablers because
they think they are "helping" someone (and getting money
while they are at it), or the enabled, who actually
think that they are getting better (which they aren't).
Most true believers these days are so accustomed to this
variety of toxic energy that they have come to expect
it, the way they used to expect that famous medication
called snake oil would cure all their physical problems.
Guess what. Snake oil did not work, and neither does
enabling.
The Law of Attraction. This notion does not always infect more traditional religions, but it has somehow become an absolute truth for those who are interested in New Age spirituality. The gurus of the Law of Attraction always assure their meal tickets that with a little paid-for spiritual guidance, they will be able to instantly manifest everything that they desire. My dear customers, you are all wonderful people, and you are doing everything right. Now let me tell you how you can get your hands on a new car and a timeshare in Florida. The meal tickets fall for this kind of stuff over and over again since they just love being told that they will always get what they want. That is what they are purchasing, after all. Alas, genuine spirituality is not based on this kind of ego-gratification, especially when it is people's greed energies which are getting gratified.
Theatrics. For most people religion has always meant going to some kind of sacred area and watching a theatrical performance. It still happens today, the way it has been happening since the shows at Stonehenge or the Temple of Karnak. Keep entertaining your paying customers so they will always come back for more! The idea that religion = performance is such an ingrained assumption among believers all over the world that it is difficult to convince anyone that there are better ways to reach the Divine. But there are, and in the new world to come they will become ever more evident.
Unending arguments. When I was younger I spent a dozen wasted years in the neopagan movement, where the only sounds to be heard were quarrel quarrel quarrel and squabble squabble squabble. You would think that members of the same spiritual path would not be constantly at each other's throats, but that never happens in any religion, neither traditional nor New Age. The horrors of the religious wars in human history are a perpetual reminder of how bad things can get. If you attempt to follow a spiritual path where the believers are always arguing about whatever, lots of luck.
Hiddenness. Like many other Piscean institutions, Big Religion could get away with it only when it managed to conceal its inner corruption. For centuries Big Religion honchos have done their tidy best to preserve their religion's facade at all cost, regardless of what is going on behind the scenes. Well, this kind of cover-up can no longer happen, not in the transparent world which is now forming around us. In this kind of world, if you cannot hide the corruption of your institution, your institution will fall to pieces.
* * *
And falling to pieces is what
they are all doing, traditional as well as New Age, even
though most of the true believers among us do not realize it
as yet. Within the next few decades all the great Piscean
belief systems will have expired from lack of interest, up to
and including Islam, Christianity, Judaism, Hinduism, the Zen
variety of Buddhism, you name it . . . they all will be
historical curiosities. If you ask me this is all for the
best, for the simple reason that you cannot reach the Divine
without free movement through time and space, which is what an
organized religion always wants to block.
But does this mean that the
human race is going to collapse into that turgid
nothingness called secular materialism? Not a chance of
that. Nor am I suggesting that we should forget the
spiritual lessons of our ancestors, tear down Chartres
Cathedral or Angkor Wat, jettison all sacred scriptures,
or ignore the avatars who have gotten us where we are
today.
But as I have said, we ever
more transparent Aquarians will be able to reach the
Divine in an entirely new way, through individually
accessible Diving guidance and assistance. But how is
this supposed to happen? And how will we know that our
spirituality is truly coming directly from the Divine?
Isn't there a chance that people might deceive
themselves into thinking that they are intensely good
and spiritual individuals when they are nothing of the
sort?
Well, yes--there is always a
danger of that. But that kind of delusion has always
been a part of traditional religion as well. Fortunately
the upcoming Aquarian spirituality will be something
entirely new. There is a certain force in our universe
which we humans can start to utilize to get a much
better sense of the way Divine energies are constantly
manifesting all around us. We now need to take a look at
that interesting something called . . .
Chaos.
There have been many theories over the centuries
as to why we should believe that the Divine exists. The
simple fact that reality and consciousness exist is one
argument--how could these manifest without a Divine
creator? The fact that our universe operates according
to certain mathematical laws is another--how could
numerical symmetry be possible without intelligent
design? But perhaps the most widespread and most
persuasive argument for the existence of the Divine is
the cosmological argument, which tells us
that our universe had a beginning, namely that
interesting event called the Big Bang. And the Big Bang
must have been caused by something, right? Well, many of
the world mythologies tell us that in the beginning the
Divine created the universe out of chaos. So the
cosmological argument does seem to be a valid reason to
believe in a Supreme Being.
But this still does not give us
any kind of verifiable proof for the existence of a
Supreme Being. So let us leave that problem for a moment
and examine the most interesting part of the
cosmological argument, namely the idea that the Divine
created the universe out of chaos. You can find this
idea not only in the Abrahamic tradition but in ancient
Egyptian texts, in Hesiod and Ovid, and in many
indigenous mythologies. So before creation there was
nothing but chaos, which is, of course, a lot of messy
nothing without rhyme, reason, structure, form, pattern,
shape, sound, light, or sentience.
But the interesting thing about
chaos is that even though we are now living in a
physical reality which exhibits definite patterns and
structures, there is still a heck of a lot of chaos to
be found everywhere in our universe, especially at the
sub-atomic level. Quantum physics tells us that nothing
is mechanical or predictable, nor do all events manifest
from a preceding cause, nor is it possible to predict
what will form out of the chaotic randomness which
surrounds us. Let us also not forget that most of us go
through our lives experiencing nothing but that mental
chaos which the Buddhists call the monkey mind.
So chaos did not completely
disappear at the Big Bang--it is still found everywhere
in our universe. And the chaotic systems which surround
us can never be managed or controlled. Our scientists
might delude themselves into thinking that we humans can
manipulate everything about our lives or our
environment, but that is a pathetic fantasy. What exists
behind all our fragile political and social structures
are completely unmanageable energies.
But here is what is especially
interesting about chaos: scientists have recently
started to realize that a chaotic system never remains
chaotic for very long. Sooner or later form or pattern
will usually manifest in it. Nowadays they call this
phenomenon self-organization or spontaneous order, and it is
constantly happening, not just on our earth but
everywhere in the universe. In other words, new stuff is
constantly getting formed out of disorder, just as the
Big Bang was once formed out of disorder. So spontaneous
order was not a one-time only event. It continues to
happen all the time everywhere in our universe.
I suspect that most of my
readers probably do not like any of these assertions.
After all, in our over-regulated world, we are
brainwashed into thinking that systems can only function
effectively when they are kept under tight control. So
there is nothing that the control freaks among us hate
more than the spontaneous. The idea that something might
suddenly pop up out of nowhere, without any preceding
cause, has got to be either a complete impossibility or
a potential disaster. It defies common sense. And it
feels . . . spooky.
Well, if you ask me, those
people who are resistant to the idea of spontaneity are
the planet's last adherents of the legacy Sir Isaac
Newton idea of the cosmos being some kind of giant
clock, whose parts work in perfect mechanical and
predictable order. This fantasy continues to be the
cornerstone of most people's worldview today, although
nowadays they don't think that the universe is a clock
but a giant computer. And since computers are
manageable, sooner or later we humans will finally get
the whole cosmos to behave exactly as we program it. Or
something like that.
It is easy to see why this idea
continues to be attractive. It gives us a reality where
everything is manageable and safe, solid matter actually
exists, time and space are constants, and our scientists
really can make our lives better through artificial or
mechanical adjustment. Also, since there is a cause for
every effect, there cannot be any unexpected surprises
in either our lives or the universe. This must be a
comforting worldview if you are dumb enough to subscribe
to it.
Well, there is nothing more
legacy these days than Newtonian physics. If we want a
true understanding of the spacetime universe in which we
live, we need to acknowledge that (1) chaos is the
underlying reality of our universe, and (2) spontaneous
order can manifest out of this chaos without any kind of
preceding cause. There is even a scientific term for the
latter: ectropy (the word extropy is also
sometimes used instead of ectropy). Wiktionary defines
ectropy as "the overall increase in the organization of
a system."[11] This means that ectropy/extropy are
antonyms of entropy, that Second
Law of Thermodynamics which describes how systems wear
down. We are all familiar with the manifestations of
entropy which are constantly forming all around us, such
as the fall of a leaf or the death of a human being.
Entropy seems like a perfectly natural process since it
is concerned with something we encounter all the time:
the wearing down or dissolution of a system.
But ectropy is still mostly
unfamiliar or ignored. Still, people are starting to
take note. In Convergence: The Idea at the
Heart of Science (2017) Peter
Watson tells us that:
Order, the way even inanimate matter spontaneously organizes itself in nature (without, it should be said, any input from a supernatural power), has emerged in recent decades as one of the most important new topics. The very idea that there is a preexisting order in nature--a deep order underlying even "chaoplexity" (a mix of chaos and complexity), as appears to be the case--sounds itself very much like a philosophical conundrum as important as any other. Spontaneous order is being explored by physicists, chemists, biologists, and mathematicians and has been found to occur among elementary particles, among molecules, in complex systems, in living things, in the brain, in mathematics.[12]
Well, okay--ectropy is something which really
does happen, and our scientists are finally taking note.
Besides, if you think about it, you will realize that
ectropy is not all that spooky. Subatomic particles
appearing randomly? Ectropy. A new idea bursting into
your head? Ectropy. An unexpected miracle, a sudden
epiphany, a eureka moment, a new invention, a critical
discovery, a message in a dream, a serendipitous
accident which solves a problem . . . all these are
manifestations of ectropy. Even that interesting energy
called synchronicity, which can best
be described as a coincidence which an observer finds to
be meaningful, is an ectropic manifestation (and I have
always been convinced that any kind of synchronistic
event is usually a message from the Divine). You cannot
manipulate these moments into being. They come when you
are not expecting them . . . spontaneously. Spontaneous
manifestation is not something strange or alien to our
everyday human existence--we have all experienced it
countless times in our lives.
So the law of cause and effect
does not completely explain the manifestations of energy
in our physical universe. Ectropy is equally as
observable and important. But the interesting thing
about ectropy is why it happens. In
the above quotation, Dr. Watson tells us that
spontaneous order happens without the assistance of a
"supernatural power." Well, since it is unlikely that
either he or any other scientist has put this statement
to the test, his statement is nothing but a hypothesis.
Well, I have an alternate
hypothesis, one which is equally unproven but which I
think makes better sense. I am convinced that ectropy
happens for one reason only: it is a manifestation of
Divine energy. The Almighty did not sit back and take a
breather after the Big Bang. Most of the forms,
patterns, colors, sounds, lights, and life which are
always spontaneously forming out of the chaos in our
spacetime universe are present-day manifestations of
Divine energy. Furthermore, if we start paying
attention, we can perceive the innate Divine energy in
most of these ectropic manifestations any time we like.
At the moment, of course, most
people do not bother since they do not realize how
important such manifestations are, nor do they know what
to look for. But I guarantee that if you just start
watching for unexpected bursts of ectropy, you will
start to find them, and they will also start to change
your life for the better. And by the way, you always get
a sense of bliss when you experience them. This is
another way to tell whether an ectropic manifestation is
truly Divine energy: you always get a sense of pleasure
or happiness. What else are you going to experience when
a miracle spontaneously takes place in your life? That
which is spontaneous is almost always blissful. That
which is manipulated or controlled, on the other hand,
is a total drag.
Furthermore, if you keep at it,
you will quickly learn to love the spontaneous. It is
true that we all need the security of an orderly society
as we go through our lives, as well as predictable
patterns in our days. But we also need to realize that
an unexpected event or a form which manifests out of
nowhere can enrich our lives in ways we never could have
thought possible. What else, for example, is jazz or
other forms of musical improvisation? These kinds of
sounds can give you a burst of Divine energy like
nothing else on earth. Listen to Miles Davis or Ravi
Shankar sometime if you don't believe me.
Mind you, not all spontaneous
energies in our universe are manifestations of Divine
energy. Hurricanes and tornadoes spontaneously form out
of chaotic systems, but they can hardly be considered
manifestations of the Divine. A new way to rob a bank
suddenly appearing in your mind is also not a manifestation
of the Divine. But when a problem is suddenly solved, or
a new idea about a better research plan comes out of the
blue, or a meaningful coincidence changes the course of
your life, ectropy has happened. When these unexpected
insights smack of harmony or benevolence, I am convinced
that they are truly manifestations of the Divine. The
chaotic randomness of our spacetime universe is not a
horror but a matrix out of which the Divine is
constantly blessing us with new form and pattern.
All of this brings me to a
human skill which can change your life for the better in
the most astounding way possible. It just so happens
that there is a very easy and practical way to take
advantage of ectropic energy. You can use it to start
receiving individually accessible Divine guidance, which
is always the necessary first step before you can start
receiving Divine assistance. You need to realize that
ectropy is something which happens whenever you practice
. . .
The art of divination.
Ah, the noble art of
divination. Yeah, that fortune-telling stuff which sensible
people have scoffed at for millennia. Divination conjures up
visions of crystal balls, smoky incense, and a shyster who
wants your money. What does fortune-telling have to do with
that Divine energy called ectropy? Or individually accessible
Divine guidance?
Well, it just so happens that
working with an oracle is the best possible way to
generate manifestations of spontaneous order. Here you
need to understand what happens when you work with an
oracular tool: first you create chaos by shuffling
cards, swirling tea leaves, or throwing runes. Then you
examine the chaos to see what kinds of patterns have
spontaneously appeared out of the chaos you just
created. That's right. Every time you work with an
oracular tool, you are recreating in miniature what
happened at the Big Bang: the Divine is creating pattern
or form out of chaos. Only this time it is happening for
your own personal benefit.
And yes, it is definitely
Divine energy which manifests during the practice of
divination. This is why nobody talks about futurization or humanization when they work
with an oracle: the word used is divination, which
indicates an encounter with the Godhead. From the Oracle
at Delphi in ancient Greece to 21st century tarot card
readers, good psychics have always known exactly what
happens when they work with an oracle: they receive
information directly from the Divine. If you ask me,
divination is an infinitely better way to sense and
understand Divine energy than anything you might get out
of scripture or ritual. Even better: anyone can do it,
especially the newly sensitized snowflakes among us.
So learning how to practice the
art of divination is the first thing you need to do in
order to bring new Divine energy into your life. Up
until now you have probably never realized that the
Divine and the angels are constantly with you every
second of your life, regardless of where you are or what
you are doing. Well, take my word for it, they are as
eager to communicate with you as you are with them.
Learning how to work with an oracular tool is the best
way to initiate these communications.
The reader will observe from
the preceding paragraph that I am a believer not only in
the reality of the Divine but in those supernatural
beings called angels. My readers
will probably also think that this makes me an adherent
to one of the Abrahamic religions. Well, it is a mistake
to think that angels are a feature only of Judaism,
Christianity, or Islam. People throughout history have
frequently sensed the presence of benevolent winged
beings in their lives; one of the oldest carvings of
such a being, the Assyrian god Ashur, dates from 5,000
years ago.[13] The popularity of angelology books these
days is an indication that ever-increasing numbers of
newly sensitized humans among us are now able to
perceive the presence of these beings. And you do not
have to be a believer in a traditional religion for this
to happen.
But who or what are these
angels? I am convinced that the most important angels
among us are those traditional archangel figures such as
Raphael or Uriel who have been sensed by many people
over the centuries. But I also believe that there are
thousands (millions?) of other angels, most of whom are
eager to help us physicals any way they can. Moreover,
these angels are entities who do not possess any kind of
category. So it is a mistake to think that an angel is a
member of only one particular race, gender, age, or
religion. If you are silly enough to think of the
Archangel Michael as male, or Gabriel as female, or that
all the angels are white, you had better think again.
The angels are universal entities who cannot be
classified, just as the Divine is an entity who cannot
be classified, not even as male or female.
It is also misleading to think
that some angels are somehow more powerful than others,
as in archangel vs. just plain angel. I expect that like
the other sentient beings in the universe, all angels
are created equal as well. But what matters is that we
can call upon these angels whenever we need assistance,
and they will be there for us. I have long been
convinced that the archangels resemble the Divine in
that they are quantum figures who can be in multiple
places at any point in time. That's right, even though
there are apparently only several dozen archangels in
the whole universe, each one of them can be there at the
same time personally for all 8 billion of us earthlings
if we need them.
As for me, I have yet to see or
hear an angel since I am still not sensitive enough.
However, I can on occasion sense their presence whenever
I get a shivering sensation. These sensations come
without warning, even on a very hot day, and they feel
like I am getting pinpricks all over my body. I have
learned to recognize these sensations as messages from
one of my angels or my companion spirit (and in case you
have never noticed, each of us goes through our lives
with an assigned companion spirit, who is always there
to help and support you). The shivers most frequently
happen when I am thinking out loud and apparently saying
something that my angels want me to know is correct. So
when the shiver happens, I know that I am getting a
message, and I have learned to pay attention. If
sensations like these can happen to me, they can happen
to anyone.
But the other way I am able to
receive Divine and angelic guidance is by working with
an oracular tool. My tool of choice is the tarot deck
which was designed by Pamela Colman Smith in 1910 and
which is usually known as the Rider-Waite tarot.[14] I
am convinced that Smith's deck is permeated with special
spiritual energies which make it a supremely effective
divinatory tool. Instructions on how to work with this
deck is a topic which I cover in my first book, Practical Tarot for the 21st
Century, which you can
consult for further information. A shorter guide to
reading with tarot is my Ten-Minute Guide to Reading
Tarot Cards (both book and
guide are online at www.themista.com).[15]
At the moment, however, I want
to stress several main points about working with tarot.
The first thing to understand is that if you want to
solve a problem, you should always think things through
logically before you reach for your oracular tool. The
word logic comes from the
Greek word logos, which
originally meant reason or word and to this day refers
to the rational principle in the universe. All of which
tells me that logic is another helpful Divine energy and
should always be consulted before you ever go near an
oracle. So no matter what your issue is, you should
first think things through as logically as you can and
then reach what you think is the best possible solution.
Do this, and you will eventually discover that when both
your logical and your psychic energies align themselves
perfectly, you are getting the best possible response
from the Divine about how to solve your problem.
Learning how to construct a
good oracular question is next in importance.
Fortunately this is easy enough to do: you should always
phrase your question so that it can be answered with a
YES or a NO (tarot does not work too well when you just
ask for general advice). In other words, you should
always try to make your questions confirmational. So you
would never ask your oracle if you will lose money if
you make a new investment, since that is something you
do not want. Instead you would ask about what you are
hoping for will manifest, namely making a profit.
Next, it is important for you
to read your cards so that they are pulled either
upright or reversed. This means that the first thing you
do with a brand new deck of cards is not just shuffle
them but turn or mix them around so that some cards are
upright and some reversed. From then on you continue to
occasionally turn them or mix them so that they are a
nicely chaotic mixture. You will get better responses
when you read reversals as well as upright cards.
Then say the following prayer
before each reading (or at least every morning when you
know you will be consulting your cards during the day):
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that on this day and night and every day and night for the rest of my life, that Archangel Michael will protect the space of these readings, that only angels or the Divine will give me information through these cards, and that I thank them for the information which I will receive.
Next, I recommend that you only turn over only
three cards to get your answer. If these three cards
show you reversed or disturbing graphics, you will
immediately understand that you are getting a NO answer
to your query. But if you pull upright or
positive-looking images, you have gotten a YES. Never
mind all those thousands of tarot books which attempt to
tell you what the cards mean. Just look to
see if you have pulled positive or negative visuals when
you turn over your three cards. That is all it takes.
Finally, you must understand
that the cards are not always correct, or that you will
not always interpret them correctly. There have been
times in my life when I turned over three positive
looking upright cards which surely should have meant a
YES, but eventually proved to be very wrong information
about a situation I had to deal with. Alas, nothing is
perfect, and there is always the possibility that you
will misinterpret any kind of a tarot reading, even one
that seems as plain as day. This is the main reason why
you should always apply logic to your issues before you
turn psychic. If your logic tells you one thing but the
cards something else, something is wrong. You should do
some more thinking and ask your question a second time.
But here is the catch: you
should never ask the cards the same question twice in a
row. In other words, one of the cardinal rules about
divination is that if you do not like the answer you
have just received, you absolutely do not ask your
question a second time right away. Like it or not, the
first answer you get when you ask an oracular question
is almost always the correct one. Fortunately there is a
way around this. You can practice what I call the three day rule: you can ask
the same question a second time, but only if you wait
twenty-four hours between readings. So if you are
absolutely certain that the cards are mistaken about one
of your issues (and sometimes they can be), go ahead and
ask your question a second time, but only after
twenty-four hours have passed. Then, if you still do not
get the answer you want, wait another twenty-four hours
and ask the question a third time. But chances are that
eventually you will discover that the second or third
readings only confirm the first one, and this is the
answer you must accept, no matter how painful it is.
Once you get the hang of all
this, you will quickly discover that the most important
way an oracular tool can assist you is by helping you to
examine your most cherished beliefs. More
specifically, you should ask questions about what you
should eat or drink, how to choose your partner or your
livelihood, how to raise your children, whether a new
purchase will do you any good, or whether your social or
political beliefs are actually making the world a better
place. Chances are that if you are a normal American,
not only have you made plenty of bad decisions about
your life, but you have also subscribed to assorted
belief systems which are not only toxic but which will
deliver some nasty karmic payback to you time and again.
If you truly want to acquire Divine guidance and
assistance, the very first thing you have to figure out
is what you have been thinking or doing wrong all of
your life. Not right but wrong.
This is the greatest benefit
you can get from an oracular tool. It will tell you that
you are being a stupid idiot whenever you actually are a
stupid idiot. As has been mentioned, we live in a world
where enabling is the name of the game, and too many
people have an ingrained attitude that they are right
about everything, since Mom, Dad, Teach, Shrink, Pastor,
and their social media validators have told them so. So
they go through their lives making one disastrously bad
decision after another. This also holds true for those
spiritual leaders among us who are absolutely certain
they have no darkness within. There have been many times
in my life when I have encountered psychics,
astrologers, ministers, or other kinds of spiritual
honchos who are stuck in terribly wrong-headed energies
but who are also absolutely certain that they are doing
everything right. There is nothing that leads people
into bad mistakes like spiritual vanity.
Fortunately the Smith deck
contains many disturbing or negative-energy images, and
these kinds of images are absolutely necessary in
divination, since only they can tell you when you are in
the wrong. Do you really want to stop making mistakes in
your life? You don't need to be enabled--you need to be
told, as bluntly as possible: Don't do it! Don't buy it!
That's a bad idea! Don't go there! Kick that nonsense
out of your head! Turning over a
disturbing image from the Smith deck will get the
wrongness message to you in two seconds flat. So if you
are just starting out in divination, forget all oracular
tools except the Smith tarot deck. You will be glad you
did.
All this means that the first
thing you need to do with your new deck of tarot cards
is make a list of everything you think you are doing
right in your life, such as child-rearing, finances,
dietary habits, relationships, politics, you name it.
Then start asking your cards if you are correct about
all these issues. But don't be surprised if you start
getting NO responses about most of your beliefs. I
estimate that between 80-85% of the answers I have
received from my tarot cards over the past several
decades have been NO's. Thank goodness for that. It is
only when you see all these NO's that you realize how
much is mistaken about your life. Don't believe me?
Well, I leave it to the reader to determine whether or
not all the oracular NO's I have seen over the years
have done me any good.
Nevertheless, getting nothing
but NO's about your most cherished beliefs can be
painful. Still, you had better accept what you are
seeing and then do some rethinking. You need to ask
yourself what might be wrong about the situation you are
asking about, or consider alternate solutions (there are
always alternatives), or try to identify what you are
not correctly perceiving about your problem. Chances are
that sooner or later you will realize that the NO
answers you received were the correct ones, and that
there is a better choice of action you need to take.
One other important note about
the Smith deck: over the years I have learned that you
should pay particular attention to the three angel cards
(Temperance, The Lovers, and Judgment) in this deck. It
has been my experience that unlike the other
seventy-five cards in the Smith deck, these three cards
tend to get pulled more frequently than is statistically
possible, and when they appear upright it is a sign that
your angels are especially eager for you to pay
attention to the answer you are receiving. So pulling an
upright angel is almost always a YES response, one that
will bless you with Divine energy, but a reversed angel
is usually a NO. This oddity is the only proof I can
give that something out of the ordinary happens when you
practice divination with the Smith deck, but it tends to
happen time and again to me and will probably happen for
you as well.
So with these simple rules, you
should be able to start practicing divination right
away. But the one other thing to remember is that even
though it is you who is shuffling and pulling the cards,
it is the Divine who prods you into selecting the cards
you need to see. Yes, I know that the cards are
thoroughly chaotic after you shuffle them, and it seems
like you are in control of what cards you pull, but take
my word for it, it is the Divine who is guiding your
fingers to pull the cards which will help you. Some card
diviners never deliberately pull cards--as they shuffle
the deck they wait for one or more of the cards to fall
out since they realize, quite rightly, that these are
the cards that the Divine wants them to see. But letting
the Divine guide your fingers works equally well. So
even though it seems as though you are in charge of the
proceedings when you work with an oracular tool, what is
really going on is what the Divine has always done,
creating form and pattern out of chaos. Only this time
it is happening for your own personal benefit.
There is one more advantage to
the practice of divination: it just so happens that
working with an oracular tool also helps to speed up
your atomic vibrations. If you take time each day to
work with an oracle, that same oracle will zap those
vibes of yours even more effectively than your cell
phone. But keep in mind that the two of them (oracles
and electronics) do not mix. I have learned that I
should never work with an oracle while listening to
music or experiencing any other kind of electronic
energy. So you should turn off all your electronics
before you sit down with your oracular tool, or else
your reading will be off.
* * *
So far, so good. Getting individually accessible Divine guidance is all very well, but chances are that some of your current issues are so troublesome that you would love to receive Divine assistance as well. This especially holds true for major life problems such as finances, employment, health problems, and raising children. One of the main points of this book is that in the new world to come each one of us will be able to receive Divine assistance as well as guidance in our lives. But while you can receive Divine guidance at any time in your life, I guarantee that any kind of Divine assistance will never start to manifest in your life unless you first make an effort to . . .
Clean up your act.
That's right, you are going
to have to make some changes in your life and probably in your
worldview if you want to obtain the kind of Divine assistance
I am talking about. This assistance is freely available to
every sentient being in the universe, but it will always
manifest most strongly in those sentient beings who are doing
their best to behave as ethically as possible in their lives.
In other words, if you are stuck in any kind of toxic energy,
lots of luck trying to get the Divine to help you out of your
assorted messes. You cannot murder your ex-wife one morning
and then ask for Divine assistance in the evening to help you
quit smoking. Uh, no.
So if you are currently engaged
in those tedious American activities known as money
laundering or insurance fraud, or if you enjoy causing
pain to those whom you consider to be your enemies (if
only by insulting at them on the internet), you will
continue to receive Divine guidance any time you like,
but don't hold your breath waiting for Divine assistance
to manifest as well.
Here it is necessary to say
something about that interesting energy called karma. If
there is one single word which explains how our entire
spacetime universe operates, it is this ancient Sanskrit
word. Karma can be defined as the law of reciprocity. It
means that the kind of energies you put out into the
universe are the exact same energies which will come
back to you in your own life. Over the centuries this
idea has been proverbially expressed in many different
ways: what goes around comes
around, you reap what you sow, sooner or later it
catches up with you, and payback. I like to call
this energy the Cosmic Boomerang, and I have
never known anyone, including myself, who has been
exempt from it. So if you send out nothing but bad
energies to other sentient beings in the Net, you should
not expect to become happy, prosperous, or sound in mind
and body.
The other thing to realize
about karmic energies is that when a Cosmic Boomerang
does come back at you, the pain you will experience will
always be much worse than the pain which you originally
sent out. If for one reason or another you are
constantly inflicting suffering on other people, the
payback you will receive will be infinitely more
unendurable than the kind of cruelty you are emitting.
Mind you, the payback pain will not necessarily be in
the same area as the kind of pain you are inflicting,
but some kind of pain you will definitely experience,
and it will not be pleasant. Not that you will feel it
immediately, but feel it you definitely will, and you
will probably also wonder what you ever did to deserve
it. Well, it is called the Cosmic Boomerang.
So if you have been
congratulating yourself that you recently pulled off a
financial beaut, and maybe you did, but the Cosmic
Boomerang guarantees that what you are now going to get
for your swindle are health problems, money problems,
relationship problems, kid problems, repair problems,
medical problems, you-name-it problems. You can escape
criminal prosecution, you can preserve a phony
reputation, you can lie your head off every chance you
get, but you can never escape karma. So if nothing ever
seems to go right with your life, chances are that you
are getting payback for all the bad energies you have
been putting out your entire life. And your Cosmic
Boomerangs will not cease until you stop sending out
those bad energies.
The idea of compensation also
matters here. If you have sent out plenty of bad
energies over the years, if you want to escape all that
bad karma you will have to make some kind of amends for
your actions. Of course taking responsibility for the
things you say and do seems to be a non-existent energy
for most snowflakes today, especially the ones who
thrive upon that nonsense called social media
validation. Well, if you want to live a new kind of
life, you need to sit down, make a list of all the bad
stuff you have done or are currently doing in your life,
and acknowledge that you were or are in the wrong.
Granted this will be painful, but it must be done. Then
turn to the Divine, and with perfect faith and trust,
ask for forgiveness of all the bad energies you used to
put out, with a promise that you will do better in the
future, now that you understand what constitutes the
interconnected Reality of our universe.
In other words, not only do you
have to do better in the future, you must also do what
you can to compensate for your past bad actions. This is
not always possible if your victim is deceased or if you
face incarceration for a felony. But even if you cannot
make restitution to the person(s) you have injured, you
can make restitution to the Net. You can donate the same
amount of money you have embezzled to a worthy cause.
You can volunteer to do community service. You can start
being more helpful to friends and family. Not that you
have to kill yourself trying to atone for your past bad
actions, but you simply have got to do something which
will repair the bad energies you used to put out. Figure
out how to do some good deeds, get oracular approval, do
your penance, and then forget it.
But what if you realize that at
the present time you are behaving unethically or that
you are working for an unscrupulous employer? You also
realize that there is no way that you can change your
life right here and now. Does this mean that the Divine
will not help you? Not if you acknowledge that you need
to make some changes and will do so at your first
opportunity. Mind you, you will have to truly mean what
you say and then do everything in your power to
eventually change your situation. But you also need to
do what you can at the moment to make things better. So
you can no longer spend money which you have embezzled
or string a girlfriend along whom you have no intention
of marrying. Let us not forget that redemption is always
open to each and every one of us without exception.
And redemption can mean
miracles. Individually accessible Divine assistance is
nothing else but. Take my word for it, we all need
miracles in our lives--and it took me forever to accept
this notion. For years whenever I read my tarot cards, I
was in search only for guidance about how to solve my
problems (and I did receive very good guidance so many
times that I cannot begin to count them). However, it
never occurred to me until a few years ago that I could
receive Divine assistance as well. Fortunately, once I
learned how this assistance can manifest, guess what
started happening in my life: one miracle after another.
Even better: they keep coming. Mind you, these have all
been small miracles which some people might not consider
miracles at all. But as far as I am concerned, miracles
they definitely are.
Now I am aware that many people
in today's world have probably been trained to think
that miracles have not happened since Biblical times.
Well, one thing I have learned is that miracles can
happen to each one of us without exception, and
especially when we most need them. Every time you get a
clear response from your oracular tool which changes
your life for the better, you are experiencing a small
miracle. Maybe these moments are not the equivalent of
getting clobbered on the road to Damascus, but they are
the next best thing. And they can start happening to
each and every one of us 8 billion without exception.
Mind you, most honest-to-God
miracles are never big production numbers, which arrive
with trumpets blaring and lights flashing. But whenever
you realize that you have had a bit of good luck, or
that you find it easy to try something new, or you
suddenly remember that you have bills to pay which you
had forgotten about, chances are that you have been
blessed with a miracle. These kinds of serendipitous
events can start happening at any time. But if you ask
me, they are not just signs of good luck. What you are
getting is Divine assistance.
Well, if miracles can start
happening to a nobody like myself, they can happen to
anyone. And if you have ever wished that you could
change your existence into something which is not only
free from problems but is blessed with beauty, grace,
gratitude, joy, and serenity, there is a way you can do
it: you can start receiving Divine assistance as well as
guidance. Fortunately the next step is easy enough. You
need to learn . . .
A new way to pray.
We are all familiar with the
idea of prayer, the way we humans have communicated with the
Divine over the centuries. Prayer has probably been in
existence since the beginning of human language. It has always
been a comforting way for people to turn away from their
time-bound problems and focus on those enormities called
eternity and the Divine. People pray for many assorted
reasons, and in one way or another I am certain that all of
our prayers reach the Divine, especially the ones in which we
express our gratitude for the blessings in our lives.
Whenever we interact with the
Divine like this, it is yet another way we can speed up
our atomic vibrations. So each one of us should set
aside a period of time each day during which we pray. I
am aware that this does not seem like much, but when you
get into this kind of habit, you will discover that
these kinds of interactions with the Divine are
infinitely more enjoyable than the latest drivel on
television.
The catch here is that we
humans have uttered countless prayers for Divine
assistance over the centuries which have never been
answered. So why would an all-loving and all-powerful
God be so reluctant to give us the help we sometimes
desperately need? Physical miracles such as a
spontaneous cure for a terminal disease or rescue from
life-threatening danger have been known to happen, but
not for everyone, and not even when the person in danger
utters a frantic prayer for help. If the Divine and the
angels are with us every second of our lives, which they
are, why don't they always give us help when we need it?
Well, one thing I have learned
in recent years is that the lack of help happens not
because we are unworthy, but because we idiot humans
have never understood that there is a crucial aspect to
prayer which can increase our chances for Divine
assistance. There is a way that you can add an extra
fillip to your requests for help which will make them
much more likely to reach the Divine. Granted this new
way to pray will not guarantee Divine assistance
whenever you need it, but it will make it more likely to
happen.
What you need to do is as
simple as anything can be, and it consists of two parts.
The first is easy enough: whenever you pray to the
Divine for assistance, you should always give permission for the
assistance to happen.
What is crucial here is the
idea of permission. This is
necessary since the most important spiritual law in our
universe seems to be that of free will. We humans come
into physical reality with the Divine gift of free
choice, which means that we can take action as we choose
without interference from any kind of higher power. This
can be a good thing since it gives us the room to
maneuver we need during our pilgrimage on this earth.
However, all the horrors of
human history tell us that our human free will can also
create appalling cruelty and suffering. Countless
generations of human beings have wondered why a
supposedly good God would permit the most atrocious of
human crimes, especially those directed against
children. Well, in my opinion this happens because
neither the Divine nor the angels will interfere with
our free will. Okay, but let's face it, that is not much
of an answer.
But one thing I have learned
during the roller coaster ride of my own spiritual
experiences is that there is a way to override this
particular Divine law. You simply give permission for the Divine
and the angels to assist you with your problems. This
might not seem like much, but take my word for it,
giving permission for Divine assistance in my own life
has changed it for the better even more effectively than
the practice of divination. This notion about giving
permission has never been recorded in any scripture I
have come across, but along with the practice of
divination, it is the key to the new kind of spiritual
reality which is coming to this earth.
So when you pray, it is never
enough for you to simply request help from the Divine.
You should also give permission for the help to happen.
I have noticed that asking and giving permission works
most noticeably when the petitioner is dealing with what
seems to be an insoluble problem, such as a compulsive
addiction or a life-threatening illness. However, it can
work with any kind of human difficulty.
But there is a second crucial
aspect to this new kind of prayer: you should also
include the idea of the summum bonum (which is Latin
for "the supreme good") in all your prayers for Divine
assistance.
The summum bonum is the idea that
the only true good in our universe is that which is the
highest good for all sentient beings, and not just for
yourself alone. In other words, it matters very much
that every prayer for assistance you utter to the Divine
takes into consideration not only you but all the other
sentient beings in the universe. If there is anything
selfish about your request, asking and giving permission
for Divine assistance will go exactly nowhere.
So if you are now thinking that
you will win the lottery if you give permission to the
Divine to make it happen, you had better knock that
nonsense right out of your head. Would it be best for
the rest of the human race if you personally got your
hands on a huge pile of money? Aren't there other people
in this world who need money more than you do? Of course
there are. All of which means that any kind of ego-based
prayer for assistance which might give you status,
money, or clout is unlikely to be answered. Instead you
should ask for only what you need instead of what you
want, and make sure that what you are asking for is also
going with the natural flow of the universe.
But these two little additions
to your prayers are all that you need to make them more
effective. If you ask me, giving permission for Divine
assistance, plus asking only for the summum bonum, is going to be
the new Aquarian way to pray. When thousands or even
millions (billions?) of people start giving the Almighty
permission to help improve their lives . . . oh,
wow--imagine the possibilities.
So if you have never done so,
what you now need to do is set aside some time every day
for silence and prayer (I recommend at least one half
hour every evening). Your interaction with the Divine
should take place in two ways: first, you need to start
listening to any messages which you might receive. In
other words, you should start your session not by making
requests but by going into silence. But as you sit in
silence, you do not have to do this for more than a few
minutes at a time, and chances are that your mind will
start to wander when you first start doing it. But
eventually you will learn that just a few minutes of
silence each day can be a tremendous blessing in your
life. This is not the meditative kind of silence, where
you try to go into emptiness. Instead you go into
receptivity and try to sense what guidance you might be
receiving. The more you do this, the more it will help
to keep your mind quiet at other times during the day.
The other thing to understand
here is that all of your prayers should have the
following components: first you need to address the
Divine in whatever term you find acceptable (my term is
Divine Light), next you need to include a statement
about the summum bonum in your request,
then you ask and give permission for your request, and
finally you should thank the Divine for assistance.
You then need to put these
components into three primary types of prayers, as
follows:
• you need to ask and give permission for helpful new energies to come into your life.
• you need to ask and give permission to maintain current energies which are benefiting you.
• you need to ask for help in getting rid of your negative energies.
In other words, you need to start uttering attraction, maintenance, and revulsion prayers. Here are examples of these three kind of prayers you need to utter at least once a day:
• O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that you help me attract energies such as self-discipline, courage, gratitude, self-reliance, creativity, inner serenity, interpersonal skills, or psychic ability into my life. And I thank you.
• O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that you help me maintain those aspects of my life which are working, including preserving my current state of health, maintaining harmonious relationships, or remaining in my present employment. And I thank you.
• O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that I start feeling nothing but revulsion for all thetoxic energies which I find to be attractive, including my addictive substances, garbage food and drink, destructive obsessions, and other ego-based desires. And I thank you.
Here I must emphasize that of the three prayers
listed above, the most important one is the revulsion
prayer. If you have ever tried to change yourself for
the better, chances are that you have never had much
success. Why should this be? That is easy to answer.
Most techniques designed to free people from their bad
habits rely upon that universal failure called willpower. In other
words, if you are someone with bad health or dietary
habits, you are always told that you need to start manipulating yourself
through self-control, impulse restraint, or just saying
no order to get better. Yeah, right, if you have got a
problem, coercing yourself will fix it pronto!
Well, if you ask me that
nonsense called willpower is a ridiculous fantasy that
simply does not work. If it did, all 8 billion of us
planetary humans would always be sound in mind and body,
would be able to resist all kinds of temptation, and
would lead delightfully successful lives. Alas, that is
not quite the reality of the human race at the moment. I
will grant you that self-coercion does work every once
in a while: a minuscule number of people sometimes
manage to manipulate themselves into better health or
weight loss thanks to their willpower. For most people,
however, the improvement never lasts. Nearly 100% of the
time the victims go straight back to their bad habits of
choice.
Let me tell you about my own
experiences with willpower. Like most of my fellow
Americans, I grew up eating toxic factory food (and
acquired an extra seventy pounds as a teenager because
of it). Then I turned into a yo-yo dieter who always
regained every ounce she lost. So much for my own
attempts at willpower. But over the years I discovered
other ways to free myself from my junk food desires. In
other words, I reached a point where I no longer had to
force myself to avoid what I once thought was so
delicious. Instead I simply stopped wanting to consume
it. Nowadays, whenever one of my coworkers brings in yet
another box of sugary garbage (this can happen three or
four times a week), I am never tempted to swallow it. I
simply close my eyes, shudder, and move on. I can no
more consume that kind of junk food than I can swallow
sawdust. In other words, I do not have to struggle
against eating cookies, soda, hot dogs, snack cakes,
corn chips, donuts, or butter pecan ice cream. For crap
like that I feel nothing but astronomical revulsion.
Revulsion. This beautiful
little word is the one single blessing that most of us
need to ask and give permission for the Divine to bestow
upon us. This is how you will be able to stop consuming
something you know is bad for you. You start to feel
nothing but disgust for what you used to find so
tempting. Even better: eventually you will not even
remember that those toxicities exist. In later years,
when you are suddenly confronted with a brownie or a
bottle of Scotch, you will look at it with bafflement,
since you will not remember exactly what it is. Maybe
for a second you will recall that there was a period in
your life, long ago and far away, when you enjoyed
consuming this kind of garbage, but that was then and
this is now, and you cannot consume it at the moment for
all the angels in the universe.
So if you truly want to free
yourself from butter pecan ice cream or whatever else
you find to be tempting, you do not say a prayer asking
and giving permission for the strength not to consume
it. Instead, you ask and give permission that you start
feeling nothing but revulsion for what you know is
unhealthy: Yuk! Ick! Vomit! Take it
away! Don't try to inflict that crap on me! I can't
stand it! This is the kind
of Divine assistance that you need, and if you are now
going with the natural flow of the universe, you might
very well get it.
But this won't work! I adore
all of my wonderful taste treats! They are all fun and
delicious! Especially butter pecan ice cream! I worship
the ground butter pecan ice cream walks on! I am never
going to feel revulsion for it at any point for the rest
of my life! This is crazy!
Oh, no it isn't. It is the
solution to ridding yourself of all your bad habits, and
when that happens, you will finally start experiencing
some honest-to-God miracles in your life.
* * *
But there is another catch. If you want these
miracles to start happening in your life, not only are
you going to have to clean up your act (as I have
already mentioned), you are going to do what you can to
help your desired miracles to manifest. In other words,
you cannot just sit back and wait for the Almighty to
wave a magic wand and bestow upon you all the necessary
improvements you need in your life. You are going to
have to expend as much effort as you can to co-create
the miracles you need. This is easy enough to do. You
simply have to start practicing the idea that God helps those who help
themselves, which is a
notion that has been around since antiquity.[16]
And how should you do this?
Here are some suggestions about these kind of prayers:
Only ask for assistance
which is aligned to the natural flow of energy in the
universe. For example, you
would not ask and give permission for the Divine to give
you a new youthful body or turn your naturally dark hair
strawberry blonde. Divine assistance will happen only
with reasonable requests that are in alignment with the
natural energies which surround you.
Focus on internals instead of externals. You
should always do your best to focus on your own personal
energies when you ask/give permission for help instead
of asking to manipulate externals, which is usually an
exercise in futility. So if you want greater financial
security, don't ask for more money--ask/give permission
for a greater sense of monetary responsibility.
Forget the idea of
intention. Intention is a
popular New Age term which is theoretically supposed to
get you whatever you want. Yeah, all you have to do is intend something, and
then it will manifest in your life super pronto. Well,
you should not have to hear from me how frequently
intending something actually produced results--maybe
.01% of the time. It is always better just to ask and
give summum bonum permission for
that genuinely helpful energy called Divine assistance.
Just because Divine assistance does not
immediately manifest, don't think it will never
happen. We live in an ever-transforming universe
where things are always changing. If Divine assistance
does not manifest at one point in your life, that does
not mean it will never happen. Try asking and giving
permission for your request again at a later date.
Remember that nothing can be guaranteed . . . Even if you
spend years asking and giving permission for something
to happen in your life, it might never manifest. This
holds true even when you are doing your tidy best to
behave as decently as you can. So what are you supposed
to do when the assistance you are hoping for never
materializes? Well, it probably means that your current
situation holds a lesson you need to learn. Or that the
Divine knows better than you do what should happen in
your life. In one way or another, everything that
happens to us during our pilgrimage on this planet
contains a valuable lesson, and the continuation of a
painful challenge might be one of them. If you can
accept your disappointment with good grace and continue
to trust in Divine providence, this can be more
beneficial than getting the help you asked for in the
first place.
And if you are a tremulous little snowflake . . . Snowflakes, dear snowflakes: the only way you are ever going to be safe is by letting Divine guidance and assistance into your life. Give it a try! What do you have to lose? Just your fear of absolutely everything, that's all. Good riddance.
A reminder: you always need to thank the Divine and the angels for the help that you receive. Gratitude matters very much whenever you interact with the Divine. So every day of your life you need to express your thanks to the Divine for the assistance you receive, even when the assistance is not immediately evident.
Recommended prayers.
O Divine light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give
permission that you help me to:
• align my energies with the
natural flow of the universe so I can live out my life
as a free, healthy, and happy citizen of the universe.
And I thank you.
• constantly remember that every action, every desire, every yearning, every ambition, every dream I have should be aligned to the highest good of the universe. And I thank you.
• surrender to the Divine will at all times and give me the strength to bear my burdens patiently. And I thank you.
• keep an open mind about the other upcoming lunacies in this book, of which there are probably plenty. And I thank you.
* * *
But all this is not quite enough. By now you must
realize that you have probably been indulging in a whole
galaxy of beliefs or behaviors which are contrary to the
natural flow of the universe. If you are a normal American who
has spent your life eating normal American food, living in
normal American environments, working at normal American jobs
or businesses, and subscribing to normal American beliefs, I
guarantee that there is so much wrong about your existence
that you are blocking the natural flow of the universe even
worse than a hundred Hoover Dams. So there are probably
countless mental and physical toxicities in your life which
you need to identify and eliminate before you can receive
Divine assistance in your life.
This means that we now have to
examine the kinds of toxicities which are probably
swamping your whole existence and which you need to
eliminate from your life as soon as possible. We will
start with . . .
Chapter 4. A New Way to Ditch Your Mental Toxicities.
If you want to change your life for the better, this
is the first step you must take: learning how to identify the
toxic belief systems to which you probably subscribe and then
jettisoning them. Fortunately it is easy enough to identify a
mental toxicity: they are any kind of thought or belief which
does not align with the natural flow of the universe. Once you
are willing to identify any tendency you possess which is
contrary to the idea of universal interconnection and
equality, you will start living a much more successful life.
So where should you start?
Well, it just so happens that there are three horrendous
mental tendencies to which billions subscribe these days
and which do nothing but perpetuate human misery. If you
possess any of these mental tendencies knocking around
in your skull, you now have to do everything you can to
get rid of them. The first and worst of these tendencies
is that horror known as . . .
Groupthink.
Chances are that if you are a
normal American, you enjoy belonging to and supporting your
"community". As in the black community, the Native American
community, the LGTB community, your political community, your
religious community, your professional community, your social
media community. Nobody ever stops to think that maybe just
maybe it is wrong, stupid, and contrary to the natural flow of
the universe when people set up these kinds of in-groups.
But that's crazy! Communities
are not bad things! They provide protection, support,
and wonderfulness to their members! You cannot be safe
without your community! You have to do everything you
can to support it and make it better in every way since
it is doing so much good in the world!
Not a chance of that, not in a
universe where universal interconnection and equality is
the only Reality. Unfortunately, as I have mentioned,
our erroneous perception that our universe is composed
of isolated objects in space which have no connection to
each other has done nothing but create havoc and misery
all over the planet for millennia. But who cares about
that, when the illusion of separateness gives most
people one of the most intense ego-boosts around? There
is nothing more pleasant than telling yourself you are a
good person, as opposed to the bad people who possess
the wrong politics, religion, race, nationality, gender,
or soccer team. But as for you, whatever kind of
groupthink you adhere to is probably one of the few
things in your snowflake life which makes it endurable.
Such a worldview must be extremely pleasant, especially
when your groupthink is based on that toxicity called
politics. Yes, it is so wonderful to tell yourself that
your political beliefs make you one of the good guys on
the right side of history! Even better: it can be very
profitable to have the right kind of politics! More
wonderful money forever!
And more wonderful hatred
forever! Your good groupness also means that you get to
wallow in that delightful emotion called loathing.
Training in this particular energy now seems to be the
prime instructional goal at all levels of American
education. Our kids are constantly taught to detest
certain of their brothers and sisters in the Net, to
whom, of course, they are also taught that they are not
connected in any way. Of course, I am sure that their
instructors are convinced that they are actually not
teaching hatred--they are just trying to get the kids to
be sensitive and ethical citizens. But hatred is what
gets dished out, and it is not about to stop, especially
since absolutely everyone these days is convinced that
externals cause all their problems. So the hatred is
perfectly okay. And no matter how badly you or your
groupmates behave, you are always the good guys!
What is even nicer about your
groupthink is that you do not have to fight the world by
yourself. Your buddies will stand with you. This is the
time-honored technique known as circling the wagons.
When you and your group thinkers band together, you can
(theoretically) repel any and all attacks. Well, I must
admit that on occasion in human history, this strategy
did save some lives. But history also tells us that the
more ferocious the groupthink, the greater the
likelihood that the members of some other group will
attack. Groups of any kind will inevitably generate
nothing but hatred and fear. If you do not want to prod
your brothers and sisters in the Net into the bad karma
of attacking you, you need to ditch any kind of
groupthink you possess. May I remind you that in an
interconnected universe, there is no such thing as a
group of any sort. There is only the Oneness of the
universe and its natural flow of universal
interconnection and equality. This means that any kind
of human group, whether national, racial, or social,
will do nothing but create problems.
So stop telling yourself that
those non-group thinkers out there are evil beings
because they do not think the way you do. Stop thinking
that the members of your own wonderful group are the
only good people on the planet, even when they engage in
rape, perjury, graft, theft, racism, or murder. And by
the way, if your groupthink requires deceit, and it
probably does, it is an especially worthless groupthink.
But I suspect that most of the snowflakes reading these
words are fighting my comments with all their strength.
Other people's groupthink might cause problems, but not
yours, especially if it is political! So you must do
everything you can to protect and defend your wonderful
precious group! Well, let me repeat myself: unless you
start focusing all your attention and energies on that
Reality called universal interconnection, you are not
making anything better--you are only making things
worse.
Yeah, okay, but . . . alas, the
disappearance of our planetary group thinkers is not
going to happen anytime soon. We live on a planet where
countless millions waste all their energies in a
perpetual self-righteous frenzy, complete with
name-calling, hysteria, venom-spewing, virtue-signaling,
and constant attacks on non- groupers. Red alert time,
24/7/365. Ah, the delights of being a good person
fighting for ever more goodness in an ungood world! Of
course, constantly going bonkers must be exhausting, but
it can give meaning and purpose to an otherwise empty
life.
This has helped to produce an
odd manifestation knocking around the world these days
which millions subscribe to, namely that their own
personal groupthink is not really groupthink at all, but
is instead the one single something which is best for
the entire human race. The summum bonum, in other
words. Those groupthinkers among us who consider
themselves very spiritual or enlightened beings are
particularly prone to this nonsense. If everybody would just
believe or vote the way I do, we would have paradise on
earth in a flash! Right.
Well, if you ask me, the
snowflakes who think like this are making what I call
the John Wilkes Booth Mistake. Yeah, him. Celebrated
19th century nincompoop John Wilkes Booth managed to
convince himself that he had to murder an absolutely
horrific bad guy so that his precious group would
survive. After all, his group was the only group on the
planet which possessed all the truth, virtue, and Divine
approval which existed, especially since it was based on
. . . uh . . . involuntary servitude. Never mind the
fact that the bad guy Booth wanted to destroy was
uttering words like "with malice towards none, with
charity for all," that didn't count. So Booth proceeded
to murder his enemy of choice, with what results we are
all familiar.
Well, if you are convinced by
the utter righteousness of your politics but are also
aware that the rest of the planet is not
listening to you, that should tell you that there is
something wrong with what is going on inside your skull.
However, sensitized snowflake that you are, this will be
an absolutely intolerable thought to you.
But cheer up. Your
self-deception will not last. As Aquarian energies grow
ever stronger, ditching your separateness illusions can
be one of the most liberating experiences you will ever
have. You no longer have to suffer under any kind of
artificial boundaries, you do not have to pay attention
to the unworkable structures of past cultures or
religions, and instead of wasting your time with that
tedious illusion called us-against-them, you can pursue
more worthwhile activities, such as creation, spiritual
enlightenment, helping your neighbors, and acquiring
wisdom. Now doesn't that sound like fun? What were you
so obsessed about your groupthink again anyway?
But if you are still determined
to continue wallowing in your favorite groupthink, here
are some further instructions about how you can ditch
it. The first step you need to take is simple:
Accept the fact that you have had previous earthly lives.
We are now going to discuss that interesting
something called reincarnation. This is the
idea that we entities have lived not just once on this
earth but many different times. Having grown up
Presbyterian, reincarnation was never part of my
youthful worldview, but I have since come to accept it.
It has always been part of Eastern spiritual traditions,
and you can also find many prominent thinkers in
antiquity who profess a belief in the idea, including
Pythagoras and Plato.[17]
It is also interesting to see
that none other than William Shakespeare gives the first
recorded use in English literature of the word transmigrates in its sense of
reincarnation in his Antony and Cleopatra.[18] This
happens in the scene where all those stern and
disciplined Roman soldiers start getting plastered (Act
II, Scene VII), and eventually they are too drunk to
tell the difference between a crocodile and a serpent.
Then, somehow, they all start talking about
reincarnation. Serpents transmigrate, you see, or so the
boys inform us. But by this point in the play, the
mention of a "serpent" is a loaded word, since Cleopatra
has referred to herself as "the serpent of old Nile". So
when we finally reach the last scene of the play when
Cleo commits suicide, we are not really seeing her
death: we are seeing her transmigrate into a new life.
The greatest poet and dramatist in the history of the
world is showing us a new kind of spiritual reality,
where death is nothing but an illusion and the only
thing which happens when we "die" is movement into new
life.
Fortunately we
now live in a world where this notion is becoming ever
more acceptable. One of the most gifted psychics who
ever lived, Edgar Cayce (1877-1945), also accepted the
fact that multiple incarnations are the reality of our
human lives and deaths. Cayce grew up as a small-town
Protestant who believed that all religious truth was to
be found within the Bible, where there is not much
mention of more than one earthly incarnation. So when as
an adult Cayce began to pick up on intimations of
previous lives, both of himself and his clients, his
first instinct was to dismiss them. But the psychic
revelations he was receiving kept growing stronger, and
eventually he became convinced that most of us do live
many lives on this earth.
What this means is that during
your various lives on this earth, you have incarnated in
all genders, races, and classes. So the groupthink you
profess in your current physical form is nothing but
another toxic illusion, since it is only relevant to
your experiences in your present lifetime. The reality
of your earthly existence is that you have experienced
the human race in all its manifestations many times over
the centuries.
Still, neither Cayce nor anyone
else has ever been able to offer any kind of concrete
evidence that reincarnation is the reality of our
physical human experience. Like so many spiritual
beliefs, the idea can neither be proved nor disproved.
But I am certain that in an ever more psychic world,
millions of us humans will start to accept this notion.
I am also certain that as Aquarian energies grow
stronger, ever more transparent mothers will start
giving birth to ever more transparent babies. These
babies will incarnate with full knowledge of their
previous existences, which will make any kind of
groupthink in their life utterly irrelevant. This is
going to be yet one more unanticipated but utterly
profound change in the reality of our human lives which
will start manifesting in the years to come.
At the moment, however, if you
are the sort of person who has never really thought
about reincarnation, the idea can be stupefying,
especially with regard to race and gender. There is
probably nothing so mind shattering than the realization
that your current gender is not the only human type you
have experienced as a physical being on earth. So you
need to accept the fact that all men have been women,
all women have been men, and both have all been members
of all races.
Accepting something like this,
of course, is easier said than done. My experience tells
that if you try telling a normal American guy that he
was a woman in some of his past lives and also a mother,
it is cardiac arrest time. So is trying to tell a
committed feminist that she has been a member of that
horrible something called the Patriarchy many times over
the centuries (and when she was wearing the trousers she
wasn't very nice to the little woman while she was at
it). But on the other hand, these realizations can be
one of the greatest blessings we can ever experience,
since they can help turn us all into what our common
goal should be: sentient beings with no nationality,
gender, race, or creed. We should not even classify
ourselves as earthlings. We are citizens of the
universe.
There is one other supremely
important lesson which reincarnation can give us, and
this revelation is so mind-boggling that most people
cannot wrap their heads around it. I am talking about
the idea that you are not your body. That's right,
that conglomeration of hair, skin, flesh, bones, and
blood to which your consciousness is currently attached
is not the real you. On the contrary, your physical form
is nothing more than a temporary rental unit, and a
99.9999999999999% empty one at that. It is dust, and
unto dust it shall return, just like all your previous
bodies. But if you are not your body, then what are you?
That's easy. You are your soul, your spirit, your
consciousness, your experiences, your dreams, and your
visions. None of these are ever lost when your current
physical reality ceases or when a new physical reality
begins.
All this means that you need to
kick whatever kind of groupthink you currently adhere to
out of your head. You are not Italian, Lutheran, Moslem,
Japanese, male, Senegalese, or female. You are an entity
who has lived many different kinds of human lives over
the centuries, so you simply cannot be classified. As
far as that nonsense called ancestry is concerned,
nothing could be more meaningless. You are experiencing
your current physical incarnation to experience karmic
lessons, not to wallow in that ego-based silliness
called noble or high-caste descent. The sooner these
legacy energies collapse into nothingness, the better
for us all.
Fortunately, as Aquarian
energies grow ever stronger, those unfortunates who are
born to inherit some kind of feudal title will not want
it for anything. You do not have to be a king if you
don't want to be, and nobody is going to want any kind
of majesty stuff in the Aquarian era to come.
But here I need to say
something about the vexed question of whether
reincarnation is voluntary or involuntary. The gift of
physical life is not always a blessing when you are born
with a physical disability, or in an unstable culture,
or in catastrophic poverty. Or even just when you are
handed a ton of raw deals at birth. And everybody is
handed raw deals when they incarnate upon this earth,
even when Daddy is a billionaire. This means that our
human lives are usually more of a burden than a
blessing. In my own case, my oracle tells me that my own
current incarnation was definitely not voluntary. I was
compelled to come back in order to learn some very
painful lessons. So like most involuntary physicals, I
incarnated with various raw deals and then proceeded to
experience very little happiness or success throughout
most of my life. Well, that no longer bothers me. I can
see now that all the lemons I was handed at birth, and
all the subsequent lemons I had to endure as I grew
older, were not manifestations of Divine punishment but
challenges that I needed to deal with. What you are
supposed to do with lemons, of course, is make lemonade.
So if you started life with one
or more raw deals, you just need to start telling
yourself: deal with them. Your raw deals
might be a way to burn off bad karma from previous
existences, but they also might be new learning
experiences that you deliberately chose so you could
start living a much more successful life. Forget about
railing against Fate, cursing God, consuming addictive
drugs, or turning to a life of crime. You accept your
circumstances as spiritual challenges that need to be
surmounted. When you get into this mindset, all the
problems you are dragging around no longer seem like
challenges you have to conquer but nuisances which can
easily be solved. It really is possible to transform
those lemons of yours any time you make up your mind to
transform them.
But the key here is ditching
your groupthink. Fortunately, once you understand the
true Reality of our universe, this is the easiest thing
in the world. You simply have to constantly remind
yourself that you are not separate or apart from all the
other energy fields in the universe. This especially
includes those energy fields known as other human
beings, up to and including the ones whom you most
detest. You and they are One, just as each one of us
sentient beings are also One with the Almighty. That's
right, Hitler, Stalin, and Mao Zedong as much your
brothers as St. Francis of Assisi.
Here are some other suggestions
about how to ditch your groupthink illusions:
Stop attacking other people. Yes, they are not perfect, but then neither are you. So if you are the sort of person who enjoys picking fights or spewing forth venom on the internet, forget it. One of the most poisonous aspects of our social media is that it enables the snowflakes among us, most of whom couldn't say boo to a real live goose, to pretend that they are strong and courageous human beings whenever they attack someone online. Anonymously, of course. Well, you are not being either strong or courageous when you do something like this: you are pure evil. If you don't want dozens of bad Cosmic Boomerangs getting constantly getting thrown back at you, you should never under any circumstances attack another sentient being in any way, shape, or form. Just keep telling yourself that in an interconnected universe, when you send out pain to another sentient being, you only hurt yourself. If you have a brain in your head, that is not something you want to do.
Study Stoicism. One philosophical system which my oracle has always wholeheartedly recommended is that Hellenistic philosophy called Stoicism. The ancient Stoics believed that a life of moderation, virtue, simplicity, and a practical focus on things which were within our control constituted the good life. They were also one of the first schools of Western philosophy to proclaim the idea of universal brotherhood (by which, of course, they meant universal siblinghood). So I recommend that you start to study something about this philosophical system, memorize its main precepts, and turn to it when things go wrong in your life. You will be glad that you did. A good introduction to Stoicism is Epictetus' Enchridion.[19] If you never read anything else about Stoicism except this brief essay, you will know all you need to know, and your life will change for the better.
Learn to laugh. People who are blessed with a sense of humor never seem to pay much attention to any kind of groupthink. They are too busy seeing the folly to be found in all humans, and not just the enemies of their particular nation state or political party. Fortunately, since laughter is good Aquarian air energy, our exhausted planet is going to start experiencing much more of it in the years to come. So if you start to find things to laugh at, and let that laughter just happen, all those horrible people whom you are convinced are causing your problems will start to seem silly instead of threatening. Not only will you stop attacking them, you will even stop thinking about them.
Send off a namaste every chance you get. Another good way
to dampen down your sense of groupthink is by sending
off a namaste whenever you can. Namaste is a Sanskrit
word which means I bow to you, and it is a
way to acknowledge the Divine energy to be found within
each and every sentient being in the universe. You can
send a namaste by folding your hands together in the
prayer position, bow in the direction of the person you
want to bless, and then utter the word namaste in
his/her general direction. You can do this for all the
people you want to kill in your own life, such as
supervisors, co-workers, and toxic family members.
You can even
send out a general namaste to every sentient being in
the universe. I am absolutely certain that in an
interconnected universe sending out benevolent energies
to other sentient beings definitely does have a positive
impact, if only a minuscule one. Besides, imagine what
might happen if millions or even billions of us humans
started doing something like this every day of our
lives. All those positive energies flowing through that
energy field called Planet Earth would really start to
make a change for the better in our planetary reality.
Memorize Jack Kerouac's greatest prayer. If you don't feel comfortable sending a namaste, as an acceptable substitute you can recite Jack Kerouac's brief but perfect prayer in The Dharma Bums (1958):
I bless you, all living things, I bless you in the endless past, I bless you in the endless present, I bless you in the endless future, amen.[20]
Stop paying attention to any
kind of separateness experience, including sports and
games. There is some
sort of ridiculous nonsense around these days which
proclaims that sports teach sportsmanship. Ah, yes--the
reason why games, sports, or any other kind of
us-against-them experience are beneficial is because the
participants or the observers experience something
called sportsmanship, which somehow makes them better
people. Well, here comes some Reality: watching any kind
of us-against-them encounter is a toxic experience which
will inevitably harm both participants and observers. It
does not matter whether you want to stare at the
Olympics, World of Warcraft, the next superhero
frivolity, or a Little League ball game. These kinds of
experiences invariably block the natural flow of the
universe. Also the bad karma involved in slaughtering
another sentient being, if only of the digital variety,
is stupendous. So it is not normal or healthy to watch a
sporting event, the latest good-vs.-bad guy flicks
produced in a legacy California town, or even the Nobel
prize awards ceremony. Any kind of us-against-them
competition which causes hurt or disappointment to even
one sentient being is irredeemably toxic.
Of course in the new world to
come, it will still be possible to see dramas where the
good guy defeats the bad guy--this is not going to stop
right away. But you need to watch these dramas with a
new sense of the Reality of the universe, with a higher
kind of consciousness that the bad guys are as human as
the good guys, and they are both members of the one
universal family. The greatest of all writers and
dramatists have always managed to convey this kind of
energy, which is why their works are great. So we are
not going to jettison Shakespeare, Dante, or Tolstoy in
the new world to come. We are going to appreciate them
with a higher kind of consciousness. But keep in mind
that we should not want a world filled with winners and
losers. We need a world where everyone is a winner.
Sports and games, awards and prizes, are going to
evaporate forever in the next few decades.
Turn yourself into a sentient beingist. You need to forget all the other ists or isms which currently infect the planet and turn yourself into the only ist which counts: a sentient beingist. This way you will no longer be infected with groupthink, us-against-them, or any other kind of separateness illusions. Instead, once you start doing what you can to bring in an interconnected and egalitarian global community, you will actually be helping the planet for the first time in your life, and the Cosmic Boomerangs coming back at you will be beneficial instead of harmful.
* * *
Special notice must now be taken of those times in your life when you are faced with one of those separateness experiences called a genuine threat. Fortunately for most of us this will never happen. But we live in a world where the less-than-intelligent are subject to all sorts of toxic illusions, up to and including the idea that robbery, assault, or murder might get them what they so eagerly desire, which is usually more money. As if this will solve their problems or make them happy (it won't). So even though you might now be doing your best to consider all sentient beings your brothers and sisters, there might be times in your life when . . .
You are faced by a physical threat.
Unfortunately these kinds of situations can happen even if you have been doing your best to go with the natural flow of the universe. The good news here is that if and when such a threat does happen, you have every right to defend yourself. As for me, I wish I didn't have to, but I always carry pepper spray in my coat pocket since I do not live in the best part of town. So I lug that bit of protective energy around with me, and it gives me a feeling of security. But there are better ways than pepper spray to provide you with safety, as follows:
Ask and give permission every morning for Archangel Michael to protect you. Michael is the angel of protection, and if you give him permission he will be there to guard you each day and night of your life. When you start to sense that Michael is constantly by your side, the world no longer seems quite so terrifying, and chances are that you will be able to make it through all your days without experiencing any kind of attack.
But what happens if you do experience a legitimate threat from another sentient being? Well, then use the pepper spray or any other weapon you have to defend yourself. This is elementary common sense. But don't try to completely annihilate your attacker--use just enough force to eliminate his or her threat.
What if a Big comes after you? If you want to neutralize the attack of a Big, you need to learn the lessons of Percy Bysshe Shelley's great poetic drama Prometheus Unbound (1820).[21] The hero of the poem is the Greek titan Prometheus, who rebels against the supreme honcho of his time, Jupiter, the King of the Gods, by stealing fire from Mount Olympus and giving it to the human race. All of which makes him a perfect archetype of the sentient being who wants to assist others despite the disapproval of the more powerful. For his defiance Jupiter chains him to a mountain, where an eagle comes each day to devour his eternally reconstituted liver. But good non-group thinker that he is, Prometheus knows exactly how to react to Jupiter's tyranny. There are only two important quotations you need to get from this poem, both of which are perfect guidelines about how to deal with a Big:
All that thou can'st inflict I bid thee do. Prometheus speaks these words to Jupiter early in the poem, and they beautifully sum up the best possible way to respond to any Big who wishes to harm you: tell this entity to go ahead and do it and see if I care. These are the words of a tremendously strong sentient being, who realizes that even though he can be physically harmed, nobody or nothing can touch that part of him which really matters: his mind and his spirit. Your average honcho is helpless against this kind of energy.
I wish no living thing to suffer pain. Prometheus utters these words when he is reminded that he had once cursed Jupiter for his cruelty. But after all the suffering he has since experienced, he now regrets the curse and understands the futility of revenge. He has also realized that if he does to Jupiter what Jupiter has done to him, he will become identical to his tormentor. This is something he absolutely does not want. Nor should you. And yes, I am aware that at this point in history, exercising this kind of restraint will take tremendous courage. But acquiring a Prometheus mindset is the only way the human race is ever going to free itself from the toxic patterns of the past. Just don't forget that as more and more people become aware of the true Reality of our universe, the safer we will all be.
* * *
So much for groupthink. The next toxic illusion we need to examine is that delightful sense of superiority which many of us feel whenever we invent reasons why we are better than the other sentient beings who surround us, a tendency which is otherwise known as . . .
Hierarchy.
Unfortunately, in our present
toxic world, hierarchical illusions are found everywhere.
After all, it is so very pleasant to constantly remind
yourself that you are one of the superior persons currently
alive on planet earth. In many ways, it can be the ultimate
delight.
So countless millions of our
brothers and sisters in the Net are desperate to
experience that bliss called status, plus the control
freakery which usually goes along with it. All of which
helps to explain why our planet is currently swamped
with scolds, petty tyrants, self-anointed
attention-whores, elitist mandarins, bullies of all
types, and other tedious egos who wallow in that
ecstatic bliss called I'm so much better than you
are, and I'm going to force you to do
what you don't want to do! Ah, the bliss!
This also explains why most
people who cannot manage to get themselves into a Big
position frequently do everything they can to support
those fellow group thinkers who have made it to the top.
When you do this you are never a loser--you can
vicariously shove the lesser people around just as if
you were cracking the whip yourself!
Yeah, superiority of any kind
is deliciously intoxicating, and the exquisite delight
to be found therein must be totally gooey. Since not
only do Bigs acquire piles of wonderful money, they get
to coerce those Littles underneath them. So the Bigs
among us are constantly doing their tidy best to force
us Littles into some kind of betterment for our own
good, usually with ever more rules, regulations, laws,
edicts, statutes, directives, and orders. This,
unfortunately, has been the story of human history since
Day One. The Bigs bark out the orders, and the Littles
obey--or else. What is even worse is that the Littles
are always trained to like it. So it is no
wonder that whether dictatorial or democratic, all human
cultures here in the 21st century are based upon some
kind of hierarchical energy, as well as the coercion
that goes along with it. Mind you, the Bigs never bother
to live by the rules they push onto everyone else, since
they are superior people. But who cares about that?
This tendency has been
exacerbated by the digital revolution, which has given
many Big wannabes among us an illusion of fame and
celebrity for the first time in history. In other words,
even if you cannot figure out how to shove other people
around in your everyday reality, you can still turn
yourself into a Big by making yourself faaamous on the
internet! Once upon a time your average schmuck had a
few friends if he or she were lucky, but that was it.
Nowadays even the most banal and toxic among us can
acquire instant celebrity, thanks to those toxic LIKES
constantly getting blown about on the internet. There is
no pleasure like validation, after all.
Well, if there was any chance
that anyone in a Big position actually did make things
better, we would all be living in a planetary paradise.
But let's face it: hierarchies of any kind are not going
with the natural flow of the universe. Bigness will
never generate anything except oppression, incompetence,
inefficiency, corruption, and very bad Cosmic
Boomerangs. If you want to go with the natural flow, you
have to constantly remind yourself that all sentient
beings in the universe have been created equal. At the
spiritual level there are no Bigs or Littles, nor will
there ever be. Those Grand Poobah wannabes who think
that their lives will be perfect bliss if they achieve a
position of power have always been the most
reprehensible members of the human race. What they are
after will not work, will not last, and will only create
ever more planetary misery.
As for us Littles, none of us
should ever have to suffer under the thrall of any kind
of Big. Nor should our beliefs, activities, or choices
ever be coerced. We should have the right to make free
choices, act independently, grow and develop as we
please, create the kind of existence which is best
suited for our energies, and reinvent ourselves whenever
we like. Mind you, I am not saying that we have a right
to turn into a serial killer or any other kind of
sociopath--if our agency interferes with the free
movement of another sentient being, it is not liberty
but the worst sort of malevolence. But as long as we are
careful to make the right ethical choices in alignment
with the natural flow of the universe, and never take
any action without consulting an oracle first, we should
be allowed the freedom to do whatever we please. People
everywhere just got to be free.
Here I must make special notice
of the only freedom on our tired old planet which really
counts, and which all the Bigs among us are attacking
with ever more ferocity . . .
Free speech.
Once upon a time, the ability
to speak your mind was accepted by all of us Americans as an
absolute right. It was such a basic part of our culture that
no one ever questioned whether or not it was a good thing.
Well, it is a good thing. Throughout most of American history,
no matter what the problem, this one particular freedom has
always been universally supported. It is also an obvious
historical fact that those sentient beings who try free speech
have never once accomplished any kind of betterment for the
human race. They inevitably make things worse.
Alas, this last statement makes
no sense these days, not in our
electronically-sensitized reality. There are now huge
numbers of snowflakes among us who are determined to
deprive other citizens of their First Amendment right to
say what they think. This notion is hugely popular
everywhere these days, especially on college campuses,
where any non-politically correct statement can feel
like a death threat.
Well, dearest precious little
snowflakes . . . let me explain something to you. If for
any reason whatsoever you think that someone else does
not have the right to free speech, YOU are the bad guy,
not him or her. And take my word for it: you are not
just a bad guy--you are pure evil. You are taking action
based on those toxic illusions called separateness and
hierarchy, and the only thing you will get in return is
a Cosmic Boomerang the size of which you will not
believe.
Let me also remind the
snowflakes among us that the only way any society can
function is through informed debate. Options have to be
weighed, and different points of view must be
considered. These ideas have always been central to our
American way of life--until now. At the moment the only
thing that matters in our snowflake world is
congratulating yourself that you are one of the good
people of the planet, as opposed to all those lesser
people out there who possess too much wrongthink.
You should also understand that
the only way any human being can reach the Divine is
through free movement in time and space. When you try to
deprive one of your brothers or sisters in the Net of
any kind of freedom, not only are you preventing this
person from accessing Divine energy, you are also
destroying your own potential to reach the Divine. You
simply cannot become your own prophet or sybil unless
you stop trying to coerce those people whom you consider
to be your inferiors.
But you probably don't want to
hear any of this, right? Not as long as you can
virtue-signal yourself into validation and faaamousness
in your social media echo chamber. What else matters? So
here in our 21st century world, vast numbers of human
beings are getting blocked from this most basic right.
It does not matter whether you are living in a
dictatorial regime or what is known as a liberal
democracy, your freedom to speak your mind is
diminishing with each passing day. There is nothing that
the Bigs among us enjoy more than putting their
collective feet down on the vocal cords of those fellow
citizens whom they regard as lesser, which adds up to
most of us. Bye, bye First Amendment, it was nice
knowing you.
The only thing funny about
these kinds of people is how flabbergasted they always
are when their best laid plans go awry. That should not
happen, of course, since their good intentions are not
only workable but righteous. Well, people who are
besotted by a lust for power are always going to produce
outcomes which are the exact opposite of what they
originally intend. In other words, any human being who
occupies a power position will do nothing but create
problems, for the very simple reason that power
corrupts, and absolute power corrupts absolutely.
Universal interconnection means universal equality, and
people who try to elevate themselves above the common
herd for any reason will produce nothing but catastrophe
for other people and bad Cosmic Boomerangs for
themselves.
This brings me to a
particularly toxic form of hierarchical energy which now
blankets the earth and which is, in many ways, the
greatest curse of our time, that virulent energy called
. . .
Feminism.
Once upon a time that
groupthink called feminism might actually have made sense. In
premodern times women had few if any legal rights. They were
not able to vote, they had no control over their own property,
and if they were married to a sociopath they had no way of
escape. In other words, the men were the Bigs, and women had
little or no say about the circumstances of their lives.
But that now seems like an
eternity ago. Nowadays it is the women who constitute
the Big Gender of the earth, and too many of them spend
all their time chasing after those phantoms called
superiority, privilege, money, and power. The legal
system in the United States has been transformed into a
sexist quagmire which gives these women all sort of
special privileges, while regulating the members of the
male sex to second rate citizens who have lost many of
their civil rights.
The situation is so bad that
the court system usually casts the blame on the man no
matter what the circumstances. Long ago and far away are
the days when you were considered innocent until proven
guilty. Here in the 21st century, if you are a man, what
used to be known as due process is seldom around any
longer. Men can lose everything thanks to a single
unproven accusation, they can be left financially
destitute thanks to that horror called divorce rape, and
they can be prohibited from interacting with their
children even when they are sober and hard-working
citizens.
Men have been so thoroughly
demonized that many of them are simply opting out of the
marriage racket altogether. The guys who subscribe to
this mindset have discovered that there are simply no
good women out there to marry. A pleasant, thoughtful,
physically fit, and affectionate woman with whom it
would be a joy to share your life and who won't
divorce-rape you when she gets bored with you? She does
not exist. What does exist are those supremacist harpies
whose only parallel in history can be found in the Aryan
master race nonsense of 1930's Germany. Women these days
tell themselves that they are the good people of the
universe, while men are the bad--and so is the culture
which these men have created. As a result, when
something goes wrong in a good woman's life, it is never
her fault. It always happens because of that great big
nasty amorphous bogeyman called the Patriarchy.
So far this idiocy has been
working beautifully. However, no one ever seems to
realize that the Patriarchy bogeyman is an exact clone
of the Aryan bogeyman of the 1930's, which the Germans
called "World Jewry" (Weltjudentum). World Jewry
was supposed to be some kind of international conspiracy
that worked behind the scenes to ruin the lives of good
German people, or something like that. So good Germans
had to fight Weltjudentum any way they could, the way
that good feminists have to fight the Patriarchy any way
they can. Talk about two sides of the same coin. What is
going on in both German and feminist fascism, of course,
are those toxic illusions called separateness and
hierarchy. Once upon a time the supremacist numbskulls
among us would say: "The future is Ayran." Now they say:
"The future is female." Where is the difference? There
isn't one. But of course feeling superior is one of the
few pathetic ways that the electronically-sensitized
among us can feel good about something. Heil vagina!
Well, let me inform you that
anyone who adheres to supremacist groupthink is just
begging for Cosmic Boomerangs to clobber them with a
baseball bat. Ask any Confederate veteran or ex-Hitler
Youth if you don't believe me. Supremacist ideologies
always hurt its practitioners more than its victims. The
Nazis who blindly followed their fearless leaders did
nothing but fall into an abyss, and contemporary
feminists are doing the same. Their collapse is going to
be much worse since our feminists simply do not see
anything wrong with their toxic illusions, while many
Germans could sense that something was wrong about Nazi
ideology.
It will be noticed that the
writer who is making all these anti-feminist comments
happens to be a woman. However, she is a woman who does
her tidy best to go with the natural flow of universal
interconnection and equality. So it has always been
obvious to her that her fellow women have a tendency to
get things wrong time and again, and much more
frequently than men. Says George Orwell in 1984 (1946): "It was
always the women, and above all the young ones, who were
the most bigoted adherents of the party, the swallowers
of slogans, the amateur spies."[22] And it continues to
be these females who are the most deranged supremacists
on the planet, the ones most furiously determined to
coerce the rest of the human race into accepting their
pathetic and ridiculous groupthink.
Meanwhile it is not surprising
that the statistics on female happiness since the 1970's
have continuously declined.[23] This especially holds
true for highly educated women, who are some of the most
spiteful and miserable humans around. Women who
subscribe to contemporary feminist claptrap are working
jobs that they hate, are mired in debt, and desperately
hoping they will find a wonderful husband and bear at
least a couple of adorable kids before their eggs dry
up. As if any kind of supremacist ideology actually
delivered happiness! In short, nothing makes women
suffer these days like feminism.
The main thing that will
actually help contemporary women improve their lives is
for them to ditch their feminist nonsense and start
acting like what they truly are: part of the great web
of interconnection. Here are some other practical ways
each one of us can help rid the planet of its Bigness
wannabes among us, up to and including the worst of the
lot, the feminists:
Recognize that all Bigness urges are ego-based. The only natural and healthy energies in our universe are interconnected energies, not those of that illusion called your separate self. If you are going through your life making constant attempts to elevate yourself above the herd, you are definitely not going with the natural flow, and you will accumulate nothing but ever more painful Cosmic Boomerangs.
Ditch your lust for control freakery. Any kind of hubristic power lust will inevitably generate nothing but that horror known as unintended consequences. So you should never under any circumstances try to manipulate other people for your own ego gratification. This especially includes verbal control freakery. If you know anything about American history, you realize that scolding, rebuking, chastising, lecturing, nagging, or reproaching your fellow sentient beings had been a popular American tradition since Puritan days. Our saga is filled with stories of endless conflict between those do-gooders who are out to reform their wicked brethren, and those wicked brethren, who never seem to listen. All the scolders have to do, apparently, is just tell the lesser people what they are doing wrong and then immediate obedience will inevitably follow except when it doesn't. At the moment you can find any number of online diatribes from women who somehow believe that insulting or belittling members of the opposite sex will get them to change their ways. I am woman, hear me reproach! Lots of luck with this one.
Ditch your lust for fame energies. This most especially includes that nuisance called virtue signaling. Countless millions in today's world waste huge amounts of their time proclaiming their wonderfulness to others, since it somehow matters that complete strangers know that you are a good person with good values and good hair. Well, this kind of kindergarten nonsense is still a lust for Bigness, and as such will do nothing but hand its practitioners another bucketful of bad karma. One of the greatest principles of Epicurean philosophy is the recommendation of lathe biosas, which is a command to live unknown. To this day it continues to be one of the best ways to find true peace and happiness on this planet.
If you are a Little, stop paying attention to the Bigs. It has not escaped my notice that the most uninteresting people on the planet today are the celebrities, the prominent, the famous, and the overly-rich. They have absolutely nothing worthwhile to contribute to the human race except to tell us how not to live. I do not pay any attention to them, and you should not, either.
As for your spirituality . . . In a non-hierarchical and oracular world, nobody is going to need any kind of religious Big to tell them how to reach the Divine. People will start to depend upon their personal interactions with the Divine and the angels for their spirituality, along with the kind of support they can get from their peers. So there is no time like the present to free yourself from looking upwards at any kind of religious authority. It is bad for him/her and bad for you.
Make the Golden Rule your ethical guiding star. Once you understand the Reality of universal interconnection, you will realize that you can never do to another sentient being what you would not want done to yourself. This means that you should start practicing the ethics of reciprocity, which is otherwise known as the Golden Rule. You treat others as you wish to be treated, or as Low Church Anglicans would put it, do as you would be done by. This is an ethical guide which exists in most human cultures and should be the basis of everyone's morality.[24]
* * *
So much for hierarchy. Now we get to take a look at the third most toxic kind of mental illusion, that nonsense called . . .
Permanence.
As I have already mentioned, huge numbers of
people throughout history have had the crazy notion that
the way things are now are the way they are always going
to be. The Soviet Union was going to last forever. OPEC
was going to last forever. Japan's industrial
predominance was going to last forever (nowadays we hear
the same thing about China). All new congressional
legislation is going to fix social problems forever.
Alas, the lust for permanent solutions
springs eternal within the human breast. Well, in a
constantly transforming universe, the idea of anything
actually being permanent is complete nonsense.
But the idea of permanence does
give people the illusion of security, which is why it is
so attractive to the snowflakes among us. Telling
yourself that the social or political structures you
have at the moment will always be there not only gives
you a nice sense of safety, it convinces you that the
future is predictable. Huge numbers of
electronically-sensitized snowflakes simply cannot live
without this assurance. They absolutely must have the
preservation of the status quo forever, or else.
As a result, most of our social
actions and our interpretations of reality are based
upon the permanence illusion, which is yet another
reason why nothing works any longer the way it should.
You might be aware, for example, that political parties
do not last forever, as any Whig can tell you. But the
idea that those nuisances called the Democrat and
Republican parties might evaporate into nothingness
within the next few years is absolutely preposterous to
most people. That cannot happen now! Not
in my own lifetime! It isn't possible! As for the end
of established religions, or governments, or nations . .
. Well, it might happen
several centuries down the road, but now? In this
century? How lunatic is that?
My friends, let me remind you
that our whole planet is on the brink of unprecedented
personal, social, and political change. That which seems
too solid and permanent at the moment is nothing of the
sort, up to and including those legacy Piscean social
structures which are currently kicking the bucket with a
super colossal bang. So the sooner you dump your
permanence illusions, the better. Here are some
suggestions to help you along:
Do your best to keep your mind open and naturally flowing. At all times you need to do your best to read, learn, think, and keep your mind aligned to the naturally flowing Reality of our universe. This means you must never let yourself get stuck in anything, and especially not in mental constructs. At all times in your life you should allow for openness and growth. And do your best to adjust and readjust your energies to the natural flow of the universe. Your oracle can help you here.
Try new things. You should also get into the habit of trying something new whenever possible. There are always better ways of doing things, and the internet provides limitless suggestions about alternatives. So do your best to read new books, listen to new music, or try a new kind of cuisine. Message to all those people who are forever stuck in their bad habits: trying something new might be scary, but it is the best possible way for you to go with the natural flow of the universe. Remember that your current physical existence is only a brief pilgrimage which will not last forever. Your present house of clay is only a rental unit, so stop it with your idiot clinging and recognize the transitory nature of your current life.
Understand that the present moment is the only Reality you will ever experience. In other words, consider every day a new gift and make the most of it as mindfully as you can. You will start enjoying your life more, and that wonder energy called gratitude will manifest ever more strongly within you.
Prepare yourself for the evolutionary changes to come. The easy way to do this is by keeping ideas of universal interconnection and equality in your mind at all times. Then when all the dumbfounding predictions I am making start to happen, you will be able to deal with them.
Recommended prayers.
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that you help me
• free myself from my politics or whatever other groupthink silliness I indulge in. And I thank you.
• free myself from my addiction to those useless internet LIKES. And I thank you.
•
follow the
Golden Rule in all my interactions with other sentient
beings from now on if it kills me. And I thank you.
• stop trying to force other people to change. And I
thank you.
• stop wasting my time playing or watching sports and
games. And I thank you.
• understand that there is only ONE way to make the
world a better place, and that is the recognition of
universal interconnection and equality. And I thank you.
Well, there you have it. The planet's three worst mental
toxicities, plus how you can start to break yourself free from
them. I am sure that many of my readers are now experiencing
that celebrated nuisance called cognitive dissonance, which
happens whenever you encounter something contrary to your most
cherished beliefs. Well, if this is happening to you at the
moment, reach for your handy deck of tarot cards and start
asking them whether my statements in this chapter are correct.
Just don't fall on the floor when you start getting your
oracular responses.
Chapter 5. A New Way to Ditch Your Physical Toxicities.
Here in the 21st century we
are living on a planet where countless numbers of harmful
artificial chemicals have polluted the earth, and these
chemicals have created more human suffering, unhappiness, bad
health, emotional hysteria, addictions, and general
feelbadness than anything else in human history. I am
referring to all those industrial chemicals which have
engulfed the planet since the end of World War II and which
have catastrophically disrupted the natural energies of us
humans like nothing else in history. If you are one of the
billions on this planet who is going through life with chronic
mental or physical problems, the artificial chemicals you are
constantly absorbing are probably the reason why. You are the
end result of the horrific scientific illusion that we humans
can artificially manipulate Divinely self-organized systems to
make things better.
And yes, I am aware that most
of my readers, plus most of our scientists and medical
professionals, will reject these assertions. After all,
is it not obvious that our human-made energies are equal
to or even superior to Divinely-created ones? Why just
look at all the medical and scientific advances which
have benefited the planet in recent decades! Surely that
is enough to convince everybody that the scientific
geniuses among us now know everything they need to know
about our human minds and bodies!
Well, not quite. There is no
way that we fallible humans will ever be able to
understand everything about life or
consciousness. It is true that we can achieve partial
knowledge, but to this day not even our most celebrated
scientists have achieved anything except very incomplete
knowledge about the workings of that sacred energy
called life. And given the fact that most of what we
know about our bodies is based on the illusion that they
are solid objects in space, our medical and scientific
knowledge is horrifically inadequate. May I remind my
readers that the human body is a Divinely-created and
naturally self-organized energy field, which means that
it can only flourish when it is aligned to the natural
energies of the universe? Whenever you substitute
anything man-made or artificial for these kinds of
energies, there will always be problems.
Now I am the first to admit
that modern science and technology have bestowed many
benefits upon the human race, and the increase in
average life expectancy is proof of that. The
development of vaccines, antibiotics, organ transplants,
and other high-tech medical procedures have benefited
millions. Unlike past generations, most of us Americans
can live to a ripe old age thanks to the scientific
progress which has transformed our planet. Like everyone
else I would not want to live like my premodern
ancestors, scratching a living from the soil and
suffering diseases for which there was no cure. Our
scientists and inventors have done the human race an
immense amount of good.
But none of this makes up for
the dark side of this scientific progress, where the
arrogant scientists among us are constantly trying to
alter, subdue, or manipulate natural energies any way
they can. This most especially includes the manufacture
and promulgation of non-natural physical products like
plastics and other synthetics, all of which have been
created not from nature but from lethal chemicals. It
just so happens that these kinds of materials are as
harmful as any poison you care to name. They have
generated what is one of the worst problems we sentient
beings on planet earth currently face: chemical
toxicity.
Wait a minute! Everybody knows
that if the chemicals which engulf us are a problem,
then our government would not permit them--right? After
all, here in the United States all the chemicals which
are now found in our food and environment have been
approved for public use by that delightful federal
agency called the Food and Drug Administration. We all
know that anything which has been endorsed by the good
bureaucrats at the FDA is just totally fine for
everybody! We can trust our government to take care of
us! It is not as though those FDA do-gooders are the
doormats of their lobbyists or their cronies! That
cannot be possible!
Well, if thoughts such as these
are knocking around in your head, you need to do some
rethinking. If you ask me, there has never been a more
epic fail in American history than the catastrophic
inability of the FDA to protect the citizenry from the
toxic horrors now to be found in all aspects of our
food, drink, health care, and environment. We live in a
culture where millions of harmful chemicals, toxic
medications, and artificially altered foods are
routinely consumed day in and day out by a gullible
public. If some diabolical madman had deliberately
attempted to create the unhealthiest environment and
lifestyle possible, one that was guaranteed to create
millions of sickly and unhappy people, he could not have
done better than construct the chemicalized culture of
the 21st century United States.
Don't believe me? Then let me
explain how we humans expel toxins from our systems.
When most people think about their bodies, they probably
focus only on the brain, heart, blood, or stomach. But
what really matters in your human body is your liver.
This is the organ which does the most to keep our
energies flowing naturally since its job is to rid our
physical being of toxins. But when your liver is not
functioning correctly, or working overtime to expel
poisons from your energy field, you do not feel well,
you cannot think rationally, and nothing about your body
functions the way it should. Also you are probably going
through life suffering from constant hunger or desperate
for another addictive fix. This happens because your
liver is crying out for the correct energies it needs so
it can fight the toxicity which is engulfing it. And let
me repeat--it needs the right energies, not
necessarily the right nutrients. But does it get
these energies? Silly question. What it gets are
processed foods, inorganic chemicals, artificial
preservatives, pesticides, synthetic dyes, diabolically
unhealthy toiletries, and outgassing from petrochemical
clothing, furniture, and building materials.
All of which wreak endless
havoc with people's physical health. But even this is
not as horrible as what these artificialities do to
human psyches. The chemical swamp we inhabit is also
poisoning our minds, our emotions, and our ability to
accurately perceive the Reality of our universe. It is
not just electronic sensitization which has turned
people into snowflakes: the chemical toxins we have
imbibed throughout our lives have also damaged our
personalities. The sense of ourselves which we have
currently got is not what Mother Nature intended. The
artificial chemicals we are constantly absorbing are
wrecking all aspects of our body/mind/spirit continuum,
and we are going through our days perceiving the world
around us through a distorting chemical haze. One thing
I have frequently noticed is that a new regime of
medications can turn someone whom I have known for years
into a person I do not recognize. These people become
irritable, bad-tempered, obsessional, and their sense of
humor evaporates. Nevertheless, they are always
convinced that they are perfectly normal and that their
precious meds are helping them. Well, if the chemicals
you are consuming are altering your personality for the
worse, they are not helping your body.
I suspect that claiming
artificial chemicals can warp your personality is one
which my readers will probably find most unbelievable.
We all like to think that we are in control of our
minds, our consciousness, our ability to reason, and our
very own self. How could the chemicals we absorb every
day change who we truly are? Well, when you are going
through life with a constantly stressed liver, you tend
to gravitate towards absolutely anything that will make
you feel momentarily good, even if this feelgoodness is
utterly toxic. This means that your personality is
constantly being harmed by chemical toxicity.
If you were born any time after
1970, and if you have been consuming/absorbing
artificial chemicals your entire life, I guarantee that
you do not have a clue what good actually feels like.
That's right, you have never truly experienced it for
one second of your existence. Feelgoodness can only
happen when a person's energies are going with the
natural flow of the universe. But no way and no how does
this happen when you are constantly ingesting
artificialities, which is what you have probably been
doing since your idiot parents started shoving
concentrated sweets and synthetic dyes down your throat
when you were a toddler. So instead of what ought to be
your basic way of being in the world, that of effortless
flourishing, you are going through your days
experiencing nothing but the kind of endless feelbadness
which is the only thing that an average snowflake ever
knows. This is not living. It is just barely surviving.
Don't believe me? Then take a
look at photographs of your grandparents or
great-grandparents--those family members of yours who
had the same genes as you do. Chances are that none of
them were fat, addicted, stressed, or depressed, despite
the fact that they ate huge amounts of food every day of
their lives, worked long hours, and were subject to
trouble, as in the Great Depression and World War II.
They managed to cope with problems like these without
the kind of vacant zombie stare which is so common these
days. The difference between them and you is that they
were not living in an environment where nearly
everything, including the food, was toxic. But you are.
On some level I expect that
most of my readers are agreeing with me. Lots of people
these days are aware that something is wrong with
their culture, their society, their beliefs, even their
own bodies, but they cannot see what the problem is,
especially since they have been trained to trust that
fantasy called government regulation. So they never
blame the chemicals they are constantly consuming for
their woes. But these artificial chemicals are the
reason for practically everything wrong about people's
lives these days: chronic addictions, ever higher
suicide rates, corrupted judgment, blind hatred,
emotional hysteria, the obesity plague, depression, drug
addiction, and the mental toxicities mentioned in the
previous chapter. Are you someone who has tried and
tried to lose the weight but cannot manage it? Or are
you unable to make it through your day without your
medications, of which you are probably swallowing
handfuls? Do you think of your body as an enemy which
must be mercilessly exercised or controlled? All of
these conditions are being generated by the chemical
toxicities which you are constantly absorbing. The
ancient Romans lost their mojo because of lead
poisoning. All of us 21st century earthlings are losing
ours because of the toxic chemicals we consume every
day. As we grow ever more sensitive because of our
electronics, we are also growing ever more sickly
because of artificial chemicals.
But I am sure that most of our
most prominent scientists and researchers are not about
to listen to me. They all seem to be convinced that, as
far as the human body is concerned, they can play God.
Or at least they can acquire godlike powers. So all the
artificialities they keep coming up with will always
benefit absolutely everybody! And things will get even
better when those pathetic dreams called artificial
intelligence or the technological singularity will
eventually solve all our irksome human problems! This
means that we wondrous humans will eventually be capable
of doing what the Divine already does: create life
itself! Why, just look at the incredible accomplishments
of Victor Frankenstein, that wonderful little corpse
reanimator in Mary Shelley's 1818 novel Frankenstein![25] Was he a
scientific wonder boy, or what was he? Well, of course
he was, just like those contemporary scientists and
researchers who are frankentweaking our naturally
self-organized systems any way they can! A world filled
with frankenfood, frankenbuildings, and frankenclothing
will provide us with endless delight! If old Victor were
around today, he would be so proud of all the
frankenadjustments being done to the natural flow of
energies on this earth that he would weep for joy!
Or maybe not. Let us pause for
a moment and examine the very idea of life itself. Yeah,
that mysterious and undefinable something which bestows
those blessings called consciousness and animation on
the sentient energy fields in our universe. So what is
this life force? Where does it come from? All we really
say is that there is some kind of energy in our
spacetime universe which differentiates the sentient
from what seem to be non-sentient forms. This life force
has been sensed in many different cultures over the
millennia: the ancient Egyption called it ka, the Greeks
talked about pneuma, it was prana in Vedic
tradition, qi or chi in the East, and
lung in Tibetan
Buddhism. In more recent years French philosopher Henri
Bergson has given us the idea of the élan vital.[26]
But while this kind of vital
energy has frequently been named, it has never been
adequately defined. I have heard it called the "subtle
systems" of a living physical body, but words such as
these are inadequate. This lack of a convincing
definition is exacerbated by the fact that terms such as
prana or qi have no meaning for our contemporary Western
medical establishment, since it is not possible to
manufacture these energies by a pharmaceutical
corporation.
Well, if you ask me, that life
force called ka/pneuma/prana/qi/lung/élan
vital can indeed be
defined, and quite easily, too. It is simply the
manifestation of Divine energy within every sentient
being in the universe. That is all you really need to
know about the life force: we sentient beings are alive
and conscious because each one of us possesses a spark
of the Divine within. This Divine energy, needless to
say, is not something which any kind of hubristic
scientist will ever be able to generate or control.
I am sure that the scientific
geniuses who have developed the zillions of industrial
chemicals which now smother the planet are seething with
fury at the above. Of course all people here
in our 21st century America are completely healthy and
happy, thanks to all our wonderful
frankenartificialities! As for the
great American food supply, our experts will probably
remind us that when they do change the energies of our
food, they are making only tiny little unimportant
adjustments which are not harmful. Nobody is going to
drop dead after consuming a few grams of a chemical
preservative or a synthetic dye. Also nothing bad can
happen when a foodstuff is genetically modified, since
the food looks and tastes exactly the same. So how could
any of this be a problem? It isn't! It's fun and
delicious!
Sorry. Whenever a person
consumes anything modified by our hubristic
frankenscientists, he or she loses balance, mental
stability, and health. Never mind nutrients, vitamins,
protein, carbohydrates, or whatever other kind of
nourishment you think food gives you. What your energy
field needs from a foodstuff are its natural energies, and nothing
else but. This means that when you consume those little
bits of artificiality day in and day out for years at a
time, the bad side effects start adding up.
But what kind of
artificialities am I talking about? Are some worse than
the others? Indeed they are. What now follows is a list
of what I think is most toxic about our physical
American reality, especially regarding food, drink,
toiletries, and furnishings. You will probably find some
of the items on the following list surprising, but try
to keep an open mind. And don't forget that no two
people are the same. Some people's energy fields are
probably being badly harmed by some of the problems I
mention, while others can tolerate them. You need to
figure out on your own what you need to start avoiding,
so keep your oracle handy. As you will also see, for
various problems I give some recommended solutions.
We will start by examining the
absolute worst of the toxic artificialities currently
infecting this planet, those nightmares called . . .
Plastics.
If there is one word which
explains why your entire energy field is filled with
perpetual feelbadness, that word is plastics. If you ask me,
the petrochemical horrors which swamp the planet are the
single cause of the bad mental and physical health which
infects most people today.
Nevertheless, I'm sure that
most of my readers are skeptical of this assertion.
After all, the plastic forms which we utilize every day
appear to be nice, clean, and antiseptic. So how can
they hurt us? Well, think of it this way. Would you ever
want to quench your thirst by drinking gasoline? Or use
motor oil as a moisturizer? Of course not. But that is
what you're doing every time your energy field
encounters/absorbs/ingests food, liquid, soap,
cosmetics, or lotions which have been stored in a
petrochemical container.
The human liver simply cannot
cope with these kind of toxins. This means that in one
way or another any kind of substance stored in a plastic
container will be toxic. This especially holds true for
water or juices stored in plastic bottles. You are
probably convinced that bottled water can never make you
fat since it has no calories. But if you are in the
habit of drinking plasticized liquids, all you are doing
is stressing your liver and throwing your whole energy
field off-kilter--and off-kilter energies will do
nothing except make you fat. Ditto for any other kind of
foodstuff which sits for weeks or months in plastic. If
you keep ingesting it, I guarantee that not only will
the toxins continue to make you feel miserable, the
weight will never come off.
All of which means that if you
want to go with the natural flow of the universe, you
need to avoid plastics any way you can. This especially
means that you should never touch or consume anything
moist which has been stored in plastic. Dry or
unprocessed foods are usually not a problem, but any
other kind of food always is. Here are more
recommendations about ridding your life of plastics:
Get the plastics out of your kitchen. Up to and including those atrocities called plastic cooking utensils. The only thing worse than consuming food or liquid stored in plastic is cooking with it. Heat applied to plastic does nothing but generate ever more petrochemical toxicity. As for using plastic dishes, glasses, or forks, forget it. Start using only glass, china, Pyrex, or stainless steel for cooking or storing your food. If you need a blender, never use one with a plastic pitcher--get a stick blender and use it with a glass Mason jar instead.
Use a non-petrochemical water bottle. If you want to carry around a water bottle, get one made of glass or stainless steel. And instead of any kind of bottled water, start drinking antioxidants like homemade carrot or apple juice, or green tea.
Switch to organic bedding. We humans spend one third of our lives in bed, and when our bed is nothing but a deadly synthetic concoction, we go through our days with everything out of whack. I know that Madison Avenue has been telling you for decades that those specially designed chemical mattresses they are pandering will somehow help you to get a good night's sleep and cure your back problems as well, but research says otherwise.[27] As for the chic polyester bedding that trendy Americans just love, it does nothing but compound the problem. For most of my life I have slept on organic futons or cotton yoga mats, along with natural blankets and sheets, and I think that this is one of the main reasons why I have never had a recurring weight problem. If you have ever wanted to lose weight while you sleep, it actually is possible: all you need to do is switch to organic bedding.
Avoid all cosmetics or soaps stored in plastic. In case you have never realized it, any kind of chemical which is rubbed into your skin is as thoroughly absorbed into your system as if you had swallowed it. So if you think that the pink or green soaps, cosmetics, deodorants, lotions, sanitizers, disinfectants, and shampoos which you have been using do not harm your energy field, you had better think again. This especially holds true for the brightly colored chemical dishwashing liquid you are probably using--it never rinses off completely from your plates. Nor does the laundry soap from your clothes. You are still consuming their toxicity as if you were swimming in it.
Suggestions for escaping these toxicities. I use baking soda or natural clay to wash my dishes, my face, my hair, and my body (although once in a while I will use Dr. Bonner's unscented soap). I use salt to brush my teeth, but I've learned that this doesn't work too well unless you also give up all concentrated sweets. I wash my clothes in a hot water and salt solution or on occasion with Dr. Bonner's. For a body lotion I mix equal parts of pure lanolin and sesame oil. For a deodorant I use what I call lemon paste to wash my underarms. I make this paste by chopping up a lemon, pureeing it, and then stirring in one cup of baking soda. This concoction keeps forever in the refrigerator. Every morning I rub a bit of the lemon paste under my arms, leave it for a few minutes, and then rinse it off (but I am careful to use it only on my armpits--it is not a good cleanser for your face or your whole body). This is all I need to prevent body odor. All these substitutes are not only inexpensive--they work just fine.
Never wear polyester fabric. Wearing petrochemical fabrics is like wrapping your body in cancer cells. Your skin will not be able to breathe properly, you will probably increase your body odor, and as usual your liver will be stressed. Stick to natural fabrics like cotton, wool, hemp, bamboo, or linen.
Never live in a petrochemical house. As in one with synthetic insulation, polyester carpet, furniture made out of particle board or plywood, polyurethane on the floors, and vinyl siding on the exterior walls. Unfortunately avoiding such a domicile is easier said than done, especially if you do not have a large income. I have never managed to escape these kinds of polymer death traps and have lived in them most of my life. But I keep the windows open as much as I can, I scrub away the mold every chance I get, and I do my best to clean everything with vinegar. This has helped me, and it will probably help you, too.
Electricity.
The next horror we need to
contemplate is that supposedly helpful energy called
electricity. And yes, I am the first to admit that electricity
is helpful since it can give us both light and warmth. It also
provides us with the power we need for the one thing none of
us can now live without: our electronics.
But living out your life
surrounded by electrical fields is yet another way to
generate perpetual feelbadness. I have on occasion
enjoyed camping in woodland cabins, and the difference
between these unelectrified shelters vs. the electrified
houses or apartments I have lived in is colossal. It is
not healthy for a human energy field to be constantly
surrounded by electrical fields such as the ones which
are built into the walls of most of the houses and
buildings on the planet.
Then there is the horror known
as cooking with electricity. Throughout most of my adult
life I have lived in houses or apartments with gas
stoves, and I have always cooked with them. But during
the writing of this book, I moved into a new apartment
which had an electric stove. I was not happy to discover
that I would now have to start cooking with electricity
for the first time in decades, since I could remember
from the days of my hippie youth that one of the core
tenants of the macrobiotic diet was that you should
never to cook your food with electricity. But that was
surely a silly and antiquated idea, right?
Not a chance of that. Guess
what soon happened to me when I started to cook my foods
on an electric stove: I realized that I was starting to
feel achy all over. I had to struggle to stand up or do
my morning yoga stretches. I also pulled a muscle in my
leg and had to hobble around on crutches for a few weeks
since it the injury took forever to get better. I was
eating the same diet I had been eating for several
decades, so that could not be the problem. What was the
matter? The cards kept telling me that something was
wrong, but I could not figure out what. And I knew that
if I went to see my doctor, he would only tell me that
(1) I was developing arthritis, and (2) I needed to
start swallowing medications, presumably for the rest of
my life.
Fortunately one night while I
was sleeping I got a message: stop cooking with
electricity. I have learned
over the years that my cards are not the only way I can
receive messages from the Divine: I can also get brief
messages during the night, which wake me up for a moment
and which I remember when I get up the next morning. As
usual, if this can happen to me, it can happen to anyone
else as well. If you start paying attention to the first
thought you have got in your head when you wake up in
the morning, you will probably start to realize that
these are not just random musings but good advice from
the Divine.
Well, the moment the no more electricity thought appeared
in my head, I knew it was a message that I definitely
needed to hear. I immediately switched to cooking with
an alcohol burner, and after a week or so the aches
started to diminish. But I had spent five months cooking
on an electric stove, so it took several months cooking
with denatured alcohol before I began to feel normal
again.
But I now shudder to think what
cooking with electricity does to other people,
especially if they have been doing it their whole lives.
Cooking or just heating your food with electricity,
whether on an induction plate, an electric stove, or a
crock pot, is yet one more contemporary toxicity which
wrecks people's natural energies and is probably yet
another reason for the obesity plague. Not to mention
all the chronic aches and pains which millions
experience as they go through their daily lives,
especially as they grow older.
So electricity is one more
contemporary energy manifestation which is unthinkingly
accepted as harmless but which is as toxic to your
system as cyanide. But don't take my word for it. Just
see how much better you start to feel when you eliminate
it from your life any way you can. Never cook anything
with electricity. Never sleep under an electric blanket.
Never sleep next to an electric alarm clock. Start
relying upon solar powered cooking appliances if you can
manage it. And never sleep with your bed shoved up
against a wall, since all American walls these days are
stuffed with hidden electrical wires.[28]
Microwaves.
Like electricity, those horrors called microwaves
smother us every second of our lives, and they are not about
to go away. Microwaves adversely affect our brain metabolism,
and can help to engender sleep problems, memory loss, and
cellular damage. In other words, microwaves are not
harmless--they can change your heart rate, create carcinogens,
and decrease your red blood cells while increasing the white
ones (and increase cholesterol levels as well). So you should
move your router as far away from your desk as possible (or
get an EMF shielding cover). Don't allow that horror known as
"smart home technology" to be installed in your house. Before
you go to bed, switch your phone to airplane mode. As for
those dreadful wireless earbuds, they do nothing but fry your
brain and will probably hand you a dose of Alzheimer's a few
decades down the road (so take a hammer and smash them to bits
this very second).
As for microwaving your food,
guess what. Any food which has been heated in a
microwave oven is completely and utterly dead.
Microwaves heat up food because they cause water
molecules to rotate rapidly, which in turns creates
friction and heat. But this alters the molecular
structure of the food and diminishes its nutritional
content. Eating microwaved food is about as healthful as
eating astroturf. No life force, no nutrients, no
nothing that will actually benefit your energy field.
Guess what also happens when you swallow a lot of
nothing like this? The weight will start to pile up, and
you will not be able to take it off.[29]
Preservatives and pesticides.
The pesticides which are dumped on most of our food, and the preservatives which keep it looking deceptively "fresh", are yet another toxic horror. Ever since Rachel Carson's book Silent Spring (1962)[30], we Americans have been aware that something is terribly wrong with the chemicals which drench our food, but has that stopped us from eating the poison? Of course not. We do not see, smell, or taste the toxins, so how could they be a problem? Besides, we do not want to see bugs in our beautiful fruits and vegetables--that would be too icky. As for the preservatives, do you really need to hear from me that food preservatives are a toxic nightmare? If you do an internet search on problems with food preservatives, you will get hundreds of thousands of hits. So stop buying any food which has been drenched with these horrors and go organic any way you can.
Synthetic dyes.
The synthetic dyes which we
thoughtlessly consume or rub into our skin are also
horrendously bad for us. [31] So you should never swallow any
kind of food or drink which contains artificial dyes, never
use lotions or soaps which are artificially colored as well,
and never wear clothes which have been artificially dyed. This
last is a problem for most of us, including me, since
naturally dyed organic fabric is only rarely available these
days. But it will help if you can at least stick to natural
fabrics.
All this also means, by the
way, that you should also scream with horror at the
thought of a tattoo. We live in a world where the only
thing which is growing by leaps and bounds is human
stupidity, and sometimes I enjoy asking myself what is
the absolute ultimate of 21st century brainlessness. The
answer is always the same: injecting synthetic dyes into
your skin.[32] How it ever happened that people all over
the world have decided to ruin their bodies with those
atrocities called tattoos is simply beyond me. I guess
that if you have a completely uninteresting personality,
a few tattoos will attract attention, at least for a
little while. But will the attention last? Don't be
silly. Eventually those decaying tatts of yours will not
make you look more attractive. You will only look
mentally impaired. And if you combine your tatts with
unnaturally dyed hair and piercings, you are a walking
and breathing advertisement of human idiocy.
Researchers have already
discovered that the dyes injected into the skin migrate
throughout the body and can end up in your glands. So
when you inject your skin with synthetic dye, you are
sentencing yourself to a perpetually exhausted liver, a
damaged immune system, and the likelihood of a cancer
diagnosis by the time you reach middle age. The fact
that all tattoos eventually fade is a sign that your
body is doing its best to eliminate these toxins from
your field. Well, then let them fade. This is probably
the best way to get rid of them apart from going to a
dermatologist.
This advice also holds true for
other artificial alterations which people make to their
bodies, up to and including artificial implants, most of
which are yet another stratospheric stupidity. Do you
want to destroy your entire life as well as your ability
to be happy? This is how you can do it: allow some sort
of petrochemical lump to be inserted into that energy
field you call your body, such as fillers, microchips,
dental or silicone implants, or Botox. Then you can
spend the rest of your short life suffering from chronic
feelbadness, courtesy of Big Chemicals. They get the
money--you get the cancer.
Plastic surgery.
We have now collapsed into a
world where the surgical adjustment of your energy field for
cosmetic reasons is now regarded as not only reasonable but
desirable. After all, how are you going to be faaamous on the
internet if your face and your body are not visually perfect?
Never mind what kind of personality you have, which is usually
mediocre to the max--the only thing that counts these days is
your online visual appearance. So everything is just fine and
dandy if you acquire breast implants the size of basketballs.
Or derrière implants the size of your bathtub. Or the removal
of all the cartilage in your nose so that you can no longer
breathe properly. Or getting a rib or two taken out so that
you can shrink your waist to almost nothing. No problem. All
this body mutilation absolutely has to happen, or else you
will never get validated on social media, which is the only
nirvana around these days.
The catch is that the people
who become addicted to body mutilation for cosmetic
reasons frequently cannot stop doing it, and they manage
to turn themselves into the most grotesque humans in
planetary history. The fact that so many snowflakes want
this kind of surgery is not surprising, but the
willingness of the medical quacks among us to actually
do it is. Well, maybe not. Cosmetic surgeons need their
dollar bills just as much as any corporate Big you care
to mention, and what else is new?
As for trying to look younger than
you are, if ever there were a desire which does not go
with the natural flow of the universe, this is it. But
it is the obsessive reality of millions. Older men and
women who have frozen their faces with plastic surgery
or implants succeed only in turning themselves into
repellent freaks who possess all the attractiveness of
methamphetamine addicts. If you want to go with the
natural flow of the universe, you must accept that
growing older happens and then do your best to age
gracefully. As for making any other kind of unnatural
adjustment to your energy field, if you succumb to this
kind of insanity, I guarantee that you will never know a
feelgood sensation for the rest of your life.[33]
Blue light.
You also need to avoid those
toxic horrors of artificial light called florescent and
light-emitting diodes (LED's). Those morons among us who think
that LED bulbs are helpful since they use 75% less energy than
incandescent bulbs are deluding themselves. It just so happens
that the blue light which LED bulbs emit can damage your
retina, contribute to cataracts and eye cancer, cause macular
degeneration, accelerate the aging process, and disrupt your
sleep. This means that you should only use blue light
blocking, incandescent, or Edison light bulbs when you are
indoors. And bring as much natural light into your home as you
can.[34]
As for computer screens, the
blue light problem can be easily fixed. It is possible
to adjust the "temperature" of most electronic screens
these days to make them "warmer" or slightly more
reddish. Those ignoramus parents who allow their kids to
stare at blue light screens for hours each day probably
do not want their offspring to be completely blind by
the time they are in their fifties, but that is the
likely outcome of their carelessness.
You can also buy orange tinted
LED bulbs which emit no blue light, even though bulbs
like this are expensive. But like other LED lights, they
last forever, are very energy efficient, and worth the
money.
* * *
Well, there you have it. The
worst of the physical toxicities which you need to avoid.
There are probably hundreds if not thousands of other toxic
artificialities I could discuss, but by now you should get the
idea. Which is very simple, namely that anyone who thinks that
a living organism is a solid artifact whose parts can be
artificially manipulated is a complete moron. People who allow
mechanical adjustments to their energy fields do not end up
with enhanced life or consciousness. They inevitably collapse
into bad health and general wretchedness.
But I expect that by now most
of my readers are not listening to me. They know
perfectly well that their tattoos are just awesome. Or
injecting their face with Botox will make it look
beautiful. And who cares if those silicone implants now
residing in zillions of female chests are made out of
the same substance as that worthless toxicity called
Silly Putty? People who have paid for enhancements such
as these are now just totally drop dead as far as
gorgeous goes! There is nothing like chemicalized food,
electric warmth, microwaved food, a phony face, and an
artificially altered body to make a person blissfully
happy! Especially the phony face!
Sorry, folks. You have not done
anything except reach the ultimate of human stupidity.
So please get it through your head that you cannot
improve on nature, gild the lily, or reanimate a corpse.
As for all the other toxic chemicals in your life, even
if you cannot move out of your vinyl-sided house, you
can still get the poisons out of your kitchen, your
food, your soaps, your clothes, and your bedding. Being
the antiquated ex-hippie that I am, I have lived as
organically as I can for most of my adult life, and
today I am an American woman in my early seventies who
can walk a mile each day and who is still capable of
writing an occasionally literate sentence. Think about
that for a while, if you dare. I got this way by not
allowing my body to become a dumpster for corporate
America. If I can manage it, you can too.
But I know that believing what
I am saying will be difficult. People these days are
absolutely addicted to hundreds if not thousands of
physical and mental toxicities as they live out their
lives, whether it is food, drink, videos, music,
creature comforts, surgery, substances, us-against-them
experiences, artificial alterations, plus those mental
traps called groupthink, hierarchy, and permanence.
Nobody wants to give any of this up! They are all too
enjoyable! Besides, if they all go away, what would be
left in such a world? Just a lot of nothingness!
So many readers who have
reached this point in my book have probably come to a
complete halt. You have read my recommendations about
individually accessible Divine guidance and assistance,
but all this talk about ditching your favorite mental
constructs as well as all the wonderful chemicals you
have been living with your whole life . . . FORGET IT!!! The chemicals
are not really toxic! They are helpful ways for all of
us to live a nice, attractive, and successful life! And
if we enjoy that delight called social media, no power
on earth is going to persuade us that artificially
altering our appearance will not make us more
attractive. Everybody is doing it these days!
Besides, uh . . . well, you cannot give up any of
the toxicities I have just mentioned. Especially your
favorite chemicalized taste treats. Maybe there have
been times in your life when you actually did try to
give up foods you knew were bad for you, but you could
never give them up completely, right? You won't be able
to do it now, either.
Well, guess what. Anything is
possible with Divine guidance and assistance. So we are
now going to examine a new topic: how to free yourself
from all the toxicities which surround you. Granted that
your attraction and revulsion prayers will help, but
something more is also needed. Divine assistance always
manifests more quickly and easily if the recipient does
whatever he or she can to help co-create it. And it just
so happens that are some easy new exercises you can
start doing which will help you free yourself from your
addictive toxicities. These new habits will not only
transform your existence for the better but will help
you generate all those Divine miracles you need to
transform your life. It is now time to talk about . . .
Chapter 6. A New Way to Exercise.
That's right. If you are convinced that you
simply cannot give up your favorite chemicalized foods,
your groupthink, your air fresheners, your duvet, your
microwave oven, your tattoos, your pink or green soft
drinks, courage! There is now a way you can shift your
internal energies so that you can actually stop lusting
after all the toxic artificialities which surround you.
You simply have to learn a new way to exercise. And
believe it or not, the new exercises I am about to
suggest are so easy that even a three-year-old can do
them. In other words, these new exercises are not
designed to make you stronger or healthier. Instead,
they are going to shift your internal energies into new
and much more beneficial patterns. This is the only secret to living
a new and better kind of life. You do not try to
practice that nonsense called willpower, nor do you make
promises to yourself that you cannot fulfill. Along with
your attraction and revulsion prayers, you simply have
to shift the way energy flows within that field you call
your human body. So the best cures for whatever kind of
physical or mental problems you have are energy cures.
Unfortunately there has never
been very much research into energy cures. At the moment
there is no consensus about what might be effective.
Here I must also mention that many current energy
treatments do not seem to be as successful as they could
be, especially for chronic bad habits. If acupuncture
treatment worked 100% of the time, everybody would be
doing it, and nobody would have any bad habits left.
But there are other ways to
shift your internal energies for the better, and what I
am about to suggest will probably work for most people.
The obvious first step is to remind yourself of that
mysterious something called the life force, otherwise
known as ka/pneuma/prana/qi/lung/élan
vital. If you want to
change your life for the better, you need to do
everything you can to strengthen your internal life
force. The best way to do this is by establishing a
sense of inner balance.
The ancient Chinese understood
this very well. They realized that you had to constantly
maintain your equilibrium if you wanted to flow with the
natural energies of the Dao. Hence comes the Chinese
emphasis on yin and yang, those receptive and active
patterns which they consider to be the basic energy
transformations in our cosmos. If you ask me, the
Chinese were accurately perceiving something crucial
about cosmic energies. Our spacetime universe does
indeed seem to be based on the idea of complementary
dualities, where two forces are constantly interacting
with each other. We can see this not only in yin and
yang, but in ideas of exhaling/inhaling,
particles/waves, left/right, vertical/horizontal,
light/dark, heaven/earth, lunar/solar, and time/space.
This means that the best way to go with the flow is by
constantly balancing yourself between one complement and
the other. You do not strive for one or the other to be
dominant in your life, but you do need to harmonize them
both. Only when this happens can you maintain your
health and vitality. You should also realize that these
kinds of polarities are not supposed to be separate and
apart but constantly interacting with one another. When
one or the other becomes excessive, disharmony results.
There is also the Vedic idea of
balance, which ancient Hindus believed could be
generated when those centers of consciousness within us
called chakras were operating
harmoniously. The word chakra means wheel, and over the
centuries Hindu sages have taught that there are many
chakra centers in our physical bodies, perhaps even
thousands. When they are flowing as naturally as
possible, we are healthy in both mind and body. This
especially holds true for the seven main chakras which
are aligned along our spinal column. The three lower
chakras (root, sacral, and solar plexus) are more
concerned with our physical being and the survival
issues which go along with it, while the three higher
ones (throat, third eye, and crown) are more spiritual.
They are joined in the center by the heart, which
centers and supports our entire energy field. When all
seven of your main chakras are flourishing in balance,
you are as healthy as you can be.
The ancient Greeks also
emphasized the idea of internal balance. They believed
that the universe consisted of four primary elements,
earth, air, fire, and water. Earth and water were more
passive elements, while fire and air were more active,
and all four had to be balanced within our physical
being if we wanted to remain healthy. These ideas have
always permeated Western culture; in recent times
psychologist Carl Jung believed that the four elements
corresponded to our four human temperaments of sensation
(earth), thinking (air), feeling (water), and intuition
or spirituality (fire).
All this tells me that the very
best way to go with the natural flow of energy in the
universe is by remaining balanced. Never letting one
kind of energy predominate in your field, in other
words. Yin must always be balanced with yang, our seven
main chakras must equally flourish, and earth and water
must be equal with fire and air. If you can acquire this
kind of internal balance, and keep everything naturally
flowing while you are at it, you can transform your life
in ways you never could have imagined.
But there is always a catch.
You cannot swallow a pill to achieve this kind of
balance, nor can you demand elective surgery or expect
your therapist to recite some magic words to fix you.
But there are other things that you can do. One part of
the solution has already been discussed: from now on you
need to (1) work with your oracle every day, and (2) ask
and give permission for Divine guidance and assistance.
Once you get the hang of this and see how your life is
changing for the better, no power on earth will be able
to stop you from doing it for the rest of your life.
And there is one other
necessary change you need to make, namely learning how
to do daily repetitive exercises. This is more
problematic, since the majority of my readers are
probably going to recoil at this suggestion. Repetitive
exercise is something which millions consider to be
useless and tormenting, and they will not want to do it
for anything in the world. So we have now arrived at one
of the biggest stumbling blocks in this book. Daily repetitive exercise?
Are you kidding? I don't have time for that! You are
already telling me I have got to find the time each day
for prayer, meditation, and oracular consultation, and
now you want me to start exercising every day as well?
I'm already overwhelmed with all the other stuff I need
to do! You can't ask me to find time to start
exercising!
Ah, yes--listen to the
snowflakes rage. Doing daily exercises means bringing
some self-discipline into your life, and if you are an
electronically-sensitized little darling who wants to
wallow in endless self-indulgence, this feels like the
ultimate horror of the universe. It has been my
experience that recommending daily exercise to most
people is like talking to a brick wall: nothing
penetrates. Especially if the person on the receiving
end is lazy, or a procrastinator, or completely
submerged in toxic substances like junk food, nicotine,
and Hollywood videos.
Well, let me now recommend one
of the best self-help books around these days: Spark: The Revolutionary New
Science of Exercise and the Brain (2013), by John
J. Ratey and Eric Hagerman.[35] The authors discuss how
physical exercise can change your brain. Mind and body
are not two separate aspects of our human existence:
they are as entangled with each other as all of us
entities are entangled with all the other energy fields
in the Net. The more time you spend doing physical
exercise, the more you will shift the energy patterns of
your brain--and the more easily you will be able to
break free of your bad habits. No matter what kind of
health problems you have, daily physical exercise is the
best medicine there is.
So if you want to change your
life for the better, exercise is an absolute necessity.
One thing I have noticed is that people who do some kind
of exercise every day always have a different kind of
energy field than the rest of us. These are people whose
work requires focus, self-discipline, and huge amounts
of repetitive practice. But doing the same old stuff day
after day gives them energies which are more powerful
than the non-exercisers among us. Even in their
declining years, professional dancers and athletes can
still radiate the benefits of all those previous years
of daily practice.
This means you should now start
thinking about how a daily exercise routine can help
you, instead of what a nuisance it might be. You can
also tell yourself that you should not try to deprive
yourself of your preferred bad habits when you are
learning these new techniques. In other words, this time
you will not have to torment yourself with willpower,
abstinence, or starvation agony when you make your
changes. So all you have to do at the moment is just
start exercising. Then everything else you want to
change about your life will start to happen in its own
sweet time, and probably without much effort on your
part.
But none of the above will
sound very persuasive to most people, especially since
the vast majority of our planetary snowflakes are sunk
in so many toxic energies that they have zillions of
reasons why they cannot start exercising right now. There is too much going on
now! There is too much stress now! I just don't feel
like doing something now! Maybe next month, or next
year, or next decade, when things finally settle down,
then I can start exercising, but nobody can expect me to
do anything now!
In other words, these people
are falling into one of the most damaging energies on
the planet today, that of procrastination. So we must
now take a moment to examine . . .
Your enemy called the future.
It has been my experience that the one single
thing which prevents people from changing for the better
is a fantasy world called the future. People who believe
in this fool's paradise realize on some level that their
bad habits are going to destroy them if they do not make
changes in their lives. But instead of immediately
taking steps to improve their daily routines, they
switch their focus from making changes right now to
making changes in the future. Ah, yes--that
wonderful Fantasy Future to come, where there are no
problems, no stress, the sun is always shining,
butterflies are flapping about, and everybody loves you.
Then you will be able
to start a new exercise program or any other kind of
self-improvement scheme! But not now!
So it always seems perfectly
reasonable for you to delay your reformation just a
little bit. Especially since this time you have finally made up your mind to change for
the better. How wonderful that feels! You can even tell
yourself that the changes you intend to make have
already happened even though they haven't already
happened. This means that you can relax with another
cigarette or another drink and congratulate yourself
that you have finally quit your toxic substances while
you continue to consume your toxic substances. Since
this time, you really will be quitting . . . in the
future.
Well, if you enjoy indulging in
this kind of self-delusion, there is something you need
to understand about your Fantasy Future. Tomorrow never
comes. The weeks or months start to pass, and you keep
congratulating yourself that you will finally stop your
bad habits in just a few weeks, but guess what. There is
still too much going on, too much stress, too many
things to do, too many problems. So it won't hurt to
delay things a little longer! But when that little
longer has passed, then . . . there is still too much
stress, problems, lack of butterflies, etc. Eventually
you will discover that all the time you have wasted
delaying your reformation has made it exponentially more
difficult for you to break free of your bad habits.
All of which means that
enslavement to a Fantasy Future can be the worst mental
tendency anyone can have. But since Fantasy Futures are
unrecognized as addictions, most people have no problem
indulging in them. So if you keep finding reasons why
you need to delay your attempts at reformation, I
guarantee that the one thing you are going to accomplish
is your coffin. No more future. All used up. Doctor, what do you mean
I've got cancer? I've finally made up my mind to quit
smoking next January!
Oh, and by the way: Fantasy
Futures are even more worthless now that we are on the
verge of the greatest shift in human consciousness in
planetary history. If your Fantasy Future is based on
the kind of decaying social or political forms which now
predominate, whatever kind of future you think you will
eventually be living is just that: a fantasy.
All this means that if you want
to break free of a bad habit, you have to start making
changes in your life RIGHT NOW. I don't care how rotten
your feel or how chaotic your life is at the moment. You
have to start making changes right this minute, or else
you can forget it. Procrastination is nothing but a kiss
of death. So no matter what is going on in your life at
the moment, you need to start doing what you can to
shift your internal energies before you think you are
ready. Not next year, not next month, not tomorrow. NOW.
TODAY. THIS MINUTE. THE SAME DAY YOU ARE READING THIS
BOOK.
Fortunately there is an easy
way to get you started: you simply need to start
reciting a new daily prayer, as follows:
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that you help me start shifting my energies through daily repetitive exercise right here and now, and that I keep doing it every day for the rest of my life. And I thank you.
If you are already trying
your best to go with the natural flow of the universe, a
prayer like this is probably all you are going to need to get
started. For the first time in your life you will be able to
get past your laziness, thanks to the guidance and assistance
you will be getting from the Divine. And guess what. The
preceding prayer is one of the two most important prayers you
will ever need to utter in your life (I will eventually
discuss the second one). So you need to start reciting this
prayer as often as you can. Also write it on a card, keep it
visible so you will frequently see it, and repeat the prayer
throughout the day even if you are not yet persuaded that it
actually works.
So, okay. No more
procrastination. You are going to start your new
exercises today, and you are going to keep at them.
Fortunately it is now time for some better news. The
exercises I am about to suggest are so easy and simple
that most people probably will not need to recite the
preceding prayer.
This brings me to the second
secret about transforming your inner energies: you need
to start small. When you are just beginning to shift
your internal energies, all you have to do at the
beginning are just a few simple and effortless
exercises. Here I can recommend another self-help book
which I find to be persuasive: Atomic Habits: An Easy &
Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones (2018) by James
Clear.[36]
This book is a godsend for all
people who have tried to establish new habits but can
never quite manage it. The solution is to just make a
few easy and simple changes in your daily routine, which
you can start doing even when you are relaxing and
watching TV in the evening. This means that you will not
have to go to the gym, work up a sweat, or soak in a hot
tub to ease your sore muscles with the exercises I am
about to suggest.
So courage! It is not going to
be that bad! If you have tried and failed to stick to an
exercise program in the past, this time you are going to
succeed, not only because what I am about to suggest is
so effortless, but because this time the Divine and the
angels have got your back. All of which means, believe
it or not, that for the first time in your life you are
actually going to start enjoying yourself when you do
your exercises.
Enjoyment. This is what has
been missing from all your previous attempts at reform.
But once you get the hang of what I am about to suggest,
you will realize that it was your old life which was the
drag, not your new one. Even better: you will not be
able to stand your old ways of living for a single
second. Also don't forget that when the Divine cures
you, you stay cured.
Besides, once you start to feel
the new kinds of energies these new exercises will bring
into your life, you will be easily motivated to do more
of them. Your ultimate goal is a complete energy
transformation into new patterns of grace and harmony,
remember. You are not going to have to trudge to the gym
every day for that.
But the buts keep coming: I'm always too tired to do
any exercise! I'm too fat or unhealthy to do it! I huff
and puff if I have to walk more than two feet! And I
know for sure that nothing is going to get me to stop
eating butter pecan ice cream! I just totally love it,
and I always will! Besides, if sit-ups or chin-raises
could help people improve their health, nobody would be
sick or addicted, and this isn't exactly our planetary
reality!
Courage! Chin-ups are not going
to be necessary. Even better: the new exercises will
start to work wonders not just for your physical
problems but for your mental ones as well, including
your addictions, cravings, torments, repetitive
thoughts, worries, regrets, bad memories, monkey mind,
and boredom. Once you realize how much better you are
starting to feel, no power on earth will stop you from
doing them day in and day out for the rest of your life.
So what are these miracle
exercises? They are very simple, and they can best be
described as mudras + angels. In other words, (1) you
need to start exercising your hands by making those
sacred gestures called mudras, and (2) when
you make your mudras, you need to combine them with
angelic energies. And yes, I know it is weird to mix
Hindu gestures with western ideas of the Heavenly Host,
but heck, if it works, do it.
This is all you need to do to
start manifesting a complete inner transformation. You
do the mudra while connecting the gesture to the
energies of a particular angel. The spectacular energy
whammy which this produces will blast your energy field
into better and healthier patterns faster than you can
say whiskey soda.
How did I figure all this out?
Well, the idea just sort of came to me . . .
spontaneously. And as usual, I don't have a shred of
objective evidence that mudras + angels actually work.
All I can recommend is that you give it a try and see
what happens. You have nothing to lose, after all.
What now follows are more
detailed instructions. We will start by describing . . .
The art of the mudra, or how to exercise your hands.
Let us now take a moment to contemplate those
miraculous physical manifestations called our human
hands. Not only are they useful tools which help us live
productive lives, but they help us create form and
pattern as well. In other words, they are the principal
way we can do what the Divine does, manifest newness. I
have spoken several times about manifesting in this
book, but here I need to point out that the word manifest comes from the
Latin word for hand, manus. If you want to
create form out of chaotic nothing, the best way to do
it is with your hands.
Let us also remember that what
is probably the most famous visual image in human
history, the central panel of Michelangelo's Sistine
Chapel, we see the Divine giving the spark of life to
Adam through the hands. Good stone
carver that he was, Michelangelo must have realized that
our human hands are the means by which life, energy, and
Divine grace can be both transmitted and received. It is
no exaggeration to say that your fate is in your hands.
When you start doing special exercises with your hands,
things can shift profoundly in your life.
Of course most members of our
modern medical establishment will probably dismiss the
idea that hand exercises can be effective. Dr. Ratey
recommends many kinds of physical exercises in his Spark book, but he
never mentions mudras. However, there exists quite a lot
of research these days which demonstrate the connection
between our hands and our brain.[37]
So if you want to use physical
exercise to transform your internal energies, you do not
have to run a mile every day--you simply have to start
exercising your hands. Since they are, after all,
magnificent power tools. Huge quantities of energy are
constantly flowing through them. It has been noticed
that movement of the hands can stimulate thinking: when
we make hand gestures we can clarify our minds or our
communication with others. These gestures do not just
assist us in speaking but can also help us generate new
thoughts. And it is no accident that the most important
interconnection gesture we humans can make, that of the
handshake, is made with our hands.
Let us also remember that in
both East and West certain spiritual hand gestures have
always been known to strengthen our connection with the
Divine. The fact that these kinds of gestures are so
noticeable in both Eastern and Western religious art is
an indication of this. All the statues of the Buddha
show him making some kind of hand gesture, as do many
illustrations of Hindu gods. In the West depictions of
Jesus or other religious figures also frequently show
sacred hand gestures. It seems to be a natural human
urge to arrange your hands in a special way when you
interact with the Divine. There is no better way to
knock you out of the temporal and into the eternal.
Ditto if you want to receive beneficial Divine energy,
which can always be accessed whenever you open your
palms outward to the universe. So it is not just
Adam-on-the-ceiling who can receive the spark of life
from the Divine--the rest of us can get it as well
through the gestures of our hands.
All of which means that we can
deliberately turn our hands into spiritual tools, both
for ourselves and for others. Those chakras which are
aligned to our spinal column are not the only chakras in
our body: both our hands and fingers contain smaller
chakras as well. With practice we can learn how to
deliberately send or receive healing energies with these
chakras. So the idea of the laying on of hands is not
just a fantasy--our hands and fingers can help to cure
both mental and physical problems. Using your hands to
manipulate your body or getting beneficial hand energy
from another human being is one of the healthiest things
that can happen to anyone. What matters in all this is
that our hands can easily be controlled by our will and
consciousness, so we can always use them for some kind
of betterment.
Mind you, I am not claiming
that hand exercises can fix everything about your mental
and physical health, but they will definitely shift your
internal energies for the better, which is the only way
you will be able to free yourself from your bad habits
or your mental/physical disorders, including depression,
anxiety, and addiction. Don't forget that your hands are
the one part of your body which have been most
sensitized by your electronics. This sensitization makes
your hands vastly more receptive to Divine energy than
the hands of human beings in the past. Take my word for
it, exercising your hands is going to start--shall we
say-- handing you the miracles
you need to change your life for the better. In one way
or another, all of us ever more sensitive Homo sapiens are going to
make the new Aquarian future with our ever more
spiritualized hands.
Fortunately most mudras are so
easy and simple that anyone can do them. And you can do
them at any time, even lying in bed--I always spend a
half hour every morning doing mudras before I get up,
which is a pleasant excuse to stay in bed just a bit
longer. A day without mudras is a day without sunshine.
The other thing to understand
is that you do not need to learn how to do dozens of
different mudras to shift your internal energies for the
better. At first you should only experiment with just a
few, determine which are most beneficial to you (your
oracle can help you here), and then keep at it. Also
don't forget that you might need different kinds of
mudras at different times in your life. And if by some
misfortune you are missing a finger or even your whole
hand, you can still do the exercises I am about to
suggest. Your physical appendage might be missing, but
it still exists in your energetic body, and if you
simply visualize the missing physical form when you do
the following exercises, they will still be effective.
But by themselves, mudras are not enough. We need to
combine them with . . .
Angelic energy.
That's right. If you concentrate on a specific angel
whenever you form a mudra, not only will you increase the
mudra's power, you will also strengthen your connection to
your angelic helpers. Here you should understand that whenever
you associate a particular movement with a particular thought,
the two become interlaced within your energy field. After you
do this for a period of time, you will discover that just
making the hand gesture will be enough to connect your
consciousness with the particular angel you associate with the
mudra. This means that with enough practice, you will be able
to call upon an angel for assistance without thoughts or
words--you will simply need to make a gesture with your hands.
What now follows are my own
suggestions about how to combine angelic energy with
mudra energy. I will start with four mudras which I
think everyone should do every day, since I also believe
that these gestures are linked to the four main
archangels: Gabriel, Michael, Raphael, and Uriel. These
four angels seem to correspond to some of the most basic
realities of our universe, including the four elements
of water, fire, air, and earth:
Gabriel and the Hridaya Padma mudra. The archangel Gabriel has long been considered to be the messenger of the Divine, the angel who conveys Divine information to us physicals. So the best possible mudra for this angel is the Hridaya Padma (or Lotus) mudra. Making the Hridaya Padma mudra is easy: you press the bottom of your two palms together and let your two thumbs and your two little fingers touch each other. Then spread open your other three fingers as if you were turning your hands into a bowl or a lotus flower. When you hold this position, you are making the best possible gesture of spiritual receptivity that we humans can make.
Michael and the Abhaya and
Gyan mudras. Archangel
Michael is the angel of protection from all kinds of
harmful energies, whether physical, mental, or
spiritual. So if you ever feel threatened, you should
immediately make the Buddhist gesture of fearlessness,
the Abhaya mudra. To do this mudra you first raise your
right hand to your chest level with your palm facing
outward, as if you wish to stop all negative energies
which are coming at you. Then you should make the Gyan
mudra with your left hand: you join the tip of your left
thumb to the tip of your left forefinger, making a small
loop. This connection has been described as joining
heaven to earth, and it definitely creates some kind
energy circuit in our bodies. It also helps to calm your
mind and help you feel more secure. When these two
mudras are made at the same time, you are proclaiming
that not only are you trusting in Divine protection, but
you are helping it to manifest through your connection
to both the physical and the spiritual realms.
A special note about the Gyan
mudra: this mudra is the one most frequently recommended
to meditators. You sit cross legged, place your open
palms on your knees, and make the Gyan mudra with both
hands. But if you ask me, just doing the mudra without
the meditation seems to calm the mind as effectively as
if you were actually meditating. Just turn your focus to
the sky or the Divine while you sit in this position,
and a great sense of peace can descend upon you. If you
hold this position with both hands before you go to bed,
you will sleep like a baby. Also the universe will stop
feeling like a tremendous impersonal enormity but more
like a friend.
Raphael and the Apan mudra.
Raphael is the angel of
healing, which is something we all need as we go through
our physical lives, and I am convinced that Raphael will
always be there for us whenever we have a physical or
mental problem. This means that the Apan mudra is
perfect for this angel since it is a purifying mudra
which helps you detoxify, thus making it beneficial for
all aspects of your energy field.
To do the Apan mudra you hold
your forefinger and your little finger out straight,
while touching the tip of your thumb to the tips of your
middle and ring fingers. This is as simple as it can
get, but it is also powerful enough to help you recover
when you are ill.
Uriel and Kirtan Kriya. This brings us
to the last archangel, Uriel, who is known as "the light
of God" and who is considered to be the angel of Divine
faith and trust. All of which means that Uriel can help
you out of your despair during those moments of your
life when you are in danger of losing hope or giving up
the fight. I struggled for a long time to decide which
mudra should be associated with this particular angel,
and I finally realized that so powerful is Uriel's
assistance that you need to do something more than a
single mudra for his help. What you need to do is that
spiritual practice called Kirtan Kriya.
Kirtan Kriya is not a single
mudra but a sound and movement meditation. Kirtan is the
Sanskrit word meaning reciting or describing, while kriya
means action or deed. To do Kirtan
Kriya, you make four mudras by sequentially touching the
tip of your thumbs to the tips of your forefinger,
middle finger, ring finger, and little finger. In other
words you will be doing the Gyan mudra (which
corresponds to the element of air), the Shuni mudra
(ether), the Surya mudra (earth), and the Buddhi mudra
(water). The thumb corresponds to the element of fire,
so each time you touch your thumb to one of your
fingers, you are joining fire or spiritual energy to one
of the other elements. This by itself can produce a
profound energy shift and impacts your subconscious mind
in ways that are not yet understood.
If you do this repeatedly while
listening to or singing the Kirtan Kriya chant at the
same time, you can generate a very powerful
transformation within your energy field. This chant is
composed of four sacred Sanskrit syllables: sa (air), ta (ether), na (earth), and ma (water). These
four syllables mean beginning, existence,
transformation, and eternity, or the current way we
entities experience Reality. So the thing to remember
when you do this exercise is that you are contemplating
the timelessness and the Oneness of everything.
You can sing these four
syllables according to the first four notes of the
popular children's song Mary Had A Little Lamb: Ma=sa, ry=ta,
had=na, a=ma (three notes going down and one coming up).
There are also plenty of online videos where you can
hear the syllables being sung. The best rule for the
chant is that you sing the syllables for two minutes,
then whisper them for another two minutes, then recite
them silently in your head for three minutes, followed
by another two minutes of whispering, and then two final
minutes of singing. So the total exercise is eleven
minutes long. All the time you are doing it, you
continue to touch the tip of your thumb to the tips of
all four of your fingers. It also helps
to breathe from the belly when you sing the syllables
(and more about breath work is coming). This fabulous
exercise improves the blood flow to the brain and is
believed to reduce stress, increase cognitive function,
and can even help with Alzheimer's disease.[38] Just
make sure that you keep thinking about Uriel while you
are at it. Don't forget that he is currently with you
and is helping you any way he can. At the end of the
Kirtan, open your hands wide, raise them into the air,
and shake off the energies. In my own case I am
convinced that the Kirtan has helped me to sleep and
write better. I do it every evening and can no longer
imagine life without it. It is one of the most effective
healing techniques I have ever practiced.
A good prayer to recite while
you are doing the above four archangel mudras is the
following:
O Divine Light and all the angels, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that on this day and night and every day and night for the rest of my life, Gabriel will give me Divine guidance, Michael will protect me from harmful energies, Raphael will keep me sound in mind and body, and Uriel will help me maintain Divine faith and trust. And I thank you.
Other angelic mudras.
While I recommend that the preceding mudras should be practiced by everyone, I also believe that each one of us should learn something about the other angels and then decide what kind of angelic/mudra combination will do them the most good. So it is up to you to determine which angel corresponds best with which mudra. But at the moment, here are some other mudra/angel combinations which I practice every day and which I find to be beneficial:
Metatron and the Uttarbodhi
mudra. The Archangel
Metatron is the recording angel, so he is a perfect
angel for a writer like myself. I also feel that the
Uttarbodhi mudra is the best mudra to associate with any
kind of creative activity. Uttara means realization, and
bodhi means enlightenment, and you need both if you want
to be truly creative. Every morning before I sit down to
write, I make this mudra and ask and give permission for
Metatron to help me to convey what I have learned over
the years about Divine energy.
To do Uttarbodhi mudra, you
first fold your middle, ring, and little fingers
together. Then you raise your two forefingers and press
them together, while lowering your two thumbs and
pressing them together. Holding your forefingers and
thumbs like this creates a diamond-shaped space, which
frames your other fingers.
Jeremiel and the Ganesha
mudra. This mudra
associates the elephant-headed Hindu god Ganesha, who is
considered to be an overcomer of obstacles, with the
Archangel Jeremiel, the angel of hope. If you have any
kind of problem which seems unresolvable, give them both
a try. You will be glad you did.
The Ganesha mudra is not a
single gesture but a series of five separate hand
movements. You first need to bring your hands together
in the Anjali (or prayer) mudra, where you simply press
your palms together with your fingers upright. Then
shift your hands into a horizontal position, with the
back of your left palm facing your heart and your
fingertips touching the center of the palm of your right
hand. Then clasp your fingers together until they lock
and hold for a moment. Release this pose, go back into
the Anjali mudra, and make the finger lock again, this
time with the back of your right hand facing your heart.
Finally return your fingers to Anjali for a third time
and release. Do this repeatedly, and the worst of those
obstacles of yours might very well go poof.
Raziel and the Kalesvara mudra. Raziel is an angel who can help you awaken your intuition, so if you want to increase your psychic skills, this mudra will help. You need to bring your two middle fingers together and hold them upright, curl your index, ring, and little fingers downwards, press the knuckles of these three fingers together, and finally join your two thumbs while also pointing them downward. Your curled forefingers and your downward-pointing thumbs should form a heart shape. The more you do this mudra, the more you become receptive to the spiritual energies around you. It is also the best possible mudra to help cure addictions.
Kali mudra. Kali is the
Hindu goddess of destruction, and destruction is an
energy which is as necessary in our spacetime universe
as creation. There are always things in our life which
we need to jettison, and Kali can help us. To do the
Kali mudra you press both your palms together, press
your two erect forefinger together, fold down your three
other fingers, and then cover your right thumb with your
left thumb. Then point your forefingers downwards or
towards your feet or the floor in order to direct away
any negative energy you wish to eliminate from your
field. All those bad mental or physical energies will
start to flow out of you.
The best angel for this mudra
is Azrael, the angel of death. He can help us not only
when it is time for us to transition but with killing
off all the toxic habits and ideas we accumulate as we
go through our days. Azrael can draw them out of us and
let them dissolve into nothingness. And no, this angel
is not an evil being. He can provide us with some of the
greatest assistance we need as we go through our lives:
jettisoning unworkable paradigms, worthless habits, or
mental traps which prevent us from reaching our full
potential. Three cheers for Azrael!
Dhyana mudra. This mudra is one of the best known of them all, and statues of the Buddha frequently show his hands making this gesture. To make the Dhyana mudra you place your upturned left hand before your solar plexus, put your upturned right hand on top of your left hand, and touch the tips of your two thumbs. This gesture will help you to concentrate, reduce stress, and give you a sense of peace and tranquility. Instead of an angel when you do this mudra, concentrate on the next best thing: the Buddha.
Heart Mudras.
As I have mentioned, mudras
will change the energetic patterns of your brain, which is the
kind of internal shift you need to break free of your bad
habits. But there are a special group of mudras which have
some kind of direct connection to your heart as well. Since it
is a weakness or blockage in the heart chakra which also keeps
people stuck in toxic energies, doing heart mudras is also an
excellent way to shift your internal energies. Heart mudras
will open the flow of new energy to your heart and help you to
release painful old patterns.
These mudras will benefit not
only that physical pump inside your chest but your heart
chakra as well. One thing I have learned in recent years
is that the heart chakra is not quite the same thing as
our muscular pump. Sensitive people have been able to
perceive that while the heart chakra is located very
close to our heart muscle, it is not identical with it.
Those energies we humans have long associated with our
physical heart, such as love, compassion, and
generosity, are probably manifestations of the heart
chakra instead of the muscle right next to it.
But having both pump and chakra
working together is of prime importance in our overall
well-being. They are both located in the center of our
energy field, and if nothing else this means that they
are most concerned with keeping us balanced. In my
opinion, the best way we can experience that Reality
called universal interconnection is through our heart.
We should never try to live from the head alone, but
from the heart as well.
This means that our heart
chakra can be considered the connecting link between the
spiritual and the physical within us, or the place where
mind meets matter. The strongest Divine energy within us
can also be found in our heart. In her most famous poem
"No Coward Soul Am I", Emily Brontë refers to the God within my breast.[39] She knew
exactly where to find the Divine, and it was not in her
head.
So keeping our heart chakra
healthy is just as important as rewiring our brains.
Unfortunately, like most everything else these days, the
energies of most people's hearts, both pump and chakra,
are out of whack. When this happens, all other aspects
of our energy field suffer. This is probably the reason
why heart disease is the number one global killer. So if
ever there were a reason not to swallow factory food
garbage (and especially those horrors called trans- or
saturated fat), the damage that these foods do to the
center of our physical being is the best reason why.
The good news is that our heart
chakra is probably going to be the most responsive part
of our energy field to the new Aquarian energies which
are coming. So healthy hearts are going to be the norm
again. At the moment, however, most of us are probably
in immediate need of heart chakra assistance. What now
follows are four mudras which will help to rebalance the
energies of your heart in many beneficial ways.
Anjali mudra. The Anjali mudra
is the palms-together gesture of prayer which has been
common in many religious traditions, in both East and
West, for millennia. I am convinced that it can give
each one of us a beneficial energy shift like no other
bodily movement or gesture we can make. It can also help
you sleep, focus your mind, aid your digestion, and
enhance your creative ability.
Why should this be so? Well, if
nothing else, pressing your palms and fingers together
creates some kind of circuit between the right and left
side of your energy field. The energies of our right
palm are outgoing, while the energies of our left are
receptive, so when you press your two hands together,
you are creating a circuit to help your energies move in
a harmonious fashion throughout your entire field. If
nothing else, this probably helps to balance the two
hemispheres of your brain, giving you a mildly altered
state of consciousness.
All of this is supposition, of
course, but so powerful do I consider the Anjali mudra
to be that I am certain your life will improve for the
better if doing this mudra is the only recommendation
you follow in this book. The more frequently you do it,
the better. Don't forget that while the Anjali is
obviously going to be most effective when you combine it
with prayer, you can do it at any time or place.
To do this mudra you simply
press your hands together before your heart with your
fingers pointing upwards. If you do it while praying or
reciting some sacred words, I guarantee that after a few
weeks the light and joy of spiritual reality will start
to fill your energy field like you would not believe.
And the best angel for this mudra? Forget the angels and
concentrate on the Divine.
SvaBhava or Auspicious Mudra. The SvaBhava mudra is a natural gesture which people make when they are trying to convince others of their truth. To do this mudra you place your right palm over your heart and then hold your left palm over your right hand. What this does is send the energies of your right hand chakra into your heart while also drawing out energies through your left palm. This creates yet another powerful energy circuit. It will help to calm you down when you are agitated and keep you balanced. Best angel: Phanuel, the angel of truth.
Hridaya Mudra. This mudra is called the Courageous Heart Mudra. It is not only a wonderful way to heal your heart chakra but also a means to stretch and strengthen your fingers. To do this mudra you must bring your hands together vertically in front of your heart, right hand closest to your chest, with the back of your left hand touching the back of your right hand. Then interlace your little, ring, and middle fingers, while bringing your thumb and index figures together to make two Gyan mudras. This gesture feels like it strengthens the life force in both our hearts and our hands and is probably a good mudra for anyone with physical heart problems. Best angel: Jophiel, the angel of beauty.
Apana Vayu Mudra. To do this mudra, place your forefingers at the inner base of your thumbs, join the tips of your thumbs to the tips of your middle and ring fingers, and hold your little finger upright. This mudra improves blood circulation and can be effective in the case of a heart attack. Best angel: Raphael, the angel of healing.
* * *
A good prayer to recite as you are doing the above four mudras:
O Divine Light and all the angels, if it is for the summum bonum I ask and give permission that these mudras will help me open my heart, not only to the Divine but to the Oneness of the universe. And I thank you.
But it is now time to examine a more contemporary type of hand exercise which was developed in the 20th century. Since these exercises are based on traditional Buddhist hand gestures, they are probably as powerful as the ones already discussed. They are part of an exercise routine called:
Jin Shin Jyutsu.
Jin Shin Jyutsu (the last word is pronounced
jit-su) was developed by a Japanese healer called Jiro
Murai in the early part of the 20th century. As a young
man he developed a life-threatening condition which his
doctors believed would kill him. However, he learned how
to cure himself by practicing various mudras which were
associated with Tantric Buddhism. He spent the rest of
his life instructing others in the use of these mudras.
One of his pupils was a Japanese woman named Mary
Burmeister, whose daughter Alice wrote an excellent
guide to the practice called The Touch of Healing:
Energizing the Body, Mind, and Spirit with Jin Shin
Jyutsu (2013).[40]
Jin Shin Jyutsu is very easy to
learn. Although some of the mudras can be complicated,
basically all you have to do is wrap the fingers of one
of your hands around one or more fingers of your other
hand. One routine starts by circling your left thumb
with fingers of the right hand. Hold this position for a
while, then repeat it with the thumb and fingers of your
left hand circling your right thumb. Then encircle both
your left and right forefingers with the fingers of your
other hand, repeat this with your three other fingers.
This might not sound like much, but my own experience
tells me that it is just as helpful as traditional Vedic
mudras.
One other very powerful Jin
Shin Jyutsu mudra is as simple as can be: you put the
tips of your ring fingers into the palms of your other
hand, making a kind of double circuit. Then hold it as
long as it feels comfortable. Since all these are
healing mudras, the best angel for them is, as usual,
Raphael.
There are many excellent online
videos which demonstrate the practice of Jin Shin Jyutsu
which can get you started.
Laugh your way out of your
bad habits.
What's that? You mean that you have never realized that
laughter can frequently cure what ails you? Well, take my word
for it, now that we are moving into the airy Aquarian era, one
of the best possible ways for you to free yourself from your
bad habits is that exercise of the breath called laughter.
This most especially includes laughing or even just smiling at
your problems, especially the ones which keep you mired in all
your toxic energies.
But why would laughter help
with your health problems? You need to understand that
whenever you smile or laugh, your body starts to produce
those beneficial hormones called endorphins. Endorphins
are opioid peptides which are produced by the pituitary
gland and the central nervous system, and they make you
feel good. There is even some evidence that they can
help to cure what ails you. This has been noticed since
the publication of Norman Cousins' 1979 book Anatomy of an Illness as
Perceived by the Patient.[41] Cousins
was informed in 1964 that he had what was probably a
terminal disease. But he simply refused to accept this
diagnosis and started doing everything he could to cure
himself, including taking large doses of Vitamin C and
watching funny movies. He lived until 1990, probably
laughing all the way. I expect that our medical
establishment would claim that it was something other
than the Marx Brothers which cured him, but . . . well,
heck. Laughter can't hurt and may very well help.
Besides, laughter can be a
spiritual as well as a physical cure. One thing I have
learned about the angels is that they do a lot of
laughing, and most frequently when I ask yet another
stupid question. Not only do they like to laugh, they
are also attracted to the sound of laughter. Let us not
forget that in spite of all the horrors of human
history, we are living in a divina commedia, not a tragedia. So the more
you get to know the angels, the more you will start to
laugh along with them. They are, after all, bringers of
good news, Divine assistance, and joy. Nothing solemn
about any of that. Angelic merriment will always make
you feel better regardless of your circumstances.
It is interesting to remember
that the healing center of Epidaurus in ancient Greece
contained a theater, since it was recognized that if a
patient can watch a drama, and especially one that is
funny, it has a healing effect. The theater at Epidaurus
has survived and is still being used today for dramatic
productions. So even if you cannot quite make it to
Epidaurus, you can still watch funny movies, read funny
books, visit funny websites, and keep grinning at all
the bad jokes to be found in this learned treatise.
All of the above is of prime
importance if you want to break free from your bad
habits, especially your addictive habits. You should
understand that the feeling of bliss which your
substance generates within you is not really being
caused by your substance. It comes from the substance's
ability to generate endorphins within your system. This
means that you do not really need to ingest an addictive
substance to feel good, since there are many natural
ways to stimulate your body into producing endorphins.
Granted these natural ways are not as potent as alcohol
or cocaine, but they do work. What is even better is
that the more you get used to naturally produced
endorphins, the less you are going to crave anything
addictive. Listening to music can produce endorphins, as
well as eating hot peppers, getting out into the
sunshine, deep breathing, the scent of lavender or
vanilla, dancing, the sights and sounds of mother
nature, stimulating certain acupressure points, or
getting the "runner's high".
But the best natural way to
generate endorphins within your system is simply by smiling. Just letting
your facial muscles form a smile is all it takes. It is
usually impossible to force yourself to laugh,
especially when you are sunk in a black hole of
depression, but this is not the case with smiling.
Putting a smile on your face is within your power at any
moment in your life. If you want a deliberate way you
can prod your body into producing endorphins, all you
have to do is arrange those muscles around your mouth
into a great big grin. And yes, I know--if you try to
force yourself to smile when you are stressed,
miserable, or craving another fix, putting a lousy smile
on your face will be hard as hell.
But there is a trick to making
that smile easy instead of painful. When you put that
smile on your face, you should also do a certain very
powerful mudra which will help you to experience that
smile of yours to its utmost. Even better: this mudra
might also start to help you laugh spontaneously no
matter how wretched you feel at the moment. It is now
time for you to learn the . . .
The Laughing Buddha mudra.
The Laughing Buddha mudra is also called the Smiling Buddha
mudra or the Smiling Buddha Kriya mudra, and this wonderful
mudra makes it easier for us to experience those
endorphin-generating blessings called smiling and laughter.
The Buddha himself is said to have practiced this mudra to
regain his health after his forty day fast (and if you feel
lousy at the moment, think of how much worse you would be if
you had not eaten anything for six weeks).
If you are wondering which
particular angel is connected to this mudra, guess what.
They all are. So is the Divine. This means that you can
call upon any angel, or all of them together, whenever
you make this gesture, since it is going to give you a
blast of Divine energy such as you would not believe. It
is also the only mudra I am suggesting which can provide
you with some immediate and perceptible relief. So if
you are irritated by the thought that you must be
patient before you can start feeling how your mudra
practice is helping you, the Laughing Buddha mudra will
hand you a feeling of betterment the first time you try
it.
The Laughing Buddha mudra is
very easy to do: you simply raise your hands so they are
parallel with your face, and then, with palms facing
outward, bend your little and ring fingers down and
cover them with your thumbs. Then hold your middle and
index fingers erect. That's all it takes, as far as your
hands are concerned. But while you hold your hands in
this fashion, you also need to put a smile upon your
face. This smile should not be a feeble little grimace
but the biggest, dopiest, most moronic smile you can
manage. Then you hold both mudra and grin for as long as
you can. Guess what happens next:
1. You will look like a complete idiot.
2. You will feel like a complete idiot.
But guess what. The longer you hold both smile and mudra, the
better you will feel. I also guarantee that everything will
start feeling funny. Everything. Up to and including all the
crap you have to deal with at this particular moment in your
life. It is funny. Even the universe is funny. Well, why not?
The combination of mudra + grin are releasing all those
delightful endorphins into your system as fast as water
flowing over Niagara Falls. Of all the recommendations I make
for personal betterment in this book, the Laughing Buddha
mudra + grin is probably the most effective.
You can do this mudra at any
time, whether you are alone in your room, trapped
standing in line, waiting to see the dentist, or taking
a walk. Of course when you are out in public you should
probably modify that big moronic grin on your face into
something not so obvious, so you can do it without
attracting much attention. Every time you do it, not
only are you generating feelgood chemicals within your
field but you are also creating new and better energetic
pathways as well.
Just don't forget that mudra
plus grin is usually going to turn into mudra plus
laughter. Laughter matters. When you can laugh at your
problems instead of wallowing in misery,
congratulations. You have now shifted your internal
energies for the better. And you are well on the way to
turning yourself into a completely new human being.
Listen to music. I have mentioned
that you can do your mudras while watching television.
But it is infinitely better to do these kinds of
exercises while listening to music. The vibrational
energies of sound are some of the most powerful and
transforming energies we humans can experience. This
especially holds true for harmonious sounds. If nothing
else, when we go with the natural flow of the universe
we are also going with the harmony that this flow
creates. So listening to musical sounds can align our
fields to the natural flow like nothing else in the
universe.
This all makes sense when you
remember that as long as we humans have existed in
physical form, we have been constantly helped by the
harmonious sounds we encounter. In Pericles, Prince of Tyre (1609),
Shakespeare's character Cerimon uses music to bring a
supposedly dead woman back to life.[42] So the greatest
dramatist in the history of the world tells us that
music can induce miracles if we just use it properly.
Mind you, I am talking about
real harmony here, not that decadent nonsense called
atonal music, nor anything grating or raucous. But any
kind of genuine harmony can be one of the greatest
blessings we can experience. This kind of music can heal
your body, lift you out of depression, influence your
thoughts, and soothe your emotions. And it has long been
observed that patients who listen to music recover more
rapidly than those who don't.
So if you make time every day
to listen to Divinely-inspired sounds such as classical,
jazz, ambient, or raga, this kind of music can knock you
out of your toxic energies in a few seconds flat. Even
rap music can do it if you listen to the spiritual kind
produced by artists such as DMX or Yelawolf. Sacred
chant or even just the sound of a tuning fork can help
as well. The good news is that individually accessible
music is eventually going to spread everywhere on this
planet. Someday all 8 billion of us will be able to
listen to the kind of music we prefer any time we like.
Let us remember that the more digital music we listen
to, the more transparent--and the more receptive to
Divine energy--we become.
But we need to make sure that
at least some of the time we listen to sacred music,
which usually means the non-vocal variety. Song lyrics
tend to give you a thinking response to the sounds you
are hearing, instead of that bliss called thoughtless
awareness. And too many people unfortunately listen to
music with the dial turned up to eleven, which can
damage their hearing. But when you listen to any of the
sacred sounds of the earth, which can range from Tibetan
or Christian chants, to Giovanni Palestrina and Thomas
Tallis, to Mahalia Jackson or the gospel hymns of Elvis
Presley, you will find no better way to sense and
appreciate Divine energy. Sounds like these really are
the music of the spheres.
Listening to these kinds of
sounds can lead you to that very pleasant pastime called
chilling out. When you learn
how to surrender to nothing but the sound you are
listening to, without letting your monkey mind intrude,
you can get completely knocked out of your spacetime
reality and into a new Reality which is greater than
yourself. Such moments always generate happiness,
clarity, and a sense of Divine presence. When you do
this while sitting cross-legged with your hands doing
the Gyan mudra . . . wow!
And it just so happens that
there is one supreme sound in our universe which you
should listen to every day: the sound of om. Om is an
ancient Sanskrit syllable which has been chanted
repeatedly by Hindus for thousands of years. But what is
interesting about this very brief word, as Paramahansa
Yogananda tells us in his Autobiography of a Yogi (1946)[43], is
that the om sound is probably the same sound as the
first syllable of amen in the Abrahamic
religions, and even perhaps the first syllable of the
name of the ancient Egyptian god Amun. So if you put
together a soft vowel sound plus the m sound, you get a
vibration which is probably the most spiritual in the
universe. Om does not seem to have a meaning, but the
Divine energy within this sound is what counts.
Besides, some sensitives
(including me) believe that the om sound was also the
sound of the Big Bang. That's right, the Big Bang was
not really an explosion--it was a gigantic OM. So
regardless of your spiritual tradition, you should never
let a day go by in your life without uttering this
particular sound, the more frequently, the better. I
have already mentioned that you recreate the Big Bang in
miniature whenever you practice divination. You can do
it again whenever you chant or sing an om. Doing it when
you are working with mudras or any other kind of
mind/body exercise will increase their power.
There are plenty of online
videos these days where you can listen to the om sound.
But my cards tell me that you should aim at those om
chants which have been recorded at 432 hertz. Most of
the recorded music today is tuned to 440 hertz instead
of the more natural tone of 432 hertz, which was
recommended in the 19th century by none
other than Guiseppi Verdi (and if a genius like Verdi
recommended it, that is good enough for me). Eventually
I think that all music will be tuned to 432 hertz since
it seems brighter, clearer, and more natural. Also it
apparently aligns not only to the 8 hertz Schumann
resonance but also to the Golden Ratio. [44] If we
humans are going to listen to music, we should be
listening to the most naturally flowing music possible.
Breathing Exercises. In the Vedic
tradition these kind of exercises are known as pranayama, a term which
combines the Vedic word for the life force, prana, with
a second Sanskrit word meaning either control or to draw
out. Hindu sages have always recognized that the deeper
the breath, the calmer the mind. Anyone who has started
trying to discipline the breath knows how powerfully
life-changing the practice can be. So with your
physician's and your oracle's approval, you should start
to learn various pranayama techniques.
There have been many books
written about pranayama, and there is much information
available about it online. But here I need to emphasize
the one thing that beginners in breath work need to do:
they need to start breathing from their solar plexus
instead of their upper lungs. Most of us use the muscles
of our upper chest when we breathe instead of the
muscles in our belly. But solar plexus breathing has
always been recognized as the best way to breathe. When
you get into the habit of breathing like this, you
increase your capacity to draw in the air and the life
force it contains, thus making you feel much better.
To breathe from your solar
plexus you need to push your belly out when you inhale,
and draw it back in when you exhale. If you have been
breathing from the upper part of your lungs your entire
life, this will feel like the exact opposite of how to
breathe correctly. But lifting your lungs up as you draw
in the air and then collapsing them when you exhale is
the worst possible way to breathe. What you need to do
is push your belly outward when inhaling, and then
exhaling by pushing your belly back in, which will expel
all the air in your lungs. When you learn how to breathe
like this, your entire lungs are filled with air instead
of just the upper parts. If you do it like this, you
will be taking more oxygen into your system, and the
greater will be your energy.
I recommend that you start with
breathing from the belly several minutes a day, as
slowly as you can, while pausing between each inhalation
and exhalation. And make sure you do this kind of
breathing when you do your mudras. If you keep at it
long enough, you will eventually start to breathe from
your belly without thinking about it, and you will
increase the beneficial levels of oxygen in your system,
thus giving you brand new feelings of well being.
The best mudra for increasing
your prana is, quite simply, the Prana mudra. You raise
your forefinger and middle fingers upright and press the
tips of your ring and little fingers to the tip of your
thumb. Hold this position as long as you can, especially
if you need a burst of new energy (and it is infinitely
more effective than those toxic energy drinks). Best
angel: Raphael.
Walking. The simple act of getting outdoors and taking a walk is also one of the healthiest things you can do. The Romans had a saying: solvitur ambulando, which translates as it is solved by walking. They were right: walking can solve any kind of mental difficulty you might currently have. But make sure that you do not listen to anything electronic when you are taking your walk--just do your best to pay attention to the natural sounds that surround you. Walking can also become a meditative exercise if you combine it with mudras and solar plexus breathing. So you should get into the habit of taking a walk whenever you can, and while you are at it feel gratitude that you can experience the richness of the world around you, enjoy the beauty of the light, and do your best to sense the presence of the Divine and the angels right there with you. A good guide to the joys of walking can be found in Henry David Thoreau's essay Walking.[45]
Yoga. The exercises of
hatha yoga are probably the most beneficial physical
exercises ever devised, not only because they are
mind/body movements, but they help you exercise that one
part of your body which modern gym practice never seems
to address: the exercise of your spine. Most people
never think about stretching or otherwise exercising
their spines when they are walking the treadmill or
lifting weights. But the spine is the one single part of
your body which needs to be exercised each day of your
life, since it is the one which supports the weight of
all your other bones and muscles. Speaking as someone
who has practiced yoga for over half a century and who
has never had a back problem in her life, take my word
for it--without a healthy and flexible spine you will
never reach a comfortable old age.
So even if you only spend ten
or fifteen minutes a day doing hatha yoga poses, they
will greatly benefit you. With your physician's and
oracle's approval I suggest that you start out with
simple poses such as the Tree, Triangle, Warrior, Seated
Forward Bend, Seated Twist, Child's Pose, and Cobra.
There are lots of online videos for beginners. Check
them out.
Massage. One of the healthiest things you can do is a daily self-massage. Even if all you do is massage your feet once or twice a day, I guarantee you will start feeling better. There are also plenty of online videos about self-massages. I do a self-massage twice a day, once in the morning, and once before I go to bed, and not only do I always feel energized, I sleep better as well.
Acupuncture. Most people who have had acupuncture treatments actually do start to feel better, so if you have any kind of chronic pain or stiffness, you should check these treatments out. If nothing else, acupuncture will shift your energies into better patterns. I am no expert on acupuncture so I cannot make any more recommendations, but as usual there are plenty of online videos about this topic, and with your physician's and oracle's approval you should give it a try.
Taijiquan. I learned how to do this ancient Chinese martial art several years ago and have noticed many beneficial changes in my energies ever since. I do the simplified 24-step version at least once a day, preferably out in the open air, and feel both energized and relaxed when I finish it. The movements of taijiquan are gentle and slow, which means that anyone at any age can learn how to do it. The thing to remember with taijiquan is that how carefully you focus your attention on how you are moving is what counts. My taijiquan instructor continually stressed that you need to watch your hands as you do the movements, as well as moving as slowly as possible, when you go through the routine. This might not sound like much, but I have learned that there are few things as beautiful as watching your hands floating slowly and gently through space, which is otherwise known as going with the natural flow of the universe. So once again, with your physician's and oracle's approval, I recommend that you learn taiji and keep at it for the rest of your life.
Keep reminding yourself that sitting is bad for you. Recent research is telling us that one of the unhealthiest things you can do is just sit all day.[46] So if you have a job where you have to sit at a desk, you need to get up and stretch your body every hour or so to keep yourself healthy. Ditto for staring at the TV or your phone for hours at a time.
As for getting a good night's sleep . . . Always try to go to bed as early as you can. The more hours you sleep before midnight, the better you will feel. Vedic tradition also tells us that the healthiest sleep comes when your head is in the east, with your feet pointing towards the west. Something about this seems to align your energies to the energies of the earth.
* * *
Everything I have talked about so far in this book can now be summed up by what I like to call . . .
The Fourfold Cure
1. Learn how to go with the natural flow of universal interconnection and equality. You must constantly remind yourself that you are connected to all the sentient beings in the universe, so you will treat all your brothers and sisters in the Net with courtesy, regardless of how they treat you. The Divine will not lift a finger to help you if you are wallowing in groupthink or hierarchy.2. Start practicing daily repetitive exercises. You need to do at least one half hour of physical exercises in the morning and one half hour of spiritual exercises in the evening. Your morning exercises should be based on mudras + angels, plus any other kind of mind body exercise which appeals to you. In the evening you should devote time to divination, prayer, reading something sacred, journaling, or meditating.
3. Start asking and giving permission for Divine guidance through an oracular tool. And preferably use the Pamela Colman Smith tarot deck. Identify what you think your major problems are and ask for guidance to solve them.
4. Start asking and giving permission for Divine assistance for any problem or situation for which you need help. Learn how to utilize both attraction and revulsion prayers (especially the latter). But also do your best to co-create the assistance you need any way you can.
Recommended prayers.
O Divine light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that you help me to:
• align my energies with the natural flow of the universe so I can live out my life as a free, healthy, and happy citizen of the universe. And I thank you.
• start enjoying the exercises this lunatic woman has suggested even if they kill me. And I thank you.
• stick with these exercises until I can feel that they are working. And I thank you.
* * *
So there you have it. How to shift your internal
energies for the better. And when this shift finally
starts happening, not only will you go through your life
with a new sense of inner serenity, your cravings for
all the bad stuff you want to consume will start to
diminish. But I am still aware that lots of my readers
are now mentally assembling excuses why all of the
preceding is nonsense. It will never work, they are
thinking, it sounds too good to be true, and--worst of
all--it will take time. Ah, yes--the
horrors of non-immediate gratification! You don't want
to wait three or four months to see some changes in your
life! You don't even want to wait three or four hours!
You want it right now, right this second, before the
next commercial comes on.
Sorry. If you want to shift
your internal energies for the better, you are going to
have to keep at this for weeks or even months before you
sense a change in your energy field. So from now on you
need to do these exercises every day. Fortunately if you
keep at them, chances are that eventually your new
exercises no longer feel like a chore but a blessing.
You will not want to stop doing them for anything in the
world.
And one of these days, who
knows? You might find yourself thinking: Wait a minute! I haven't
eaten butter pecan ice cream for several weeks now! I
haven't even thought about it! What's wrong with me? I
just sort of don't seem to want it any longer. Broccoli!
I want broccoli! Give me broccoli or give me death! Holy
cow! Can it be possible that . . . that . . .
Yep. That's right. Your daily
exercises have helped you to co-create your first Divine
miracle, even though you have never noticed until now
that it has actually happened. Congratulations. You are
now in a much better position to give up not just ice
cream but all the other toxicities you have been
wallowing in for your entire life.
This applies most especially to
your bad food habits. Which brings us to the next
subject we need to discuss. It it is time for you to
learn . . .
Chapter 7. A New Way to Lose Weight and Keep It Off.
We are now going to examine the kind of
nourishment you need to maintain optimal life and
consciousness. The problem here, which I have already
mentioned, is that most people these days do not consume
naturally self-organized food and drink but the most
toxic kinds of artificialities. I am referring to the
heavily advertised, chemicalized, and plasticized
factory foods which plague every corner of the planet.
Without exception these kinds of foods are nothing but
pure garbage. I have already discussed the problems with
plastics and other toxic artificialities. It is now time
to talk about the damage that garbage food and drink
does to the health of us 8 billion Homo sapiens. They are the
direct cause of most of the chronic health problems
which people experience as they go through their lives
today.
This especially holds true for
the billions who are obese. I know that vast numbers of
people all over the world are constantly struggling to
lose weight, but without much success. On extremely rare
occasions, a person who wants to slim down can follow
that four-letter word called a diet and manage to
get the weight off. However, for most people a diet is a
continual and tormenting flop. Diets are yet another
theory which never works--common sense tells us that if
they did actually work, nobody would be fat.
Nevertheless, countless millions continue to put
themselves through useless starvation agony in the
desperate hope that someday, somehow, the excess tonnage
will not be there any longer. Even grade school kids are
dieting these days, but they are failing at it as badly
as their elders.
The all-but-universal failure
of dieting has in recent years generated a spectacular
new folly called the Fat Activist Movement. People who
believe in this desperate nonsense have convinced
themselves that their morbid obesity is normal or even
beautiful: Healthy At Every Size (HAES) is their moronic
catchphrase. HAES true believers are people who have
done everything they can to lose the weight but who have
failed time and again. So the only thing left to do is
convince everyone else that their corpulence is not a
health disaster but something attractive. That's right,
even when you weigh 600 pounds, you can still look
totally gorgeous. Also you can eat anything you want any
time you want since that is perfectly healthy! Should
anyone dare to disagree with these pleasant ideas, it
means that they are fatphobic or something.
Well, if you ask me, talking
about fat positivity can only be compared to talking
about pneumonia positivity or heart disease positivity.
It makes no sense. There has probably never been any
group in human history more delusional than contemporary
fat activists. They are dragging around dozens or even
hundreds of pounds of excess weight, which is like going
through life with five or six bags of cat food strapped
to their bodies, and they are suffering constant health
problems as a result. By the time they are in their
forties their knee and ankle joints will have given out,
thus rendering them immobile. And no, this is not fat
phobia. What I feel is fat pity, especially for those
victims who are going blind or on the brink of death
because they were stupid enough to listen to fat
activist nonsense.
What the obese among us need to
hear is that it is not food which is making them fat,
but the toxic chemicals dished out by corporate America.
Repeat: it is not food which makes
you fat--it is the FDA-approved chemicals and other
toxic artificialities which corporate America puts into
your food which make you fat. Yeah, all that
heavily advertised stuff which is loaded with salt,
sugar, grease, and chemicals and which is usually stored
in plastic. As I have mentioned, any moist food product
stored in plastic will be contaminated by the polymers
of its containers. This is why diets never work. If
people want to lose weight, they do not need to eat
less--they simply need to stop swallowing or otherwise
absorbing artificial chemicals. This is one of the
strongest messages I have received from the Great
Beyond: I need to tell people that it is the planet's
frankenchemicals which are making them fat, not the
food.
If you ask me, most of the most
agonizing of contemporary health problems, including
diabetes, depression, cancer, heart disease, digestive
problems, arthritis, osteoporosis, rheumatism,
Parkinson's disease, kidney failure, rotting teeth, and
fatty liver disease, are a direct result of the
frankenchemicals in our food and drink. What with all we
know about the human body these days, problems like
these should be history. But they are still very much
with us because (1) people don't realize how toxic
factory food is, and (2) they have been so completely
brainwashed by corporate advertising that they cannot
stop eating it, and (3) our toxic foodstuffs are as
addictive as any hard-core drug you care to name. This
is why nobody can lose weight any longer.
Well, most of my readers will
probably not believe a word of this. As the saying goes,
nobody ever went broke underestimating the intelligence
of the American people, and this most especially applies
to what Americans eat and drink. Up to and including the
children among us, who are brainwashed into bad eating
habits at an early age and who never experience the
feeling of a healthy body for the rest of their lives.
When your body tells you that something makes you feel
good, you do not want to stop consuming it.
Unfortunately these toxic frankenchemicals all have one
thing in common: they make you feel good.
Recently I stood behind a very
obese woman in the checkout line of my local
supermarket. This woman was not very much taller than
me, but she must have weighed four times as much as I
do, and she was leaning heavily on the shopping cart
since she obviously had trouble walking. And what was in
her shopping cart? Four cases of diet soda. That was it.
The poor woman was obviously going to start her 700th
diet, but this time she was certain she was going to get
that weight off and keep it off since she was finally
going to stop swallowing calories. Like everyone
else, she knew perfectly well that it was calories which
had made her fat: hadn't she been told that her entire
life? So this time she was going to swallow nothing but
calorie-free artificial chemicals, which meant that she
was finally going to end up thin and healthy. I would
have gone up to her and told her how delusional she was,
but so effective is American corporate brainwashing that
all I would have gotten in return was a blank stare.
Big Food will of course try to
persuade you that all these statements are utter
nonsense and that they give the American people not only
tasty treats but healthy food as well. Also it would not
surprise me if Big Food is financing all the insane HAES
propaganda so rampant at the moment. But take my word
for it: all those FDA-approved taste treats which you
cannot stop eating are irredeemably toxic.
All of which means that we are
now living on a planet where billions of our brothers
and sisters constantly suffer all the horrors of an
obese or sickly body. There are more and more of these
people every day. Some random statistics I have noticed
over the years: one in every six deaths is caused by
obesity, 70% of adult Americans are overweight and the
percentage continues to increase, 60% of all the
antacids sold on the planet are purchased by Americans,
nearly half of all adults in the United States have some
type of cardiovascular disease, at least 10% of all
adult Americans have diabetes (even grade school kids
are getting it), and knee and ankle degeneration
continues to render thousands immobile.
All of which means that the
average American is going to need tremendous amounts of
medical attention in the future as they attempt to live
out their horribly overweight lives. Of course it will
not be their fault that they are constantly sick or
obese--it will be because no one has yet invented the
right pill to eliminate excess fat. And even if death
does not arrive right away, it cannot be pleasant
getting your gangrenous toes cut off while you are still
in your thirties. If nothing about people's eating
habits change, our planet is headed for a supersized
health disaster absolutely everywhere.
Well, it doesn't have to
happen. Once people start to realize that it is our
planetary frankenchemical swamp (and the garbage foods
which come out of it) that are causing their problems,
things will get better. As far as weight loss is
concerned, this means that if you want to lose weight,
you can put yourself through starvation agony any time
you like, and you can try to stick it out for weeks or
months at a time, but if you are also eating
frankenfoods, drinking frankenliquids, washing with
frankensoap or frankendetergent, rubbing frankenlotion
into your skin, breathing frankenair fresheners, wearing
frankenfabric, furnishing your frankendwelling with
frankencarpets and frankenfurniture, and sleeping on a
frankenmattress, you will not lose an ounce. Your
perpetually stressed liver will keep prodding you to eat
more and more so it can deal with all the toxins you are
inflicting on it.
But the cure for all this is
simple. If you want to lose the weight and keep it off,
you simply need to switch to a frankenfree lifestyle. In
other words, you need to eliminate all the FDA-approved
chemicals you have been thoughtlessly consuming your
entire life, especially those of the petrochemical
variety. Then you can start eating your fill of natural
and preferably organic foods so you will not have to
starve yourself to get that weight off. In other words,
you will finally start going with the natural gustatory
flow of the universe, which just happens to be a delight
instead of a chore once you get the hang of it.
Such a transformation is
possible for everyone. This is how I lost an extra
seventy pounds when I was young. I simply gave up on
factory foods and just started eating that great hippie
ideal of whole grain goodness. I also tried to keep the
rest of my life as natural as possible, up to and
including sleeping on an organic mattress, wearing
natural fabrics, and avoiding anything plasticized. Even
in the early 1970's, long before I ever realized that I
was psychic, I knew that there was something terribly
wrong with chemicalized food stored in plastics. So I
simply stopped consuming (most of) them, and I started
to cook my own meals. After a while the weight
disappeared without much effort on my part, and it has
never returned.
But . . . but . . . all this
sounds even worse than going on a diet! It means you
will have to permanently give up your
favorite clothes, furnishings, mattresses, and your
utterly delicious factory foods! You cannot live without
them! I don't want to eat grains
and vegetables for the rest of my life! All the sugar,
salt, grease, and chemicals which Big Food has convinced
me to swallow are just totally delicious! I can't give
them up! I just can't!
Delicious, huh? Let me tell you
something. You do not know what delicious means until
you start eating only Divinely-approved food and drink,
and nothing else but. But you are never going to figure
out what is best for you to consume if you pay attention
to corporate advertising or what passes for standard
nutritional advice, such as that ridiculous USDA
MyPlate.[47] However, if you let your oracle tell you
what you should or should not eat, not only are you
going to experience the ultimate in scrumptiousness, you
are going to feel healthy for the first time in your
life.
And yes, this does mean that
you will probably have to start eating a more limited
kind of diet and give up many of your current taste
treats. Needless to say, you will miss them, at least
initially. But the feeling of well-being which you will
start to feel when the garbage is no longer going down
your throat will overwhelm you. May I also now remind
you that this time when you change your eating habits,
the Divine and the angels have got your back? So believe
it or not, this time the lifestyle and dietary changes
you need to make are going to be easy. We will start
with . . .
Identifying What You Should or Should Not Eat.
Chances are that most of my
readers think that those experts called nutritionists can tell
them everything they need to know about eating a healthy diet.
Nutritionists are credentialed professionals, after all, so
they know totally everything about what people should eat, up
to and including your very own little self. This is what being
credentialed means, you see. Besides, since their vast and
impressive knowledge has been scientifically verified, and (of
course) peer-reviewed, it is absolutely infallible.
Well, not quite. There is a
huge problem with the nutritional advice which gets
dished out every day: one size does not fit all. We need
to remember that each one of us 8 billion humans have
different nutritional requirements. No two human beings
are ever exactly the same, not even identical twins who
possess the same genes but who are two different
sentient beings. Some people might need to consume more
protein, while others might have food intolerances which
need to be identified. As for me, if I had followed
those one-size-fits-all nutritional guidelines my
government has always dished out, I would be lying in my
grave by now. Fortunately I have let my oracle determine
my diet for several decades now, and I am convinced that
I am eating the best possible diet for me.
But the fact that I do not
trust nutritionists to guide my diet will probably make
the credentialed among us collapse with horror. Well,
guys--you ain't heard nothin yet. I have also learned
that I should eat only a very limited number of foods.
This is more dietary heresy, since our nutritionists
tell us that we need to eat a wide variety of foods to
stay healthy. Behold yet one more theory which does not
work the way it is supposed to. I need to remind our
credentialed professionals that eating a wide variety of
foods runs contrary to historical experience. For most
of human history people would eat a very limited diet:
corn, beans, and squash for Native Americans, rice and
tea in China and Japan, fish and poi in the Pacific
Islands, bread and soup in much of Western Europe, and
bread, wine, and olives in the Mediterranean area. On
occasions in pre-modern times our ancestors would have a
treat of meat or fish, but as a rule they ate the same
thing day in and day out their entire lives. Mind you,
their food combinations were synergistic, which meant
that their basic foods provided them with all the
correct nutrients they needed. But what they were eating
was the same thing day after day, year after year.
Which is what I do, and I
usually feel fine. For the past few decades my daily
diet has consisted of brown rice or pasta, fish, peanut
butter or tahini, and green or herbal tea (and I am
always careful to purchase organic brown rice and rinse
it thoroughly since the cheaper varieties can be tainted
with arsenic).[48] I supplement these basics with
vegetables, legumes, fruit, and homemade bread. I would
like to be 100% vegan, but the cards insist that I need
to consume fish. As for what most people think are
reasonably decent edibles, such as soy, meat, eggs,
gluten, dairy, and salad oils, I avoid them with no
problem. Ditto for concentrated sweets, anything
chemicalized or synthetically dyed, and, of course,
anything prepared in a Big Food factory and stored in
plastic. And no, I do not ever get bored with my very
limited diet, not when I hardly ever gain weight, am
rarely hungry, and am healthy enough to practice yoga
and take walks every day in my seventh decade. As for
the factory prepared pasta which I do purchase, since it
is a dry product packaged in cellophane, my oracle has
approved it.
Mind you, I have to be careful
about how much nut butter I eat. It is a very fattening
food, and I have learned that if I overindulge in it,
the weight will start creeping up on me. So I limit
myself to about two ounces of peanut butter or tahini
each day. Fats of any kind should always be an accessory
to a meal, never the main thing you are eating. The main
part of your diet should consist of grains, fruits, and
vegetables. And just a small amount of fat or sauce will
give you all the flavor you need.
But . . . how can I stand
eating like this? Don't I understand that the world is
full of an infinite number of delightful taste treats?
Why don't I crave them? Well, once upon a time I did.
During the days of my idiotic youth I enjoyed reading
cookbooks and trying out new recipes. For several years
I even owned a copy of the thousand-page Larousse Gastronomique (1938)[49] which
I studied with great interest and which I would not
touch with a barge pole these days. At this point in my
life I eat what keeps me healthy, and so what if I eat
the same thing practically every day? Every time I sit
down to a meal it tastes delicious, it fills me up, my
oracle has approved it, and all I have to show for it is
health and happiness.
So if you ask me, I am not
depriving myself of anything but am instead eating a
21st century equivalent of that ultimate dietary
delight, the nectar and ambrosia which the ancient Greek
gods consumed in their palaces on Mt. Olympus. If you
ask me, any food which has been divinely approved for
your own personal use is nothing else but. My own
personal nectar and ambrosia (grains, legumes, fruits,
veggies, and nut butter or fish) never gets boring or
disagreeable. It is the closest thing to an elixir of
life I have ever known. Why would I want to eat caviar
or truffles when I can feast on a delight like this?
As for the toxic factory
garbage which constantly surrounds me, I no longer have
to utter any kind of revulsion prayer to avoid it. I
immediately recoil from it the moment I see it,
especially the sugary variety. This is not being on a
diet since I am not trying to deprive myself. I am
simply unable to swallow that kind of food horror any
longer.
All of which means that with
oracular assistance, it really is possible for each one
of us to develop an individualized dietary plan which
will keep us as healthy as possible. You simply need to
ask your oracular tool whether or not you should consume
a certain food or liquid. I have already mentioned that
the first thing you need to ask an oracle is whether or
not your most cherished beliefs have any validity.
Asking your oracle about what you should eat and drink
is second in importance. This recommendation means that
you will be letting the Divine determine your diet
instead of the American Academy of Nutrition and
Dietetics. Your call.
But most of my readers probably
do not know where or how to start. This can be answered
easily enough: you need to sit down with your oracle and
start asking whether or not you should consume a
particular food or drink. Granted this will take quite a
while, but for the first time in your life you should
get some solid information about what foods and drinks
are most optimal for your energy field. Then you should
write it all down. Just remember that no matter how
appalled you might be when you start getting NO's about
some of your favorite taste treats, write these down as
well. If you are ready to collapse on the floor when you
see that you should not be eating or drinking what you
find to be utterly delicious, then practice the
three-day divination rule: you ask your oracle the same
question a second time twenty-four hours later, and then
a third time another twenty-four hours later. But so
help me, if you get three NO's in a row, you had better
accept the fact that your delicious little treat is
toxic for you. Just don't try to quit it completely all
at once. Revulsion prayers plus mudras + angels always
come first.
The other thing to remember is
that like everything else in the universe, your energy
field is in constant flux. This means that even though
you might get a YES about one of your taste treats at
one point in your life, as the months and years go by
your body might no longer be able to tolerate it, which
has happened to me repeatedly as I have grown older.
People's energy fields are never static, and they
gradually weaken with age. So periodically asking your
oracle whether you should continue to consume a
particular food or drink is a necessity. Just don't be
upset if by the time you are a senior you have a very
limited choice of edibles. This is my situation, and it
does not bother me in the slightest.
What now follows is a list of
foods which most people do not think are problems but
which can nevertheless damage your health. You need to
read through this list and then ask your oracle to see
if you are sensitive to any of the items I mention (or
any other food item you can think of):
Acidic foods. The foods we eat
can always be classified as either acid or alkaline, and
alkaline foods are always better for us than acidic.
Acidic foods are usually animal-based products such as
meat, fish, dairy, and eggs, plus grains and alcohol.
Alkaline foods are usually more plant based, such as
vegetables, legumes, fruits, and nuts. So you should try
to eat more of the latter instead of the former. As for
grains, while all of them except millet are very acidic,
the more you chew your whole grain goodness, the more
your saliva will render the food alkaline instead of
acidic. So it is possible for anyone to consume a
grain-based diet without absorbing excess acid. But a
good general rule is that acidic foods should always be
avoided if possible.
It is also important to
understand that while very sour foods like citrus,
vinegar, cranberries, sauerkraut, and tomatoes have an
alkaline effect on the body, their intense acidity can
damage your teeth. I used to think that if you avoided
all concentrated sweets, you would not have a problem
with tooth decay. But I have since learned that very
sour foods can do as much damage to your teeth as
concentrated sweets, including the acids found in soft
drinks. All need to be avoided if possible.
Carbohydrates (refined). Many people these days live in holy terror of those food energies called carbohydrates. Well, if you ask me it is only refined carbohydrates which are the problem, not natural grains and legumes. Most traditional diets are based upon a balanced mixture of whole grains, legumes, and vegetables, and they work just as well for people today.
Vegetable oils. There are many pleasant-looking vegetable oils on the market today, including sunflower, rapeseed, corn, soybean, and safflower. However, with the exception of olive and sesame seed oil, the vegetable oils available these days are not traditional foods. Big Food did not manufacture them until after World War II, when the obesity plague began. This tells me that these products are yet another unrecognized reason for weight gain. If you have been thoughtlessly consuming refined vegetable oils all your life, you should ask your oracle if you should continue to do so. Chances are you will probably be told to stick to natural fats such as sesame oil or avocados.
Fermented food and drink. While you should avoid that poison known as hard liquor at all costs (it can cause permanent brain damage), mildly fermented food and drink is a different matter. We humans have consumed these kinds of products for thousands of years, and all the evidence suggests that in moderation they are usually beneficial. So if you wish to consume naturally fermented foods such as miso, kombucha, kefir, natural pickles, kimchi, or sauerkraut, they will probably do you good (but beware how their sourness is affecting your teeth). If you wish to enjoy a mild alcoholic fermentation such as wine, beer, or ale at mealtimes, this has also been part of good living for thousands of years. But as for swallowing any kind of rotgut only to get drunk, this is just as bad as guzzling synthetic dyes.
Nightshades. Members of the nightshade vegetable family, which include tomatoes, potatoes, eggplant, tomatillos, and peppers, are some of the most popular vegetables in the world. The problem is that the leaves and the seeds of these plants are poisonous. They can aggravate all sorts of health problems, including inflammation and arthritis. So you should only consume a nightshade if your oracle approves. But if you do receive oracular approval, make sure you never eat the tomato/pepper seeds, nor the potato peels.
Oxalic acid. Those vegetables high in oxalic acid, such as beets, carrots, chives, parsley, spinach, amaranth, quinoa, and radishes, are more problematic foods. They can cause kidney problems and joint pain. Once again, do not eat without oracular approval and always in moderation.
Salicylic acid. This is a plant hormone which has been recognized since antiquity as a pain reliever and is today used as a component of aspirin. The problem is that salicylic acid is also a blood thinner. If you are someone with blood coagulation problems, you should avoid all foods which contain this chemical. This would include ginger, garlic, corn, coconut, dried fruits, tomato sauce, and olive oil. Most herbs and spices are also high in the chemical. But on the other hand, if you suffer from high blood pressure or blood clots, foods such as these might possibly benefit you. Your oracle will know for sure.
Soy. Soy is not the great health food a lot of people think it is, and many people, including myself, have learned to avoid it. If you do want to eat soy products, you should probably stick to the fermented varieties, such as miso or tempeh, and only with oracular approval.
Icy foods. Never never never swallow anything which is freezing cold, up to and including those horrors known as ice cream and iced tea. Frozen foods are yet another source of stress to the liver and will ultimately wreck your digestive organs if you spend years consuming them. Ditto for extremely hot food or drink. Anything that goes down your throat should always be at room temperature.
Factory liquids. Nothing demonstrates the stupidity of the American people more clearly than our ridiculous infatuation with factory prepared drinks. We American purchase an average of 44 gallons of liquid glop every year, most of which, of course, is stored in plastic. Regardless of whether you purchase soft drinks, caffeinated drinks, plain water, wine, beer, alcohol, or even drinks which claim to be healthy, you are swallowing poison. Besides, the transportation of stored liquids is as unecological as it gets, and tossing your used liquid containers in the trash constitutes the worst of our planet's garbage. If you want to drink a healthful liquid, brew or ferment it yourself. You will be glad you did.
Food or drink stored in aluminum. This particular metal is just as toxic for your body as plastics. So never buy any food or drink stored in aluminum and throw out all your aluminum pans, aluminum foil, or anything else alumpoisoned. Also make sure that you never use any kind of aluminum antiperspirant. You will be glad you did.
Artificial vitamins and
minerals, especially iron. Millions of
people enjoy seeing the words enriched or fortified on the labels of
their favorite factory foods. Ah, yes--these are two
very comforting marketing words which tell you that the
chemicalized garbage which you are about to swallow has
been scientifically adjusted with the exact amount of
nutrients your very own body requires to produce a
supreme state of health. Artificial vitamins and
minerals are good! And we need to swallow them
constantly or else we will all just die from a lack of
artificial vitamins and minerals! Surely it cannot be
possible that this wonderful fortifying enrichment is
something bad?
Well, guess what. The vitamin
and mineral overkill in our culture is just as bad for
us as those damn plastics. There is no frankenfood like
the frankenfood whose energies have been corrupted by
artificial vitamins and minerals. The worst of this
overkill is the iron "enrichment" to be found in most
flours and baked goods in this country. Excess iron in
the flour does absolutely nothing to aid people's
health. Instead what it bestows upon the already sickly
are diabetes, cardiac arrhythmias, gluten intolerance,
and cirrhosis of the liver. Along with plastics, the
needless addition of iron to flour and baked goods is
probably the biggest cause of obesity on the planet. So
you should try to avoid any kind of flour product which
is described as "enriched". Fortunately it is still
possible to find natural flours, pastas, and breads on
the market, and you should stick to these products. If
as a menstruating woman your oracle tells you that you
need extra iron in your diet, then get it in its organic
form from plant sources.
You also need to make sure you
never cook your food in iron pots or pans. And if you
are one of those people who think that pink Himalayan
salt is good for you, you should understand that its
pink color comes from iron. So the only thing Himalayan
salt will probably do for you is stress your liver. As
will all those Himalayan salt lamps--they put iron into
the air which you will then inhale to the detriment of
your already liver-stressed body. Avoid at all costs.
Fluoride. The obesity
plague started for real in the 1940's. The fluoridation
of the American water supply also started for real in
the 1940's. Gee whiz, what a coincidence! Or maybe not.
Fluoride is another hideously toxic chemical which does
nothing but damage our bodies, and anyone who thinks it
belongs in the water supply is a gullible idiot.
Unfortunately this is the only way to describe the
frankenscientists who have promoted this atrocity, as
well as the politicians who have legalized it. Only
about 6% of the countries on this planet allow
fluoridation of the water, which should tell you
something about American political corruption. [50]
Unfortunately, unless you are
drinking uncontaminated water, it is all but impossible
to eliminate the fluoride from your water. Some
companies claim to have developed a filtration system
which will get the fluoride out of the water, but they
always use charcoal, and water filtered through charcoal
can be just as bad as fluoridated water.
All of which means that the one
and only thing that will get the damn fluoride out of
our waters is new legislation. If you want to do some
good in this world, sound the alarm and start pestering
your elected representatives. While you are at it, don't
compound the problem by using fluoridated toothpaste.
There are plenty of ways to clean your teeth naturally,
and find something that works for you.
Oh, but if you don't have
fluoride in your water, then all of your teeth are going
to fall out in the next ten seconds, right? Dear reader,
you need to understand that the real problem with tooth
decay is not the lack of fluoride in the water but the
human consumption of concentrated sweets. If people
stopped eating foods which are bad for their teeth,
nobody would need fluoride in the water. Is this not
obvious?
But that is no solution! Maybe
people can stop eating acidic foods, but people's
addiction to concentrated sweets is going to go on
forever, since uh the way uh things are now uh are the
way they uh . . . Oh, yeah?
You mean it has never occurred to you that the human
lust for sugar is soon going to vanish from the earth?
Then maybe it is time for you to take a look at the
Aquarian future of . . .
Concentrated sweets. That sensation
called sweetness is probably the most widespread toxic
addiction on the planet. Concentrated sweets, such as
cane sugar, honey, maple syrup, or agave, can provide
your physical being with some of the most blissfully
pleasurable highs you can ever experience: you get to
enjoy both an intensely delicious sensation of sweetness
along with an elevated rush that makes you feel like you
are soaring through the heavens. Maybe I have convinced
you to give up all your other frankenfoods, but can it
be possible that I am now going to tell you to give up
apple pie? Cheesecake? Chocolate? Am I kidding?
Well, it just so happens that a
sweet tooth is always a rotting tooth. Concentrated
sweets are not harmless food products--they are
addictive substances which are as toxic as that
corrosive opioid called cocaine (and which is chemically
very similar to cane sugar). But chances are these words
will not bother you, since you know perfectly well that
it is only other people who develop bad
teeth, obesity, high blood pressure, and diabetes when
they eat sweets. So you are probably even okay with that
noxious killer called high fructose corn syrup. Also
never mind the fact that the consumption of sugar is yet
one more reason why you are constantly hungry. Too much
sugar in your diet tricks your brain into wanting more
food. So the more sweets you eat, the more you will
overeat everything else.
All of which means that if you
want to eat an optimal diet, your sweetness addiction
has got to go. Besides, as long as you restrict your
consumption of ultra-sweet fruits such as bananas,
pears, or melons, you will discover that eating one or
two pieces of fruit each day can easily satisfy your
need for sweetness. And if your oracle approves, you can
also use that natural sweet herb called stevia (Stevia rebaudiana). But make sure
that you stick to the fresh or dried leaves instead of
the extract.
But I cannot stop craving
sweetness? I don't want to anyway! It isn't possible for
me to stop! Sugary foods are fun and delicious! I would
need a miracle--wait a minute . . .
Yeah, that's right. If you want
to give up concentrated sweets, you are definitely going
to need a miracle in your life. Fortunately by now you
know how to co-create one. And take my word for it, that
miracle called sweetness revulsion is going to be the
single greatest health improvement you will ever
experience in your life. So stop whining and just do it.
One more note about
concentrated sweets. Believe it or not, there is one
other very effective cure for sweetness cravings:
bitterness. So with oracular approval, you should try to
eat bitter vegetables or herbs at least once a day, such
as rue, wormwood, artichokes, amaranth greens, endive,
bitter melons, green tea, and especially that wonder
green called the dandelion, which is free for the asking
practically everywhere on the planet. Any kind of bitter
food, including green tea, is enormously beneficial for
your liver. Once upon a time people realized that they
needed to eat bitter foods since they helped you
maintain your health, but this bit of folk wisdom has
vanished from the contemporary world. Well, the more you
consume anything bitter, the healthier your liver will
be, and the less you will crave anything sweet. So if
all you do is add a couple of dandelion leaves to one
meal a day, you will be glad you did.
* * *
So much for what you
shouldn't eat. But then what might be a good diet for you to
consume? Well, if your oracle approves, I recommend that you
stick to whole grain goodness, along with fruits and
vegetables, and small amounts of dairy, meat, or fish. In
other words, be mostly vegan, and make sure that the
centerpiece of your diet is some kind of grain.
But most of my readers are
probably still shuddering at the thought of consuming
that horror known as whole grain goodness. Ye gods, a
diet of rabbit food means that you will still crave your
double bacon cheeseburgers like there's no tomorrow!
What is even worse: whole grain goodness means that you
are going to have to start doing that appalling horror
called cooking! Plus all sorts
of dreary repetitive chores such as chopping vegetables
and washing the dishes! You don't want to do any of
that! Boo hoo hoo! I don't have
time to cook! I have to eat convenience foods since I'm
forced to work a boring, pointless job to pay for the
convenience foods I have to buy since I don't have time
to cook! Ah, yes--behold
American logic at its finest.
But if you do make an effort to
start cooking your whole grain goodness, I guarantee
that your new way of eating will turn into a delight
instead of a horror. So you should stop thinking that
your kitchen is some kind of torture chamber. Instead it
should be considered what it really is: a sacred space.
Even though you have probably never realized it, the
area where food is prepared has always been regarded as
some kind of spiritual sanctuary in most human cultures.
This was especially true in classical antiquity, when
the hearth was the center of each house and was
considered to be the spiritual connection between life,
earth, and fire. This is the kind of energy which should
permeate your kitchen.
If you start preparing your
food in what you realize is a sacred space, you will
multiply its beneficial energies. Your newly
spiritualized food will nourish not just your physical
body but your whole mind/body/spirit continuum. When
this happens, wild horses won't be able to drag you out
of your kitchen.
But one word of caution: in my
ecological opinion, the one thing you do not need in
your sacred space is an oven. If you want to be kind to
the earth, you should make an effort to cook most of
your food by boiling, sautéing, or solar. Only a
minority of people across the planet cook their food in
those boondoggles called stoves--most Chinese cooking,
for example, is done with woks and steamers. This method
of cooking uses much less fuel than baking or roasting
and works perfectly well. I have not used an oven for
decades, nor will I ever do so again. If I want to bake
some bread, I steam the dough above whatever grain or
bean mixture I am currently boiling, or I bake it in my
solar cooker. Both methods work perfectly. Stoves are
just another legacy appliance which will eventually go
the way of iron-toxic flour.
But if we can't bake or roast
any longer, what on earth are we going to eat? It is now
time to discuss one of the most unexpected discoveries I
have made about spiritual cooking, namely that you
should always eat your food from something called . . .
A Buddha bowl.
A Buddha bowl refers to a
substantial one dish meal which is usually composed of grains,
vegetables, and a sauce. Buddha bowls have also been called
rainbow bowls, bodhisattva bowls, and even "yoga in a bowl".
As these terms indicate, most people sense that some kind of
spiritual energy is created when food is served like this. I
prefer the term Buddha bowl since it comes from either the
begging bowls Buddhist monks used to receive their food or the
round belly of the Laughing Buddha. Eating your meal from a
Buddha bowl is a wonderful way to consume a hearty and
satisfying meal which will nourish your energetic whole. You
will not just be eating food--you will be eating spiritual
energies, and guess what: spiritual energies do not make you
fat. So try to imagine what it would be like to get mystical
enlightenment from your food, instead of extra weight, toxic
chemicals, a damaged liver, rotting teeth, heart disease,
diabetes, and endless cravings for more. Eating your food from
a Buddha bowl is the solution.
This brings me to an
unappreciated energy which pertains to the healthy
consumption of food, namely the idea of circularity.
There is no better way to harmonize the energies of your
food than by arranging it in a circle, preferably in
that circular artifact called a bowl. When you eat your
meal like this, you are not just eating food but the
primal energy form of the universe, which is what
circles are. In one way or another, many mystics have
perceived those three enormities called eternity, the
universe, and the Divine to be circles, and quite
rightly in my opinion. Circular forms are always
gateways to a deeper kind of reality, and the more
frequently you interact with them, the more spiritual
harmony you will feel.
So if you want to start eating
your food in a spiritual manner, you should eat it from
that circle called a bowl. The roundness which will
surround your nourishment will help you remember that
Reality called universal interconnection: you and the
food you are eating are one, just as you and your food
are also part of that greater Oneness which we call the
universe. There is no comfort food like spiritual food,
and there is no spiritual food without some kind of
circular energy.
All this means that when you
create your buddha bowl, you need to arrange its
components into some kind of harmonious design, while at
the same time balancing out the flavors and ingredients.
In other words, you turn your meal into a rainbow of
light. Mind you, you don't necessarily have to put
everything together as artistically as possible--if you
like you can just make a jumble. Just as long as your
ingredients are as natural and as organic as possible,
and the five flavors of sweet, salty, savory, sour, and
bitter are balanced.
But don't forget that your bowl
will not be complete unless it has some kind of center,
that still point which can transport you into a
different kind of reality. This means that what you put
into the center of your Buddha bowl should possess the
greatest power, as in the tastiest or most colorful
portion of your meal. Mind you, your center does not
have to be anything special: a piece of cucumber or
onion will do the trick. Just as long as there is
something about the center's vibes to symbolize the
whole shebang at the center of the universe. You will,
of course, eat the center last. There is nothing like a
good shebang to end a good meal. So when you start to
eat your food like this, guess what. For the first time
in your life you are swallowing natural, healthy,
harmonious, and spiritual energies. Tastes kind of
wonderful, doesn't it?
There is one more trick to
eating out of a Buddha bowl. When you initially start
out on your new spiritualized way of eating, you will
probably still want to consume all of your old favorites
such as chocolate chip cookies or canned spaghetti.
Well, until your Divinely-assisted revulsion starts to
manifest, you should not try to deprive yourself of your
favorite taste treats since that will only increase your
cravings for them. So go ahead and keep eating the
factory garbage if you cannot stop yourself. But now
instead of immediately stuffing it into your mouth, cut
it up and put it into your Buddha bowl before you eat
it. Then arrange the pieces as picturesquely as you can.
Finally, go ahead and swallow the stuff--if you can.
Because after a while, the
preceding will probably be enough for that longed-for
blessing called revulsion to start kicking in. You will
not want to desecrate your heavenly Buddha bowl with any
kind of toxic factory junk. You will want to fill it
with nothing but healthy life-enhancing food. When you
finally realize how enjoyable this is, you will also
know that this is how you want to eat for the rest of
your life.
One more note: after you are
done eating your meal, you should take a moment to
contemplate the idea of emptiness. Your Buddha bowl is
now empty, and since you need emptiness in your life as
much as fullness, you should take a moment to
concentrate on this very emptiness. Don't forget that
emptiness just happens to be the creative matrix of the
Divine. Paying attention to your empty bowl is a good
way to remind yourself that new forms and patterns are
always manifesting out of the void in the universe
around you. This is also a good moment to stop and feel
gratitude for the meal you have just consumed.
But now we must discuss a new
topic . . .
The meat problem.
As I have mentioned, my
oracle has always insisted that I should eat some fish every
week. So even though I would like to be 100% vegan, I cannot
do it. And I doubt that a purely grain/fruit/vegetable diet is
a good idea for most people at the present time. But if your
oracle tells you that you can stay healthy on a vegan diet,
just make sure you understand that you will need more than
vitamin B-12 supplements to remain balanced. Vegan diets also
seem to be deficient in certain enzymes and amino acids as
well. So you will need to be extra careful about getting all
the correct nutrients which your body needs. Once again, if
you want to be vegan, let your oracle be your guide. You will
not regret it.
But I am convinced that as the
years go on, all of us ever more transparent humans will
quite naturally turn vegan. Granted that the insertion
of an animal's corpse into one's mouth is still
considered a pleasurable experience by millions, but the
human race is finally starting to realize that there is
something terribly wrong with eating any kind of animal.
Besides, there is nothing like the consumption of meat
to keep you mired in slower vibrations, which is not a
place a budding Aquarian wants to be.
It is also worth remembering
that the livestock industry is one of the most
environmentally degrading legacy industries on the
planet. And the pain and terror which the animal feels
when it is being led to the slaughter reverberates into
every cell of its body. This means that whenever you eat
meat, you are also eating a sentient being's death
agonies. Such foodstuffs are neither healthy nor
delicious.
So the meat-eating days of the
human race are finally going to come to an end. This
development will also be speeded up thanks to one other
unanticipated Aquarian development inevitably starts to
manifest: in the decades to come: we humans will finally
find a way to communicate with our formerly dumb beasts.
Who wants to eat a sentient being with whom you can
converse? A completely new relationship with the fauna
on this planet is going to provide us all with
incredible new happiness. So the hell with those double
bacon cheeseburgers. They were killing you anyway
But if your
oracle tells you that you must continue to consume
animal products at this point in your life, you should
treat the meat or fish as medicine instead of food. In
other words, eat it separately from your regular meals
and don't try to make it delicious. Then swallow it as
gratefully as you can, remembering that a living being
has given up its life to support yours.
There is another thing to
consider about eating meat: many of the animals on our
planet, including our beloved pets, are carnivores, and
they cannot remain healthy eating a plant-based diet.
Nevertheless, chances are that the energy fields of our
animal companions are also going to start transforming
during our current evolutionary shift, especially the
ones who are living with us in our houses. So there is a
possibility that someday the lion will indeed lie down
with the lamb, and both will feed upon nothing but whole
grain goodness. Someday. But we are not there yet.
One more note. The idea of
veganism leaves one very obvious problem: both we humans
and our animal friends are still eating plants to
survive, right? And aren't plants sentient beings as
much as we mammals are? Indeed they are, and I have had
many intimations of sentience from them over the years,
especially from the trees I have befriended. So how can
I recommend that you continue to devour your brother and
sister plants? Well, the Buddhist idea of eating only
the leaves, the seeds, or the fruit of a plant can help
us here. If you need to consume a plant to stay alive,
don't kill it completely--take only the part you need
and let it continue to live. This means no more eating
root vegetables if you can help it. This way karma will
approve.
The good news here is that
within another century or so, I am convinced that most
sentient beings on this planet will be so transparent
that they will no longer need to eat anything at all.
Kitchens will keep getting smaller until they are simply
not there any longer. That's right, no more pots and
pans, no more restaurants, no more drive-thrus, not even
any more whole grain goodness. When this miracle finally
happens, all the flora and fauna here on our third rock
from the sun will be able to thrive in peace and
happiness. Grandpa, what was a gourmet?
A sluggish idiot who ate his brothers and sisters in the
Net and enjoyed digging his grave with his fork. Good
riddance.
Other suggestions for spiritual eating.
Never wash your dishes with any kind of factory soap. All dishwashing soaps, especially the ones tainted with synthetic dyes, are completely toxic. They will cling to your dishes no matter how completely you try to rinse them off. If you ask me, eating the residue of chemicalized soaps is yet another reason why people cannot lose weight. If you start washing your dishes with baking soda or salt, you will be surprised at how sparkling clean they will look.
Always say a prayer before you eat. The higher the vibration of your food, the higher will be your own vibes. You can increase the vibrations of your food and drink by asking and giving permission for a Divine blessing before you consume them. It also helps to ask/give permission for the purification of your edibles before you eat them as well.
Never eat or drink anything immediately before or after sleeping. Digestion uses up a lot of your energy, so you should never put food or drink into your body right before you go to bed or as soon as you get up in the morning. This last needs to be emphasized. Your body needs time to re-energize before you consume anything, or else your digestion will be sluggish. A good rule of thumb is never eat or drink anything for at least two hours after you get up. It also helps to get out and breathe some fresh air before breaking your fast if you can. Your system will love it.
Make your new diet as digestible as possible. If you have been eating factory foods all your life, your tummy might not appreciate a switch to natural grains or legumes. Fortunately, there is an easy way to make whole grain goodness more digestible: salt. As long as your oracle approves (and it won't for everyone), cooking or eating your grains with salt will make them more digestible. Also you can purée your mixture of boiled grains, beans, and vegetables into a soup to make it even more edible before you eat it. Eventually, if you make an effort to chew and swallow mindfully, your body will grow accustomed to your new diet and the discomfort will stop.
As for sweets . . . Don't try to deprive yourself of your sugar fix when you are just starting out with your new foods, which will, as usual, only intensify your desire for sweetness. There are plenty of vegan dessert recipes available to satisfy your still powerful sweet tooth. So it will not hurt, at least initially, to consume sugary products, just as long as you make them yourself. But always eat your sweets from your Buddha bowl (and then try to enjoy it if you can). Chances are that desecrating your beautiful sacred bowl with that atrocity called sugar will change your sweetness addiction into barf. P.S. In case you haven't figured it out by now, candy is a legacy food if ever there was one.
Grow as much of your food as you can. Cultivating your own edibles creates a special kind of connection between your own energy field and the energies of your food. So even if you do not have your own plot of land, you can grow herbs or sprout seeds in a sunny window. If you do plant a garden, make sure that you plant only heirloom varieties of vegetables and fruits. They taste better, they are healthier, and they also produce viable seeds, which you can use for next year's crop. Never mind the fact that you will never be able to grow all your food. Even if just a part of your diet comes from your own efforts, you will go through your days feeling much healthier.
Switch to solar cooking. People do not realize how much it costs to operate their kitchen stoves, whether gas or electric. When I started to cook with a solar cooker, I discovered that I was able to save several hundred dollars a year by not using the stove (turning off the furnace pilot light in the summer also helped). Solar cooking is especially suited for a vegan or near-vegan diet, and it never takes much time, at least on sunny days. All you have to do is put your Buddha bowl ingredients into your cooker, leave it in the sun for an hour or so, and presto: your meal is not only sacred, it has also been cooked in the most ecological manner possible.
Always make sure you wash your fruits and vegetables before you cook with them. Many supermarkets spray their produce with sulfites to keep them fresh-looking (and so do many restaurant salad bars). Sulfites, of course, are just another toxic frankenchemical. Unfortunately you can never completely wash the sulfites off your produce, but you can give them a scrub before you cook with them. But the solution here, of course, is to grow your own fruits and vegetables.
A good mudra for weight loss is . . . The Surya mudra, which is said to increase your fire energy. You can do the Surya mudra by either touching the tip of your thumb to the tip of your ring finger or by pressing your ring finger into the pad of your hand and covering it with your thumb. The second method works best for me. I do it not only to aid my digestion but also to stop sneezing or feeling chilly. All of which makes the Surya the perfect mudra to help you lose weight. As with all healing mudras, the archangel Raphael is the best angel for this one.
* * *
So much for food and eating advice. We now come to a special section, one devoted to what I consider to be a miracle plant . . .
Green tea.
Yes, green tea is nothing
less than a miracle of the universe. As far as I am concerned,
each one of us should drink it every day until it is coming
out of our ears. I have learned over time that this particular
beverage is nothing less than an elixir of immortality (well,
almost). There is no more effective, delicious, or natural way
to maintain your health than this wonderful antioxidant
liquid. Green tea can fight cancer, prevent cell damage, lower
cholesterol, reduce high blood pressure, enhance bone density,
keep your blood sugar stable, reduce inflammation, benefit the
teeth, and improve blood flow. Best of all, it is the only
plant on earth which contains an amino acid called l-theanine,
which helps to increase body levels of serotonin and dopamine,
both of which are mood enhancers.
Having said all this, I must
mention that green tea also contains a chemical called
tannin, which is an astringent biomolecule that can
inhibit the absorption of various nutrients. As a
result, some people discover that drinking tea does not
agree with them. Fortunately there is an easy cure to
the tannin problem. It just so happens that rice can
neutralize tannin, which is why rice and tea are a
synergistic food combination in Asian countries: the
rice neutralizes the tannin, which makes the tea
digestible and healthy, while the tea enhances the
nutrient value of the rice. One variety of green tea on
the market, the Japanese tea called Genmaicha, is sold
with added brown rice and is delicious. But you can also
dry roast brown rice and add it to any kind of tea you
drink.
The other problem with green
tea is that it contains caffeine. I am aware that most
wage slaves cannot make it through their day without
that jittery horror called coffee, but they need to
understand that strong doses of caffeine do nothing but
harm. The problems caused by caffeine can be appalling:
the worst is adrenal exhaustion, which makes for an
inability to lose weight. Excessive caffeine can also
deplete the amount of serotonin in your body, thus
causing sleep problems, indigestion, chronic pain, and
depressed immune function.
Fortunately if you switch to
green tea, there is an easy way you can decaffeinate it:
you simply brew it twice. You bring your water to a
boil, pour a small amount of it on your tea, let it brew
for a few minutes, and then drain it off. This will
remove most of the caffeine. Then you pour the remaining
hot water on the tea, and you now have a pot of
naturally decaffeinated tea. This is infinitely to be
preferred to the decaf teas sold on the market, which
have been treated with all sorts of nasty chemicals.
So with oracular approval, you
should switch to green tea and drink it for the rest of
your life. Congratulations in advance for being hale and
hearty even when you are in your nineties.
As for reducing calories . . .
My astute readers have
probably noticed I have not said anything about reducing their
caloric intake in order to lose weight. How is that possible?
Why, totally everybody knows that you have to count calories
in order to lose the weight, even when you are eating
spiritual meals out of beautiful Buddha bowls!
Yawn. Behold yet one more
theory that never works. If you ask me, once you switch
to a natural organic diet, preferably served in a Buddha
bowl, you will not need to watch your calories.
Instead--brace yourself--what you now need to do is stuff your face. You start
eating as much of your new foods whenever you like. The
very last thing you need to do at this point is starve
yourself.
But of course there is a catch.
Yes, you can now stuff your face, but only with healthy,
organic, oracularly-approved, home-cooked foods. In
other words, if you backslide into an occasional candy
bar while you are stuffing your face with whole grain
goodness, you will remain as fat or as sickly as ever.
What matters at this point is that you need to become
accustomed to your new way of eating. Remember that
unlike a diet, your new food habits are going to last
for the rest of your life. So your first priority is
learning how to appreciate your new taste treats. If you
wish to devour five to ten Buddha bowls every day, then
do it. But don't forget that on an organic and mostly
vegetarian diet, eating your fill doesn't mean that you
will be swallowing a lot of calories. As long as you eat
what is organic, naturally self-organized,
unplasticized, and something you have cooked yourself,
your calorie count will start to diminish without any
effort on your part.
But you tell me that you are
still desperate for those plate foods called burgers? No
problem: make yourself a healthful vegan one. What about
pizza? Learn how to create a vegan variety as well.
Countless other delicious vegan/vegetarian recipes are
all over the web, and the more you search them out, the
more good ones you will find. The important thing at the
moment, however, is to do your best to eat foods which
are unrefined, organic, and nutrient dense. Your oracle
will guide you in the right dietary direction, namely to
that ultimate in gustatory delight, nectar and ambrosia.
Having said all this, I wish I
could also say that your weight will drop off quickly,
or you will feel an immediate improvement in your
health. No chance of that. It took you years to make
yourself sick and overweight with your garbage diet, and
it will take time for you to get over it. But this
brings us to a new problem, at least as far as weight
loss is concerned. Chances are that after a few months
into your new dietary reality, you will tell yourself
that you are comfortable with the changes which you have
made in your way of eating, and you will not mind being
a bit hungry every now and then to hurry your weight
loss along. So there's no harm in going slightly hungry
to speed up the process, right?
Well, in case you have not
noticed by now, relying upon that nonsense called your best judgment is what ruins
people's lives time and again. The problem is that we
are constantly blindsided by our ego-based desires,
which prod us into making the wrong choices time and
again. So you should not even think about trying to
hurry up your weight loss without oracular approval. If
you do get this approval, make sure you also ask and
give permission for Divine assistance while you are at
it. Then that new, vibrant, slender body you so desire
will probably appear sooner than you expect.
Recommended prayers.
• enjoy all the time I spend in my kitchen. And I thank you.
• purify the food and liquid which I eat and fill it with light. And I thank you.
• quickly adjust to my new diet so I can easily digest the new healthy foods which I will be eating. And I thank you.
• start growing and harvesting as much of my own natural food as I can. And I thank you.
• easily decrease the amount of food that I eat so that my excess weight will come off. And I thank you.
• feel gratitude for the life force of other sentient beings whose energies I am consuming. And I thank you.
After a few weeks of uttering prayers like these,
plus following my other recommendations, guess what. You will
discover that doing your chores in your kitchen will not seem
like a visit to a medieval dungeon, the new foods you are now
eating are starting to taste delicious, and all your new
healthy habits feel like fun. That's right, you have done it.
Your co-created miracles are now manifesting. And if somebody
sets a piece of corporate America's garbage food in front of
you, you will not feel the slightest temptation to touch it,
let alone consume it. Instead you might very well find
yourself screaming: TAKE IT AWAY! THROW IT OUT! I'LL JUMP OFF
A CLIFF BEFORE I SHOVE THAT GARBAGE DOWN MY THROAT! I ONLY EAT
NECTAR AND AMBROSIA!
When this happens, you can now
look in the mirror and see that your physical form has
started to return to what nature intended it to be: a
sound mind in a sound body.
* * *
So much for eliminating garbage food and drink from your life. But we must now turn to the other major consumption problem which besets the human race at the moment: substance abuse. If you are a normal American, not only do you eat poorly, you are probably also some kind of substance abuser, if only of nicotine or pain killers. This is the next topic we need to discuss, as follows . . .
Chapter 8. A New Way to Be Substance Free.
Abuse of drugs such as
alcohol or opiates is one of the worst health problems which
currently tyrannizes our planet, and the death rates from
these toxicities are skyrocketing.[51] Unfortunately, while
most people know these substances are deadly, they cannot stop
consuming them. The problem with addictive fixes is that they
give you an unparalleled sensation of bliss. The boredom of
your work-a-day life evaporates, bad memories disappear, and
your whole being starts to glow with meaning and joy. But the
bliss, of course, never lasts. When you crash back into your
ordinary reality, you discover that you must do anything you
can to regain that blissful sensation, if only for a moment.
So you find yourself trapped in an addictive habit with no way
out. Unlike the rest of us, addicts don't want eternal life as
much as they want eternal fixes.
Unfortunately, while our
medical establishment has discovered a few successful
techniques to help solve addiction problems, it is
mostly helpless to fight the almost universal human
tendency to ingest an addictive drug in order to feel
good. One problem here is that, as usual, the main thing
our medical experts want to do is prescribe the meds.
Yeah, it should be obvious by now that the best possible
way to cure an addiction is with an artificial chemical,
right? So our doctors and rehab experts dish out all
sorts of chemical horrors complete with countless
ghastly side effects. They are even capable of dishing
out drugs like methadone or that opiate called Suboxone
for heroin addiction. Well, Suboxone just happens to be
as addictive as heroin. Wow, what a brilliantly clever
idea! Using an addictive opiate to cure an addictive
opiate! Is this genius, or what is it?
Well, things are going to start
changing. If you are so unfortunate as to be a slave to
any kind of addictive drug, and if all the doctors and
rehab facilities you have encountered in your life have
not been able to help you, courage! There is now a new
way for you to get clean and stay that way. Part of the
solution, of course, comes from the new spiritual
energies which are starting to bombard the planet. Once
you start to experience them, you will realize that
there is no high, no bliss, no pleasure worth
experiencing than the Divine energies which everyone is
going to start to feel. This means that the hold which
your substance has over your energy field will start to
grow ever more feeble even without much effort on your
part.
The other good news is that in
recent years our medical establishment has realized
something new about the cause of addiction. It has often
been noticed that while some people have a weakness for
addictive drugs, others are never tempted by them. Why
should this be so? Treatment experts are finally
understanding that people who become addicted to the
most toxic drugs in existence, such as opiates and
alcohol, usually have one thing in common . . .
Post-traumatic stress disorder.
Post-traumatic stress
disorder (PTSD) is a condition where someone experiences an
extremely painful or terrifying experience and cannot recover
from it, let alone stop thinking about it. Complex PTSD
(CPTSD) is even worse: it manifests when a person has suffered
multiple traumatic experiences. Both these disorders guarantee
that memories of your past traumas will constantly disrupt
your mind, even if the traumas happened decades ago. When this
happens, the only thing you can usually do to make the pain go
away is by consuming an addictive fix, such as alcohol or
drugs or any kind of junk food you can swallow. This means
that post-traumatic stress disorder is not only a cause of
drug addiction but probably a major reason for obesity as
well, especially the morbid kind when the victim is hundreds
of pounds overweight.
It is now time to say something
about those relentless tormentors we all have to live
with: our minds. Unfortunately for many people their
minds produce nothing but anxiety, bad memories,
uncontrollable thoughts, constant repetition, monkey
chaos, and endless misery. Every once in a while you can
find someone mentioning "the pleasures of the mind", but
a PTSD survivor will never experience a phantom like
that. Instead he or she goes through each waking hour of
their lives constantly battling painful thoughts, which
are always there just below the surface and which
repeatedly explode in their minds no matter what they
are doing in the present moment.
The only thing our medical
professionals ever do about this is, as usual, dish out
the meds, so the symptoms are only suppressed. And
unfortunately there is no way we Homo sapiens can consciously
force our minds to stop tormenting us. Trying to force
anything, of course, only makes everything worse.
As far as drug addiction is
concerned, if you are someone who suffered from any kind
of physical, sexual, or emotional abuse when you were a
child, chances are that as an adult you have a weakness
for one or more of the innumerable addictive drugs which
blight the planet. You are attracted to these kinds of
drugs since your past traumas are still very much with
you, and you cannot stop thinking
about them. But once you
take that first drink or get that first snort, you will
discover that those bad memories are no longer in
control of your entire consciousness. Instead, for the
first time in your life, you feel like a triumphant,
beautiful, and eternally strong human being who can deal
with anything.
All this means that most people
do not get addicted because they are desperate for
highs. They get addicted because they cannot stop their
memories from tormenting them. Speaking as someone who
had an unhappy childhood and who has suffered from a
mild form of PTSD all of her adult life, I know how
relentless these memories can be. To this day I cannot
imagine what a happy memory feels like; whenever a
thought about the past pops into my head, it is always painful. I
suspect that this is typical PTSD reality.
So
if
you
have
become addicted to any kind of drug, the first step of
your cure is not to quit the drug, but to forget about
all the past horrors you have experienced in your life.
Granted that we all need to go through our days learning
our lessons and remember what is necessary to function
as an adult, but long-past traumas should not constantly
torment us. We need to remember that one of the key
aspects of going with the natural flow is living in the
present moment. So nothing is more unnatural than being
tormented by unhappy memories. The present, after all,
is the only time we can ever live as richly and as fully
as possible. This applies to each and every present
moment we experience, and not just the special moments
when we are on vacation or eating in an expensive
restaurant. Let us also remember that the one and only
way we can ever experience the Divine is in the present
moment. Right here and now is the only place and time
where living actually happens.
But stopping our painful
memories from tormenting us is easier said than done.
Part of the problem comes from the fact that we live in
a culture which worships memory. For many of the most
idiotic morons among us, what happened in the past
frequently possesses more meaning than what is going on
in the present. So our collapsing culture is blighted by
those multi-billion dollar memory industries like
scrapbooking, anniversaries, reunions, and the zillions
of personal photographs and videos which smother the
internet. Too many Americans are constantly shelling out
the cash for this stuff, since they have been
brainwashed into thinking that precious memories are
just totally wonderful things! Well, not quite.
Constantly trying to memorialize the events of your
existence is a fool's paradise if there ever was one.
As far as addiction goes, you
do not have a prayer of escaping your addiction if
painful thoughts about your past are constantly
exploding in your mind. If you ask me, the three most
sacred words in the English language are get over it, and there is
no better time than the present evolutionary shift to do
this.
And it just so happens that I
have discovered a new and natural cure for PTSD. Since I
started practicing this cure, while an occasional bad
memory can still pop into my mind, it no longer happens
dozens of times each day. What is even better is that
when a bad memory does appear, it no longer seizes
control of my whole consciousness and forces me to think
about it. These memories evaporate out of my mind the
second they appear. Granted that I will never be able to
cure myself completely of tormenting memories, but they
do not tyrannize my life any longer. If I can reach this
kind of mental serenity, anyone can.
So if you are trapped in some
kind of substance abuse, there is now new hope. By now
you should understand the first steps you need to take:
asking and giving permission for Divine guidance and
assistance, plus daily repetitive exercises, both
spiritual and physical. These new habits will shift your
internal energies for the better like you will not
believe.
But the brand new cure for PTSD
is none other than what I have already described: mudras
+ angels. I originally started working with mudras since
they seemed like a new way for me to experience the
energies of the Divine, but to my surprise I eventually
realized that they were providing me with an unexpected
benefit. After six decades of suffering a mind which
never gave me any peace, I realized that my mudra +
angel practice had completely transformed what was going
on inside my head. For the first time in my life, my
unhappy memories were no longer in diabolical control of
my entire existence. I could even make it through an
entire day without a single unhappy thought bursting
into my skull. I have never come across any medical
evidence that mudras can cure PTSD, but when you combine
them with angelic energy, the power of them both will
probably knock that PTSD out of your skull faster than a
spooked jackrabbit. And although I have no evidence,
mudras + angels might also work on other mental problems
as well, such as depression, anxiety, and personality
disorders.
Here I must make a special
mention about personality disorders. My guess is that
people with these kind of disorders are not born with
them--they develop them because of traumatic childhood
abuse. And clinging to their disorder(s) as an adult is
about the only way they can cope with just being alive.
If you try to tell these people that they are suffering
from one or more of the huge number of personality
disorders which have been identified (such as
narcissism, borderline, bipolar, histrionic,
oppositional, paranoid, or dependent), and that they
need to do something about them, such advice falls on
completely deaf ears. These disorders seem like the
normal way to be in the world. Trying to eliminate them
from their lives turns them back into helpless children
who cannot ward off the people who are tormenting them.
Well, take my word for it, if
you are suffering from any kind of personality disorder,
especially the narcissistic one which makes you feel
like a god upon earth, you need to identify it and then
do your best to ditch it. The thing to do with
personality disorders is not to deny that you have them
but cure yourself of them. It might not be your fault
that you have one or more personality disorders, but it
is definitely your fault if you do not do anything about
them. Your oracle will, of course, help you to identify
what kind of disorder(s) you might have, up to and
including the borderline variety which is usually
imperceptible to its victims.
So here we are at another of
the most important blessings our oracles can give us:
they can help us identify what kind of mental disorders
we possess. All you have to do is sit down with your
cards and ask: "Am I free from borderline personality
disorder? Or narcissistic? Or bipolar?" And if you start
seeing NO's, then you need to start doing something
about your disorders before they destroy everything you
value in your life. The good news is that ridding
yourself of your personality disorders will give you a
new sense of inner richness, plus the kind of emotional
tranquility everyone needs to be happy and successful.
All of which means that your health and personal
relationships will improve and maybe even your finances.
Best of all: for the first time in your life, each day
will not seem like a struggle to battle the powers of
darkness but an experience of ever increasing beauty and
grace.
And you will not have to shell
out the cash to some kind of professional for your cure.
You will simply start doing everything I have already
recommended: daily oracular consultation, ask and give
permission prayers, and mudras + angels. You need to go
back and reread Chapter 6 and practice everything I
suggest until your miracles start to manifest.
Eventually you will probably reach a point where you
realize that you are now free of your mental torments,
and the new life you are leading is paradise on earth.
As for your dead past, it will have finally buried its
dead.
* * *
All of the above are well and good, but it just so happens that there is another way you can do a complete break with certain aspects of your past, something which I call a . . .
Spiritual severance.
In my first book Practical Tarot for the 21st
Century, I described how
I was able to rid myself of tormenting spiritual beings
whom I called the Mussolinis. These spirits had invaded
my energy field when I was in my late forties and then
started to make my life a living hell, namely by jolting
me out of my sleep whenever they liked. It is no fun
having to go through your existence in thrall to vicious
spiritual bullies whom you cannot get rid of.
What was most infuriating about
this situation was the fact that one of these spirits
was my official companion spirit, those spiritual
entities whose job is to help us any way they can during
our physical sojourn on earth. But just my luck, I ended
up with a spirit who could not stop himself from
maltreating me any time he liked. Well, these entities
have been out of my life for a decade now, and my new
companion spirit is a sweetie whose presence I enjoy. My
daily prayers to Archangel Michael to keep other
tormenting spirits from invading my field have also
proved to be effective.
But a few years ago I realized
that I was being plagued by the presence of a new spirit
in my life, a recently dead relation (and full-blown
narcissist) who had made my life a hell for many long
years. I could tell that this spirit had not invaded my
energy field as the Mussolinis had done, but the
creature was definitely hanging around 24/7, and it even
climbed into the car with me whenever I took a drive.
The presence in my life of this person was so
unendurable that I would gladly have committed murder to
be rid of it. However, there is an obvious problem with
killing someone who is already dead.
It was also dismaying for me to
realize that this entity passed into spirit with all its
bad habits and personality disorders very much intact.
For heaven's sake, what is the point of dying if you are
the exact same train wreck in the afterlife as you were
in your earthly reality? One would think that maybe,
just maybe, the transition to a new reality might be
accompanied by an increase in self-awareness or
spiritual enlightenment. Not a chance of that--or at
least not with my deceased relations. They will
apparently do everything they can to wallow in their bad
habit comfort zone for the next several centuries. Well,
take my word for it: this is not something which is
supposed to happen in the afterlife (and there is more
to be discussed about the afterlife in subsequent
chapters).
But at the moment I suspect
that I am not the only physical being alive today whose
energies are out of whack because one or more unwelcome
spirits are hanging around, especially if these spirits
are deceased family members who constantly tormented you
when they were alive. If everything I have recommended
so far in this book has not changed your life for the
better, chances are you are going through your days
dragging around one or more unwelcome spirits whom you
need to get rid of. And while Archangel Michael will do
his tidy best to keep most of these tormenting spirits
out of your life as long as you ask and give him
permission, I have discovered that he will not do this
for all the spirits who latch onto you. Why some and not
the others?
To answer this, I must once
again return to the idea of reincarnation. By now the
reader must realize that there are all sorts of rules
and regulations about what should happen when we
entities come back to earth and assume a new house of
clay. The problems which we will inevitably encounter in
our new earthly lives are situations we need to
experience because they are necessary for our karmic
progress. Unfortunately we are probably compelled to
experience most of these problems instead of choosing
them voluntarily.
Yeah, I am talking lemons and
lemonade here again. So let me remind you that no matter
what kind of lemons you were dealt with when you were
born, what you absolutely have to do during your earthly
sojourn is make something positive out of your
circumstances or limitations. Even if you suffer
something as terrible as childhood sexual abuse or body
impairment, you have to learn how to accept your
problems, deal with them, and finally get the better of
them. Turning bitter or resentful at the raw deals life
hands you will only saddle you with ever more bad karma.
This includes dealing with the
entities who are our biological parents. It is a New Age
cliché that we choose our parents, and maybe sometimes
we do, but my own feeling is that the Heavenly Host can
force us to accept a mother or father whom we would
normally cross the street to avoid. Being saddled with
these parents means also being stuck with their
relatives, their race, their weaknesses, and their
nationality.
But it is not just our parents:
as we go through our lives we are also probably
compelled to encounter other sentient beings from whom
we need to learn more karmic lessons. We might owe a
debt to these sentient beings, or we need to right a
wrong we once did to them, or who knows what else. But
once again, we need to deal with these people while
going with the natural flow of universal interconnection
and equality. Or else.
All of which help to explain
why Archangel Michael will not kick certain unwelcome
spiritual beings out of our lives, even when we ask and
give him permission for this to happen. Each one of us
makes what are apparently legal agreements before we are
born about who our companion spirit will be, who will
become our parents, and what entities we will interact
with as we go through our lives. Granted that nothing
about our lives is completely preordained, but we
apparently come back to earth saddled with various
problematic situations to which we are legally obligated
by the Heavenly Host.
Nevertheless, here is the good
news: I have discovered that there is a way we can
change these pre-birth legal agreements if we so desire.
We simply declare them to be null and void. So even if
you were once compelled to choose a couple of train
wrecks to be your parents, or you needed to encounter an
entity from a previous life to pay off a karmic debt,
these situations do not have to last for your entire
physical existence. If you have learned your karmic
lessons from your interactions with these entities and
are now doing your best to go with the natural flow of
the universe, the Heavenly Host will permit you to
renounce whatever agreement you made before you were
born. Then you can live out your life as a much freer
and happier human being.
This is how I got rid of my
first companion spirit. I simply declared that my
pre-birth agreement acknowledging him to be my companion
spirit in this lifetime was null and void. Mind you, I
was careful to make this declaration only if it was for
his highest good as well as my own (as usual, you should
never ask for Divine or angelic assistance unless your
request is for the summum bonum as well). But if
the Heavenly Host decides that your request is not only
for your own good but everyone else's as well, you can
nullify your pre-birth agreements.
But here is the catch: if the
Heavenly Host is not convinced that a
severance will be beneficial, they will not permit it.
For example, in the past few years I got into a tussle
with a friend who caused me so much emotional upset that
I wanted to do a spiritual severance from him. However,
the cards told me that no way should I do this, since
for some reason he needed to be in my life. So I
continued to interact with him, and I just had to deal
with it (and if nothing else, this was a good lesson in
the Oneness of the universe). Fortunately after a few
months things became better between me and him, and our
relationship finally proved to be a benefit to us both.
As usual, my angels knew better than I did what needed
to happen in my life.
Nevertheless, if you are
currently entangled in a toxic relationship with either
a physical or spiritual being, and if you have learned
your karmic lessons from this encounter, there is a way
you can sever yourself from your problem entity. This
includes not only the people you have encountered in
your life but family members as well, up to and
including your parents.
And let's face it, parents are
not always warm, sweet, wonderful people. They can put
you through hell more effectively than any other entity
you might encounter, especially since you have no
defense against them when you are a child. The worst
cases of PTSD are most frequently generated by one or
more toxic parents. News flash to those mommies and
daddies who cannot stop abusing their kids: if you put
your children through years of hell, you should not
expect love or admiration in return. You are not going
to get it.
What you will get is recoil and
avoidance. And if the Heavenly Host agrees, your
child(ren) will be able to sever themselves from you as
well. So if you are a childhood victim of parental
abuse, and if you desperately want to forget the abuse
and go on with your life, there is a way it can be done,
both physically and spiritually. You do it physically by
simply refusing to interact with your parent any longer,
which is otherwise known as estrangement. But mind you,
you only take a step like this with oracular approval.
If you are just ticked off at your father or mother
because of some kind of triviality, you still owe your
parent a certain amount of duty and must continue to
interact with him or her, or else it is Cosmic Boomerang
time.
But if you are a survivor of
the kind of horrific treatment which has led you into an
addiction, you will never be able to break free of your
substance abuse as long as your parent is in your life.
In cases like these, you need to do a spiritual
severance. And from then on you should refuse to
interact in any way with this entity again. Granted that
your father or mother is still your brother or sister in
the Net, and as such you can wish them the best, but
keeping them in your life will do nothing but keep you
in your addiction.
But if it is for the highest
good of all concerned, the Divine will allow you to
break free from another sentient being, up to and
including a parent. This kind of severance works for
both the living and the dead. If the entity now
tormenting you is a spirit, I have learned that he or
she will be out of your life within hours after you do a
spiritual severance (and if you are sensitive enough,
you will be able to sense that the entity is gone as
soon as it happens). From then on, Archangel Michael
will make sure that this particular entity does not come
back into your life.
So how do you do a spiritual
severance? It is very easy. You simply declare any
pre-birth agreement you once made that would allow
certain people in your life to be null and void. This
includes your parents, relatives, acquaintances,
friends, associates, and other people who have caused
you pain in your current existence. Then you ask and
give permission that from now on the Divine and the
angels will keep these toxic people away from you.
It also helps to do a small
ritual when you nullify your agreement, to make sure
that the Heavenly Host realizes that this is not just a
passing whim on your part but a legally binding
agreement. When I did my severances, I lit a candle and
burned a piece of string to signify the break I was
making. Then I recited the words:
If I ever agreed that I would allow this person in my life, and if it is for the summum bonum, I hereby declare that this agreement to be null and void. I no longer permit this person to be in my life, my environment, or my consciousness, and I give Archangel Michael permission to enforce this rule. I now burn this piece of string to separate me from this entity from this moment back to the beginning of time and into the endless future.
At this point it also helps
to do an uncording, whereby you take a knife and cut the
invisible chords which connect your chakras to the chakras of
the other person. Then finally dispose of the two pieces of
string somewhere off your property.
That is all it takes. If the entity
in question is a spirit, he or she will be out of your
life within hours. But if the person is still in
physical form, things get complicated, since the angels
cannot always prevent a physical human from entering
your space. So if you want a severance from a living
being, you are going to have to co-create it, as in
blocking the person from phoning you, never answering
the door when he or she turns up, and never responding
to other contacts. Just tell the person who is
tormenting you that you have done a spiritual severance,
and let these be your last words to that person. From
then on, no matter how many times your former tormentor
tries to get a reaction from you, you do not respond.
Sooner or later (and it might take years) he or she will
get the message.
You can make this kind of break not
only with family members, but partners, associates,
so-called friends, and, if you are an addict, your drug
suppliers. In my life I have done severances for several
people in my life, both living and dead, who have
inflicted pain upon me. None of them bother me any
longer.
But the mothers and fathers
among us are not going to like hearing all this, even
the ones who have inflicted terrible abuse on their
children. Ties of blood will always
mean something! My wife and I brought our children into
the world, and that is a tie that binds! It simply isn't
possible for our children to sever themselves from us,
and get Divine support while they are at it!
Well, sometimes things can be
broken, and they cannot be fixed. Parental abuse of
children is one of them. So if you once inflicted
terrible pain upon what are now your grown children, it
will not help to make apologies, amends, or promises of
betterment. Every time your child looks at your face the
bad memories will erupt, and if they are in addiction,
they do not have a prayer of escaping it. The best and
kindest thing you can now do is completely remove
yourself from their lives so they can start to
experience the one energy they need to recover from your
abuse: forgetfulness.
* * *
So much for your tormentors and how to get rid of them. But
freeing yourself from your memories or your tormentors is only
the first step in freeing yourself from your addiction. If you
are currently living out your life in thrall to an addictive
substance, we now need to examine the next step you need to
take in order to break free of its tyranny. This is something
which I call . . .
The Raspberry Ritual.
The Raspberry Ritual is not
named for the fruit, which happens to be a very nice wholesome
berry. It is named for the other kind of raspberry, with which
all good Americans are intimately familiar. I am talking about
that raspberry sound we can make when we purse our lips and
blow. You know, we make a noise which sounds like . . .
something. Chances are that you have blown numerous
raspberries in your life, if only when you were in grade
school. Well, now is the time for you to bring this enchanting
noise back into your existence, since when you combine it with
a particular mudra, something incredible can happen. The
raspberries you blow can actually help you diminish your
endless cravings for your toxic substances.
What the Raspberry Ritual does
is put a moment of time between your desire for your
substance and your consumption of it. If you are a hard
core addict, you have probably never hesitated to
inject, inhale, or swallow your substance as soon as you
get a craving for it. In other words, you automatically
start to make the physical movements necessary to ingest
your substance without consciously being aware that you
are doing it. This especially holds true for cigarette
smoking: the moment a nicotine craving hits, your hands
reach for the pack, you stick the thing in your mouth,
and then set it afire. So mechanical are these movements
that you could probablydo them in your sleep (not
recommended).
But this kind of robotic
behavior needs to be disrupted if you want to break free
of your substance. Fortunately it can be broken whenever
you start practicing the Raspberry Ritual. This ritual
puts some time and space between your craving and your
ingestion, and like all other repetitive exercises, it
will help you to shift your internal energies. If you
start to do the Raspberry Ritual often enough, it will
eventually help you break free of your substance
forever.
The Raspberry Ritual also helps
you utilize that interesting emotion called contempt to
break free of your substance. In other words, contempt
can be a very positive force in your life when used
correctly. Mind you, you should never direct contempt at
any of your fellow sentient beings in the Net, but as
for bad memories, frankenartificialities, and addictive
drugs . . . These kinds of energy manifestations deserve
nothing but limitless loathing.
So you are now going to learn a
new exercise which, as usual, you will need to start
practicing immediately. Forget about trying to quit your
substance at the moment. Instead, here are the Raspberry
Ritual steps you now need to follow when you absolutely
have to have another fix:
First, take your substance and place it in front of you where you can see it plainly. You do this with anything unhealthy you cannot stop yourself from consuming, up to and including cigarettes, potato chips, coffee, snack cakes, soda pop, heroin, or vodka. You simply take a good hard look at what is killing you.
Next, do the Laughing Buddha mudra: hold up your fingers and put a big smile on your face. This will get those endorphins to start burgeoning up within your system without you having to ingest your substance. You will keep holding the mudra and the big dopey grin on your face throughout the rest of this ritual.
Then sing or chant an Om. The Big Bang vibrations of this precious word will fill you with ever more endorphins.
Now turn your thoughts to the Divine. Remind yourself that even though you are addicted to the toxicity in front of you, the Divine and the angels are here with you right now in the present moment, up to and including Archangel Raphael, the angel of healing. Since they are infinitely stronger than all the toxic substances in the universe, with their help you are going to free yourself from that rotten little tormentor before you.
Next, think about all the money you are going to save when you are free of the substance. This is not exactly a spiritual recommendation, but it will probably motivate most people, especially the ones who spend thousands of dollars each year on drugs. You should now think about all the stuff you will be able to buy, the vacations you will be able to take, and the savings you will start to accumulate once you are free of your substance. A friend who gave up cigarettes opened a special bank account where she deposited the money she was no longer spending on demon nicotine, and eventually she and her husband used this money to vacation in Hawaii.
You then recite the following prayer: O Divine Light and all the angels, I am about to consume a toxic substance to which I am addicted. If it is for the summum bonum I ask and give permission that you help me consume only the most minimal amount of this substance and then help me break free of it when the time is right. And I thank you.
Now comes the fun part. You again direct your gaze to your substance and then blow the biggest loudest raspberry at it that you can manage. That's right, you bestow upon your poison that delightful rasping sound made through your pursed lips. In this way you are expressing your utter scorn for the killer which is temporarily enslaving you, while letting it know that you are now in the process of freeing yourself from it. Since of course you are: when it is a case of Divine vs. substance, guess who is going to win 100% of the time? The louder and longer you blow your raspberry, the better you will feel.
Then go ahead and consume your substance. Yeah, finally. You now get to ingest your poison because you cannot stop yourself. But after going through all of the above, I guarantee that the hold which your killer has over you will start to diminish. Getting a raspberry blown in its face is exactly what it deserves, and the more raspberries it gets, the more quickly it is going to vanish into that intergalactic black hole which is eagerly awaiting it.
As far as other bad energies are concerned . . . The Raspberry Ritual will help you free yourself from other bad habits as well. It can demolish any left-over groupthink or hierarchy yearnings which might still possess you, and it is very effective whenever a bad memory pops into your head. You simply put that grin on your face, do the Laughing Buddha mudra, and blow a raspberry at your toxic thought instead of your substance. When you do all of the above, guess what will probably happen in your life . . . spontaneously. Not only will your substance no longer make you feel good, you will eventually want to quit it more than you want to consume it.
* * *
So much for the Raspberry Ritual. We now must examine other ways which can help you break free of your substance. Here are some suggestions:
Accept that everything happens for a reason. This is a New Age cliché , but it happens to contain a lot of truth. So you must accept the fact that whatever has happened to you in your life somehow constitutes a lesson that you need to learn. This is similar to the Stoic idea of amor fati, or loving whatever Fate hands you. Of course, you don't have to hear from me that this recommendation is not easy. But if you can, even just a little bit, accept that some good can come out of any kind of pain or unhappiness, it becomes easier to find a cure. So stop it with the resentment or the victimhood. Learn the lessons you need from the pain you have experienced, and that pain will start to diminish.
Never utter or speak a word about your past trauma, the name of your abuser(s), or the name of your substance again. Uttering words about painful experiences only gives them new energy and life. You can refer to your bad experiences in a general way, as in "my childhood trauma", but that is as close as you should get. As for whatever it is that you are addicted to, simply start calling it "the stuff." Eventually you will reach a point where you will not bother to mention it at all, since you are no longer thinking about it, let alone consuming it.
Stop paying attention to fiction, music, or videos you enjoyed in an unhappy period in your life. Find new favorites, as in new recipes, new hobbies, new music, new anything. You could even start learning a new language. The more you start forming your thoughts in a new language, the more the old you--and the old trauma--isn't there any longer. As far as new musical favorites are concerned, learn how to enjoy the non-vocal, ambient, spontaneous, or classical variety. These kind of sounds always give you a sense of the spiritual Reality of the universe, which is what you now need in your life--not whatever trivial nonsense has ended up as a best seller or a box-office smash.
Throw out everything you own which was part of your life when your trauma happened or when you fell into addiction. This would include personal belongings which you owned when you were abused, old military gear, photographs of bad periods in your life, childhood toys, and so on. Also throw out everything which is connected with your addictive habit, such as ashtrays, liquor cabinets, cocktail glasses, coffee makers, lighters, cutting knives, bongs, pill bottles, pipes, and straws. You should especially get rid of any decor item you possess which is associated with your addiction, up to and including the BORN LOSER sign hanging above the TV in your living room.
Then do a space clearing. A space clearing is a way to eliminate the bad energies of your domicile. This is easy enough to do: first, you need to do a physical cleansing of your environment by vacuuming the carpets, mopping the floor, washing the curtains, and cleaning the windows. Then you need to do what is called a sound clearing, which will help clear out the bad vibrations. The best way to do this is through sound which you generate yourself. Pick a spiritual music maker such as Tibetan singing bowls, bells, chimes, harmony balls, drums, or rattles. You can even just clap your hands. Then when everything is fresh and clean, throw open all of your windows for as long as possible to air the rooms out. There is plenty of online information about both space and sound clearings, so check it out.
Start practicing the Kali mudra. This is the best mudra for killing off the bad energies in your life, which I have already mentioned. Needless to say, do it with the assistance of Archangel Azrael, the angel of death. As has been mentioned, when you combine Kali with Azrael, you are getting a double destruction whammy, both of your bad memories and your craving for your substance. And if you are still so foolish to think that Kali or Azrael are evil beings, you need to think again.
Next do a ritual of new beginnings. If you have made up your mind not only to stop your memories from tormenting you but to free yourself from your substances as well, you should do a ritual celebrating your new birth of freedom. This is easy enough: you need to write up a list of everything about your past you now wish to destroy forever, plus everything that you are currently addicted to. Then light a candle, burn the list to ashes, and dispose of the ashes somewhere off your property.
Look at something sacred whenever a bad memory or a craving comes. It helps to carry around a spiritual charm such as the Om symbol, a crucifix, a Star of David, or an Eye of Horus. The sacredness of your charm will clobber your bad memory or the lust for your stuff into nothingness in about two seconds flat.
Or just look at something beautiful. If you do not own anything sacred, then simply start focusing your attention on whatever is currently beautiful in your present moment, if only the sky above your head or the natural light coming through the window. The beauty of the universe which surrounds you at all times will bring you back to your current time and space, where the only reality is the present moment--and the Divine energy to be found within.
* * *
If you continue to do all of the above, plus continue
with your daily mudras + angels, sooner or later the day will
come when your oracle tells you that the time is right, and
you can now take the necessary steps to quit your substance.
When this happens, you absolutely have to obey, no matter what
is going on with the rest of your life. For most addicts this
means that it is now time to go to rehab. No addict should
think about quitting a hardcore substance unless they are in a
rehab facility or under a doctor's supervision. This
especially includes alcoholics who want to quit drinking. They
are particularly vulnerable to that problem known as delirium
tremens, a life-threatening condition which can cause seizures
and result in death.
But the catch here is that if
you have been to rehab multiple times in your life, you
probably aren't going to want to do it one more time.
But you need to remind yourself that this time things
are going to be different, namely because you now know
that the Divine, your companion spirit, and your angels
are coming along for the ride. Here are more suggestions
about how you can co-create a successful rehab cure for
the first time in your life:
Continue to consult your oracular tool. You will, of course, bring your tarot cards with you to rehab since you know perfectly well that you are going to need them, and indeed you will. The medical advice you are going to get from the personnel at the facility will help, but not as much as the Divine encouragement your oracle will show you. Also take any spiritual books which might help you. You could even take a copy of this book with you if you like (and then you can do a lot of chuckling at my more outrageous suggestions in the second half).
Take a blank journal with you so you can do some writing every day. Fill the journal with descriptions of all the lessons you are learning, what your oracle is telling you, and anything which pops into your head about how you can get and stay clean. Writing something out by hand always makes it more powerful. If all you do is record your gratitude about the progress you are making, that will be enough.
Keep reminding yourself that this time you are getting a spiritual cure. So even if you have failed at rehab several times in the past, this time you are going to make it.
Also keep reminding yourself that the human race is about to experience the greatest evolutionary shift in its history. And you want to be clean and sober when it happens, as well as help it to manifest, right? You cannot do that if you are a slave to a drug. One thing I have not yet mentioned about the new world to come: addiction to anything will be as legacy as meatloaf. When everybody's electronically-sensitized spiritual vibes start to go a million miles a minute, nobody will crave any kind of substance any longer, including you. Divine energy will provide you with all the bliss you will need.
Keep doing your daily repetitive exercises, up to and including your mudras. If you still haven't learned taijiquan or any other mind/body exercises, there is no better place than rehab to get the hang of it.
* * *
Special mention must now be
made of freeing yourself of those horrors called nicotine and
cannabis, which are two of the worst substances on the planet.
Unfortunately rehab cannot always help with these two
problems. But why are they so terrible? Well, if you ask me,
the single more moronic activity in the history of the human
race is the deliberate inhalation of smoke into the lungs.
Human lungs were made for fresh air and nothing else but. This
makes any drug which is absorbed through the lungs the
ultimate in bad addictions. Besides, nothing proclaims you to
be a Moron of the Universe like holding a burning cancer stick
in your hand.
Unfortunately there are an
estimated one billion nicotine addicts on the planet
today, and I imagine that most of them would give
anything if they could quit. But nicotine has a
particularly horrendous effect upon its victims: it
generates the problem that it feels like it is
diminishing, namely stress and anxiety. It has been
noted that the more you smoke, the more you will
constantly suffer from nervousness or panic attacks. But
when you inhale that demon called nicotine, you get the
illusion that the drug is calming you down and helping
you to cope. So you smoke to dampen down the stress
which the smoke is causing. Talk about the ultimate in
vicious circles.
All this plus the fact that Big
Tobacco dumps all sorts of nasty chemicals into their
cancer sticks to keep you addicted. You are not just
inhaling tobacco when you light up--you are also
inhaling chemical additives such as formaldehyde,
ammonia, and hydrogen cyanide. What is going on here, of
course, is that our Big Tobacco honchos need to get
their hands on something called money, and a lot of it,
so they can live the kind of prosperous lives to which
they are entitled. Of course these honchos have also
known for decades now that they are making a living out
of slaughtering their fellow sentient beings, but that's
okay, nobody forces anyone to smoke. Bad karma? What bad karma? Also nobody in
our regulation-besotted government is ever going to
forbid these chemical additives because of those
creatures called lobbyists. So everything is just fine
and dandy. I am sure that this makes all the people
dying from lung cancer feel totally wonderful.
But eventually Big Tobacco will
go the way of white sugar, and probably sooner than
later. In the meantime, do whatever you can to quit. But
don't make the mistake that millions of wannabe nicotine
addicts make and think that cutting back on the
cigarettes is the same thing as quitting. This is the
junkie denial game called "I am going to quit drinking
except for the occasional glass of wine." Anyone who has
watched an alcoholic play this game knows how quickly
that glass of wine turns into a new bottle of rotgut.
You cannot quit your substance while continuing to
consume your substance. Even just one cigarette a week
is as bad as a pack every day. It is all or nothing. You
have to quit completely. So just do it. With Divine
guidance and assistance, for the first time in your life
it will be possible.
As for Big Cannabis, it is
almost as harmful as nicotine. Our American government's
long, drawn-out, and completely ridiculous attempt to
prohibit marijuana has been yet another predictable
failure which has, as usual, done more harm than good.
The politicians who instituted it should have realized
that trying to ban this substance only made it much more
desirable, but when do you see intelligence in
politicians? The desire for cannabis continues to
blanket the country, especially since we are finally
living in an era where it is slowly becoming legalized.
But no way and no how should
cannabis be considered a harmless or even a beneficial
substance. The smoking of it delivers as many health
problems as tobacco: it diminishes your ability to think
or to remember, speeds up your heart, disorients your
coordination, generates anxiety and depression, inhibits
learning, impairs judgment, and can induce psychosis.
The human brain is not fully developed until a person is
in their mid-twenties, which means that kids who start
smoking pot in their teens accomplish nothing but a nice
substantial drop in their IQ. And mind you, the
consumption of THC or CBD products is just as bad as
smoking the weed.
Well, both Big Tobacco and Big
Cannabis are no matches for the Divine and the angels.
So freeing yourself from these Bigs is indeed possible.
But if you follow all the instructions in this book, it
can be done. If you want to start going with the natural
flow of the universe, it absolutely has to happen.
* * *
So far, so good. All of the above will help, but what happens next is the main problem in any recovery scenario: you have to get through that horror called . . .
Withdrawal.
Now we must discuss how you
can survive the first few hours or days without your
substance. Unfortunately rehab or detox facilities can only
provide minimal support at a time like this. The good news
here is that nothing lasts forever. Don't forget that the
discomfort you will experience during your withdrawal is not
going to last for the rest of your life. So when you start
going feeling your inevitable discomfort, you need to keep
reminding yourself that with every passing minute you are
moving closer to your goal of new health and happiness.
And if ever there were a time
for you to do your mudras, this is it. Needless to say,
the Laughing Buddha mudra will help the most, just as
long as you keep that smile on your face no matter what
your agony. Two other mudras which will help are the
Jeremiel/Ganesha mudra to overcome obstacles, and the
Raphael/Apan mudra to help you regain your health.
You also need to keep reminding
yourself that you are experiencing a spiritual cure. It
is true that you are also experiencing a lot of pain,
but that is only a sign of the old you being destroyed.
This is the idea of purgation, which you need to go
through in order to reach heaven, as Dante knew. So do
what you can to welcome the pain as a helper instead of
a tormentor. And keep telling yourself that the pain you
are experiencing is burning away the old you forever.
Also, no matter what your
discomfort, keep looking for spiritual signs. Don't
forget that the Divine, your angels, and your companion
spirit are right there in the room with you when you are
going through your withdrawal, and, if you have asked
and given permission, they are sending you the kind of
energies you need to get through your discomfort. Given
the fact that intense pain is in itself a shift in
energies, it might even be possible for the first time
in your life to perceive these spiritual beings there in
the room with you, if only for a moment.
And that is pretty much all you
will need. Just keep hanging on, constantly remind
yourself that nothing lasts forever, and you will
discover that you have made it through withdrawal horror
without much difficulty at all.
* * *
One final note. When you are
trying to break free of an addiction, it also helps to take
advantage of peer-to-peer (P2P) support. Getting to know the
other addicts who need help as much as you do can be a very
important way to help you free yourself of your addiction.
These kind of support groups
can be especially beneficial once you return to your
normal life. Alcoholics Anonymous was established in
1935, and it has proved to be successful in helping
people in recovery. But nothing is perfect, and there
are several aspects to AA which do not seem to do much
good. As far as I can tell, AA tells you that you must
self-identify as an addict for the rest of your life. So
you have to spend every day of the rest of your life
acknowledging your addiction and keep counting the
weeks/months/years you have been clean. Worst of all,
you have to keep informing the universe that My name is Joe Smith, and
I'm an alcoholic. Well, there is
no better way to insure that you will always be an
alcoholic than speaking words like this every day of
your life. If you have to describe yourself, better you
say: My name is Joe Smith, and I
am a free, healthy, and happy citizen of the universe.
As far as going to support
meetings are concerned, they are not always helpful. If
you have managed to free yourself from your drug of
choice, you do not want to sit and listen to someone
else talk about how he or she is still consuming. Going
to meetings where everyone is now clean and staying that
way is more helpful.
As for therapists or sponsors .
. . some addicts in recovery swear by the help they are
getting from these kinds of mentors, but you should not
expect helpers like these to be your crutch for the rest
of your life. Sooner or later you will have to maintain
your drug-free life by yourself. But this can be done as
long as you never forget that the only cure for
addiction is a spiritual cure. So you must keep your
focus on the Divine and the angels at all times. Chances
are that they will provide you will all the support you
need.
Recommended Prayers:
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and
give permission that you help me to:
• forget all the trauma of my past and live as fully and
richly as possible in the present moment. And I thank
you.
• feel nothing but revulsion for that dirty rotten
stinking putrid substance which had been making my life
a living hell for years now. And I thank you.
• generate as many natural endorphins as possible so I
no longer need to consume any kind of addictive
substance. And I thank you.
• get through the withdrawal as quickly and as easily as
possible, and then help me forget about it forever. And
I thank you.
• keep my focus on what my new life will be like when I
am sound in mind and body. And I thank you.
• avoid my dealers or drinking buddies, and the parts of
town which are associated with my old habits. And I
thank you.
• realize that the only highs I want to experience come
from the natural flow of the universe. And I thank you.
• maintain my cleanness for the rest of my life. And I
thank you.
Chapter 9. A New Way to Live.
By now you should realize
that what most people call living these days is nothing of the
sort. All the mental and physical toxicities which smother us
every hour of our lives have made the simple act of getting
through the day an obstacle course. If you are now doing your
best to go with the natural flow of the universe, but
everything about your life still seems as flat as a pancake,
you now need some suggestions about how you can start living a
completely new kind of life.
The first step is easy enough:
you need to rid yourself of the eternal human desire for
something new to come into
your life. Whenever we get bored with any aspect of our
lives (and chemically-addled snowflakes suffer from it
continually), we always want to experience something
new. Whether it is a new creature comfort, a new
vacation, a new video, or a new tweet, we are
continually on the hunt for something novel upon which
we can focus our attention and which will keep the
darkness at bay for a little while. Since that is what
newness is always supposed to do.
Well, newness can be a good
thing. There is nothing like the blessing of something
fresh or original coming into your life to shift your
energies into better patterns. When you start making a
deliberate and conscious effort to focus your attention
on healthy kinds of newness, as in new ideas, new
hobbies, new ideas, new routines, or even new foods,
this is another way to shift your internal energies for
the better. Eventually you will discover that trying out
new things can be one of the best and most enjoyable
ways to maintain your harmony with the natural flow of
the universe. If you have been curious about where the
natural flow of the universe actually goes, the answer
is easy. It is always moving into newness.
But there is a catch to our
perpetual human desire for newness: that nasty energy
called hedonic adaptation. When we get a
new something in our lives, sooner or later we always
get bored with it. Always. This holds true especially
for people's endless desire to smother themselves with
that useless Piscean detritus called stuff, which is a
legacy energy if there ever was one. Granted that when
we purchase a new piece of stuff, we will feel some kind
of initial delight. However, hedonic adaptation
guarantees that the pleasure will wear off, and what
once seemed so desirable now seems as uninteresting as a
presidential speech. This also holds true for that
nuisance called travel. Travel these days is nothing
more than another meaningless purchase, this time of an
experience instead of an object in space. In many ways
it is the ultimate in self-indulgence since it is also
as unecological as it can get: perpetual travelers waste
huge amounts of fossil fuel for their desperate
change-of-scenery desires. This is not something that
any responsible citizen of the universe should want.
Of course, if we don't get what we
want, we will also feel lousy, so if ever there were a
no-win situation, chasing after eternal newness is it.
Unhappiness and boredom if you get it, unhappiness and
boredom if you don't.
Well, in the Aquarian world to
come, anybody who makes an effort to bring Divine energy
into their lives is going to start living such a blessed
existence that they will forget about scrambling after
ever more newness. Since guess what happens when you
start bringing Divine energy into your life: you can
create your own personal utopia. Once you do this, you
will discover that your utopian life will provide you
with all the interest and excitement you will ever need.
Would you like to live an ideal existence filled with
ideal surroundings, relationships, consciousness? In the
new world to come, you will be able to manage it.
Sir Thomas More invented the
term utopia in his 1519 book
of the same name[52], and ever since the word has
generally meant some kind of perfect culture where
everyone lives in a state of peace and happiness. People
have always dreamed of such a social reality, although
it has yet to appear on our third rock from the sun. But
as far as personal utopias are concerned, creative
people have been making their own earthly paradises
throughout most of human history.
Consider the life of
Renaissance humanist Leonardo da Vinci. Any biography of
Leonardo will tell you that he lived a mostly uneventful
life, with one humdrum day following another throughout
his years. But the inner adventures he was always
experiencing enriched his life as much as is humanly
possible. His two supreme gifts of curiosity and
imagination were enough to banish any sense of it's just
another day during his earthly existence. Who would not
want to live like this, when each day can be filled
either with the delight of discovery or the pleasure of
manifestation? These are the kind of energies which
matter in an ideal life, and they can be had by anyone.
The nice thing about creating
your own personal utopia is that there is never any
hedonic adaptation, nor the boredom which goes along
with it. Your ordinary humdrum life will start to get so
interesting that buying the new video, the new trip, or
the new doohickey will be meaningless. As for being
bored . . . Grandma, what was it like to
be bored? I can't remember exactly, but I think it had
something to do with yawning.
But there is one thing to be
understood about a personal utopia. As far as I am
concerned, the word perfect is not the best
way to describe a true utopia. I prefer the term interesting. In the new
world to come, everybody's ideal life will be chock full
of both potential and happiness because it will be
interesting. You are not necessarily going to have
creature comforts or internet followers in your personal
utopia, but you will be endlessly fascinated with what
you have got. And guess what. To get all this
interestingness, you actually do not have to spend any
money. For that matter, the more money you have, the
less interesting will be your life, since excess money
will keep you stuck in that useless energy called
self-indulgence.
But one problem still needs to
be mentioned. Nobody will ever be able to create their
own utopia without a little something happening first.
This is that nuisance called an education. You cannot
create anything unless you know something about human
history, culture, aspirations, and--most especially--the
products of the greatest human geniuses among us. In
other words, you need to start paying attention to what
Matthew Arnold recommends in Culture and Anarchy (1869), where he
tells us that we should study "the best which has been
thought and said in the world", and he is dead
right.[53]
Unfortunately the best that has
been thought and said in the world is not something
which anyone pays attention to these days in those
collapsing institutions known as American schools and
universities. So before we can talk about creating our
own utopias, we first need to examine something which
planet earth desperately needs:
A new kind of learning.
If there is any social
manifestation around today which has hit the absolute nadir of
meaninglessness, it is our American system of education. Our
super-sensitized kids get only one thing in the classroom
these days: toxic illusion. Their teachers dish out endless
gobbledygook about separateness, hierarchy, competition,
groupthink, manipulation, permanence, solidity, secularism,
ego-gratification, resentment, victimhood, a cause for every
effect, winning is the only thing, and the politicization of
absolutely everything. You name the toxic energy, and I
guarantee that American teachers are throwing it at your kids.
In short, what is happening in
an American classroom is a garbage education, which is
just as bad as the garbage food, garbage entertainment,
and garbage social media which already blankets the
country. Kids these days are completely lacking in both
verbal and critical thinking skills--many of them are
not even capable of conversing with other people since
they can never quite verbalize what goes on inside of
their heads. If you add to this all the crap that our
educational institutions now wallow in (grade inflation,
the end of academic freedom, excessive costs), what you
have is nothing which even remotely resembles education.
The graduates of this nothingness have no personality to
speak of, are as boring as a beige carpet, and unable to
appreciate anything in the universe except social media.
What a way to live.
And most of our school teachers
do nothing except compound the problem. Where is the
teacher who can stand in a classroom and utter the
words: the human race is one? Nowhere in the
good old USA that I can see, especially since those five
words would also mean kiss tenure goodbye. Such is life
in that adult daycare establishment called American
education, where the only thing that happens is that the
little zombies remain completely ignorant of history,
literature, science, spirituality, culture, and the
good, the true, and the beautiful. As for that silly
idea that the unexamined life is not worth living,
nobody these days examines their lives about anything.
This is the main reason why
many young people today are probably living the most
meaningless and unhappy lives in human history. They are
not getting any kind of worthwhile education--they are
not even taught practical life skills in a classroom,
such as understanding credit, interest rates, managing a
mortgage, or basics like cooking and sewing. Of course
not. Learning practicalities like this would make them
self-reliant, which as far as our corporate Bigs are
concerned is something that cannot be permitted.
Meanwhile the single most valuable skill our kids can
ever learn, namely learning how to interact with the
Divine, is not only not being taught in our schools, it
is never even mentioned. Separation of church and state,
remember. There are no graduates of American education
in the 21st century. There are only casualties who are
not even minimally competent in anything worth knowing.
I thought things were bad in the American schoolroom
when I was a kid, but that was nothing compared to the
horrific incompetence to be found at all levels of 21st
century American education. So if you ask me, the people
who are doing the most damage in our collapsing culture
are our educators, and in particular those human
nightmares called female Ph.D.'s. If these same
educators do not like the preceding statement, they
should go buy a deck of tarot cards and ask if they are
actually doing some good in the world (I doubt that they
will like their answer).
But I do believe that the
problem is fixable. What our country needs is a complete
makeover of all educational paradigms. Letting our
oracles be our guides is the key to the new kind of
education. So there is hope for the future. The way
educational things are now are not the way they are
always going to be. We should also remember that when
late medieval Italian students stopped listening to the
scholastic nonsense they were getting from their
instructors, the glories of Renaissance were the result.
The young people at the time began to realize that there
were new and better ways to think and live. Boy, does
this ever need to happen again, and the sooner the
better.
At the moment, homeschooling is now a
viable option, and smart parents are doing it. If these
parents also realize that their children need to learn
divination, prayer, meditation, and going with the
natural flow of the universe, I guarantee that their
kids will be happy and successful every day of their
lives. And no, this does not mean they will be making a
lot of money. What will happen is that their every
thought and action will be radiant with Divine energy.
If you ask me, this sounds a lot better than living out
your life as a money-grubbing identity-politics
snowflake. Of course, with the wrong kind of parent,
homeschooling can create more problems that it might
solve, but as long as everyone involved constantly
consults their oracles about what their kids need to
study, this is an educational paradigm which should
work.
But that is the
future, not the present. If you are currently a young
person who is caught in the academic meat grinder and
forced to listen to whatever kind of toxic illusions
your instructors want to dish out, I suggest that you
fake it. Just sit in your classroom and pretend that you
are actually being persuaded by the nonsense you are
listening to. And don't be foolish enough to get a
degree in what you now know to be a legacy field, such
as that groupthink nonsense called gender studies. As
far as advanced degrees are concerned, don't even think
about getting one in an area where there is no viable
employment (in case you haven't noticed, most doctorate
degrees these days are completely worthless).
So here comes another
absolutely essential use of an oracle: you need to ask
(1) whether or not you should go to college, and (2)
what kind of degree you should pursue. As always, the
Divine knows better than you do, let alone your parents,
your teachers, and your counselors.
All of which means that our
disastrous education quagmire will not last forever. In
the Aquarian future to come, education will be squarely
based upon the Reality of our universe and the Divine
energy which goes along with it. This is all that any
kid really needs to learn, period. So no more boredom,
misery, or meds in the classroom. No more useless
energies spent trying to get motivated to study. No more
graduating with thousands of dollars of debt. No more
examinations, since kids will be so eager to study what
they are best suited to learn that they will not have to
be tested on them. Best of all, no more of that
educational curse of our time, groupthink
indoctrination.
But let me repeat an unhappy
truth here. I am certain that the people who will be
most furious about what I am saying in this book are the
educators among us. No doubt about that, since of all
the legacy morons paving the road to hell with good
intentions, teachers are the worst. They will scream
their heads off at any change in the current educational
paradigm like you will not believe. So I am convinced
that a new kind of education will be a long time coming.
But in a way this doesn't
matter. Each one of us can make our own efforts to learn
something about the true Reality of our universe any
time we like. There is no creating your own utopia
without this knowledge. All of which means that if you
want to live the best possible life at the present time,
you need to turn yourself into an . . .
Autodidact.
An autodidact is someone who
is self-taught, and if it worked for (chosen at random)
William Blake, Rabindranath Tagore, Benjamin Franklin, Abraham
Lincoln, David Bowie, Leonardo da Vinci, Thomas Edison, Wilbur
and Orville Wright, Charles Darwin, Eric Hoffer, Steve Jobs,
Herman Hesse, William Shakespeare, Jane Austen, Albert
Einstein, Charlie Chaplin, Elizabeth Barrett Browning, and
George Washington, it can work for you. This is an impressive
list, isn't it? It means that some of the greatest people in
history actually did not spend the better part of their youth
going to school. They educated themselves.
If they could do it, anyone
can--including you. You simply start learning what you
can on your own. Don't forget that education is not
something that should happen only when you are young: it
should be a lifelong experience. There is plenty of
information on the internet these days about educating
yourself. And the great masterpieces of world literature
are online free for the asking. There are also reading
groups you can join, and even free massive open online
courses (MOOC) which you can take.[54] Your oracle will
help you choose that which will do you the most good.
If you ask me, no matter how
you want to earn your living as an adult, the aim of
your education, whether institutional or self-taught,
should be a broad knowledge of the humanities. This
means that you must become familiar with the greatest
creative works of human culture, the ones which have
been produced by those men and women who have seen the
Reality about our universe and who have managed to
convey this Reality through their creative endeavors.
What these visionaries produced continues to be of
supreme value to each one of us, regardless of gender,
race, or culture. When you make time to study them, they
will expand your soul into the infinite.
The catch is that in our collapsing
culture, probably 99% of what is currently trendy will
not pass this test. Well, so what? What matters when you
study the best that has been thought or said is that you
will acquire what a good education should give you:
wisdom. Once you start to acquire it, you might even
manage to turn yourself into that interesting phenomenon
known as a polymath, a person who knows a lot about many
different subjects. Anyone can do this with enough
curiosity and self-discipline.
If you do make the effort, you
will quickly discover that being a lifelong learner is
not a chore but a lot of fun. It can enrich your life in
ways you never could have anticipated. But
self-education means, quite simply, reading. Not surfing
the net, not scrolling through your feeds, not staring
at the Boob Tube, and not advertising yourself online.
What matters is reading. Here I am
talking about the deepest kind of reading, where you are
not so much idly looking at the words on the page as
much as you are absorbing every syllable and punctuation
mark into your own being. Whenever I have discovered a
genuinely thoughtful writer who has pondered deeply not
just on their own experience but that of humanity as a
whole, I always find myself moving into unexpected new
ways of apprehending reality.
What is the act of reading a
book anyway, but a dialogue of soul with soul? To come
into contact with the treasures of a great mind can be
one of the most transforming encounters you can
experience. If you can start to perceive reality through
the works of a truly supreme genius, he or she will
transport you through a magic portal into an
extraordinary new universe filled with meaning and
truth. I have always pitied people who don't know how to
lose themselves in a good book. There is no better way
to set your mind and spirit free.
So the best advice any young
person can ever receive consists of one word: read.
Books can change your life, expand your awareness,
enrich your personality, give you a new sense of self,
and liberate your soul like nothing else on earth. Maybe
I have never been able to experience the world as John
Keats experienced it, but the simple fact of being
acquainted with his poetry and his letters has enriched
the quality of my own existence. So maybe, just maybe,
one of these days you should take a look at those things
called books sometime. You will be glad you did.
* * *
This brings us to the next thing you need in your life if you want to create your own utopia, namely committing yourself to the idea of . . .
Simplicity.
You will never be able to
align your energies to the Aquarian energies which are
starting to bombard the planet unless you are able to simplify
your life as much as you can. Let us remember that Aquarius
means airiness, transparency, electronics, mobility, freedom,
philosophy, thinking, and communication. These are all types
of high vibration activities in which that heavy Piscean
energy called stuff will have no place. And where there is no
stuff, there is little or no housework. One of my rules about
life is that you should always do your chores before you allow
yourself to sit down and relax, but this is easy when you can
finish your chores in ten minutes.
All of which means that in the
new world to come, people are going to start clearing
the junk out of their domiciles and filling them with
more intangible pleasures such as light, space, and
music. This trend has already started to manifest in the
tiny house movement and minimalist decor. In the future
space and potential are going to matter more than
possession. If you ask me, so averse are Aquarians going
to be about owning stuff is that a good many of the
younger ones will be perfectly contented living out of a
backpack, which is what I would be doing if I were
younger (and I am sure I would love every minute of it).
When you are older, of course, you are entitled to
possess a bit more, but only about as much as will fit
into your car--if you have one. My favorite Latin saying
is omnia mea mecum porto, which means all that I own I carry with
me. This is the best possible
way for an Aquarian to live.
But less also means more, as in
more space and time. Let us not forget that on a
metaphysical level time and space are the same thing, so
the more space you have in your life, the more time you
will experience (something to remember if you still
think you do not have enough time to cook). Fortunately
it is easy to bring new time and space into your
existence though that energy called stufflessness. And
stufflessness is yet another way to speed up your
energies. Obsessing about materiality will always keep
your energies stuck in your lower chakras.
As for decor, a good rule here
is that you should never own or create anything unless
it is an expression of spiritual energy. So go ahead and
purchase some decorations for your domicile if you like,
but make sure they have something spiritual about them.
It is also huge fun to make mandalas for your domicile,
as in dreamcatchers, round pillows, candles, crystal
grids, doilies, ojos-de-dios, or carved suns and moons.
All these spiritual circles are a perfect complement to
your buddha bowl.
The energies of your handmade
creations will constantly radiate harmonious blessings
throughout your space. This way you can always find
limitless riches even in the smallest of rooms. But if
you do want to buy something which someone else has
created, always buy from craftspeople or small
businesses if you can. Mass production is yet another
legacy energy.
But a good many of my readers
are probably thinking that all this is as uninteresting
as mud. If you get rid of a lot of your stuff, it will
leave your life completely empty. Well, not quite.
Nature hates a vacuum. If you have cleaned out all the
physical detritus of your life, you now need to fill it
up with something that will never be destroyed by
hedonic adaptation. Here you need to pay attention to
John Cowper Powys beautiful recommendation for the good
life:
What could you do best, O youth, O maid, for the human race today? Simplify your individual life, until it becomes a microcosmic epitome of that far-off Golden Age! Simplify your desires till you enjoy with sacramental ecstasy every single physical sensation you have. Simplify your exactions from other personalities till you enjoy your loves without making all these self-pitying, whimpering, scolding, aggravating claims upon them.[55]
This is a perfect summary of the possibilities of
simplifying your life. My own experience tells me that the
simplest pleasures are always the most enjoyable, just as long
as you experience them as intensely as possible. So in the
Aquarian era to come, once you have simplified your life, then
you should take care that every little thing you experience
will fill you with intense delight, provide you with Divine
revelations, and make your life more enjoyable and free.
But how can you acquire this
kind of intensity? That's easy. You need to learn how to
increase your . . .
Powers of perception.
In other words, you have to
know how to go on red alert to the world around you. When you
become skilled at this, you can start to experience a deeper
kind of seeing, hearing, and sensing. Everything which once
seemed so ordinary in your existence will start to acquire
fascinating new meaning. There is no creating your own utopia
without this kind of deep perception.
Fortunately, anyone can train
themselves to increase their powers of perception. All
you have to do when you encounter something interesting
is just let your mind go blank and concentrate on it as
carefully as you can. There is no better way for you to
savor your life moment by moment than this kind of
intensive absorption. The more you practice it, the more
your consciousness will expand and your environment will
start to feel as though it is glowing.
Here is a summary about how to
go on red alert to the universe around you: keep at your
daily repetitive exercises (especially your mudras +
angels), never forget that the present moment is the
only Reality you will ever know, take pauses throughout
the day when you let your mind go blank and just notice
the world around you, and pay particular attention to
the movement of natural energies such as running water,
the wind in the trees, or the songs of the birds. Make
sure you pay extra attention whenever something in your
environment suddenly jumps out at you--which frequently
means that it is a sign from the Divine.
All of which means that this
kind of red-alert perception of the universe can be
practiced into being by anyone, including you. Then you
will be more than capable of William Blake's
recommendation to cleanse the doors of perception so
that "every thing would appear to man as it is,
infinite."[56]
When you do learn how to
perceive the world around you as intensely as possible,
you will quickly discover that every square inch of
Planet Earth is as remarkable as anything you might find
in Middle Earth or Shangri-la. This is otherwise known
as getting high on life. In such a reality every kind of
energy manifestation you encounter becomes so vivid that
it takes on an incredible richness. Even better, as far
as your own life is concerned, the challenges you face
are easily solved, even the most trivial events turn
into revelations, and you feel as though you are always
walking through enchantment. Best of all, the reality of
the spiritual side of existence becomes ever more
apparent. All of which adds up to a truly new kind of
consciousness. Drugs? Junk food? Who needs them? Here
are more suggestions:
Simplify your perceptions. You should do your best not to take in everything you encounter but to concentrate your attention on one energy manifestation at a time. Once again, let me quote William Blake, who tells us in Jerusalem The Emanation of the Giant Albion (1804) that "Every Minute Particular is Holy”[57] and no truer words were ever spoken. This means that the sacred can most easily be found in the normal stuff which surrounds you in your life, which you usually take for granted. But you need to pay attention to what is small and usually overlooked, since these manifestations can give you the most incredible revelations. This means that if you have never paid much attention to a moonbeam, a bird in flight, a speck of dust, a lengthening shadow, a single snowflake, the iridescence to be found in a dewdrop, or the chirping of a cricket, you have never really lived.
Pay special attention to flowers. The greatest spiritual leaders in both East and West have always been associated with flowers, from the Buddha who held up a flower to symbolize his teaching, to the Hindu sages who spent hours contemplating the lotus, and the Sufi mystics who found the entire universe in a rose. In their harmonious movements and radiant beauty, everything about a flower seems to emanate the kind of joyous reality which is the heart of beauty. But mind you, do not ever pick (AKA murder) a flower that enchants you--just let it be.
Pay attention to vast particulars as well. As the mountains or the sea or anything which is awe-inspiring and stupendous. Manifestations such as these can blast you out of that ego of yours whenever you encounter them. So here is another reason for you to get outdoors as often as you can and take a look at whatever kind of natural enormity enriches your corner of the world, if only the sky above your head. The spiritual meaning you encounter will help to enrich your mind and lead you ever closer to the Divine.
Keep the drama in your life to a minimum. Any kind of emotional turmoil will drain your energies and shut down your powers of perception. So you should do your best to live the quietest possible life. Clear skies and calm seas might be a drag to the more shallow among us, but they are the greatest of all blessings, especially when they can help you perceive ever more manifestations of the Divine.
Be here now. Your perceptions will intensify if you start practicing that spiritual discipline called living in the present moment. Constantly bringing your consciousness back to the present is the best possible way to experience an especially intense delight in the world around you.
Keep a beginner's mind. This is otherwise known as that Buddhist idea called shoshin. Having a beginner's mind means that you simply treat everything you encounter as if it were the first energy manifestation of its kind you have ever experienced in your life, even if it is your five thousandth bowl of brown rice. If you constantly do this as you go through your days, the world around you will be continually reborn.
Cultivate your curiosity. In other words, ditch your preconceptions and treat everything you encounter as some kind of mystery, which, of course, it is. This holds true not just for natural manifestations, but new ideas as well. Yes, I know that to the electronically-sensitized this is scary, but it can be done. Eventually you will see how contemplating the perplexing or the mystifying can enrich your life.
Be expectant. In case you have never noticed, what usually manifests in your life is what you expect to happen. Henry David Thoreau tells us that: "In the long run, we find what we expect. We shall be fortunate then if we expect great things."[58] So you need to start practicing his idea of the "thrilled and expectant mood".[59] Start doing this, and you will inevitably discover that thrilling manifestations are everywhere in the universe around you.
Take things lightly. Lightly as in both weightlessness and illumination, which is guaranteed to produce a double whammy in your perceptions. You might even be able to achieve that wondrous ideal called sweetness and light, a British phrase describing a perfect state of being which has been around since the early 18th century.[60] When you bring this into your existence, any kind of darkness has no reality.
Allow for serendipity. As difficult as it is for the control freaks among us to understand, what happens unexpectedly in our lives is usually much more valuable for us than anything which is forced or planned. So forget about managing every minute of your existence and learn how to freely experience the universe. Or as the Lotus Sutra says: "Go through this world of illusion in free and easy wandering".[61] The act of wandering, after all, is an experience of chaos, the importance of which should be obvious by now. There is also a lot to be said for empty time, idleness, and silence. Moments like these are when creative ideas start popping into your head, not when you try to force them into being.
Look for signs. It also helps to start watching out for the messages that the Divine and the angels are trying to convey to you. Granted you can get this kind of information from your oracular tool, but you can also receive signs from the Divine and the angels in many other ways. And believe it or not, you have already been getting these signs many times during your life even though you have probably never noticed. So you should start to pay attention whenever something in your line of vision jumps out at you. Or when you hear a song on the radio which immediately conveys new and incredible meaning. Or when you read some words that leap right off the page. Even the antics of a squirrel or the shape of a stone can be a revelation. You are getting a message, and you need to pay attention.
Watch out for transitional places or times. My experience tells me that intense perception comes most frequently in transitional spaces, where one elemental reality meets another, such as a seashore or the top of a mountain. Transitional times can also be especially inspirational, such as dawns, full moons, seasonal changes, and twilights. I am especially fond of twilight, that wondrous moment of every day when the world around me slowly dematerializes into darkness. At these times the sky takes on that most precious spiritual color, that of indigo. There is nothing like a gradual darkening of the world around us to turn even the most ordinary physical manifestation into a marvel of spiritual wonder. There is no better time for creative ideas to come than during these precious moments. I should be watching TV instead? Are you kidding?
Start paying attention to "empty" experiences. As in silence, darkness, eventlessness. You should never fear these experiences--instead you should welcome them as blessings which can stimulate your mind. After all, it is only out of the void that new form or pattern can manifest. So start making pauses in your life so you can experience a great big lot of nothing. Only then can you start experiencing what will inevitably manifest out of it. Because I guarantee that something will.
* * *
There is one particularly powerful energy manifestation which you should always pay attention to, namely that wonder of the universe called . . .
Natural light.
The glories of illumination
will become ever more important as we move into the Aquarian
era. Natural light is, after all, the primary way we can
experience the presence of the Divine, as all mystics have
sensed. This means that light can be one of the most important
sources of joy in your life. Natural light can free you from
the constraints of your own physical heaviness, keep you in
the present moment, and increase your mental clarity like
nothing else. The more natural light you pay attention to you
as you go through your days, the happier and healthier you
will be.
But mind you, I am talking
about natural light, and nothing else but. As I have
mentioned, human created illumination is usually a
health disaster. This means that if you want to remain
healthy, you should always let in as much natural light
into your rooms as possible. It never ceases to amaze me
that most Americans keep their blinds drawn at all
times, thus shutting out all natural light as if it were
some kind of horror. Talk another perfect recipe for
endless feelbadness. We need to encounter sunlight,
moonlight, and starlight every chance we get, or else
our energies will be perpetually out of whack.
Here are some more suggestions
about how you can increase your experiences of natural
light:
Don't just open your blinds--get outdoors as often as you can. If you make time to do this every day, you will be able to easily sense that you are flowing along with all the glory of the light you are now beholding.
Pay attention to the sky. Being a skywatcher is one of the best ways to perceive messages from the Divine. So you need to start paying attention to weather patterns and cloud formations, or the way the light illuminates your environment, or how the rain or snow falls out of the sky. You should make time to watch the other shining glories which illuminate the sky: the sun, the stars, and the moon, clouds and winds, sunrises and sunsets. Not that you should stare directly into the sun, of course, but you need to glut your eyes on how the sun illuminates the world around you, how it vitalizes the colors and the shapes you encounter, and how its energies can form the most dazzling contrasts and patterns. As for those glories known as moonlight and starlight, if these are not the ultimate beauties of the universe, I don't know what is. Says the Greek dramatist Menander:
I hold him happiest who, before going quickly whence he came, Hath looked ungrieving on these majesties, the world-wide sun, the stars, waters and clouds and fire. Live, Parmeno, a hundred years or a few weeks, these thou wilt always see, and never, never, any greater thing.[62]
Pay especial attention to light reflected on water. The reflection of light on water, whether lake, river, mud puddle, or dewdrop, creates a very intense kind of enchantment. So grab every chance you get to observe some kind of sparkling water on a sunny day. Even if you still cannot yet perceive the angels around you, just seeing light sparkle on water is the best possible way to perceive the Divine.
Light a candle when you pray in the evenings. By now you should be setting aside time each evening for prayer, and it is always a good idea to light a candle when you do it. Then you need to contemplate the small flame as long as you can. If you get into the habit of doing this, you will pray more effectively and the presence of spiritual reality will grow ever more palpable. There is nothing like the light of a natural fire to generate new spiritual energy within.
Watch out for translucence. This is a special kind of light which very few of us ever notice but which is one of the marvels of the universe. Translucence happens when light is not just illuminating an energy field but is either going through it or radiating out from it. The more you encounter this kind of luminosity, the more wondrous the universe becomes, and the more intimations of immortality you can receive. Translucence is something which the human race has only rarely experienced in its history, but if you ask me, in a few decades it will be much more common. How would you like to eat an apple which is glowing from within? Or see your mate or your children as illuminated beings? I am convinced that by the end of the century, people's ever greater powers of perception, plus their ever greater transparency, will mean that our exhausted old earth will be a wonderland of glowing energy forms. Colors will be more vivid and sounds more intense, especially since music is a kind of audible light. At the moment the wonders of such a radiant reality can only be barely imagined, but as we grow ever more transparent, they will be common to everyone. The future is not just going to be transparent--it will also be translucent.
Also pay attention to iridescence. This is that special kind of rainbow light which can be found in soap bubbles, butterfly wings, quartz crystals, peacock feathers, and seashells. Unexpectedly finding a miniature rainbow when you are not expecting it can give you an enormous high. But keep an eye out for the rainbows in the sky as well, including those rare phenomenons known as moonbows. Just another way to experience Divine energy, and the most beautiful one yet.
Don't forget pearlescence. I used to think the biggest drags on planet earth were overcast days. The sky was an endless blank gray color, there would be no sign of the sun, and all you could see was grayness everywhere. But eventually I realized that these kinds of days had a special radiant pearl-like glow all their own, and now I enjoy them immensely. There is no such thing as unbeautiful light, not even on a dismal gray November day. So stop letting cloudy days depress you--start enjoying them for the wonders which they are.
* * *
These kinds of glowing lights bring us to the next blessing we can perceive as physicals, namely . . .
Beauty.
What's that? You mean you
have never paid much attention to anything in your life which
you find to be beautiful? Well, even if you have never noticed
it, the most delightful beauty can be found anywhere on our
planet, even in that ordinary part of the world which you
inhabit. Let us remember that beauty is as much a
manifestation of Divine energy as any miracle you manage to
co-create. Experiencing this beauty can give you a burst of
some of the most intense happiness you can know in your life.
In other words, when you notice something beautiful, you are
blessed with yet another Divine miracle in your life.
But where is beauty? How can
you find it? Purchase a new objet d'art for your living
room? Read a fashion magazine? Visit an art museum?
These suggestions might help, but there is a much easier
way to discover it. Once again, just start intensifying
your perceptions. You simply have to open your eyes,
your ears, and the rest of your senses, and then: pow!
You will inevitably start to experience something
beautiful. What matters is that you need to start seeing
the universe with the eyes of an artist or a poet. This
can happen all the time if you learn how to go onto red
alert to every energy manifestation you encounter. Then
you are guaranteed to discover beauty with each breath
you take.
And take my word for it,
noticing beauty is an absolute necessity in your life.
None other than Michelangelo tells us that there is
actually a way for us physicals to get to heaven while
we are still alive, as the last three lines of his
Sonnet 39 indicate:
I’ son colui che ne’ prim’anni tuoi
gli occhi tuo infermi volsi alla beltateI am the one who in your youth
Turned your weak eyes to beauty That's right, just turn your weak eyes to beltate, and then
zowie! You can get to heaven without having to die
first! A very smart guy, that Michelangelo.
Here are some more suggestions
which will help you discover what is most beautiful in
your world:
The beauty of darkness. I have already mentioned the Aquarian necessity of light, but there is beauty in darkness as well. Vincent van Gogh tells us that "I often think that the night is more alive and more richly colored than the day," and he is right.[64] This should tell you something about the splendor of darkness, where even a void can be beautiful.
The natural elements. You should also learn how to pay attention to the beauty of the natural elements which surround you whenever you go outdoors. Even in the most dismal of concrete jungles, elements such as clouds, rain, earth, wind, and the greenness of Mother Nature can dazzle you with beauty at every moment. If you suffer under the delusion that all you ever see when you go outdoors is nothing but gravel or traffic, you simply have to switch your focus. You will then start to experience endless revelations with every step you take.
Look for beauty in other unlikely places. You can also discover beauty in slowness, dreams, conversation, patience, mathematics, logic, or movement through space. That's right, just going from one point to another can actually be a beautiful experience. In one way or another, each of these unexpected riches can be as enchanting as starlight before dawn.
Listen to music. Like Michelangelo, William Shakespeare also figured out how to get to heaven while he was still alive, and all he had to do was listen to music. Enchanting sounds can be as beautiful as anything we might encounter with our other senses, which means that you should do your best to pay attention to "sounds and sweet airs, that give delight and hurt not".[65] So if you have never bothered to submerge yourself in the music you are hearing, now is the time to start. But don't just listen to the sounds, start to live in them and let them take over your whole being, which is otherwise known as chilling out to the max. Non-vocal music always works best.
Learn to enjoy silence. This is the exact opposite of the previous recommendation, but it can also be richly rewarding. And yes, I know, most people are uncomfortable with silence since it seems like a whole lot of nothing. But like any other manifestation of emptiness, guess what can happen when there is nothing to experience except nothing. You got it.
The act of thinking can be a beautiful experience. Walter Pater tells us in Marius the Epicurean (1885) that:
. . . in vigorous intelligence, after all, divinity was most likely to be found a resident. With this was connected the feeling, increasing with his advance to manhood, of a poetic beauty in mere clearness of thought, the actually aesthetic charm of a cold austerity of mind; as if the kinship of that to the clearness of physical light were something more than a figure of speech.[66]
Here Pater connects beauty, poetry, clarity, thinking, light, and the Divine in one fell swoop. I think it makes perfect Aquarian sense. So if your mudras + angels are now delivering new delights to your mind, you will find great beauty just in thinking. If you ask me, plain old thinking will become one of the greatest of all Aquarian pleasures.
Don't forget that thinking happens with words. Aquarians will be bestowing prime importance on those air energies called words, and the greatest words in any language have always been created by either poets or philosophers. So if you must read something, stick to the beauty to be found in poetry or philosophy. Especially philosophy. Stoic and Epicurean philosophy has helped me the most over the years, but you can also find richness in other great thinkers such as Patanjali, Dogen, Bodhidharma, Plato, Boethius, Montaigne, Emerson, Thoreau, and Bugs Bunny.
* * *
So far so good. Education, simplicity, perception, light, and beauty will help you create your ideal life. Here are more suggestions:
Understand that you are never alone in your utopia. The single most important aspect of your utopia will be the presence of the Divine. So you must start thinking of your utopia as not just your own personal retreat but as the residence of the Divine and your angels as well.
Memorize spiritual phrases, maxims, or poems so you can recite them to yourself whenever you like. These would include prayers, mantras, chants, and, needless to say, do some mudras while you are reciting your sacred words. No matter what your current problem, if you can start reciting a memorized poem or a prayer when you are upset, your negative emotions will evaporate.
Keep a journal. Your utopia will
have a "physical" form if you start keeping a journal.
My experience tells me that inspiration never comes as
gigantic bursts--it comes piecemeal, at odd times, just
little ideas that appear in your mind. So you need a way
to jot down the various insights which come to you
during your days. I also make it a point to record four
kinds of experiences I have each day in my journal: what
I am grateful for, any experience of beauty I have
encountered, what has made me serene during the day, and
what kind of spiritual insight I have experienced. Just
writing something every day about these four simple
energies can shift you into a whole new reality.
It also helps to learn
calligraphy. Your journal will be even more helpful if
you take the time to write your letters slowly and
beautifully. Classic penmanship is yet another vital
skill which is never taught these days in our
educational hellhole, but it can be self-learned. Once
you get the hang of it, calligraphy can turn into one of
the most intense experiences of beauty you can have.
There are plenty of online sites which can help you
improve your handwriting.
Indulge in appreciation instead of ownership. This is easy enough to do: if you encounter an object in space which pleases you, you should simply be glad that it exists. In other words, forget about buying it--just spend a moment appreciating its beauty. You can do this with any kind of work of art, natural manifestation, object in space, or musical opus that you encounter: perceive it as intensely as you can and then move on. Do this, and the universe will keep providing you with ever more energy forms you can admire.
* * *
All of these suggestions will help you live your ideal life. But now we must discuss the single most important energy to be found in your utopia, since without it nothing else matters. Let me remind you that among the blessed beings residing on Mount Olympus were those inspirational goddesses called the Muses. When you are inspired, which is also known as being filled with spirit, I guarantee that the only thing you want to do in your utopia is what the Divine has been doing since the Big Bang . . .
Create.
If you have been going through your days
thinking that you are living the emptiest possible
existence, you need to realize that emptiness is always
some kind of potential. It is the realm of possibility
out of which new form or pattern can manifest. This
means that emptiness can be the greatest benefit in your
life since it can help you create marvelous new
manifestations of pattern, form, sound, color, or even
new software. If you ask me create is the most
sacred word in the English language, since when you do
it, you can live like a god. I have already explained
how you can start eating like a god; now I get to tell
you how you can start living like one as well. Not
necessarily God with a capital "G", but at least like
the deities residing on Mount Olympus, who have
presented us mortals with a vision of earthly beatitude
for several millennia now. Epicurus tells us that the
aim of his philosophy is nothing less than this kind of
ideal life.
If you ask me, the best
adventure anyone can have in their life is that
spiritual adventure known as creativity. When you bring
this particular energy into your life, it means that you
do not have to go anywhere, buy anything, scroll through
anything, or watch anything to have fun. You simply have
to start practicing that bliss called making or inventing. Then you will
start living a life that is spiritual, joyful, and
beautiful, and you do not need a lot of money to do it.
The ultimate high is not the runner's high, nor the drug
high, nor the celebrity/power/money/fame high. It is the
creator's high. If you start devoting your energies to
creation, you really will be living on Mt. Olympus, even
though you might actually be residing in Farmersville,
Missouri. Only when you can bring form or pattern into
manifestation can you truly live. There is no kind of
utopia unless it is constantly filled with the energies
of creation.
Let us examine the word create. The word is
descended from the ancient Proto-Indo-European word rta, which refers
to both the Divine as well as Divine energy. Rta is the
ancestor of many contemporary words, including karma, dharma, harmony, art, create, and ritual. Once upon a
time all these very different terms meant the same
thing: Divine energy. Whenever ancient people created
art or music, ritualized their existence, or tried to
live in harmony with cosmic law (which is also known as
practicing the dharma), they were filling themselves
with the energies of the Divine. That pleasant little
something called recreation is also a rta
word, which in its original meaning meant not just
leisure or amusement, but repetitive creation. Like all
other Divine energies, whenever you practice any of
these rta words, they are yet another way you can speed
up your vibes. If there is one word which should command
your life, rta is it.
All of which means that being
creative is an utter necessity in your life. But mind
you, this does not necessarily mean creating art, drama,
music, or new software. You can be creative in the way
you arrange your domicile, cook your food, make your
clothes, grow food in your garden, or sing your songs.
Don't forget that you can always find ways to create
assistance for your brothers and sisters in the Net.
This last will be the best possible kind of creativity
in the Aquarian world to come.
One of the strongest messages I
have received from the Great Beyond is that being
creative is what the Divine wants each and every one of
us to do during our pilgrimages on this earth,
especially since all human creativity is also Divinely
inspired co-creativity. We need to do more than
co-create our own miracles--we also need to co-create as
much of our culture and our society as we can. So you
should always be on the lookout for any chance you get
to bring form out of chaos. But you do need to make
sure, of course, that the creations you bring forth are
aligned with the natural flow of the universe. As for
boredom, it never happens when you are being creative.
Even if all the creating you ever do is jotting down
notes in your journal, this is still creation and will
bestow upon you a full blast of Divine energy.
But you don't think that you
have any creative talents? You had better think again.
Each of us possesses a skill for bringing some kind of
form into manifestation, even if we do not initially
realize where our true talents lie. Your oracle can help
you with that. The fact that millions of us humans are
currently engaged in creative activities, especially in
the tech world, is one of the few positive aspects of
our present cultural moment.
So try to imagine a world where
all 8 billion of us were creators instead of wage/debt
slaves. Then start telling yourself that this is the
inevitable future of the human race. Impossible, you
say? You are underestimating the Aquarian energies to
come. In a few more decades we will all be living in
Plato's garden of the muses, and we will love every
minute of it.
So if you are constantly going
through life feeling frustrated and bored, learning how
to create is the cure. Don't forget that potential is
never boring, and the creative potential for the entire
human race at this moment in history is stupendous. Of
course the Bigs among us will inevitably try to stop
this potential any way they can, but that is an exercise
in futility if there ever was one.
At the moment of course, the
most celebrated creators among us continue to be mired
in lifeless decadence. One of the dreariest of
contemporary illusions is the idea that even if you are
smothered in toxic illusions, you can still be a great
and authentic genius. And whatever a genius does is
always okay, since they are geniuses. Even if the genius
is a human monster who wrecks the lives of all the
people around him or her.
Well, there is not a trace of
truth in this nonsense. If you show me a completely
toxic human being, the one lost in greed, coercion,
groupthink, or hierarchical energies, I will show you a
talentless zero. Truly great geniuses such as Claude
Monet or George Gershwin were always able to transmute
their perceptions into creations that give off such a
serene feeling of spaciousness, such intense alertness,
and such exhilarating joyousness that they constantly
give you a sense of spiritual liberation. Nothing else
ever happens when you are able to convey Divine energy.
So you must accept the fact
that the most brilliant artistic achievements are always
Divinely inspired, and this is, quite simply, what makes
them great. Those birdbrained morons who think that art
should be secular are in denial about the true nature of
human talent--and they never seem to produce anything
except what is currently trendy (which at the moment are
those bug-eyed cuties to be found everywhere in visual
art these days). Whenever a supreme artistic genius is
able to render a vision of the universe that is
coherent, vivid, and disciplined, something spiritual is
being communicated. It can be communicated through a
massive mural or the smallest lyric poem.
This and this alone is what
makes for human genius. And this is what is worth
getting from another human being--their own personal
spiritual revelations. I am reminded of the man who went
to hear Beethoven's Fifth Symphony for the first time
and later said that he could not find his head. The
music had zapped him on some kind of spiritual level as
it does to everyone, although it is an exercise in
futility to explain in words what the music does to you.
But whenever you encounter a great work of art,
something can happen to knock you out of space and time
and into the realm of the spirit. Art for art's sake is
nice, but the greatest art always has one effect only,
namely that of spiritual regeneration. All of which
means that groupthinkers with an agenda do not create
great art. Their writing is as lifeless as an IRS
publication. Should they try to create something visual,
they end up producing only "socialist realism" or Nazi
poster propaganda. Exactly what the world does not need
any more of.
So if you want to be a
successful creator, here are suggestions about doing it:
At all times remember that you are working with Divine energy. You must always do your best to go with the natural flow, stay focused on universal interconnection and equality, avoid any kind of toxic artificiality, and constantly evoke Divine presence in everything you do.
You can make more than you realize. As a victim of Big Advertising, you probably think that you cannot create most of what you need to survive, but this is nonsense. Once you get the hang of it, you will discover that not only can you grow your own food and plants like bamboo, cotton, and hemp for your fabric, you can also make carpets, furniture, tools, and paper. Granted you cannot make everything you need, but you can at least make some of it, and this is what counts. So just go ahead and start doing it, and have fun driving corporate America right up the wall by depriving them of your money.
Listen to music while you work. I once spent a horrible two hours in the seating area of a coffeehouse chain, which is somehow supposed to be a hip environment where the cool kids hang out. But I experienced nothing but unendurable racket, defrosted garbage pastries, and undrinkable coffee. At the next table were two young women who were diligently working at their laptops, or at least trying to, since I cannot imagine how they could produce anything of value in such a noisy hellhole. But they had been brainwashed into thinking that a coffeehouse setting was somehow conducive to their creative endeavors. Well, talk about the ultimate imbecility. You will never be able to create anything of value unless you are blessed with either silence or some pleasant harmonious sounds, as in classical or ambient music. If you try being creative while listening to discordant noise, it will knock your inspiration right out of your skull. You want to be inspired by the muses? Music will do it.
When inspiration happens . . . just let it happen. In other words, don't strain after the right words--let your poem write itself. Don't agonize over a particular color--let your painting form itself. Ditto for drawing, carving, photography, software development, or any other kind of creating. There is no better way to keep your ego out of what you are creating than by letting forms or patterns spontaneously manifest.
Go to bed early so you can get up early. This is especially important if you are working a day job or have a family. The dawn's early light is probably the only time you will have the space and silence to be creative. Of course, going to bed early means you will have to give up your evening Boob Tube wallow, but by now you are probably rejoicing at the thought.
Make sure you stay free. As in free of debt, stuff, entanglements, and toxic relationships. John Stuart Mill is right when he tells us in On Liberty (1859): "Genius can only breathe freely in an atmosphere of freedom". [67] In other words, free yourself from all the current toxic trends which are doing nothing but destroying you and continue with your wandering. You will be glad you did.
Practice daily rituals. All great creators have one thing in common: they arrange their lives so that they can follow a consistent schedule and thus create as much as possible. So develop a schedule that works for you, and stick with it.
Stay disciplined. Talent without self-discipline is valueless. Unfortunately self-discipline is a non-existent energy for the snowflakes among us. But learning how to discipline yourself should be obvious by now: ask and give permission for this particular quality to manifest in your life. Soon you probably will not remember what it was like to be lazy or unmotivated.
If you are a visual artist, go with the visionary. If you ask me, the only visual art worth paying attention to here in the 21st century is visionary art, where, with computer assistance, the artist does his or her best to convey a sense of the spiritual energies behind the physical. These kinds of artists are coming up with ever more incredible visual patterns of harmony, balance, and interconnectedness, which previous generations could never have imagined. Visionary art will truly help us all transition into the new world which is coming.
Constantly work with your oracle. Never forget that your oracle will keep you on the right track about your creative endeavors. All you have to do is ask your oracle whether the creative effort you are envisioning is aligned to the natural flow of the universe. Then you can easily judge whether or not it will be worthwhile.
Learn to understand and
appreciate that wonderful something called Divine grace.
The ultimate blessing of the
Divine is not successful creation. It is that ancient
spiritual concept called grace. The more you
create, the more likely you will be to experience this
particular energy, which is nothing less than the
ultimate blessing we mortals can ever receive.
Grace has been defined as the
kind of Divine assistance which is spontaneously given
humans for their regeneration or sanctification. And the
idea of grace is not unique to Christian culture: it is
known in the Hindu tradition as kripa and as fadl in Islam.
Regardless of their spiritual background, most people
like the idea of Divine grace--it is no mystery that Amazing Grace (1779) by John
Newton is one of the world's most popular hymns. The
best blessing you can ever receive in your life is not a
huge pile of money. It is that wonder called Divine
grace.
The as-usual catch is that
grace is a gift from the Divine which can never be
manipulated into being. It only happens when the Divine
elects to bestow it . . . spontaneously.
Scream. Fury. Resentment. If
ever there was anything which might drive a practical
human being to insanity, this is it. If the blessing of
Divine grace is so fabulously wonderful, we should be
able to get it into our lives when we start doing our
best to jettison our negative energies, right? Alas, it
doesn't happen like that.
And if this weren't bad enough,
here comes something worse: it is only with the
blessings of Divine grace that you can eliminate your
bad karma. If after reading this book, you now realize
that you have been putting out plenty of negative energy
over the years, you will naturally want to do something
about it. You will want to wipe away the energies which
you now regret in your life, those times when you were
greedy, dishonest, groupthinkist, or bad-tempered.
Nobody wants to be clobbered by a long-overdue Cosmic
Boomerang, even when they know that they have got it
coming.
Alas, there is no such thing as
a successful Five Year Karmic Erasure Plan. It is true
that if you start to work with the divination and
exercise techniques I have discussed in this book, they
will change your energies for the better. However, there
is nothing you can do to force bad karma out of
your energy field, let along bring Divine grace into
your life. And the latter is the only kind of energy
which will get you out of your worst messes, up to and
including the most disastrous kinds of health or
addiction problems.
But even though you cannot
force Divine grace to appear in your life, you can at
least open a door to its possibility. This is not
everything, but it is something. At all times in your
life it is within your power to generate the next
closest thing to grace, namely gratitude. Gratitude is
one of the few of our human emotions which contains 100%
positive energy. It is also interesting to discover that
the word gratitude comes from the same
Proto-Indo-European root which is the ancestor of the
word grace: gwere, which means to
favor. Well, since grace and gratitude descend from the
same word, could we say that maybe, just maybe, Divine
grace might actually start manifesting in your life when
you do the gratitude?
* * *
One more note about creating your utopia:
End it with Big Entertainment.
If you truly want an ideal
life, that tedious nonsense called entertainment has got to
go. Too many people these days are helplessly addicted to
watching other people living more interesting lives than they
do. Whether you live in a basement apartment in Omaha or a
forty-room mansion in Santa Barbara, you absolutely have to
stare at entertainment videos several hours every day, or else
you go totally nuts.
Ah, yes--those fascinating
pixel people. They have adventures in their lives. They
have lots of money and can buy expensive stuff. They
have attractive families and friends who say amusing
things (the canned laughter assures us of that). They
don't have to deal with car repairmen or clogged drains.
Each day brings a new adventure, and the adventures
always turn out right at the end. Best of all, they
never sit around staring at their own flat screens the
way you do. As for you, poor sap that you are, your life
is absolutely unendurable unless you glue your eyeballs
to some kind of electronic screen and constantly observe
somebody else's more wondrous existence.
This is nothing new in human
history. Homer's Iliad and Odyssey must have
provided a lot of vicarious excitement in remote
antiquity. In more recent times popular novels have
always given us characters who have to struggle through
adversity before they (usually) triumph at the end.
Getting knocked out of your humdrum existence by
thinking about someone else's more interesting life is a
very natural human tendency, and I occasionally indulge
in it myself. Without this momentary escape, the lives
of most of us would be intolerable.
But what Big Entertainment
produces these days is soul-crushing. Like that plague
called social media, American show biz leaves most
people utterly dissatisfied with their own lives. What
is even worse is that the entertainment industry has
collapsed into meaninglessness more completely than any
other artistic form in our culture. Hollywood honchos
have run out of ideas, and they offer little more than
remakes of remakes of remakes, most of which are
impossible CGI drivel. Well, being addicted to this kind
of garbage is as bad as it gets. It is nothing more than
an enormous waste of time and energy. If you really want
to have fun in your own utopia, stop it with Big
Entertainment.
But that would mean a complete
collapse into a black hole of boring! Who cares if all
videos these days are garbage? Life without them would
be as flat as macaroni and cheese! We absolutely cannot
live without our videos! We would be bored out of our
skulls every second of every day!
Is that so? Do you think that
the Cumean Sybil or the Prophet Jeremiah were ever
bored? Don't be silly. When you start letting Divine
energy permeate your entire being, trying to watch any
kind of us-against-them stuff is hell on earth. What you
want to do is turn your attention to anything that
enhances the experience of Divine energy: interacting
with sympathetic friends or family, getting out into
Mother Nature, finding beauty everywhere you look, being
sound in mind and in body, appreciating the richness of
human talent over the centuries, letting harmonious
sounds penetrate your energy field at a cellular level,
or just learning and creating. If you combine the last
two energies with the great Aquarian social reality to
come, that of helping, you will be living the best
possible life.
Besides, the next time you find
yourself staring at the latest Hollywood drivel, you
might want to remember that you are not alone in the
room as you do it. Your companion spirit and your angels
are right there with you. Mind you, they are not
enjoying watching your garbage videos any more than they
enjoy watching you swallow garbage food. Do you really
want to inflict Hollywood excrescences on your spiritual
helpers? Why don't you turn the damn screen off and read
a book? Listen to Louis Armstrong? Crochet a sweater?
Practice your calligraphy? Your spiritual companions
will love you for it.
Besides, it really is possible
to free yourself from your video addiction any time you
like. Guess what kind of prayer you need to start
uttering. Guess what kind of a prayer everybody will be
uttering in the next few years. This guarantees that the
most repellent of our Big Entertainment conglomerates
will eventually nosedive into Chapter 11, which is
exactly where they belong. That's right, in the new
world to come, Hollywood is going to implode, and the
sooner the better. Goodbye and good riddance.
Recommended Prayers.
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that you help me:
• establish my own utopia and find it to be a blast. And I thank you.
• learn to love mental pleasures as the best pleasures which exist. And I thank you.
• jettison my excess belongings so I can move into that free space called simplicity. And I thank you.
• increase my perceptive powers. And I thank you.
• start noticing and appreciating all the miraculous forms of light in the universe. And I thank you.
• identify the best possible way for me to be creative, so I can direct all my energies to the area(s) where my talents will be most effective. And I thank you.
• make my desire to create become the strongest desire I have. And I thank you.
• end it with corporate entertainment forever. And I thank you.
* * *
So there you have it. How to live happily ever
after in your own utopia. A way to create an ideal life
where you can start doing what the Divine does: bring
form and pattern into manifestation. No more buy something and be happy. Now it will be
learn, create,
and help to be happy. So give some
of these suggestions a try. You will be glad you did.
The rejoicing may now commence.
But . . . I can just imagine
what my readers are thinking now: All right, I've just
gone outdoors to stare at the lawn. Now you expect me to
do what exactly? Start writing Leaves of Grass, Part II?
Yeah, I know. Headache time. It
is true that you can find your lawn to be beautiful, and
you might even try to stare at it as long as possible to
see if inspiration comes, but let's face it, that bunch
of grass will probably seem as meaningless as your daily
commute to work. In other words, creativity born out of
intense perception is not enough to make for a
successful utopia. At this point, most of my readers are
probably still stuck in their stagnant lives, and there
does not seem to be any way out of it.
I am also aware that at least
initially, many people reading this book are not about
to make an effort to be creative. It is hard work, after
all. But if you just start doing something, anything,
besides staring for hours at a certain Idiot Box, you
will eventually discover that the sky is the limit, and
you can retreat into your utopia any time you like.
But there is one
new catch. Creativity might be the ultimate of human
delights, but it is a solitary experience. And nobody
wants to live out their lives in solitude, no matter how
blissful their own utopia might be. We all need
interactions with our fellow human beings in order to
remain happy and healthy. This brings us to the next
aspect of the Aquarian reality to come . . .
Chapter 10. New Kinds of Relationships.
Like everything else in our
collapsing culture, personal relationships are no longer
working the way they are supposed to. Whether the relationship
is marriage, parenting, or even just simple friendship, what
was once known as reasonable personal interaction is seldom to
be found. This especially holds true for that once workable
partnership called marriage. It is true that millions of
people all over the world continue to tie the knot, but
planetary divorce rates are skyrocketing. There is no hell on
earth like a bad relationship between partners, and this kind
of disaster is found all over the planet these days.
It is made worse because we
live in a planetary culture where everything is
sexualized. At this point in human history, the lower
chakra energies of most members of the human race have
gone into overdrive. This is yet another byproduct of
our electronic sensitization and the terrors it creates.
When people are perpetually scared, most of their
energies are concentrated in their lower chakras, the
ones concerned with physical survival. Our upper chakras
can give us not only an understanding of the Reality of
our universe but a relationship with the Divine, but
they are not very active in most people at the moment.
So countless millions in our contemporary world succumb
again and again to their most primitive urges. We do not
have sexual freedom here on our third rock. We have
desperately terrified snowflakes who are enslaved to
their most animalistic impulses thanks to their
ever-increasing electronic sensitization.
That phenomenon called online
dating has helped to contribute to this disaster. In
today's interconnected world, single people suffer under
the delusion that they can pick and choose among
thousands of possible mates. But given the enormous
narcissistic energies in which most snowflakes indulge
these days, they are quickly dissatisfied even when they
find someone compatible. Going back online will persuade
them that there is always a better partner out there
somewhere. Single women in particular seem to believe
that there is a never ending supply of charming
millionaires with blue-green eyes who are just waiting
to scoop them up, hand them plenty of money, and solve
all their problems.
Mind you, the eyes of the paragon to come are not just
blue--they have to be blue-green. Just rub Aladdin's
magic lamp, which is also known as signing up for online
dating, and presto! There he is! And he will immediately
bestow upon you a diamond the size of a potato!
People who subscribe to these
delusions are also enamored of that ego nonsense called
validation. They want to collect online LIKES the way
their more greedy friends want to collect money. If you
start getting dozens or even hundreds of LIKES whenever
you describe yourself online, this can matter much more
than finding a living human being with whom you can
share your life. After all, it is so nice to be told by
complete strangers that you are just totally hawt! Who
needs a partner when you are faaamous?
Well, if you ask me, there is
no practical reason for an online dating platform to
allow its patrons to click a LIKE, but let us remember
that the honchos of Big Dating do not want their
customers to find the love of their life. They want them
to be single and searching forever so their profits will
always be so very pleasant.
In the meantime, only the
tiniest percentage of us humans manage to find the right
partner these days. As for the rest of us, people all
over the world are constantly making disastrously bad
decisions about their most important relationship. What
is even worse is that we seldom see true monogamy any
longer. Marriage these days is a kind of soft polygamy
where relationships might last a few years but seldom
for an entire lifetime. Nobody is willing to commit for
better or worse any longer. It is as easy as getting
government benefits to walk out of a marriage,
especially for women.
If you ask me, there is one
main reason for the collapse of what used to be workable
marriages: that supremacist ideology called feminism,
which I have already discussed. Fortunately in the new
world to come the baneful influence of this particular
idiocy, plus the hook-up culture it has generated, is
going to vanish more quickly than diet sodas. A huge
improvement in personal relationships is about to start
manifesting. Let us now examine a new kind of until
death do us part, which we may as well call . . .
Aquarian marriage.
We have now arrived at yet
another very important reason why you should make regular
oracular consultation an integral part of your existence:
choosing the right partner. So don't think for one minute that
you are capable of making a good choice on your own. You will
not be able to manage it any more than you can rationally
choose what foods you should consume. Nor can your parents
choose your mate for you. Let us remember that throughout most
of human history, only the mother and father (and usually the
father) had the right to pick their children's partners.
Sometimes this worked, but in many cases parental tyranny
turned to disaster, as Romeo and Juliet can tell you. Well, by
the 19th century, at least in the West, the kids finally got
to choose their own mates, and for a while it was a good idea.
But not at the moment, when that horror called social media
has brought about a world-wide relationship collapse.
Well, in the Aquarian era to
come, things will definitely change for the better.
People will finally understand that it is only the
Divine who can lead them to their right partner. This
means that for the first time in human history, huge
numbers of people all over the world will be able to
live happily ever after with their soulmates. At the
moment, when people advertise online for partners, they
tend to list all the qualities they want to find in an
ideal mate, such as a nice personality, sound financial
sense, a willingness to commit, and so on. Well, these
qualities are fine and good, but at bottom there is only
one thing that will count in the Aquarian relationships
to come: a spiritual union between soul and soul. Then
everything else will fall into place.
So if you have been persuaded
by the arguments in this book and have learned how to
work with an oracle, from now on you do not at any time,
nor for any reason, nor under any circumstances, get
physically or emotionally involved with another human
being without oracular approval. And yes, I know that
this recommendation is probably the most horrendously
difficult advice I am dishing out, especially if your
lower chakras are screaming for sexual union with a
person whom your oracle says is not right for you.
But if you want to experience
the incredible blessings of an Aquarian spiritual union,
you will accept my advice. What I am saying here is that
smart people in the future will hang on to their
virginity until their right partner comes into their
life. Then it will be a case of two virgins getting
married and living happily ever after.
Honey, you are out of your
mind! How can anybody survive high school without a girl
or boyfriend? How can a young man or woman experience
life to the fullest without multiple sexual encounters?
Totally everybody knows that if you don't have plenty of
sexual experiences during your life, you will never be
happy! You will have missed out on everything that
matters! You will be stuck with just one person from
maybe age twenty to age ninety, and how appalling is
that?
Well, let me explain something
to you: sex is not the red hot
center of the universe. Of course it
seems to be like that at the moment, but as I have
stated, this is only because the planet's
electronically-sensitized snowflakes are going through
their lives tyrannized by their lower chakras. Mother
Nature is telling these poor terrified souls to mate, to
reproduce, to hook up with whomever they can in order to
save the species. If you are currently obsessed with
sex, and you probably are, it is only because your
energies have congealed in the reproductive area of your
body. In other words, your sex obsession is nothing but
a temporary phase being generated by electronic
sensitization.
And like every other toxicity
in our collapsing culture, this tendency will not last
forever. When people can start accessing Divine guidance
and assistance, thus giving more energy to their upper
chakras, the current planetary obsession with sex will
simply evaporate. Which is all for the best. Random sex
can create tremendous problems in people's lives. We
live in a world filled with unwanted pregnancies and
sexually transmitted diseases.
So if you are stupid enough to
think that any kind of non-soulmate sexual encounter is
okay, you had better think again. This most especially
includes that reprehensible guy thing called pump and
dump, which is as repellent as the girl thing called
gold digging. Tremendously bad Cosmic Boomerangs for
everyone involved.
All of which means that in the
Aquarian era to come, what you and everyone else will
want is the one single mate who is perfect for you--and
no one else. Besides, it will help if you can understand
what kind of relationship this would be. There would
never be any kind of ego-based power plays or selfish
desires. Dishonesty could not happen since everything
would be transparent. At all times, the highest priority
of each partner would be to ensure the comfort and the
well-being of the other, instead of scrambling after
what important-little-me wants. It would be a union not
just of partners but of two sentient beings in the Net,
both of whom recognize that their own well-being can
only happen when they constantly live and breathe the
unity and the equality of the universe. Such a
relationship would be the ultimate in earthly bliss.
Living out your life like this in the Aquarian era is
literally the only way that future marriages will work.
If this isn't an improvement over the soft polygamy
which infects the planet at the moment, I don't know
what is.
But don't forget that all human
interactions need constant attention. In the new world
to come, the Divine will be able to lead you to your
perfect partner, but, as usual, you must do everything
you can to co-create a successful relationship. Sharing
your life with your soulmate does not mean that there
will be no problems or no arguments. However, as long as
both of you are doing your best to co-create the best
possible life, and constantly turn to the Divine for
guidance about your most important issues, your
relationship will be a source of joy to you both.
This kind of relationship will
be absolutely unprecedented. No longer will your
hormones or your excessive emotionalism lead you into
personal or financial disaster. No longer will you have
to hang out in meat markets, post phony photographs of
yourself online, or play the hookup game. You will
simply consult your oracle about each and every possible
mate you encounter, and eventually you will probably be
able to zero in on the right one. Perhaps this kind of
relationship will resemble the angelic unions John
Milton describes in Book VIII of Paradise Lost (1667):
Easier than air with air, if Spirits embrace,
Total they mix, union of pure with pureIf you ask me this sounds much better than the meat market minefield we have got at the moment.
* * *
But another change is coming in the new Aquarian era, which will also make future partnerships unprecedented. Believe it or not, what is coming is nothing less than . . .
The end of gender.
It has not escaped my notice
that gender obsessions smother the planet these days, as that
nonsense called feminism can tell you. We live in a world
where it really really really matters whether you are a man or
a woman, or gay, or trans, or bi, or cis, or pan, or who knows
what else. Gender classification is how most people these days
define themselves. Nothing else seems to matter.
Well, all this is going to
evaporate in the Aquarian era to come, when the only
gender reality will be that of genderlessness. Let us
remember that gender is nothing but yet another form of
groupthink, and all groupthink is toxic. So nobody is
going to pay much attention to it in the years to come.
Besides, are you aware that the symbol for Aquarius is
neither male nor female? When this entity starts ruling
the sky, no longer will people groupthink themselves
into some kind of sexual identity, which is an exercise
in futility if there ever was one. The biggest non-issue
in the interconnected and egalitarian world to come will
be that of gender, unless it is also race.
But how can that be possible?
Well, when you make one of your prime goals in life to
become a sentient beingist, you realize that you must do
your best to balance both the male and the female
energies within you. When future humans can unite the
more logical, active, and masculine aspects of their
being with their more receptive and passive female
aspects, they will start going through their lives with
an unprecedented sense of balance and harmony, and this
will be the only gender identity they will ever need.
In other words, if you want to
be a successful human being in the Aquarian era, you
should stop thinking of yourself as a man or a woman
and, once again, think sentient being. Don't forget that
the Divine has no gender, and neither do the angels. And
in spite of our temporary houses of clay, neither do we
human entities, as we have experienced incarnations in
both sexes many times over the centuries.
Besides, there are many
precedents in human history for this kind of mindset.
You can find both male and female energies in the
greatest artists and writers, and most especially in
Shakespeare. His ability to create vivid female
characters must have come from the distinctly feminine
energies he had within. And the greatest of all female
creators, such as Emily Brontë, were able to create
believable male characters thanks to their own inner
sense of masculinity.
Wouldn't you like to go through
life with the same kind of inner energies as Shakespeare
and Brontë possessed? All you have to do is what I have
already mentioned: balance the energies of your yin and
yang, your chakras, and your four elements within you.
When you start to go through life with this kind of
equilibrium, your ka/pneuma/prana/qi/lung/élan
vital will start
flourishing to its utmost. The only reality you will
then experience is the kind of inner music which
reflects the oneness and the equality of the universe.
If you are able to achieve this kind of balance, you
should be able to live out your life in a state of
harmony without ever caring whether you are a man or a
woman.
But you are telling me that you
find all this to be unbelievable? May I remind you that
both men and women all over the world today have started
to dress in the same planetary uniform (t-shirts and
jeans). No more gender groupthink as far as the Aquarian
rag trade is concerned. Good riddance. This is something
which has just sort of happened . . . spontaneously, and
if that isn't a message from the Divine about the
non-importance of gender I don't know what is. We are
one in the One.
So the last thing future
Aquarians are going to pay attention to is gender. What
will matter instead will be finding and living out your
life with the one person who is perfect for you. If you
have been doing your best to create the kind of inner
balance I have been recommending, as well as make
yourself happy in your own utopia, it is time for you to
ditch your gender obsessions and set off to
Find your soulmate.
What is a soulmate? Well, Plato's description in his Symposium (fourth century BCE) makes perfect sense: our soulmates are beings who already have some connection to us since they are the missing halves of our physical beings.[69] So during our current incarnation we need to search out our missing half and establish a relationship with him or her if we can manage it. Here are some suggestions about how you will be able to find the right person:
Forget about dating. The idea that you can find your partner by dating is just another idiot theory which does not work. Indeed it is no exaggeration to say that of all the failed paradigms which continue to blight the planet, the nonsense called experimental dating is the absolute worst. All of the broken relationships and marriages which this toxic pastime have produced should tell you that. What is even worse is that dating has become not just a partner-seeking activity but a recreational one as well, especially for those dopey women who think that getting a free meal is okay karma. Well, this is as legacy as it gets. If you want to go out and have some fun, do it with your buddies or your girlfriends, and keep the romance or the sex out of it. As far as finding your right mate is concerned, you will simply let your oracle help you.
Forget the nonsense that social media will hand you the right partner. One of the biggest con jobs in the history of the human race is the fantasy that if you advertise yourself online, and display hundreds if not thousands of photos of your own wonderful self, money, celebrity, and--best of all--the right high value partner will come into your life. Yeah, all that vanity of social media glory will really deliver the perfect person to your life, as well as your well-deserved happy-ever-after! Well, not quite. No way are you going to find a soulmate by uploading fake pictures of yourself to the internet (and the vast majority of social media photos are as phony as a seven dollar bill). How to free yourself from that toxicity called social media is a subject to be discussed.
Follow all my previous recommendations about daily repetitive exercise, both physical and spiritual. If you truly want an Aquarian soulmate relationship, you can help the process along by doing all of the daily repetitive exercises I have already mentioned. If you are curious about what mudra would be the best to strengthen your inner balance, the Anjali (prayer) mudra wins out. There is nothing like pressing your hands together to balance out your left brain and right brain, your yin and your yang, your male and female energies within. And if you still have not learned taijiquan, do it now. One of the greatest benefits of this particular exercise is that the movements cannot be classified as either male or female, but doing them in a gentle flowing motion brings them into balance.
Don't let yourself get stuck in the tendencies of either one gender or the other. You need perpetual transformations as you go through your life, or else you will never be healthy or happy. So while a sense of inner balance is your goal, there will be periods in your life when your receptive energies will predominate, or other periods when you are more active or creative. Your constant movement between both your masculine and feminine tendencies should last your whole life. Only then will you be true to the Reality of the universe and its perpetual transformation, not to mention find your soulmate.
What about the gender of your soulmate? I do not think that it matters in the slightest what gender your eventual soulmate will possess, which is something that my oracle has confirmed. Your relationship with your soulmate will be much more spiritual than physical, remember. What counts is living out your life in harmony with the one person currently renting an earthly house of clay who is perfect for you. So same-sex unions will continue to exist in the future, which is all for the best.
Accept the fact that the energies of your future soulmate partnership have got to be absolutely reciprocal, with both partners giving and receiving equal amounts of energy. Don't forget that your soulmate is also going to be your brother or sister in the Net, so his or her well-being should matter to you as much as your own. Once again, the Golden Rule will reign supreme: do as you would be done by. This especially means that if you are a woman, you should never expect your partner to hand money over to you whenever you demand it. Of course at the moment most women want the guy to give much more that he will ever take, while the high and mighty female never has to lift a finger to reciprocate. Lots of luck if you subscribe to this idiocy.
Take some necessary self-improvement steps before you start looking for your mate. No matter how long you have been working on yourself, there is always room for improvement in your life. If you want to find your soulmate, you definitely need to be a person who is self-disciplined, self-sufficient, self-aware, and going with the natural flow of the universe. If at the moment you are financially irresponsible, untidy, overly emotional, uneducated, dependent on externals for your happiness, mired in bad mental or physical habits, or trying to establish a business or a career, you probably need to wait. You do not want to meet your soulmate when you are projecting nothing but the energies of emptiness, stress, or unhappiness.
On the other hand, if your oracle tells you the time is right, do not delay one second. Too many moronic women these days elect to delay husband and children for that hideous slavery called a career, which in most cases is just a lousy nine-to-five job. Then they discover that they have delayed too long, and finding a worthy mate or bearing healthy children is no longer possible. So don't be stupid enough to hesitate when your oracle tells you that the time is right. Do what you are told and start looking RIGHT NOW for your mate, even if this means that the education or the money you are dreaming about might never happen. Eventually you will be glad you did. The Divine always knows better than you do when the time is right.
When your search begins, with oracular approval you probably should advertise yourself on some of the more reputable online dating services. In other words, avoid those hookup sites any way you can, since as far as I can tell they have been designed for cockroaches. Your oracle will help you choose which online service is best for you.
Let your oracle write your self-description for you. At the present decadent moment, when guys describe themselves online they usually proclaim I like sports and cooking out. Girls will say I like to travel. Gee whiz, what fascinating American personalities! Well, if you want to compose a workable self-advertisement in the Aquarian era, you will emphasize your spiritual journey, your attempts at self-discipline, your learning, your creativity, and the ways you help other people. But the details of what you should say about yourself have got to be approved by your oracle, or else that soulmate of yours will turn into an ever-receding phantom.
What if you want to start searching when you are a teenager? Well, you are probably too young for a soulmate search while you are still in junior high, by the time you make it into high school, and if your oracle approves, your search can begin.
Be patient. On the other hand, if the years keep passing and your oracle keeps telling you not yet, not yet, you must grit your teeth and submit. There are probably issues you still need to work on, or the time is not right for your future partner to find you, or something else is going on which you are not aware of. So you must forget about your partner search at this point in your life. Chances are that eventually you will be more than grateful you delayed the process. The catch is it might take years for the right person to appear in your life, and if the years start going by without no soulmate in sight, you will not want to wait. But if you truly want the best possible relationship you can have in the new world to come, you will do that waiting if it kills you.
What if your oracle tells you that you have found your soulmate, but he or she comes across as a complete dud? Well, give him or her a chance. It is more than likely that hidden richness in this person will start to appear, compatibility will gradually increase, and all of a sudden you cannot remember why you did not find this person attractive.
Understand that your eventual partnership/marriage will be a triad. In other words, don't forget that a third entity will always be present with the two of you, namely the Divine, to which both of you must defer at all times. William Blake prophesied this new kind of relationship in Jerusalem (1804): "I am in you, and you in me, mutual in love divine."[70] If this isn't going with the natural flow of the universe, I don't know what is. So no more throwing beer cans at each other in the kitchen. And goodbye divorce lawyers forever (yeah, that is just another legacy career).
* * *
But now special mention must now be made of two soulmate blockers which need to be avoided at all costs:
If you are a woman, stop reading romance novels. Rumor has it that the romance novel industry is worth a billion dollars a year. The plots are all identical: the heroine is a completely average nitwit without any talent, intelligence, or charm, but she inevitably snags the handsome, sophisticated High Value Male in the vicinity who just happens to be unattached (huh?). He thereupon falls madly in love with our gal and bestows upon her what every woman on the planet wants: a walk-in closet. Ladies, if you are addicted to this kind of nonsense, there is something you should realize: there just aren't enough tall handsome single millionaires to go around for all the women who want one. I realize that this statement is a scathing indictment of contemporary American society, but there it is. Those beloved romance novels of yours are giving you a romantic Fantasy Future which is just as bad as a stress-free or drug-free Fantasy Future. But if you think you will have problems renouncing these trash novels or that atrocity called Disney, the solution is easy: revulsion prayer time.
If you are a
man, stop it with the porn. I also get
headaches just thinking about the zillion dollar porn
industry. Women fantasize about snagging a High Value
Male; men fantasize about having sex with graphics,
or--even worse--get addicted to online interactions with
good-looking birdbrains who cannot speak in coherent
sentences. Some of the most pathetic guys among us will
even shell out money to these females just so they will
act like they are "friends" to them. Well, if ever there
were an ultimate waste of time and money, this is it.
There is no such thing as good porn--too much of it will
destroy you both mentally and physically. It can also be
as addictive as drugs or alcohol. As for a fantasy
relationship with a female composed of bytes, this is
even more damaging than a romance novel, which is saying
something. More revulsion prayers, and the more the
better.
* * *
But is all
of the above going to guarantee that the right partner will
come into your life? Not a chance of that. At the moment, when
our planet is full of damaged people who continue to live out
their lives in thrall to their toxic illusions and congealed
lower chakras, I cannot guarantee that a soulmate is going to
magically appear for everyone.
So if the years start going by,
and you are still walking through the world alone, you
might very well conclude that everything which I am
saying in this chapter is a load of horse pucky. You
might even convince yourself that you should just go
ahead and grab someone, anyone, while you still have a
chance. Even a bad partner would be infinitely better
than the nothing you have got at the moment. Well, not
quite. We now need to discuss the idea that . . .
Singleness is an option.
So far I have described
what I consider to be one of the greatest blessings we will be
able to experience in the Aquarian future to come: living out
our lives with our soulmates. But I must now admit that this
is not going to be the future for all of my brothers and
sisters currently alive on the planet. There have always been
and always will be people who remain single their whole lives,
and this state of being will continue into the Aquarian world
to come. But living a mostly solitary life in the new world
which is forming around us can be as richly satisfying as a
life with a partner.
Does this sound unlikely? Well,
you need to do some rethinking. The first thing to
consider is, once again, the idea of reincarnation.
Whether willingly or not, each one of us comes back to
physical reality in order to learn some necessary
lessons, not only about ourselves but the universe as a
whole. The lessons might be very painful ones, but they
are something we need to experience, and probably
because of past mistakes we made in our previous lives.
In other words, each one of us has a destiny to fulfill
in our current lifetime.
And like it or not, your
current destiny might not be that of partnership or
parenthood. Chances are that in most of your previous
lives, not only were you someone's partner but someone's
parent as well, and you were overburdened with
responsibilities which left you with no opportunity to
do anything else with your life. But now, for the first
time in all your earthly pilgrimages, you can do
something new with your time and energy. So this time
you might have come back to experience a completely
different kind of planetary existence than the previous
ones you knew.
This is a realization about
myself which I finally came to accept after experiencing
years of dead-end dates and disastrous relationships. It
finally dawned upon me that I was not supposed to be
anyone's wife or mother in this lifetime. I was here to
do something very different with my time and energies,
namely write obnoxious books and help save the whole
damn planet while I was at it. At this point in my life,
I would not have it any other way.
But most people probably will
not like what I am saying here. After all, who wants to
live out their lives completely alone? Well, let me
remind you that you are never alone. Your companion
spirit, your angels, and the Divine are always with you
every second of your earthly sojourn. And your
ever-increasing electronic sensitivity guarantees that
eventually you will be able to sense and communicate
with these presences.
So if you are single and your
oracle keeps telling you to forget about finding a
soulmate, start thinking of your solitude as an
opportunity instead of a deprivation, a perfect time to
practice my holy trinity of positive energies: learning,
creating, and helping. The emptiness which seems to
surround you will turn into a source of potential, not a
burden to be endured.
And you never know. Even though
you might end up spending most of your life alone, when
you are a senior and have accomplished what you needed
to in this lifetime, your oracle might very well tell
you that the time is now right for you to find your
mate. It isn't over until it's over. Then you will
discover that the partner who will then come into your
life will have been worth the wait. So what if the two
of you will only have a decade or two of earthly
existence together? You will be able to continue your
relationship in the afterlife, which is a subject to be
discussed.
There is also one other thing
to consider. Chances are that nearly everyone who has
been born in recent years has the same destiny, namely
to help facilitate the tremendous evolutionary shift we
are about to experience. Many if not most of the younger
people alive today have not come back to our physical
reality to make money, advertise themselves online,
wallow in useless self-indulgence, or be burdened by a
relationship. They have come back to help the human race
create a new and better world. They just don't
realize it yet since they are too enthralled with that
horror called social media. But once they understand
what their current life purpose is, chances are that
they will accept their true destiny with great joy. How
each one of them will fulfill this destiny is something
that they will need to ask their oracles. But even the
smallest efforts on their part to manifest the new world
forming around us will help. When the time finally comes
for them to transition back into spirit, they will feel
nothing but gratitude for the opportunities they have
experienced. Who needs a partner when your life is full
of blessings like these?
But now comes a predictable
question: if you must live out your life alone, what
about sex? Granted that our sex obsessions are going to
diminish in the years to come, but people are still
going to get their urges. What should they do about
them? Well, believe it or not, just plain old strenuous
exercise can help dampen down those nuisances. And don't
forget one of the weirdest things I have already
mentioned, namely that in the new world to come, eating
will no longer be necessary. Well, this holds true for
sex as well, or any other kind of bodily tyranny. In the
Aquarian era, only the mind and the spirit will matter,
and eventually we will all start singing goodbye, cookie and nookie,
goodbye!
And here comes a thought which
has probably never occurred to you: the pleasures which
you can get from a healthy and active pineal gland just
happen to be a heck of a lot more gratifying than what
you can get out of sex. The pineal gland is that
seemingly useless thingie in the center of your brain
which seems to be associated with psychic abilities,
clairvoyance, and spiritual vision. It is also linked to
the Hindu concept of the Third Eye, which makes it the
one gland in our physical bodies which can deliver not
only a higher consciousness but that ultimate delight,
spiritual bliss. People throughout history have sensed
the spiritual power of a special kind of all-seeing eye,
which is why we Americans have the Eye of Providence on
our national seal and our one dollar bills. Maybe
without quite realizing why, the original designers
liked the idea of an eye which could see more than just
the physical.
But there is more to the pineal
gland than higher consciousness: in the Hindu tradition
there is no higher happiness than union with the
Absolute, and our Third Eye can help us achieve this
kind of luminous reality. Soulmates are nice, but the
only relationship which will ever truly matter in our
lives is our relationship with the Divine. So if your
lower chakra energies feel like they are out of control,
start switching your focus to your pineal gland. You can
help to stimulate it by avoiding fluoride, unnatural
light, and junk food, and by practicing the gyan mudra
(touching of thumb and forefinger) while staring at a
candle flame, or working with crystals. Ending your day
by sitting in silence while holding the gyan mudra can
also work wonders.
But if you do realize that you
are likely to live out your life alone, once again
consider it to be an opportunity instead of a
deprivation, and then do your best to make the most of
your blessed extra time. Don't forget that single people
always have more opportunities to be creators and
helpers. Especially the latter. They can volunteer for
local charities, they can be a Big Brother or Big Sister
to needy kids, they can devote their lives to their
muse, or they can find multiple ways to help their
community. Who could be unsatisfied with such an
existence?
But let us also remember that
being single does not necessarily mean being alone.
There is another social energy which will matter a great
deal in the years to come, that blessing called . .
Friendship.
Even if you do not have a partner in the Aquarian
world to come, as long as you do your best to go with the
natural flow of the universe, you will always have friends.
And your friends can frequently supply you with as much
companionship as a mate.
In antiquity friendship was
highly valued by most of the great philosophers of the
time, including Pythagoras, Plato, Aristotle, Epicurus,
and Epictetus. Epicurus, who never married, spent his
life relying on his friends for emotional support. He
even believed that friendship was valuable because it
was one of the best ways of attaining pleasure. So while
many of these philosophers emphasized self-sufficiency,
they also recognized that supportive friendship can play
a crucial role in living a contented existence.
This means that in the world to
come, even if you do not have a partner, you will have
friends, if only of the online variety. When everyone
begins to realize the value of these kinds of
relationships, I am convinced that we will start to see
a completely new kind of social reality all over the
planet: groups of like-minded souls coming together to
live communally. Intentional living of various kinds has
been attempted in the United States since the 19th
century and has usually resulted in failure, including
the communes of the 1960's. People who tried to live
communally were also in thrall to their ego desires, so
everybody was constantly at everybody else's throat.
But these kinds of ego clashes
would never happen in an oracular world, where, like
married couples, members of intentional communities
would be willing to accept oracular guidance to resolve
disputes. So I am convinced that in the future we will
start to see groups of friends coming together to form
some kind of communal arrangement, where people can have
their own living space if they want it, but they can
also reside in a locale where friends or family are
already living. Whether urban or rural, these kinds of
arrangements would be much more cost effective than
single person or family dwellings, since resources could
be shared. These kinds of living arrangements have
already started to manifest in cohousing, pocket
neighborhoods, home sharing, and tiny house communities.
They will grow more popular as the century progresses.
These kinds of social
arrangements will also make it easier to raise children,
to those people who still want them. One thing has
become obvious in recent years: many people are deciding
not to have children. This trend has been called the
global baby bust, and it will grow ever more pronounced
as the years go on. [71] But it is not something to
fear--it is simply a return to planetary equilibrium.
There are too many people on this planet at the moment,
and a decline in the population will solve a lot of
problems.
And, yes, I know--most people
still have a natural human urge to procreate, which is
yet another legacy energy that will diminish as we move
into the new world. People will start understanding that
producing new versions of their genetic code in this
lifetime is not that important, not when reincarnation
tells us that we have experienced many other genetic
codes over the centuries. Besides, when you remember
that all sentient beings are your brothers and sisters,
you will realize that you already have a family, namely
everybody. The desire to have descendants is one more
legacy emotion that is going to evaporate.
But not completely. Babies are
still going to be coming into the world. But if you ask
me, these are going to be new kinds of babies, since
their parents will at all times let their oracles guide
them about how to raise their children. No more Mom and
Dad using guesswork to determine whom the kids should
associate with, what they should study, or what they
should eat. And no more putting the kids through hell
for the parent's assorted ego-based desires. I also
think that Aquarian mothers and fathers will always
remember that their children are also their brothers and
sisters in the Net, so they will always treat them with
the courtesy they deserve. This means nothing less than
a new generation of happy and well-adjusted kids.
But a caveat. If you very much
want to have children, like all your other major life
decisions, you should not attempt parenthood without
oracular approval. Here are the kind of questions you
need to ask your oracle if you and your partner want
children:
• My partner and I will be happy if we have a child/children. Are we correct?
• My health will not be damaged by pregnancy and childbirth. Am I correct?
• We will have a healthy baby. Are we correct?
• My partner and I will have enough money to raise our child/children ourselves instead of sending them to daycare. Are we correct?
• Our future child/children will have a happy life. Are we correct?
• Our future child/children will love us. Are we correct?
There are probably millions of parents who did not
bother to consider these questions prior to conception and who
ended up with the exact opposite of the blessings they were
expecting. This especially holds true if your potential child
has to go to daycare. Study after study has shown that
children who are raised in daycare grow up resentful and
unhappy. A few decades ago most parents were convinced that
daycare was a perfectly acceptable option for working parents,
but those days are long gone. Today nobody in their right mind
wants strangers to raise their kids.[72]
But not even the daycare
problem is as bad as the final two assumptions, the
rock-solid certainty of all parental wannabes that they
will be such wonderful parents that their children will
be as happy as children can be and will always adore
them. Well, the number of nightmare parents on this
planet blows that one out of the water. Better you never
have children at all than put your offspring through
hell, which is what many parents continue to do. So if
you keep getting NO's about these last assumptions,
either you need to do some major inner work to turn you
into a better potential parent, or you need to forget
it.
* * *
So soulmate relationships are coming in the future, but so are other fulfilling ways of life. But now we come to a new problem. What about those men and women who have damaged their energy fields with years of toxic energies such as self-indulgence, greed, promiscuity, or groupthink? Suppose they are persuaded by everything I have said in this book and now bitterly regret their past actions. But they are also eagerly hoping to start going with the natural flow of the universe and living a new kind of life, preferably with their very own soulmate. Don't such people deserve . . .
A second chance?
Yes, they do--sort of.
Everyone who finally sees the error of their ways and wants to
live a completely new kind of life should be able to do so. As
far as friendship or communal living is concerned, such people
could easily be welcomed into these kinds of communities.
But if you are hoping that a
soulmate will be coming into your life after years or
even decades of toxic relationships, it is not too
likely. This means that if you are currently in a
relationship, don't make the hypergamous mistake that
millions of people (especially women) make and convince
yourself that someone better will come along. He or she
won't. Chances are that your current partner will be the
best you will ever have. You should never start a
relationship without oracular approval, but you should
never end one either. If your oracle tells you you
should stay with your current partner, you had better do
what you are told, or you will regret it.
Also you cannot wipe the slate
clean and think that your past excesses no longer impact
you. Actions have consequences. Even if you now regret
that you wasted your youth partying, or divorce-raped
your ex-husband, or took money for sex, or had three or
four babies by three or four different men, you still
did it, and these past actions of yours have damaged
your energy field. This means you are unlikely to make a
good partner for anyone, especially if you are a
snowflake unable to take responsibility for your
actions.
You also need to be reminded
that in the transparent future to come, there will be no
way to hide your past actions. If you suffer under the
delusion that your future mate will never know about
your multiple sex partners or your online porn, you had
better think again. No more getting married without
oracular approval, remember. If a potential husband sits
down with his tarot cards and says: "This woman of my
dreams tells me that she has had only two previous
relationships, and that there are no nudes of her
online. Is that the truth?" Goodbye, Charlie.
If any of the above describes
you, you are now part of a lost generation. The lost
generation after World War I was nothing compared to the
current cohort of men and women who have rendered
themselves unmarriageable through bad energies and
foolish mistakes. This holds true especially for women.
Yes, you can admit to your mistakes, and you can remind
everyone that you were young and stupid, you can vow to
live a better kind of life, but you are still going to
have to deal with the consequences of your past
mistakes. If you are still stuck in self-indulgence,
entitlement, greed, lack of self-awareness, and bad
health habits, no way are you going to climb out of your
self-dug hole. I have waxed eloquent about not letting
the past destroy your present and all the ways you can
recover from PTSD, but recovering from numerous
stupidities on your part is a completely different
matter.
But there is still a way to
turn your life around. Let us now examine one of the
most famous characters in English literature, Ebenezer
Scrooge, hero of Charles Dickens short story A Christmas Carol (1843). Scrooge
was a very typical example of a human being consumed by
one of the worst energies there is, that of greed. When
the story opens there is simply nothing left in his
existence except the love of money, and we see that he
has become an isolated and bitter old man who is vicious
to everyone around him.
But then a
miracle happens . . . spontaneously. Scrooge discovers
that he is able to see and hear a spiritual being, his
deceased partner Jacob Marley, who is painfully dragging
around all of the bad Cosmic Boomerangs his own greed
energies have saddled him with. He tells Scrooge that he
will receive visits from three more spirits who will
show him what he needs to do to avoid such a fate. These spirits
appear in due course, and for the first time in his life
Scrooge sees how harmful his egoistic energies have
been. Fortunately, when the dawn comes, he is overjoyed
to realize that he has been given a second chance to
make amends for all his past actions. He then proceeds
to make the most of it by helping other people. By the
end of the story he is as happy as a sentient being can
be.
Well, if Ebenezer Scrooge can
get a second chance, anyone can. But here is the
essential part of the second chance: you have to start living for
other people instead of yourself. No more
wallowing in your own selfish desires--what you need to
start focusing on is the Net, and how you can start
helping your brothers and sisters who need it. Only when
the Net becomes your only reason for living will that
second chance of yours manifest. Just don't think that a
few weeks of selfless behavior is all that is necessary.
Living for the Net is something you must now do for the
rest of your life.
This means that you probably
will not have as prosperous a life as people who never
made the mistakes you did, but you can still co-create a
good life for yourself, and it might even be spiritually
richer than people who have not made your mistakes. So
if you are a former Wall Street wolf, porn star, party
girl, widow-and-orphan robber, drug dealer, sexual
predator, embezzler, greedy corporate honcho, office
backstabber, tobacco industry promoter, or lying
psychopath, you actually can dig yourself out of your
bad karma. But you absolutely have to start doing good
things for other people (and most especially family
members) all the time, for the rest of your life. There
are gazillions of ways you can make your part of the
world a better place, and your oracle will help you find
your path.
All this adds up to turning
yourself into one of those Buddhist saints called a bodhisattva. If you have
never read it, you need to take a look at that ancient
Tibetan text called the Thirty-Seven Practices of
the Bodhisattva (11th
century).[73] No better guide has ever been written
about how to help your brothers and sisters in the Net,
and if you start practicing its precepts, all of those
bad Cosmic Boomerangs you have invited into your life
will start to evaporate.
So courage! What I am
suggesting will not be an utter drag. You will finally
be doing something right with your time and energy. Also
your internal energies will start to improve even more
effectively than doing daily repetitive exercises. Even
better: the more you devote your life to other people,
the more likely that a soulmate might appear in your
life after all, despite your past history. If not, your
newfound happiness will be more than enough to give you
a wonderful life. There is no happiness like water
bearer happiness.
Here are more suggestions about
going full Scrooge:
Take full responsibility for your actions. In other words, never try to excuse your past mistakes, not at any time, nor for any reason, and nor under any circumstances. And especially do not blame externals for your actions. People will recoil from you if you try to explain that you were only an innocent bystander to the embezzlement, the multiple sex partners, the accidental pregnancy, the car crash, the assault and battery, or the drug use. Most important: don't ever utter the words "young and stupid." Everybody starts out young and stupid, so uttering these words is a gigantic exercise in futility.
Stop thinking of yourself as
a victim. Victimhood is a
very pleasant energy these days which millions of bitter
people wallow in day in and day out. We live in a
culture where victimhood is something to be applauded,
since victims are always considered to be superior to
their oppressors. Besides, it is so easy to be a victim!
You don't have to create anything, you don't have to
discipline yourself, and you don't have to accomplish
any goals. You simply have to be someone who is
oppressed, or a descendant of someone who was, and
presto! You can immediately turn yourself into one of
the superior people of the planet!
This especially holds true for
the bitterest of bitter feminists. They are all
convinced that their lives are not working because of
some kind of external. Well, guess what. If nothing ever
goes right with your life, or if people avoid you like
the plague, it is not because you are too perfect. Your
problems have been caused by yourself alone. You need to
learn how to start admitting your mistakes and then
learn how to fix yourself. By this point in the book you
should know what you need to do.
Stop thinking you are always in the right. This is another toxic energy which electronic sensitization has inflicted upon the human race. There are countless snowflakes among us who simply cannot ever admit to being wrong about anything. That would be too scary. Well, unless you want all your brothers and sisters in the Net to constantly recoil from you, you need to remember the first oracular recommendation I make in this book: ask your oracle about your most cherished beliefs. Then you must accept the fact that you have been or are currently dead wrong about practically everything in your life. And once you identify them, those toxic illusions or behaviors of yours have got to go.
Don't think turning spiritual will make you more attractive or atone for your past mistakes. I have already mentioned that it is usually the "religious" or the "spiritual" men and women among us who have the most disagreeable personalities. Well, no surprise here. If you want a reason to convince yourself that you are better than everyone else, having the right kind of spirituality will do it every time. But it's not going to help you snag the right partner.
Accept that from now on, every day of the rest of your life is going to be more atonement than self-indulgence. That's right, no more rapacious ego-desires controlling every aspect of your life. But let me remind you that the word atonement means at-one-ment, and this is at-one-ment with the Divine. When you start to feel this kind of relationship with the Divine, nothing else matters.
Do not make the mistake of thinking you might get a third chance. A second chance can happen, but if you blow it and relapse into your old egotistical ways, I guess you can try again, but chances are that your efforts will go exactly nowhere. Second chances are possible, but not third, fourth, or fifth.
* * *
We will now examine those millions on the planet who are desperate for a second chance at a relationship but who are as unmarriageable as anyone can get. I am talking about . . .
Single mothers.
The United States has the
highest planetary rate of single mothers, most of whom would
give anything for a new man to come into their lives.
Unfortunately very few of these women actually manage to latch
onto a new partner or experience a good marriage. One of
feminism's most contemptible falsehoods is the idea that you
can still find a quality man if you are a single mother. Lots
of luck if you believe that nonsense. Most single mothers find
themselves living bitterly unhappy lives, and the damage they
do to their children can reverberate for decades (most inmates
in the prison system were raised by single mothers).
Single-motherhood is a disaster for both the mother and the
children.
The problem is that these
women's past mistakes, their children, are still very
much part of their present reality. You can quit
embezzling and never do it again, but you cannot quit
your children, and children in our current decadent
culture are endless black holes of buy-me-stuff demands.
Besides, the days when decent
men would actually marry a single mother are now long
gone. Even the most attractive single mothers these days
find that their opportunities are practically
non-existent. Well, what man wants to work overtime or
take out a second mortgage just to provide for another
man's children? Not around anywhere that I can see.
As for all of those government
"benefits" which are constantly flowing to these single
mothers, they are never much help. It is true that Uncle
Sam will hand a single mother some money, but it will
never be enough for a decent life. She will have to
raise her children by herself, she will live in a bad
part of town, and the schools her kids will attend will
be terrible.
Here it is important to
remember that all those government "benefits" exist
thanks to the one American who has created more human
suffering than any other in history, that delightful
little creature called the 36th President of the United
States. Most of our American presidents have been little
more than incompetent idiots, but 36 wins the prize for
creating millions of hells on earth from which there is
hardly ever an escape, especially that nightmare called
single motherhood. Women were much more cautious about
premarital sex before 36 came along; but ever since his
disastrous presidential tenure, they actually think they
can lead a decent life on the government dole. Fat
chance of that. Everyone realizes nowadays that
government benefits do not free you from
destitution--they keep you in it. But you can never
persuade a desperately unhappy single mother who can
barely make ends meet that the political party for which
she always votes is responsible for the catastrophe
which is her endlessly miserable existence. Alas, that
is the only reality here. The one and only thing 36
bestowed upon this country is the American version of
Tolkien's one ring to rule them all, and in the darkness
bind them.[74] And in the darkness is where most single
mothers find themselves. The fact that countless women
are desperate enough to go online to advertise for a new
man while currently pregnant should tell you that.
Well, there is one way, and one
way only, for single mothers to make their lives better:
individually accessible Divine guidance and assistance.
If you are a single mother, here is what you need to do:
stop yearning for the impossible (either getting more
money from Uncle Sam or finding a decent man to wife you
up), and start bringing spiritual energy into the lives
of both you and your children. This is easy enough--you
should get each of your kids their own tarot deck and
then teach them how to use it. Chances are that they
will be quickly hooked. If you then start accepting
Divine guidance about all the countless decisions you
need to make about your kids, you will become a much
more successful parent. So no more resentment against
Mommy Tyrant and her high and mighty decrees. Let your
children see what your cards are telling you whenever
they make any kind of demand. The Divine and the angels
can give you much of the support you need.
Also make sure
that both you and your kids do their daily repetitive
exercises, both physical and spiritual, eat healthy
foods, and minimize their video/social media addictions.
Keep emphasizing that by the time they are adults they
will be living in a completely new kind of world which
in no way resembles the way things are now. Do all this,
and you will be accomplishing a great deal.
And a special note: if your
children do not have a male role model, tell them to
adopt a father, if only of the historical or online
variety. Then you can encourage them to find out all
they can about their surrogate father, model their
behavior on him at all times, and never do or say
anything unless they can imagine their adopted father
doing it. One of my sacred laws about life is that I
never do anything unless I can imagine Ralph Waldo
Emerson, Henry David Thoreau, or Walt Whitman doing it.
Any one of these three gentlemen would make a perfect
surrogate father. If your son would do his best to
emulate one or all of them, he will have a successful
life.
As for the likelihood of a
single mother actually finding a soulmate, or even just
a fairly decent man to marry, it is probably not going
to happen when your children are young. But once they
are grown, you can possibly find a partner. Just don't
forget that a new man in your life does not mean an ATM
machine with blue-green eyes, so stop it with your
romantic Fantasy Future. What you can hope for is a
comfortable life with a nice guy, and that should be
enough for you.
* * *
Special mention must now be made of those
pathetic creatures who decide to become deliberate single mothers.
These are women who are usually in their thirties and
who decide to have a baby by their very own little
selves, which is easy enough these days. But these women
are all monsters of ego and selfishness, since the child
to come into the world will be expected to do duty as
mommie's partner as well as her offspring. That is a
tremendous burden to place on any child.
So if you are a mommie wannabe
who is selfish enough to consider this disastrous step,
you need to ask the questions I have already mentioned
about potential parenthood. Chances are that you will
get resounding NO's to each and every one of them. Here
it bears repeating that you defy your oracle only at
your extreme peril. There have been countless times in
my life when my cards have told me that I must do
something that I absolutely did not want to do, but I
have learned that in all cases, the cards
were right and I was wrong. Submission to Divine will is
one of the key aspects to the new world to come. If you
defy the Divine, you will inevitably live to regret it.
As for the children of
deliberate single mothers, here is the best advice you
will ever get in your life: do not under any
circumstances allow your mother turn your into a
surrogate spouse. Always remember that you are only here
because of her selfishness, and while you owe her a
minimal amount of respect and duty, you do not owe her
your whole life. So keep your distance if you have to,
tell her she needs to find a partner every time she
demands that the two of you do something together, and
do not ever give her the pleasure of arguing with you.
It especially helps to recite the following sentence:
"If there is something you don't like, you are just
going to have to live with it." So what if you have to
repeat these words twenty thousand times? They will
eventually work.
Recommended prayer.
This time only one is necessary:
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that if I am meant to meet a soulmate in this lifetime, I turn my search for this mate over to you and agree that you should pick the best time for us to meet. And I thank you.
* * *
Well, there you have it. New ways to enjoy new kinds
of relationships. I am convinced that these new kinds of
relationships will eliminate some of the most corrosive and
painful energies on the planet. The new partnerships to come
will be spiritual relationships, and they will work. And we
will enjoy these relationships to the max if we can stay
healthy and live long enough.
Which brings us to the next
subject we need to discuss. It is now time to examine .
. .
Chapter 11. New Ways to Do Health Care.
I must start this chapter
with a reminder: I am not a trained medical professional, and
the health advice I am about to give is based only on my own
personal experiences. So if you have any kind of health
problem, you should do what I presently do: go straight to
your physician for assistance. A new and much healthier world
is eventually going to manifest, but it is not here yet. So
let me repeat: if you are interested in trying any of the
medical advice I mention in this book, you should do so only
with your physician's approval.
All of which means that for the
foreseeable future, we will continue to need the health
care establishment which currently exists. Even if the
oracular and transparent future manifests as I expect it
will, there will still be people who will achieve
nothing but disaster if they try to cure themselves. So
I am never going to tell people to bypass their doctors.
Let us also remember that nobody is able to reattach a
severed finger by themselves--only a trained surgeon can
do something like that. But as we humans turn ever more
transparent, I am absolutely certain that the messages
we will start to get from the Divine will help each one
of us not only identify our health issues before they
become problems and also help both patients and
physicians zero in on the best ways to cure them. But
once again, that is the future, not the present.
Having said all this, it is now
time for little old me to take some well-deserved
potshots at our whole enormous American medical
establishment. I will start with proclaiming what should
be obvious to everyone: the one single thing that we all
need to experience every day of our sojourn on this
earth is health. Unless we are able to function without
any kind of physical or mental discomfort, all the other
aspects of our physical existence are meaningless.
Health is the bedrock necessity of each one of us, and
it is something we need from infancy to old age.
If you are like me, you should
want such a blessed state of being not just for yourself
but also for every other sentient being on the planet.
In other words, you do not want to live in a world where
only a limited number of your brothers and sisters in
the Net can obtain the medical assistance they need. We
should all want a world where each one of us can have
free and immediate access to curative treatments at all
times. This should be the health care reality for the
whole planet.
Well, someday it should be
possible. Let us remember that our naturally
self-organized energy fields have been designed to keep
us healthy and happy for decades. Even when we are in
our nineties, we should be able to stay active, keep our
mental faculties, do some good in the world, and have
fun. Granted our bodies will inevitably slow down as we
age, but when discomfort appears in our lives, it should
be brief and easily curable. After all, there have
always been societies on this planet where most of the
people live long and healthy lives, such as the ones
still to be found in Sicily and Okinawa.[75] If healthy
longevity can happen in a few areas on this planet, it
ought to be able to happen everywhere. A sound mind in a
sound body is our birthright.
All of which means that the
only health care anyone needs should be emergency room
assistance. In other words, barring unforeseen
disasters, every single human being on this planet ought
to be able to go from age 0 to age 95 without ever
having to see a doctor.
But the preceding is not quite
our reality these days. Our scientists and medical
professionals have created enormous improvements in
human health in recent decades, and it is true that life
expectancy has been continuously rising all over the
world. But if you ask me this is only because of
improvements in hygiene and sanitation. As for the rest
of our medical paradigms, the materialist mindset and
the irrational faith in artificialities in which most
health professionals devoutly believe are doing nothing
but harm. The vast majority of our medical people think
that their patients possess solid bodies which can be
artificially tweaked for the "better" by those human
gods known as credentialed experts. Behold yet another
theory which simply does not work. Hippocrates has been
turning in his grave ever since the 1940's, when the
frankenplague of toxic artificialities began.
The disastrous ineffectiveness
of most everything about our health care establishment
should now be obvious to all. We live on a planet where
people everywhere these days are constantly growing ever
sicker. For example, cancer rates are going up for
leukemia, myeloma, breast cancer, and (no surprise)
liver cancer, which exhibits the greatest increase.
There is also an ever growing epidemic of fatty liver
disease. Half the people alive today will eventually
hear the words "you have cancer".[76]
What is even worse is that our
medical practitioners actually seem to think that it is
possible to acquire complete knowledge about
life and consciousness. Granted they have acquired a
great deal of partial knowledge over the centuries, but
that has only served to prop up medical arrogance and
complacency. No human being has ever acquired total
knowledge about that something called ka/pneuma/prana/qi/lung/élan
vital, and no human
being ever will.
Well, what else can you expect
from the drab little secularists among us? Where can you
find a medical professional in this day and age who is
actually willing to admit that the human body is a
temple for the spirit, and as such, is also a
manifestation of the Divine? Or that the spontaneous
cures which sometimes happen are also manifestations of
the Divine? Or that mind, body, and spirit make a
unified whole, not a series of parts? Doctors these days
see only what they have been trained to see, that
illusion called "matter". So all they can offer up are
mechanical or artificial adjustments, which usually do
more harm than good.
All of which means that if
there is anything which is absolutely indefensible about
our current medical establishment, it is the idea that
some kind of artificiality can make a person better. Our
medical people simply have no perception whatsoever that
not only do these artificialities do more harm than
good, but it is people's brain dead consumption of them
which is causing most of the health problems which
plague the planet today. But who is going to listen to
me? Pointing an accusing finger at the chemical swamp
which surrounds us would mean that the FDA is not doing
its job, and that cannot be possible. The artificial is okay,
especially when it is high tech and peer-reviewed
artificial! Only this kind of human-made stuff will ever
cure those solid machines we call our human bodies!
Everybody just totally knows that! I am being silly
again, right?
I am also being silly when I
state that most medical diagnosis these days is nothing
but plain old guesswork. I had a friend who started
feeling unwell when she was in her mid-fifties, and her
physician diagnosed diverticulitis, for which he
prescribed the suitable medications. So my friend
started swallowing the meds, but she never felt better.
Back and back she went to her doctor, but the only thing
she ever heard was diverticulitis, and let's try some
different pills. Finally, more than a year later, her
physician ordered a CAT scan and discovered that she had
lung cancer. It was the cancer which was making her feel
bad, not diverticulitis. By this time the cancer had
spread to other parts of her body, so it was too late
for surgery. Her only option at this late date was
chemotherapy, which is a hell on earth if there ever was
one. If she had been correctly diagnosed at the
beginning, she would probably still be alive today,
since the delay in treatment which the misdiagnosis
generated eventually killed her.
Alas, this kind of guesswork is
all too common, and it infects all the professionals
among us. Your financial advisor will recommend a
particular investment at one point in your life, but
something completely different a few months later.
Teachers focus on instructing their students one way but
then another. Your minister will tell you to follow one
scripture to make your life better, but then tell you
something completely different later on down the road.
No matter how expensively educated they are, the only
thing all these experts are doing is guessing, and if their
first guess does not succeed, guess and guess again.
Unfortunately, many times their guesses blow up in your
face, leaving you in an even bigger mess than the one
causing your original problem. You would think that the
nonsuccess of most medical treatments these days might
perhaps persuade our medical professionals that they are
actually doing things wrong, but of course there is no
chance of that.
By now I suspect that most
medical professionals are rigid with fury at all these
statements. They will tell me that the ability to
diagnose problems is just totally perfect, and all the
artificial remedies they inflict upon their patients are
absolutely necessary to cure their problems. In other
words, medical people must continue to do exactly what
they are doing at the moment or else the planet will be
smothered by obesity, addiction, depression, pandemics,
chronic bad health, suicide, birth defects, incurable
diseases, misdiagnoses, and snowflakery. Oh, dear God!
If that were to happen, what a horrible planet this
would be!!!!
Naw, none of that will ever
happen, thanks to the medical frankengeniuses among us
who get to play God anytime they like with a resounding
.001% success rate! As long as they keep at it, the
health of all of us humans will soon be just totally
frankenperfect in no time at all, even if we will never
live to see it! So let us all continue to rely upon all
those mechanical adjustments and chemical
artificialities that our doctors are always
recommending! The way things are now are now are now are
now . . . uh . . .
Let's face it, contemporary
health care is a disaster. It always creates more
problems than it solves. We are now going to examine
three of the most catastrophic delusions which inflect
our medical establishment and which are constantly doing
more harm than good. The first problem is . . .
The medication fallacy.
It is now time to talk about those pretty little
magic bullets called medications. Vast numbers of both
doctors and patients are convinced that artificial
medications are always helpful, since
they can actually fix what is wrong with you. So the
more pills you swallow, the better! They are a universal
cure-all! And a good 66% of Americans are now gullible
enough to ingest them every day of their lives.[77]
Well this conjures us memories
of what was once considered to be another universal
cure-all: bloodletting. In premodern times, no matter
what ailed you, you were bled. Your physician applied
those cute little slimy things called leeches to your
body, and then your blood started to get sucked out of
you. And why not? Nobody really needed blood anyway, or
so the medical professionals of the time must have told
themselves. So as soon as you lost enough of that
nuisance red stuff, you started to recover except when
you didn't.
That was then. What happens now
is that no matter what ails you, you swallow
medications. Your physician determines what kind of pill
you need to swallow, you go directly to your pharmacy to
get your cure-all, and then you will always feel better
except when you don't. But even if you don't, that's
still okay, since all you have to do is persuade your
doctor to find you a different kind of med, and then
another, and then another, again and again and again.
Sooner or later something will work since it just has
to!
Both then and now people and
professionals suffered the delusion that one technique would
cure absolutely anything. Is there a difference between
the two? Not that I can see. But that is not going to
stop our overworked physicians from shelling out the
meds, since if they had to spend more time with their
patients they would not have enough time to do the
paperwork, which now takes up more than sixteen hours a
week.[78] And never mind the fact that our prescription
drugs continue to kill us "in large numbers".[79]
The preceding is impossible for
most people to believe, since they have been brainwashed
to think that meds can solve anything, so they would be
beyond furious if they walked out of a doctor's office
without a new prescription. Let us also not forget that
all those medication commercials they watch on the Boob
Tube have convinced them that pills are the only answer.
Sidenote: the United States and New Zealand are the only
two countries on the planet where Big Pharma's "direct
to consumer ads" can be shown on television. I don't
know about New Zealand, but as for the good old USA,
what marvelous lobbyists Big Pharma must possess!
Here comes a personal anecdote:
once when I went to my gynecologist for my annual
checkup, as usual the nurse started to look through my
file before the doctor came in. I watched in bafflement
as she kept flipping through all the pages as if she
were trying to find something. Finally she put the file
down, turned to gape at me as if I had just grown a
second head, and exclaimed: "You're not on any
medication!" Apparently I was the first patient she had
ever encountered who actually didn't swallow the
magic bullets (yeah, that is how much of an American
freak I am). But if I had tried to explain that my
oracular tool kept me healthy, I am sure she would have
collapsed with horror, so I kept my mouth shut.
As for the magic bullets which
I absolutely refuse to swallow, here is their reality:
the only thing which most of them do is suppress your
symptoms. They are not cures--they just make the
symptoms go away. Are you really not aware that there is
a whole galaxy of ailments for which modern high-tech
medicine has no cure? Wouldn't you rather be--you know--cured of your physical
problems instead of suffering all the side-effects which
your symptom suppressors inflict on you? Silly little
you!
As for me, I have known several
people over the years whose lives were destroyed not by
any kind of physical problem but by the side effects of
their doctor-prescribed medications. The reality of 21st
American health care is that hardly anyone is cured of their
physical or mental problems these days. Our medical
people are absolutely clueless about how to solve some
of the worst human health problems our planet has,
including Alzheimer's disease, schizophrenia, heart
disease, fibromyalgia, diabetes, arthritis, cancer, and
even the common cold.
So the only thing our
physicians can do is help their patients suppress their
symptoms. Who cares if the original problem is still
there and getting worse all the time? You do not feel it
any longer, and gullible moron that you are, you will
convince yourself that it is gone. This especially
includes any kind of pain you might be experiencing. We
need to remember that pain is necessary in our lives. It
is a way for us to know when something about our energy
fields is out of whack and needs to be addressed. This
holds true for both physical as well as emotional pain.
So doing nothing but deadening the pain is the absolute
worst thing that can happen to you. You need to figure
out what the problem is and then find a cure, even
though it will probably take time, effort, and Divine
assistance. But impatient 21st century American that you
are, you don't want to wait. You want that pain
immediately deadened since that absolutely has to
happen. The catch is that all those painkillers you
swallow will continue to damage everything else about
your health, including the reason why you are suffering
pain in the first place.
Here is a nice little addendum
to all of the above: quite a few of the most heavily
advertised meds these days have a nasty little
side-effect called death. Yeah,
sometimes those physician-prescribed magic bullets can
actually kill you. So what kind of a super colossal
moron do you have to be to swallow meds which have
killed other people? The absolute ultimate, of course.
But you don't care about that since you are rock solid
certain that your wonderful meds won't kill you--it is
only other people who cannot trust
their doctors. But you are smart enough to know that you
can trust yours, even though you hardly ever spend more
than a few minutes with him at a time and he has got
hundreds of other patients whom he must keep track of.
So down the hatch the magic death bullets go! Lucky
little you.
Besides, so what if you die
from your meds? You are now so much better off lying in
your coffin instead of suffering from all those physical
problems that a change of diet, a new exercise program,
or Divine assistance could have cured. Three cheers for
our fabulous high-tech meds! We cannot live without
them!
Sigh. It is no surprise that
American death rates are now starting to increase for
the first time in many decades, thanks to opioid
pain-killer addiction.[80] Rumor also has it that some
people are now swallowing microdoses of LSD in order to
. . . uh, I don't know what exactly. And I don't want to
know. The meds must be swallowed! There is no
alternative! And if you swallow them for the rest of
your life, that is exactly the same thing as being
perfectly healthy for the rest of your life!
Besides, Big Pharma wants
nothing more than the suckers swallowing their magic
bullets for endless decades since their profits will be
so pleasant. All of which means that when you swallow
your meds, you have become nothing but a lowly victim of
corporate American greed. But that is okay! Just be as
passive as you can and let Big Pharma control your life!
There is no better way to live!
I suspect that many of my
readers are being irritated by my sarcasm here. Most of
them probably think that they are taking very good care
of both their minds and bodies as long as they swallow
the right pills. And what with all the brainwashing our
physicians get from the pharmaceutical companies, they
are also probably convinced that the meds they are
prescribing are actually beneficial--and maybe sometimes
they are. But most of the time those patients who could
be cured of their problem end up in the hell of a
medication addiction. Then they discover that getting
off some of these pills can be even more difficult than
getting off heroin. Rumor has it that Big Pharma
operatives are also doing their tidy best to claim that
synthetic opioids are non-addictive, and as usual the
FDA is kowtowing to its corporate masters. Rumor also
has it that the pharmaceutical industry is absolutely
brilliant at manipulating research studies, so there is
very little available information about the harmful
effects of long-term medication consumption.
As for any kind of
psychological cure, we have now got millions of people
in this country who are swallowing meds to tranquilize
their minds or otherwise modify their behavior.
Apparently everybody's behavior needs to be modified
these days, since totally everybody has some kind of
psychiatric problem. So our mental health professionals
dish out artificial chemicals for the mind as well as
for the body, and how our livers just love it! As for
those fiendish antidepressants, I guarantee that if you
take them long enough, you will eventually find yourself
trapped in your very own death-in-life. The people I
have known who swallow these horrors are zombies. They
are blank, they move slowly, and they even walk around
with their mouths hanging open. Is this supposed to be
living? Being able to perceive and appreciate the
wonders of the universe is one of the greatest blessings
we can know as physicals, but that never happens to your
average medicated zombie. Message to our planetary
zombies: maybe, just maybe, you might try mudras +
angels instead of pills. What have you got to lose?
Garbage buildings, garbage
clothes, garbage food, garbage entertainment, and now
garbage pills. This is really living!
The surgery fallacy.
The next problem to examine is the
all-but-universal delusion that surgical procedures are
always beneficial. Yeah, right. It is always a good idea to
get your naturally self-organized energy field cut open,
artificially adjusted, and then sewn back up again. Then
all your health problems will be solved, and you will
live happily ever after except when you don't.
Let's face it: all surgical
procedures contain risks, and nothing can be guaranteed.
I once heard of a man who decided to have a vasectomy
(which is theoretically one of the simplest and safest
surgical procedures around), but his surgeon completely
botched the operation by cutting some of his nerves
instead of the tubes, which led to horrific
complications including inflammation, removal of one
testicle, and constant phantom pain in the missing
testicle. Alas, painkillers do not work too well on
phantom pain.
So in the surgical world,
nothing is ever as simple as it seems. Not that most
people are going to listen to me, especially those brain
dead idiots determined to have some kind of elective
surgery. This especially holds true for those victims of
body dysmorphic disorder who are convinced that cosmetic
surgery is beneficial.
Here is some reality:
mechanical mutilation of your body will never deliver the
heath or the happiness you expect. So if you are moron
enough to believe that surgery is guaranteed to cure
your health problems or make you more physically
attractive, the only thing you will accomplish is
spending the rest of your life struggling to survive
with a painfully mutilated energy field. There are always complications,
unexpected difficulties, the original problem only gets
worse, and the patient must cope with horrific
unintended consequences, including nerve damage,
formation of scar tissue, infection, or development of
arthritis. I have known several people in my life who
were persuaded to undergo orthopedic surgery on the
advice of a physician, only to then experience an
exponential increase in their pain and discomfort. When
this happens, the only thing most physicians recommend
is more surgery. As for those patients who never wake up
from the anesthesia, too bad.
As for those surgical
procedures where some kind of artificiality is inserted
into the sucker’s energy field, such as hip replacement
surgery, the problem here is that the inserts must be
replaced every ten years or so, which means the patient
must endure repeated major surgeries in the future. I
have heard that it is not unusual for people in their
thirties to demand these kinds of replacements, even
though they have probably been cautioned that they will
have to undergo major surgery every ten years or so for
the rest of their lives. But they are okay with that,
since they just totally know, beyond a shadow of a
doubt, that any kind of mechanical adjustment to that
solid machine they call their physical body will do them
a lot of good. So these idiots are perfectly okay with
going to the mechanic every few years for a little
harmless repair, but I guarantee they live to regret it.
But most of what gets
surgically inserted into our energy field is usually--no
surprise--petrochemicals. Yeah, there is nothing like
inserting plastics into your energy field to guarantee
you health and happiness for the rest of your life!
After all, all those factory foods you enjoy swallowing
are all stored in plastic, so they are completely
beneficial! Putting the plastic inside your body will
also make it totally so much better! Right? Right?
Well, if you ask me, physicians
should learn (1) how to say no to their patients'
demands for elective surgery, and (2) find non-surgical
remedies for their patients' ailments. My guess is that
countless patients go to their doctors not only to
insist upon new meds but to demand some kind of surgical
procedure. Of course they never quite understand the
risks, the side effects, or the permanent discomfort
that they will inevitably experience. Message to
American doctors: agreeing to your patient's demands,
whether for meds or for surgeries, is beneath contempt.
You did not get a medical degree to allow yourself to be
badgered by your patients. Just say no. It is that easy.
So what if you have to waste your time trying to find
alternatives to surgical intervention? For once in your
life you actually will be helping your patients solve
their problems instead of compounding them. And you will
sleep better at night.
In the meantime, people need to
get it through their thick skulls that any kind of
artificial mutilation of the human body will cause more
problems than it will solve, including aches and pains
that will never go away, a daily sense of malaise, and
an inability to think clearly, make good judgment calls,
or even just concentrate on the task at hand. This also
includes what most people think of as "minor" surgeries,
namely the cosmetic kind, where just a bit of tweaking
will make you totally drop-dead gorgeous. Don't blame me
for all the discomfort you will then experience from
these "minor" surgeries, which will probably last for
the rest of your abbreviated life. And if you do allow
surgery on some of the most delicate joints of your body
(your feet, hands, knees, ankles, or elbows), don't be
surprised if you can no longer get through each day
without painkillers.
A special note about a special kind of surgery.
I must now discuss the worst
of contemporary surgical procedures: those which promise you
some kind of "sex change". Yeah, you know--this is the surgery
where you can get your genitals cut up or even removed any
time you demand it. Well, if ever there were an ultimate human
delusion about the reality of our physical life on this earth,
the idea that you can mechanically change your sex is it.
Why so many people desire this
kind of surgical butchery is beyond my comprehension. So
you are unhappy with your gender, are you? And you
actually think that some kind of artificial adjustment
to your nether parts will bestow health and happiness on
you forever? Sorry. That will never happen. And here we
need to talk about reincarnation again.
By now my readers are probably
accepting the fact that they have lived multiple times
on this earth, and that they have incarnated again at
the present time in order to learn some necessary karmic
lessons. But as I have already mentioned, most of us are
probably compelled to come back to experience
circumstances which will also cause us a lot of pain and
unhappiness. This means that some of us are probably
forced to take on a house of clay whose hormones and DNA
are the exact opposite of what we want. All of us
entities need to experience both male and female
incarnations on this earth, just as we need to
experience different races and different standards of
living. Any entity who has experienced nothing but
maleness over the centuries is going to have to
incarnate as a woman somewhere along the line, even
though this person might be vehemently opposed to an
earthly life with this gender.
In some ways this explains much
of the gender confusion which exists in the world today.
If you have been forced to incarnate in an unwelcome
sex, you will probably spend your days resentful and
unhappy. So if you are currently miserable about your
gender, you must realize that even though it feels all
wrong, it is probably something that the Heavenly Host
wants you to experience.
But how can you tell if this is
the truth about your life? Simple. You go to your oracle
for information. Chances are that you will be told that
there are karmic reasons why you are experiencing your
present gender and that you must accept them. But cheer
up. So what if you have what you think is the wrong
gender? This is no big deal. Don't forget that in the
Aquarian world to come, nothing will be as irrelevant as
gender, which will be a non-issue within the next decade
or two. The only thing you should ever want in your
current incarnation is a sense of inner balance and
harmony. That should be enough.
All of which means that the
current medical quackery about surgical or chemical
adjustments to change your gender is as outdated as
phrenology. And yes, it is nothing but quackery. Our
esteemed medical professionals (or at least some of
them) will try to tell you that not only is it actually
possible to change your gender through body mutilation
or hormone injections, but this is pathetic nonsense.
News flash: no physician in the world will ever be able
to insert a uterus into a man or attach a penis to a
woman. If you were born a woman, you will die a woman,
and ditto for men, no matter how your body is mutilated
or what kind of artificial chemicals you swallow. This
especially holds true for men who get themselves
castrated. They do not turn into women. They turn into
eunuchs. Has there ever been a happy eunuch in the
history of the universe? I doubt it. If you want to live
happily every after, you should never allow any kind of
mechanical, chemical, or surgical adjustment to your
energy field unless it is absolutely necessary--and
genital mutilation is never a necessity. It is that
simple.
And by the way, castration is the operative
word here. Bottom surgery is nothing but a cowardly
euphemism. On some level, people who use euphemisms know
that they are doing something wrong, so they take refuge
in the blandest language possible. But this only serves
to emphasize their weak arguments and lack of logic.
These people also enjoy playing the pronoun game, where
castrated men can be called something other than a
he/him, and a mutilated woman is never a she/her. Well,
trying to force people to call you something which you
are not will get you exactly nowhere. As for those
pathetic morons who insist upon being called a "they",
if you want to turn yourself into one of the ultimate
clowns of the universe, then go for it.
Here is the reality about those
suckers who mutilate their bodies for any kind of
gender-bending attempt: they are sentencing themselves
to a lifetime of painful unintended consequences.
Everything will change for the worse in every way
possible, and it will last for the remainder of the
victim's life. The internet is starting to fill up with
horror stories about gender surgery which has gone
wrong, and these accounts will multiply in the years to
come (just do an internet search on the word detrans, and you will
find them). The most horrific accounts I have come
across describe those appalling surgical attempts to
create a phony vagina in a recently castrated male. The
catch here is that in order to make the phony vagina, it
has to be created out of a piece of the man's colon,
which sometimes means that he will end up with hair
growing on the inside of his body. Talk about a perfect
recipe for constant pain and infection. At least in the
last century if you were subjected to that quackery
called a lobotomy, your incision would eventually heal.
Not with hair growing inside a phony vagina it won't.
This brings me to the ultimate
of American medical atrocities: the castration of
underage boys. This is now happening because the boys in
question have been persuaded that they need to go
through life as a woman instead of as a man.
Theoretically these boys do give their consent to the
procedure, but no underage child anywhere in the
universe is capable of giving informed consent to a
surgical procedure involving body mutilation. If you are
an adult who is stupid enough to believe that your life
will get better if you have your body deformed,
fine--and you are more than welcome to your countless
unintended consequences. But this sort of butchery
should not be inflicted on underage children. If you had
told people before the 21st century that someday there
would be numerous American parents determined to have
their underage sons castrated, and that a corrupt
medical establishment was acquiescing in their sadism .
. . well, there are no words.
As for girls who want to trans,
they are assured that they will get a phony penis built
out of some of their upper-leg muscle. Yeah, right--all
you have to do is carve up your leg so it will never
feel right again, and then presto! Your fake penis now
makes you a man! Or does it? Of course it doesn't. You
are nothing but a delusional female with a mutilated
body, and as far as future partners are concerned, lots
of luck finding someone willing to have sex with a leg
muscle. In my opinion the quacks who castrate or
otherwise mutilate the genitals of underage children
should have their licenses immediately revoked. Then
they can spend the rest of their lives where they
belong: standing in front of fast food cash registers.
As for the kid's sadistic parents, their victims need to
do a spiritual severance, and the sooner the better.
Never seeing your mutilated kid again is exactly what
Mom and Dad deserve.
If there were any justice in
this world, the victims of this butchery would also be
able to sue the living daylights out of both doctors and
parents, but at the moment there is no justice in this
world. On the other hand, when people finally start
seeing Reality instead of all the toxic illusions which
currently smother the planet, such lawsuits will be
winnable. Message to the trans-besotted parents,
doctors, and medical organizations currently mutilating
both adults and children: beware, beware! One of these
days you are going to find yourselves on the receiving
end of a Cosmic Boomerang the size of South America.
I am sure that the preceding
statements are making certain readers froth at the
mouth. But that I should include such statements in this
book is another very strong message I have received from
the Great Beyond. Genital mutilation should never be
practiced at any time, nor for any reason, nor under any
circumstances. It is never anything but a horror, and it
needs to stop immediately.
Having said all this, and as I
have already mentioned, I don't think it matters in the
slightest what gender your eventual partner possesses.
Just as long as you find your missing half. May I remind
you that what you really need in your life is to acquire
a sense of inner balance and harmony, which can lead you
to what you really need: the perfect soulmate
relationship. When you have got a blessing like this in
your life, there is nothing as irrelevant as gender.
The therapy fallacy.
Now we get to examine that
nonsense called therapy. If you ask me, the therapy racket in
this country is a completely useless waste of time, money, and
resources. Yes, I know that people believe in therapy the way
they believe in fluoride, plastics, and electricity: it is not
only harmless but will do you a lot of good. I am also aware
that sometimes a therapist can actually help a patient, but
that seems to happen as frequently as a successful weight loss
diet.
Here is the reality about
contemporary American therapy: there are no people on
planet earth today who are as crazy as those who want to
work in mental health. When you combine this level of
crazy with the fifth-rate American education everybody
gets these days, then . . . ouch. Especially when the
therapy experts do little more than (1) enable, (2) make
guesses, (3) encourage their patients to dwell upon that
non-Reality called the past, (4) concentrate only on
secular cures, and (5) dish out the meds. This last, of
course, is the worst, but it is not about to stop
anytime soon. And if--surprise!--the first set of meds
do not do any good, the next one will, and or the
nextorthenextorthenext . . . well, so what if it takes a
few years or decades? That medicated mental bliss which
the sucker so desperately wants is right around the
corner and will put in its appearance one of these days!
Really!
Let us also not forget that
most therapists (as many as 87%) are currently in or
have been in therapy.[81] Wow, what a statistic! Dare
one suggest that our therapists are as screwed up as
their patients are? Of course not, since therapists in
therapy are only there temporarily. When the
therapist's therapist finally utters the right enabling
words or gets the right meds shoved down the hatch, then
it is bliss for ever more! Not that the therapist's
therapy will then come to an end, of course, since cures
are something which never seem to happen in the therapy
universe. The suckers must keep coming back year after
year, thus guaranteeing the professional a decent
income, which they so richly deserve.
So who cares if the patients
never get any better? They just settle down in their
toxic therapy zones for the rest of their lives, and
there they stay. Well, as I have repeatedly stated, if
you truly want to change for the better, you must
acknowledge that you have been or are currently wrong
about nearly everything in your life. Not just mildly
wrong, but dead wrong, stupidly wrong, stratospherically
wrong about most of what you have thought, said, or done
throughout your entire life (time to reread Chapter 2).
But you are never going to get this kind of clarity from
a paid medical professional who has bills to pay. You
are the person's meal ticket, which means that his or
her dollar bills have to keep happening. Fortunately
this is not the case with the advice you can get from
the Divine. Let us pause for a moment and give our
thanks that the Divine does not consider
any of us entities to be meal tickets.
All of which means, as should
be obvious by now, therapy is just another legacy
profession. In a world where each one of us can receive
individually accessible Divine guidance and assistance,
who is going to need a therapist, especially one who is
crazier than you are? All you need to do is buy a deck
of tarot cards and accept all the NO's you will see as
correct. Then and only then will your life start
changing for the better.
* * *
So much for therapy. And medications and
surgeries as well. The sooner we get rid of all three of
these nuisances, the better. But I am sure that many of
my readers still have faith in what they consider to be
our marvelous American medical establishment. Sure there
are some problems, but problems can always be fixed,
right? We don't need to turn to oracular hocus pocus to
become healthier and happier! We jut need to wait for
our medical people to finally start doing things right!
This will definitely begin to happen if we just start spending more money!
Yeah, is that ever the perfect
solution! We all know that spending money can solve
anything! Never mind the fact that at the present time,
health care accounts for an unbelievable one-sixth of
the American economy, totaling over $3 trillion a year.
Obviously that is not enough. We need to start spending
$6 trillion or $60 trillion or maybe even more, and then
we will all finally be healthy and happy forever! Since
our wondrous high-tech chemicalized medical
establishment can cure absolutely anything these days
except for the stuff they can't thanks to all the bad
theories, bad treatments, bad procedures, and bad
diagnoses I have already mentioned.
Then there is that black hole
called Big Insurance. There is yet one more stupid idiot
theory which tells us that unless you are covered by
insurance (and the more expensive the better), you will
never get the health care that you need. That is the way
the system is supposed to work, but does it? Everyone is
familiar with insurance horror stories these days:
people getting sent home from the hospital before they
have fully recovered from surgery, or an insurance
company refusing to pay for a procedure which a
physician has ordered (and then taking the victim to
court to get the money), or time-consuming fights to
obtain a hospital admission or even just a new test.
Listing these kinds of insurance problems could go on
and on and on, and all they are going to do is get
worse.
Also never mind the fact that
the celebrated health care safety net which our
demagogic politicians are always promising us never
seems to work. Nor will it ever work. Unless things
change with our medical paradigms, it is only a matter
of time before our overlords will start rationing
medical treatment and deciding who will live and who
will die. Of course it will always be us Littles who
will be the first to expire. The Bigs among us will go
on forever.
If you are a Little like me,
you will have to accept your fate since there is
absolutely no alternative to our present health care
establishment, right? So the only thing we have to look
forward to in healthcare are ever more baroque and
expensive medical treatments, plus the construction of
ever more hospitals and other medical facilities (in my
home town the only new buildings which have been erected
in recent years seem to be hospitals and clinics). So
what if you have to start waiting a year or two before
your doctor has time to see you, unless of course you
resort to bribery, which is no problem since that is
something we can all easily afford. As for the right to
choose your own physician, several years ago this idiot
kept telling me that if you like your doctor, you can
keep your doctor. I had once voted for this idiot, and I
believed what he was saying. I then lost my doctor. I no
longer vote.
Oh, who cares about that? The
way medical things are now are the way that they are
always going to be! We must accept our very expensive
health care boondoggle since there is no-- . . . Wait a minute! I see what's
coming next! The author of this book is going to tell us
that there actually is a way out of our presenthealth
care mess! I think I'm going to be sick! I won't be able
to stand it! Somebody give me a pill! Somebody else
please shut her up!
Not a chance of that. Here we
go . . .
A new way to do health care.
It is now time to discuss
what truly helpful, cost-effective, and humanitarian health
care would be like. And no, what I am about to describe is not
an unsubstantiated pipe dream. There actually is going to be a
new way for every last human being on the planet to not only
stay healthy but immediately access health care if and when
they need it. Things are going to start changing drastically
in the health care universe, and only for the better.
Furthermore, medical care in the future is not going to cost
zillions of trillions of dollars.
This new way of doing health
care is very simple, namely that hardly anyone will be
doing it at all. In other words, except for rare cases
of emergency room assistance, very few Aquarians are
ever going to need medical assistance at any time during
their pilgrimage on this earth. In a world where people
finally start freeing themselves of the chemical swamp
which engulfs them, and where Divine guidance and
assistance is constantly available, people are going to
be so healthy in both mind and body that they will never
need to see a doctor. And Archangel Michael will always
be around to prevent most accidents from happening, at
least to those who ask and give permission for his
protection every morning (you mean that you still are
not doing this?) As for all those new hospital buildings
getting erected all over the world, they are going to
collapse into ruins even more quickly than a Manhattan
skyscraper.
Think of what a wondrous new
world this would be. All the trillions spent on health
care would dwindle to almost nothing since people would
be able to prevent health problems from happening in the
first place. This will be easy enough in a world filled
not only with constant oracular consultation, but with
attraction and revulsion prayers.
I am also confident that people
are going to start practicing a new oracular technique
which I have not yet mentioned but which should prevent
potential medical issues from turning into incurable
problems. I like to call this technique my First of the Month Oracular
Consultation. In the future,
if people would sit down with their oracles at the
beginning of each month and ask questions like these:
• My body is free of cancer at this point in my life. Am I correct? (Or heart disease, diabetes, high blood pressure, or any other potential problems.)
• None of my current habits are damaging my health. Am I correct?
• I am eating all the best possible foods I need to keep me healthy. Am I correct?
If you start getting NO
answers to questions like these, then you should (1) keep
asking your oracle more specific questions so you can pinpoint
the problem, and then (2) immediately go to your physician and
request an examination. As I have mentioned, two of the big
problems with current medical care are misdiagnosis and delays
in treatment. Making it a habit to ask your oracle about the
status of your health at the start of every month will solve
this issue. Getting medical treatment right when a problem
appears, instead of months or years later, will reduce health
care costs exponentially.
So the first thing I am
recommending is the very practical idea that in the
future, oracular consultation should be conjoined with
medical diagnosis. This means that health care
treatments in the future will neither be completely
secular nor completely spiritual, but a union of them
both. I have already mentioned how regular oracular
consultation can tell you what to eat, solve your
addiction problems, help you recover from your mental
torments, and release your negative energies. Now you
can start using it to identify health problems as soon
as they manifest, when they are most easily curable. Do
this once a month for the rest of your life, and you
will seldom or never need medical assistance as long as
you live.
Here is the next step: if you
do need medical assistance, you will never agree to any
potential procedure, new regime of medications, or any
other kind of treatment without oracular approval. In
other words, I am recommending that you should get a
second opinion before any kind of treatment starts.
Second opinions are already acceptable to everyone in
the healthcare industry, and they are always a good
idea. It's just that this time the second opinion will
be oracular instead of professional (although if you
like, you could always get a third opinion from yet
another medical professional).
So if small changes like this
start to happen, the drop in health care costs would be
colossal. Still, I am aware that it will take some time
to persuade the medical professionals among us that this
new way of doing things will be beneficial. And it will
probably be a few more years before Johns Hopkins
University establishes classes on tarot divination. But
this new way of doing things will eventually prove to be
hugely helpful to everyone concerned. It cannot and will
not be stopped. Besides, nobody will want it to be
stopped when it starts being proven, time and again,
that oracular consultation can help a physician not only
zero in on what the medical problem is but choose the
best possible treatment.
So there is no doubt in my mind
that eventually our medical professionals will welcome
this kind of spiritual input. Let us remember that our
doctors and nurses are being as sensitized by their
electronics as the rest of us, and when they start to
sense the presence of spiritual beings in their lives,
the whole idea of divination will start to seem like the
most natural thing in the world.
Needless to say, the word natural will be the
keynote to all future medical treatments. No more toxic
artificialities, no more treating the human body like a
solid object in space, no more unnecessary surgeries,
and no more swallowing hundreds of useless meds. And no
more will our planet be swamped with people constantly
feeling bad, not when they start eating food instead of
plastics and otherwise going with the natural flow of
the universe.
Besides, in this kind of
future, treatment will be individualized. At the moment
the members of our health care establishment seem to
believe that two different people with the exact same
physical problem will both be cured by the exact same
medical procedure. Well, that makes as much sense as
absolutely everybody getting correct dietary advice from
the USDA MyPlate, where one size does not fit all.
People need individualized medical treatments to be
cured of their problems, just as much as they need
individualized dietary advice. In an oracular world,
this will be possible.
I am also certain that some
kind of peer-to-peer energy will be helpful in the new
medical world to come. I have already mentioned how P2P
is one of the most positive of the planetary energies to
come and it will also help people in the future who are
suffering from various ailments. In other words, they
would not necessarily rely upon their overworked doctors
to think up a proper treatment for a particular ailment:
they would be able to consult their peers (if only of
the online variety) about assorted treatments, and then
use an oracle to see if any of them might be more
effective than others.
However, all the oracular
consultation in the world is not going to help the
current cohort of plasticized human beings gain perfect
health. The bodies of the people alive today have been
so damaged by planetary toxicities that they will never
be completely healthy--and this includes me.
Unfortunately these toxicities are not going to
disappear all at once, since the petrochemical debris
which blankets the planet is going to be around for
quite a while. But I am convinced that one new social
manifestation to come in the future will be the
eagerness of absolutely everyone to help clean up the
planet and get it back to its natural flow.
But at the moment, the very
best way for everyone to do health care is by not
getting sick in the first place. So if you want to
improve not only your own health but do some good in the
world as well, you should do everything you can to stay
healthy. In other words, remember the Net! In the
Aquarian world to come, nobody will want to take medical
resources which could possibly be better used by one of
their brothers or sisters on the planet. I am aware that
this thinking is contrary to the mindset at the moment,
where even the tiniest physical problem means that you
run straight to your doctor. But that is yet another
legacy habit which will be nonexistent in the new world
to come.
So it is your sacred duty to
stay as healthy as you can. In other words, you need to
acquire a sound mind in a sound body, and do your best
to make sure it lasts the rest of your life. In a world
where you can access Divine guidance any time you like,
it can happen to everyone.
Here are some other changes
which need to start happening:
If you think you have a medical problem, do your research. In other words, the first thing you need to do when you suspect that you have a problem is learn something about it, understand what the assorted treatments are, and make a rational choice about which one will be best for you. As always, logic before psychic. Only then you go to your oracular tool and then your physician for the necessary assistance, which you might not even need if you have also found some self-help techniques for your problem.
Realize that your ailments can probably be cured more by subtraction instead of addition. I have long been convinced that if people needing medical assistance would just start thinking less instead of more, huge numbers of ailments would disappear . . . spontaneously. So instead of going to your doctor for insomnia medication, you should give up caffeine. Instead of demanding spinal surgery, you should start practicing yoga. There are probably many other ailments around which could be eliminated by detoxifying, shifting your internal energies, or just adopting some new habits, all of which you can easily do without demanding new medical resources.
Just sensing Divine energy can be healing. For most people, experiencing a sense of the eternal always feels beneficial. Escaping from our earthly reality, no matter how briefly, can make you feel better by helping you to focus on the grand scheme of things. So if and when you have a medical problem, you should do your best to remind yourself that you are experiencing nothing but a temporary pilgrimage on this planet where nothing ever lasts. Transformations are constantly happening within and without your "physical" being, and the way you feel now is not going to be the way you will always feel.
If possible, find ways you can cure yourself. This is a dangerous piece of advice, but it should be occasionally possible for you to cure whatever ailment you have instead of running straight to your doctor. Go online and try to find energy cures for your problems. Start making new efforts to avoid what you now see as toxicities. Utilize one of Edgar Cayce's most effective cure-alls, the castor oil pack.[82] Or Epsom salts, or natural healing clay, or essential oils, or anything else your oracle recommends. No matter what your ailment, you will find plenty of information on the internet about possible natural treatments.
Detoxify as often as you can. This will not be all that necessary in the future if you are eating right and avoiding plastics and other chemicals. But an occasional fast or hot bath/sauna can work wonders for your energy field. Even just getting outdoors once a day can help you detoxify. And try to go at least ten to twelve hours a day without eating or drinking, which is easy enough if you eat nothing between supper and breakfast. Your body will love you for it.
Breathe deeply as often as you can. There are plenty of online sites where you can learn how to improve your breathing. There are also yogic exercises which can help you to strengthen your lungs, and your oracle will help you find the most effective one for you to practice.
What about chronic pain? Forget about swallowing pills: start doing your best to eliminate your junk food diet, practice your daily exercises, avoid all toxicities, ask and give permission for Divine assistance, get outdoors, and do everything else I have suggested, up to and including consulting your oracle. Then if the pain is still there and all your doctor can do is prescribe pain killers, try alternate cures such as acupuncture or deep tissue massage. Especially the latter, which helped me enormously when I had a frozen shoulder. Deep tissue massage is a technique where the masseur applies huge pressure to various points in your body so you can release muscle tension and blocks. If you combine these treatments with daily yoga practice to keep yourself flexible, it will be a whole new you. However, if nothing you do helps, then by all means go on the medication. After a while, who knows? If you keep up with the natural treatments, you might soon discover that those painkillers are no longer necessary.
Whenever you can, go online and give money to people who need medical treatment. Make a vow to start supporting the Net once you are free of your own health problems. This can mean volunteering or helping financially if someone online requests money for medical treatment. But mind you, you should always check with your oracle to make sure any online request is legitimate, and that the crowdsourcing site is honest (not all of them are).
If you personally need financial help for medical problems . . . Don't even think about asking for it until you have done everything you can to regain your health yourself. In other words, expecting other people to pay for your abuse of your body is like expecting the Divine to take off your excess weight while you continue to swallow chicken nuggets. It will not work.
As for our health care establishment, here are some suggestions which will help our medical people transition to the new world:
Medical professionals should start focusing on energy instead of materiality. There are lots of energetic solutions for a wide number of health problems. Granted that these are not always solutions for some of the worst medical issues we can face, but there has never been much professional research into energetic cures. This needs to change, and I suspect that there is a whole galaxy of new treatments which will start to be discovered when researchers finally start to look. In other words, no matter how agonizing it might be, our high-tech American doctors need to get it through their 99.9999999999999 empty skulls that there might actually be something to eastern ideas of energy healing, mind/body disciplines, and the existence of ka/pneuma/prana/qi/lung/élan vital. Fortunately this is already starting to happen and will only continue to increase in the years to come.
Medical professionals should stop lusting after ever more funding for ever more high-tech cure-alls. As in surgical robots or proton beam accelerators or whatever. If you ask me, these kinds of financial expenditures will no longer be necessary in an oracular world.
Medical professionals need to stop overmedicating. One major problem in contemporary medicine is not just that physicians keep prescribing pills, but they overprescribe them as well. Patients should realize that if they really do need some kind of medication for a physical problem, they should consume as little of it as possible and end it as soon as possible. Nobody should ever have to swallow a med for years or even decades. If this is what your physician is recommending, find a new physician.[83]
Medical professionals need
to accept the fact that miracles can actually happen. At the moment,
of course, they use the word remission instead of
miracle, but if you ask me most of these so-called
remissions are definitely manifestations of Divine
energy. Yet another reason why spiritual energies need
to be combined with contemporary health care to make it
infinitely more effective.
Big Pharma needs to bite the dust. By now you
should realize that artificial chemicals only make
things worse. The sooner they go, the better.
Medical treatments need to be naturalized. The more natural
the better. This can mean, believe it or not, that
something as simple as the laying on of hands might
actually help someone who is sick or injured. Throughout
all human history, the medical professional would simply
lay his or her hands upon the patient to help with a
cure. While there are no statistics about how frequently
this treatment actually works, I am convinced that it
will be one of the most successful ways to cure people
in the future for two reasons: (1) in the years to come
people will be in the habit of daily spiritualizing
their hands with their mudras, and (2) their hands will
be most sensitized since they are the parts of our body
most in contact with our electronics. Also, since the
laying on of hands is just another P2P experience, the
potential here is limitless.
New research needs to focus on how the mind affects
"matter". Once our medical professionals get some
understanding of the interconnection between mind and
body, and then start to research how people can direct
or manipulate their own internal energies, this simple
change will make for great improvement in helping people
maintain their health.
Medical professionals should listen to
their patients. At the moment all the
interactions between physician and patient are
Big/Little interactions. No medical professional ever
seems to listen to what the patient might have to say
about their problem or how it could possibly be cured.
Fortunately, in the P2P world to come, this kind of
verticality is going to evaporate. Future cures will be
most effective when they are co-created between patient
and physician, with oracular consultation thrown in for
good measure.
Spiritual
guidance will help research. Oracular
consultation will do more than help medical
professionals zero in on individual health problems. It
will also help ongoing medical research in ways that
people cannot now even begin to imagine. At the moment
when research happens, no matter how intelligent or
dedicated the researcher is, he or she relies on that
silliness called guesswork to decide what needs to be
investigated, experimented with, or otherwise paid
attention to. All of which leads to wasted time and
resources. These kinds of wrong turns will be eliminated
in the future, when researchers could simply sit down
with their oracle and determine which area to
investigate or what kind of treatment is the most
promising. This one little change could eventually save
billions of dollars.
If you are a
young person thinking about a health care career,
consult your oracle. The healthcare
industry is burgeoning at the moment, but will it
continue? Not when so many of our health care positions
will eventually be very legacy. It is estimated that
there are about a million physicians currently
practicing in the United States. In fifty years the
number should be about half that. In a hundred years
maybe only a tenth. Like all other professional careers
at the moment, what seems like solid ground is nothing
of the sort.
Be a good P2P person. Don't just search for cures
online: if you have personally managed to solve one of
your physical or mental problems, tell the world what
you did.
Recommended prayers.
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that you help me to:
• maintain my mental and physical health on this day and night and every day and night for the rest of my life. And I thank you.
• identify physical or mental problems as soon as they manifest so they can be dealt with. And I thank you.
• give me the right kind of guidance to help me co-create a cure for the health problems I am currently experiencing. And I thank you.
• keep me eating the most optimal diet for my particular energy field. And I thank you.
* * *
Along with teachers and
government bureaucrats, our medical professionals are probably
going to be the most resistant to everything I say in this
book. Which is only to be expected. Here I must again repeat
that I do not have a single shred of evidence for any
statement I make in this book. Nevertheless, there is nothing
I would welcome more than a suitably credentialed researcher
at the one of the National Institutes of Health experimenting
with some of my assertions and, of course, publishing the
results in a peer-reviewed journal.
But I am not going to hold my
breath waiting for this to happen. I expect that most of
our medical professionals are perfectly comfortable with
the way health care things are now. To suggest that a
completely new kind of spiritualized health care would
be more effective than the insanely expensive artificial
mess we have at the moment is going to fall on deaf
ears. Let us also remember that the last thing Big
Pharma, Big Insurance, and Big Medicine want is a planet
filled with completely healthy people. That would mean
no more dollar bills.
But in the years to come I am
convinced that our ever more sensitized medical
professionals will be willing to experiment with
spiritual or energy cures, once they become convinced
that they actually do work. This will be a win-win for
everyone. But we are not yet in this new kind of world.
I must remind the reader that if you have any kind of
mental or physical problem at the moment, you should
immediately go to your doctor for assistance. Of course,
once you become accustomed to working with an oracular
tool, that will also help, but at the moment, your
doctor knows best.
But eventually We the People of
Planet Earth will be so healthy that we will be free of
the tyranny of our medical establishment. We will be
able to access health care when we need it outside of
governments, insurance companies, bureaucrats, paper
pushers, drug conglomerates, and money. This is the kind
of universal health care the planet needs, and
eventually it will manifest.
* * *
At any rate, it is now time
for your esteemed author to change her focus. There is nothing
more I need to say about how you can make your own personal
life better. You now know how to access Divine guidance and
assistance, you understand the vital importance of your
physical and spiritual exercises, you are doing your tidy best
to free yourself of all your toxicities, you have created your
own utopia, you are experiencing a good relationship, and you
understand what you need to do to stay healthy. So you are now
starting to feel hale and hearty for the first time in your
life. Congratulations upon transforming your life for the
better.
But in case you haven't
noticed, you are not the only human being on this
planet. You share the earth with another 8 billion human
souls, most of whom are lost in toxic illusion and
inadvertently doing everything they can to make not only
their own lives but all aspects of our earthly reality
ever more gruesome. If you follow all my suggestions so
far, you will probably be able to live out your life
with a sound mind and body in your own personal utopia.
However, this kind of life is not going to help when all
the social, political, and economic structures that make
your culture functional are falling into pieces. Which
is what they are all currently doing.
So it is now time to change the
focus of this book from the personal to the planetary.
We need more than personal health and happiness as we
live out our lives: we need to live on a better kind of
planet. It is time for each one of us to start doing our
best to help this new kind of planet manifest. And yes,
each one of us really will be able to contribute to our
upcoming planetary transformation in one way or another.
Granted that we will not be able to fix everything about
our third rock, but each one of us can do our best to
help the process along.
But a reminder: planetary
betterment will never manifest through any kind of
legacy groupthink. The last thing our planet needs is
yet another toxic ego trying to impose his/her
separateness illusions on the rest of the human race.
Granted we have zillions of people around these days who
are furiously certain that they are currently making the
world a better place thanks to their politics or their
religion. But seeing as how they are operating out of
nothing but ego, all they are doing is creating ever
greater catastrophe. Well, this is not going to last,
not when people start realizing how going with the
natural flow can actually do some good in our tired old
world.
We also need to remember that
we humans possess the ability to reinvent ourselves any
time we like, which just happens to be one of the
greatest creative blessings we can experience during our
sojourn on this planet. Well, if we can reinvent
ourselves, we can also reinvent the whole planet. The
more people who start to devote their energies to making
it happen, the more quickly a brand new planetary
reality will begin to manifest. In this kind of reality,
not only will you be able to live in your own personal
utopia, but you will help to make a planetary utopia as
well.
So where should you begin?
That's easy. You simply have to understand that
everything, and I do mean everything, which seems normal
in our current planetary reality needs to be ditched. Up
to and including all the toxic Bigs which currently
blight the entire earth. These Bigs do not provide any
workable solutions--they only make things worse. The
corruption, incompetence, and inefficiency which our
planetary Bigs now constantly exhibit should now be
obvious to all. They have all got to go.
And the first Big we need to attack
is the biggest and baddest of them all. This particular
Big is a gigantic monstrosity which is the worst single
problem on the planet today. But while people now
understand that Bigs such as Pharma, Business,
Entertainment, and Religion need to go, they will
probably start screaming at what I am about to suggest.
Since this most toxic of the Bigs is considered to be
the one energy manifestation on the planet which will
eventually bring about paradise on earth (no chance of
any Big doing that, of course, which makes the preceding
statement the ultimate of human illusions).
Well, this Big must be
destroyed, and the sooner the better, especially since
it grows ever more oppressive and corrupt with each
passing year, not only in the United States but all over
the world. It is the single worst problem all 8 billion
of us have got. It is now time for me to take on the
worst of the Bigs on the planet, those Grand Guignol
shows called our governments.
Chapter 12. A New Non-Governmental Reality.
That's right. We the People
of Planet Earth have got to get rid of our governments.
Especially since our national governments are nothing but
unmitigated horrors which always cause more problems than they
solve. They have done little more than generate human
suffering since they were first instituted in ancient Sumeria
in the 4th millennium BCE.
The preceding statements will
undoubtedly bring on cardiac arrest with most of my
readers. There are countless millions of my brothers and
sisters in the Net who spend enormous amounts of time
worshiping the Great God Government (just as long as it
is being run by the members of their preferred political
party, of course). Believing in the government instead
of the Divine has become a substitute religion for
billions at the present time. Too many people are
convinced that their government is great, their
government is good, their government will do all that is
necessary to fix everything. Yeah, Government Is God.
This is Planet Earth's ultimate
delusion, the insane notion that a country's government will actually be
able to make things better for everyone. This nonsense
currently blankets the earth, and very few people are
able to think themselves out of it. After all, they have
been trained to think that Government Is God the way
they have been trained to think that junk food is
delicious, chemicals are good for you, and buying
something will make you happy. They cannot see anything
wrong with these ideas for all the meds they will ever
swallow.
Well, if you ask me, those
black holes called governments are the last place on the
planet where you will find the natural flow of the
universe, let alone the presence of the Divine. All
planetary governments are based on hierarchical and
separateness energies, which means that they will never
do anything except make things worse. Along with the
monster chemicals, the monster governments which
currently blanket the earth are the greatest curse of
our time.
Now I am sure that as a
reasonably intelligent human being, you are recoiling at
the preceding statements. You want to believe what you
have always been taught to believe, that our planetary
cultures always get better thanks to our national
governments. Sorry, people. If you suffer under the
delusion that planetary betterment can be legislated
into existence, you have a cabbage inside your skull
instead of a brain. You also need to be reminded of this
bit of insanity: Hey guys, I've got a
terrific idea! Let's amend the Constitution and make
alcohol illegal! Then nobody will ever be drunk again
for the rest of all eternity! Well, it did not
quite pan out that way. It never does.
Here is the reality about our
planetary governments: all they ever create are those
horrors called unintended consequences. Not progress,
not betterment, not happiness--just gazillions of
unintended consequences which always make everything
worse. This happens not only because governments are
energy manifestations which exist contrary to the
natural flow of the universe, but because no matter how
carefully the laws are crafted, there will always be
loopholes, of which the less-than-ethical will take
advantage. So it is never surprising that all of our
virtue-signaling socialist politicians always end up as
multi-millionaires. And why not? They never do anything
illegal, they play by the rules, and they constantly
congratulate themselves that they are making the lives
of us Littles better. So of course they are
entitled to as much money as they can get their hands
on. Right? Well, not quite. If your position of power is
making you rich, all you are doing is harming the Net.
And if you are a low-level
government worker suffering under the delusion that you
are a good person doing good work in this world, you had
better think again. Spending forty years of your life in
a cubicle is not a blessing but a horror. Never mind
that you get paid, you get benefits, you get to travel
on your vacations, and you get to spend your time making
your government ever more good. The reality here is that
you are living pure hell on earth (and maybe one of
these days the higher ups in your department will
replace those fluorescent lights above your skull which
are constantly scorching your eyeballs). You are nothing
but a cog in an enormous pitiless machine, which will
exploit you in any way possible. You mean that it has
never occurred to you that pushing paper in a torture
chamber called an office just happens to be hell on
earth? And you think you are actually a smart person?
Well, of course you are! So you just totally know that
the paper just absolutely has to be pushed! It is so
vitally important that society could not survive without
it! Right? Not quite.
I have always found it amusing
that the most extreme political hysterics among us just
happen to be government workers. The problems which our
Big Governments create are absolutely invisible to these
people. If and when a bureaucratic disaster is brought
to their attention, they will simply explain that the
problem will be fixed with a change in the regulations
or a bit of new funding (like another ten or twenty
trillion dollars). Well, this conjures up memories of
those Soviet honchos who kept making excuses, year after
year, about why their fabulous Five Year Plans were not
working. It was all because of bad weather, you see. The
Five Year Plans were themselves perfect since they had
been devised by the finest Marxist minds in the country,
so of course they had to
work. Nothing else was possible. This meant that
everyone just had to keep at them, and then one of these
days the workers' paradise would finally come into
being. Well, okay-- but the last time I looked the
Soviet Union was not around any more.
But that kind of governmental
nonsense doesn't apply to the United States! We don't
have a Marxist state on this side of the pond! We've got
a democracy! Our Constitution is the best on the planet!
Maybe all three levels of our American government have a
few teensy-weensy little problems, but there is no
better way to have a functional and prosperous society
than our present governmental reality! It has stood the
test of time for over two hundred years! What more proof
do you need that it works just fine? Especially since
spending money solves all social problems!
Well, I am now going to present
you with a brand new idea which you have never heard in
your life and which will probably cause more drop dead
horror than any other pronouncement which I make in this
book. Hang on to your whole grain goodness. It is now
time for me to utter the ultimate American heresy, and
here it is:
The United States Constitution is a bad idea.
There. It is time somebody
finally said it. And in case you are wondering, I have asked
my oracle several times whether or not I should put this
statement into this book. The response I have received from
the Great Beyond is: PUT IT IN THE BOOK! PUT IT IN THE BOOK!
All of which means that you
need to hear me out. The problem with the United States
Constitution is that it creates a hierarchical energy
manifestation (AKA a government) which, like all
hierarchical forms, does not exist in harmony with the
natural flow of energy in the universe. So both the
Constitution and the government it creates are nothing
but more toxic energy manifestations which will never
work the way they should.
Having said all this, I am the
first to admit that our American system of government is
better than all the others on the planet (or at least it
tries to be). But that does not necessarily make our
system of government a good thing. On the contrary. Our
government is as much of a problem as all the other
governments on the planet. It establishes all sorts of
Big positions, to which we Littles must defer. Granted
our Founders tried to ameliorate the power centers by
creating three branches of government, as well as
delegating authority to the states. This was all for the
best, but they still came up with a hierarchical energy
form, and by now you should realize that any kind of
hierarchy is not going with the natural flow of the
universe.
Besides, all those checks and
balances no longer work the way they are supposed to.
Our local, state, and federal governments continue to
grow ever more out of whack with natural energies with
every passing day, and as a result they are all
collapsing into logjam, corruption, and incompetence.
This is not surprising, given the fact that in recent
years our government only barely resembles the system
the Founders established. The trend for many decades now
has always been towards ever greater power. More
specifically, too much clout in the hands of too few
people, especially as far as presidents, entrenched
bureaucrats, and congressional lifers are concerned.
Time and again in recent years we have seen our public
servants doing exactly what they pleased, including
trampling on civil rights, seizing property, and
otherwise bypassing the law--and they just keep getting
away with it. Equal justice under the law has become a
ridiculous joke, and all those checks and balances are
evaporating.
Let us now take a hard look at
the current problems with our three branches of the
federal government. We will start with the Supreme
Court. The members of this court have always had a knack
of making more bad decisions than good ones, and those
bad decisions have had infinitely more impact on our
society than the good ones. All of which means that the
members of this court have been as subject to
contemporary trends as any other governmental employee,
and they have never hesitated to shred the Constitution
when it felt emotionally correct to do so. Just think Dred Scott v. Sandford (1857), Plessy v. Ferguson (1896), Korematsu v. United States (1944), and Kelo v. City of New London (2005), and you
will have to agree with me. Future generations will
remember the American Supreme Court for its innumerable
bad decisions, not its good ones.
As for that criminal class
called Congress, it is ridiculous to think that our
elected representatives can actually do their jobs these
days. The members of the 116th Congress (2019-2021)
passed a total of 16,601 bills during their two years in
office, which adds up to about 22 bills which needed to
be examined every single day of the year. Where do these
guys find the time to read all these thousands of bills
and make an informed decision about whether or not to
approve them? They don't of course, but that is okay
since they can rely upon their lobbyists, who are always
bestowing upon them nice little treats, to tell them how
to vote.
Besides, there is nothing like
a long term congressional career to produce piles of
wonderful money. So it must be very pleasant for
congressional lifers to contemplate their equity
whenever they relax in their gated communities and
congratulate themselves on all the good they are doing
in the world (when they are not figuring out their next
insider trading deal, of course). What do you mean, a Cosmic
Boomerang is heading directly their way? Don't be silly!
These people are doing everything right!
As for the office of the
presidency, it is no secret that in recent years our
presidents have acquired virtually unlimited power. This
is at least partially due to the legacy of the Cold War
(1947-1991). Presidents were powerful figures before
this time, but only in the Atomic Era did the President
have his finger on the button, which is
otherwise known as holding the fate of billions in his
hands. So he became something more than human, even some
kind of messiah. Of course the electronically-sensitized
snowflakes among us just love the idea of an
all-powerful president, as long as this person is a
member of their own party. Never mind the fact that most
of our 20th and 21st century presidents have been the
last word in incompetence. How else are our snowflakes
among us going to be safe without a good superhuman
president in power to protect them?
So in recent years millions of
American snowflakes have had no problem with a superman
president doing whatever he wants to do. What better way
to crush the bad people of the planet than by direct
presidential action? We all know that strongman rule has
been the nightmare of the planet for millennia, but when
a "good" American president does it, apparently it is
okay. He or she really will make the world a better
place, especially if there is a great big bureaucratic
system to help speed up the process. Then it will be
goodness for everyone! Right? Not a chance.
Versailles-upon-the-Potomac has been nothing but a clown
show for several decades now.
But worshipers of the Great God
Government do not care. They will always turn a blind
eye to everything they do not want to see. Whenever
there is a social problem these days, their immediate
thought is the government will fix it. Since
everything always improves when a good government takes
action. So our Congress just needs to keep passing
thousands of bills every year, and utopia will
eventually be ours! Yeah, government über alles! There
is no other way to do society.
Well, as I have
stated, the delusion that government can fix everything
is a clone of the idea that artificial chemicals can fix
everything. The only thing that happens when people turn
to either of these toxicities is that everything gets
worse. As far as the United States is concerned, it no
longer matters which political party gets voted into
office. The only thing guaranteed to happen is that our
social and economic systems will continue to collapse.
The idea that we can solve all problems with ever more
laws and regulations is yet another useless theory which
will never work. You think our government worshipers
would have figured this out by now. Not a chance of
that.
If all this were not bad
enough, in recent years there has been a new and
catastrophic tendency in our American government: the
desperate yearning of countless snowflakes for the permanent political power
of their own particular party. In past decades, a few
politicians would do everything they could to help their
party of choice acquire permanent power, but nowadays it
seems that practically everyone wants that impossibility
called permanence. Never mind the fact that our Founders
did everything they could to create a system of
government where no faction could ever acquire permanent
power. The United States is the only country in the
world where non-permanence is actually built into the
elective system, and for most of American history, no
faction has ever maintained permanent political power at
the federal level. One party rules the roost for a
while, the American people get fed up with it, and vote
in the other party. But then after a while they get fed
up again, and back the pendulum swings.
In many ways this
non-permanence is the core reality of what used to be
called our democracy. Not the separation of powers, not
the Bill of Rights, and not the checks and balances.
What is special about American democracy is its
non-permanence. This is the main idea which is
emphasized in The Federalist Papers (1788), and for
two hundred years most Americans have accepted it. But
not now, not in a snowflake world where letting the
other party run the show seems like an unspeakable
horror. Alas, the Founders never could have anticipated
snowflakes. Today millions of Americans lust for the permanent political power
of their faction, since they live in day-to-day agony
whenever the wrong party has the power. I had a
snowflake friend who was so freaked out by the 2016
election that she had to tell herself twenty times a day
that the 45th president of the United States was going
to be impeached. It was the only way she could stand to
be alive. Never mind the fact that the President in
question did not know she existed and had no impact upon
her day-to-day life. HE HAD TO BE IMPEACHED!!!! To say
that living with this kind of mindset must be hell on
earth is inadequate.
Well, she was not the only
snowflake like this. Millions of snowflakes will simply
collapse into hell on earth unless their party triumphs
by any means necessary. You know the party that I am
talking about, the one whose faithful regard it as the
sole gatekeeper of all the goodness in the nation, and
never mind the fact that it has been responsible for
slavery, the Trail of Tears, the spoils system, the
Civil War, Jim Crow, segregation, Japanese-American
internment, the war in Vietnam, President
I-did-not-have-sex-with-that-woman perjury, the stolen
2020 election, and the upcoming social security
collapse. This is also the party which has ruled most
big American cities for over half a century and bestowed
upon them those delightful blessings called
homelessness, sidewalks covered with excrement and
hypodermic needles, graft every time you turn around,
bribery for the most basic social or medical services,
potholes galore, and two or three homicides a day. This
is the party of the goodest of the good! Snowflakes must
always have this party in power or else! And just FYI: I
was raised to support this particular party and did so
for many years, until it became obvious exactly what
kind of cesspool it was.
Of course the track record of
the other party is not any better. Let us not forget
that some of its adherents were moronic enough to stage
a contemptible riot in the Capitol building after the
2020 election. The loyalists of this party are also
yearning for permanent political dominance as well. This
is the only thing that millions now want: a permanent
one party state, with a strongman issuing the executive
orders. One ring to rule them all, so the rest of us
Littles can join those millions of single mothers
already bound in the darkness.
But here's the catch about all
these dreams for permanent political power. It just so
happens that our American governmental Leviathan is
grinding to a halt. What is becoming ever more obvious
is the fact that governmental bureaucracy at all levels
can no longer do what it is supposed to do. Let me tell
you about a temporary job I had at the Illinois
Department of Health and Human Services (now renamed
with the more comfy title of Healthcare and Family
Services). I was hired because the department had a
backlog of 30,000 applicants whose paperwork needed to
be processed, and, needless to say, a backlog like this
is quite normal these days. So I dutifully reported for
work and almost immediately discovered one irate letter
after another from members of the public who were not
getting their benefits in a timely fashion, or whose
benefits had just simply stopped for no discernible
reason. More than a few of these people were threatening
to go directly to the governor unless immediate action
was taken.
Well, if you are number 29,998
on a list of 30,000 people, appealing to the governor is
not going to help. Even if you were at the top of the
list, the fantasy that you might get instantaneous
assistance from Big Governor is even more ridiculous,
given the fact that the backlog in the governor's office
probably reaches six figures. As will the backlogs of
all local, state, and federal agencies in the years to
come. Then seven figures, and then eight, and then who
knows? In the years to come, not even the people who
have learned how to milk the system are going to get
timely governmental assistance when they need it.
None of this is supposed to
happen with a nice, big, supportive government which is
theoretically taking good care of We the People. Or at
least this is probably what the legislators who keep
devising all the zillions of new laws probably tell
themselves. Well, these legislators suffer under three
major delusions: (1) there will always be Littles to
work the low-level bureaucratic jobs, (2) the system
will always be functional, and (3) the way things are
now are the way they will always be. Have I got news for
them.
Meanwhile, the only certainty
is that all our governmental systems are now breaking
down, and no amount of new funding is going to put
Humpty Govty back together again. At the moment some
Illinois governmental buildings have signs which
proclaim: No direct services provided
at this location. As the system
continues to collapse, what you will see is: This facility is protected
by barbed wire and guard dogs. And lots of
luck if you think you can reach a governmental
bureaucrat by telephone.
If all this weren't bad enough,
there has been a new and very disastrous governmental
trend in recent years which is going to make any future
reform all but impossible. This new trend has been
correctly called:
Weaponized government.
Here I should point out that
it is not just the kids among us who have turned into
tremulous snowflakes. The adults among us are frequently as
hysterical about their precious political groupthink as are
their offspring. This can be seen in an unprecedented
manifestation in our American government, the willingness of
governmental bureaucrats to use their power to attack members
of the public any way they can, and especially to wring money
out of them. The people who misuse their power like this
probably consider themselves, as usual, to be decent and
ethical human beings, but they are deluding themselves. Such
behavior was unthinkable in the past, but if you are an
electronically-sensitized and chemically-addled snowflake, you
do it these days without the slightest hesitation. Ethics be
damned.
What is so astonishing about
these people is that they have absolutely no idea that
they are doing anything wrong. They work very hard at
their jobs and live in nice houses with their nice
families. So they apparently persuade themselves that
misusing their governmental trust is not only okay,
nobody will ever know about it for the rest of all
eternity (apparently they have never heard of the word
transparency). So they will do anything they can get
away with.
We all know what kind of
governmental abuse this kind of mindset has generated in
recent years: at the moment: law enforcement officials
have the ability to seize all your assets if you are
dumb enough to hand them your debit card, animal control
personnel seize pets without good reason and then charge
exorbitant fees to the owners to get their animals back,
if you are making child support payments, you had better
cough up the money the second that your local government
demands it or you will be incarcerated, and agents of
the IRS will cling to you like leeches if you owe their
precious agency any money.
Let me now tell you a little
story about some Soviet style thuggery in Abraham
Lincoln's hometown, Springfield, Illinois. A friend of
mine was on probation and was trying as hard as he could
to comply with all the demands for money which the good
bureaucrats at the Sangamon County building were
constantly throwing at him. The Probation and Court
Services Office people had a right to phone him any time
and demand that he immediately come downtown to pay a
fine. Should he not do so, a warrant for his arrest
would be issued. So whenever he got a call from the
County, he had to drop everything, go downtown, and
shell out the cash. Also he always had to pay in cash
since the county would not accept either credit or debit
card payments. He quickly learned that one of the
favorite times for the County to make these calls was
over the weekend when the banks were closed. Anyone who
had no access to an ATM machine or no cash on hand ended
up in handcuffs.
In short, what was going on was
deliberate actions by the good county bureaucrats to
milk their victims for all they were worth. These
tactics were aimed at the lowest and most defenseless
members of society, most of whom were black. Granted
that these guys had done something wrong or they would
not be on probation, but most of them were desperately
trying to get their lives back on track. So never mind
the fact that the tricks the Sangamon County Probation
and Court Services Office was playing on them always
meant more fines, more charges, more incarcerations, and
more unlikelihood that they could ever escape the
system. I suspect that the good bureaucrats who kept
dreaming up these torments were getting nice little
bonuses whenever they managed to keep one of these guys
trapped in their clutches for several more years.
Which brings me to the events
of February 4, 2018, which was Super Bowl Sunday. My
friend got a call that morning to come downtown and pay
a new fine at the County building, and as usual he
complied. He then returned home and forgot about it. But
to his surprise about 4:00 that afternoon, he got a
second call from the probation authorities demanding
that he come downtown a second time and pay another fee.
This call did not come directly to his phone but to his
girlfriend's phone, which was his backup number. This
was the first time that my friend received two calls
demanding money from the County on the same day, and it
was also the first time that the call came to his
girlfriend's phone instead of his own phone. So he dug
up the money, went back downtown, paid the fee, and
returned home.
This second call happened as late as possible on
Super Bowl Sunday, since the bureaucrats making it knew
perfectly well that (1) probationers would never expect
to receive a second call after getting a first call in
the morning, (2) neither they nor their significant
others would be paying much attention to incoming calls,
and (3) they would most likely be drinking or otherwise
relaxing by late afternoon in order to enjoy the
upcoming Super Bowl. My friend was not a drinker, so he
was cold stone sober when the call came, and he managed
to get downtown to pay the new fine without incident.
But he later learned that there
were thirteen other men on probation that day who had
received both a morning and late afternoon call from the
Probation Office, and all thirteen of them were
rearrested, subjected to new charges, fines, and fees,
and to this day are probably still trapped in the system
because of the sadistic little scenario that the good
Sangamon County bureaucrats must have spent hours
devising. Weaponized government, in other words. Rumor
has it that the Sangamon County Probation Office has
continued with this Super Bowl trickery in all the years
since. The hell with rehabilitation or helping someone
start a new life. When you are caught in a weaponized
government trap, there is no escape.
Of course what the Sangamon
County bureaucrats did that day was legal, but it was
also hitting below the belt. It can only be compared to
stealing pennies from a beggar on a street corner. I am
sure that the bureaucrats who dreamed up this
viciousness up have never felt a smidgen of remorse
about their actions. It is true that the bad Cosmic
Boomerangs which these people will inevitably acquire
will not be pretty, but there is no convincing them of
that.
Unfortunately scenarios like
this one are now occurring all over the country, and at
all levels of the government. There are too many
governmental bureaucrats around these days who are
willing to do absolutely anything to wring money out of
what used to be known as the citizenry. All this means
that we have not had a government of the people, by the
people, and for the people for a very long time now.
What we have is a government that exists to make itself
richer and does not give a damn if they ruin a few lives
while they are at it. But the Great God Government true
believers will never give a damn. Shut up and go back to work,
you stupid peon, and stop criticizing your betters who
are making the world a better place!
At any rate, if you ever decide
to come to Springfield to see the only home Honest Abe
ever owned, you might also want to direct your attention
to the Sangamon County building three blocks to the
northeast. Then you can behold what they fought and died
for at Gettysburg: weaponized government. What, you tell
me that they have not come after you yet? Just you wait.
* * *
Wait a minute! Things are
not really that bad! Maybe there is a small amount of
incompetence or corruption going on these days at all levels
of our American government, but it will not always be like
that! Governmental problems can always be fixed by that
wonderful little prestidigitation called . . . reform.
Ouch. Reform is the idea that
it is actually possible to get a hierarchical system to
work both efficiently and ethically. So even if our
planetary governments do not quite work the way they
should at the moment, as soon as more
legislation/rules/regulations/control freakery is
enacted, no more problems! The Great Pumpkin will
finally deliver! At last!
And how will this reform
manifest? Why, with countless new and improved rules,
regulations, laws, and directives, of course! Never mind
that all the zillions of rules and regulations which
have been instituted in recent years have only made
everything worse. Never mind the fact that most people
today cannot move more than two inches without bumping
into yet another governmental rule or regulation. The
new ones will fix everything! One of these days our
planetary governments are finally going to do what they
are supposed to do: provide security and prosperity to
the populace. Yes, everybody knows that the quaint
little notion called reform will rid the earth of
corruption and inefficiency forever! Since it just has
to. Yeah, behold the government Fantasy Future, which
makes just as much sense as the drug-free Fantasy Future
or the romantic Fantasy Future.
All of which means that the
kind of reform which our planetary governments actually
need will probably take at least two or three thousand
more years. That is kind of a long wait. You mean that
you don't believe it will take that long? Then just
start repeating one single word to yourself: Chicago Chicago Chicago. Yeah, this
particular word should convince you that if you want to
keep those toxic structures called governments in place,
it will definitely take several more millennia to clean
them up.
The problem is that when reform
actually does happen, things do not stay better for
long. New corruption and inefficiency inevitably
manifest. The reality of our planetary governments is
that any energy field which has been erected upon those
pernicious illusions called separateness and hierarchy
can never be reformed, and
especially not when the so-called reforms manifest in
more control freakery, more bureaucracy, more rules and
regulations, and more Bigs and Littles. Governmental
reform is nothing but a very dead duck.
So it is no exaggeration to say
that the United States has finally collapsed into a
full-scale banana republic. The nail in the coffin
happened during the 2020 presidential election, when
countless numbers of governmental snowflakes did
everything in their power to tilt the election in the
direction of their preferred presidential candidate, the
one representing the "good" party. Most of them have
denied doing this, of course, even though many of them
were filmed destroying ballots. So they got away with
it. All the evidence suggests that the man who was
lawfully elected president in 2020 was not the man who
was sworn into office.
And if the snowflakes among us
got away with it once, they will of course do it again.
And again. And again. In other words, in the years to
come we will finally get to experience what our Founders
most feared: permanent one party rule. At last! The
progressives among us will finally be able to progress
into progress forever! Long live the United States of
Bananas!
But . . . I am being too
pessimistic here. The snowflakes among us are not going
to last. When people realize that spiritual solutions
actually work, that fantasy called the Great God
Government will start to evaporate. I doubt that your
average Hebrew prophet ever wasted time hoping that a
government would fix everything. No truly spiritual
person in human history has ever thought like that. In
the Aquarian era to come it is actually going to be
possible to have a functional social reality without
those corrupt and ineffective horrors called Bigs, up to
and including Big Government. Once everyone realizes
that they can actually receive individually accessible
Divine guidance and assistance, a need for any kind of
Big will evaporate. Late-stage government is going to
disappear along with late-stage capitalism and
late-stage socialism. As for the Constitution . . .
well, we can still give two cheers for those 4,543
words. It is just that we have to start moving away from
that piece of paper into the astounding new world which
is about to manifest.
Bbbbbbbbuuuuuuuuuutttttttttt .
. . THERE IS NO ALTERNATIVE TO OUR PLANETARY
GOVERNMENTS!
My dear reader, if that is one
of your most cherished beliefs, let me now remind you of
an interesting historical fact. The Big Governments
which currently smother the planet conjure up visions of
a different kind of hopelessly unreformable top/down
energy manifestation which existed about five hundred
years ago. This particular energy manifestation was also
supposed to last forever since it had been in existence
for fifteen hundred years and was the only option
possible at the time--or so everyone believed. I am
talking about the Roman Catholic Church at the beginning
of the 16th century. Thoughtful people at the time could
perceive that the Church had become a stinking mire of
greed and corruption whose honchos had no qualms about
doing anything they wanted to do, regardless of whether
it was right or wrong.
But the Littles at the time
continued to put up with it since they could not
conceive of an alternative. Everyone knew that not only
was the Church divinely ordained, it was the only way a
human being could get into heaven. So nobody could just
eliminate it. The Church simply needed to be reformed,
that was all. And once the reform finally happened,
everything would be perfect.
But in 1517 along comes a
nobody named Martin Luther who was armed with the
simplest of messages, namely that each one of us could
find our way to the Divine without all the rules,
regulations, structure, buildings, money, and hierarchy
of the hopelessly corrupt Roman Catholic Church. Guess
what. People started to listen. All at once a viable
alternative to the Catholic Church just appeared out of
nowhere . . . spontaneously. This alternative was much
more egalitarian and individualized than the mess which
existed at the moment.
Moreover, Luther's ideas about
personal reliance upon scripture were much more in
harmony with the natural flow of the universe than all
the Catholic dogma ever devised (although, as I have
mentioned, I don't think that scripture is 100%
reliable). What mattered at the time was that Lutheran
spirituality would eventually benefit the whole human
race, as it is the Protestant mindset which has given
Western civilization its ideas of self-reliance,
scientific investigation, the value of literacy, and the
separation of church and state.
Mind you, the Roman Catholic
Church did not completely disappear five hundred years
ago--it has continued to limp along ever since. But if
you ask me, like all the other Bigs on the planet, it is
finally going to collapse into nothingness. As will all
the behemoth protestant Bigs. In the new world to come,
no more Bigs period, up to and including Big Religion.
This should tell you that no
matter how sacrosanct the social structure, there are
always alternatives. Always. Up to and including an
alternative to our most sacred piece of paper, the
United States Constitution. Moreover, I am convinced
that the alternative to Big Government is already starting to manifest
here on planet earth. In the
Aquarian world to come We the People of Planet Earth are
being handed an opportunity to create a brand new kind
of social reality which will be ethical, egalitarian,
practical, interconnected, and untainted by that horror
called money. Furthermore, we are not going to have to
go through any kind of bloody upheaval to help it come
into being. It will happen gradually and painlessly, and
as the decades start to go by, it will start eliminating
our most pressing social problems.
So there really is a workable
alternative to the corrupt governmental oppression we
have at the moment. All of which means that it is time
to stop it with the reform fantasies and start focusing
on a completely new kind of social reality, one which is
based on those Realities called universal
interconnection and equality. If you ask me, this sounds
a lot better than whatever gets dreamed up every year in
the United States House Committee on Oversight and
Government Reform.
But how can this new social
reality be described? Well, don't ask me--ask Henry
David Thoreau, who was a spiritual visionary if there
ever was one and who could see exactly the kind of
social structure all human cultures needed, as described
in the opening statements of his celebrated essay On the Duty of Civil
Disobedience (1849):
I heartily accept the motto, "That government is best which governs least"; and I should like to see it acted up to more rapidly and systematically. Carried out, it finally amounts to this, which also I believe--"That government is best which governs not at all"; and when men are prepared for it, that will be the kind of government which they will have.[84]
This is what everyone on the
planet needs: a government which governs not at all. And if
you ask me, the not-at-all government is exactly what is
already starting to manifest on our tired old rock.
But . . . but . . . Oh, stop it
with your buts already. The way things are now are not the way they are
always going to be. By the next century governments will
be as legacy as burgers and fries. And yes, I know that
most of my readers are probably sputtering with
disbelief at the preceding statements, but they need to
keep reading. It is time for you to jettison all your
beliefs in the unworkable paradigms of the past, arm
yourself with your oracular tools, and start going with
the natural flow of the universe. Only then can you
start thinking about the possibilities of a completely
new social reality for everyone on the planet.
So I now get to explain exactly
what I think is coming. Just don't forget that this
information is coming to you directly from the Entity at
the center of the universe, who is right here with you
as you are reading these words and who is just dying for
you to pay attention. Here we go . . .
Chapter 13. A New Social Reality.
We will start this chapter by
talking about a silly little something called Napster. Once
upon a time, way back in the 1990's, a file sharing site
called Napster appeared from out of nowhere . . .
spontaneously. Napster was a way people could share their
favorite music with each other online. If you were desperate
to own a copy of one of your favorite songs, no longer were
you forced to buy a whole compact disc to get it. You could
download the song for free through Napster. Granted your
action was completely illegal, but Big Music with its eternal
greed was just begging for its customers to turn into pirates.
So a P2P energy manifestation like Napster was much more
aligned to the natural flow of energy in the universe than
what currently existed. I have already mentioned how P2P
assistance can help with countless personal problems these
days. Indeed, P2P support is one of the most powerful
experiences we can undergo. And it is this wonderful P2P
energy which is going to destroy all the legacy and very toxic
Bigs on the planet, up to and including that horror known as
Big Government.
No, this is not ludicrous
insanity. It is the future social reality of Planet
Earth. We are heading into an era where a completely
unprecedented kind of human culture is going to replace
all the corrupt and ineffective Big/Little stuff which
has plagued the human race since caveman days. Bigs are
not going to be needed any more than baseball in the P2P
world to come. Moreover, P2P energy will do much more
than destroy governments: it will also annihilate legacy
patterns of employment, of getting and spending, of
transportation, of ownership, of basic human
interactions. Furthermore, a lot of this is already
starting to happen.
But if your first reaction to
these statements is that they are completely bonkers,
may I now emphasize one very important point: the kind
of P2P world I am predicting cannot manifest without (1)
individually accessible Divine guidance and assistance,
and (2) the internet. Especially the first. If you ask
me, P2P is not something which has been created by human
effort but is instead the most wonderful and perceptible
evidence of Divine energy currently manifesting on this
planet. Anything which spontaneously appears out of
nowhere and which helps to move the planet into new and
very beneficial energies is exactly that. There is a
statement in Chapter 4 of the Bhagavad Gita where the
Divine, as personified by Krishna, tells us that:
Whenever there is a decline in righteousness and an increase in unrighteousness, O Arjun, at that time I manifest Myself on earth.[85]
Well, that is exactly what is
now starting to happen, thanks to P2P. After so many centuries
of adharma, or unrighteousness, we are now being blessed with
new forms of natural harmony, or that righteousness called the
dharma. P2P is a whole lot more than getting help from your
peers for your assorted issues. It is the key to the new
planetary social reality to come.
But even if the dharma is again
starting to manifest on this planet, won't we still need
our planetary governments? Not a chance of that. In the
new world to come, P2P will become the best possible way
for people to support each other. In other words, it
will be a way for problems to be solved, initiatives to
be developed, and disputes to be settled without some
kind of corrupt governmental Big creating ever more
logjam. Let me remind you that P2P just happens to be an
electronic clone of that Reality called Indra's Net, so
its success is inevitable. By the next century this type
of non-hierarchical energy will be the only social
reality in existence on our globalized planet. There
will no longer be any abuse of power since no one will
have any power.
But what does this mean on a
practical basis? Simple. In the years to come, instead
of turning to some kind of top/down energy
manifestation, people in need of help will start going
to their peers for information, education, or
assistance. Not just going for help, mind you, but as
good Aquarian water-bearers, they will also want to
supply it as well. This never would have worked in the
Piscean era, when the only thing that mattered was what's in it for me? But that kind of
mindset is about to disappear forever.
Think for a moment what a
globalized P2P world would be like. Each one of us would
go through our days conscious not only of our own needs
but the needs of everyone else as well. And not just the
needs of friends or family, but the needs of everyone. This means
that we would all do our best to make sure that every
sentient being in the Net was getting exactly what he or
she needed as far as shelter, health, or security were
concerned. Let us not forget that future Aquarians will
never want to acquire or experience something which
might elevate them above anyone else. Instead they will
focus on assisting anyone who needs it, whether locally
or globally. They will also never want to take more of
the planet's resources than they need, and they will do
their best to live as healthily and responsibly as
possible so they will never be a burden to the Net.
Here at the last gasp of the
Piscean era, this kind of unselfish human behavior
sounds unbelievable, especially since there is no
precedent for it in human history. It is true that on
occasion people have attempted to go through their days
with this kind of mentality, St. Francis of Assisi being
one of the most famous. But throughout most of human
history most altruistic attempts have gone exactly
nowhere. So at the moment most of us keep thoughts about
people who need help out of sight and out of mind.
Meanwhile we tell ourselves that the government will
take care of them anyway except that it never does.
Well, out of sight and out of
mind can no longer happen in a transparent world filled
with ever more sensitized people. When you go through
life as an Aquarian water bearer, you will always be
aware when someone is hurting or needs help, and you
will not be able to rest until that pain or unhappiness
is alleviated. This is what will matter in the Aquarian
era to come, not shopping, social media, or Hollywood
drivel. Imagine for a moment what your life would be
like if instead of starting your day with your moronic
social media, you directed your attention to your local
need-assistance sites where you could provide help to
someone in your area who needed it. I guarantee that
your happiness level will increase exponentially. There
is nothing more fun, more exhilarating, more utterly
Divine than donating your time or your money to someone
who needs help, and doing it without expectation of
reward. You think those legacy experiences called sports
and games were fun? You do not know what fun is until
you experience Aquarian water bearer fun.
And if you are someone who
needs help, you will not go to experts, authorities,
governments, thank-God-it's-Friday bureaucrats, or any
other kind of Big. You will go to your peers. This is
already starting to happen in numerous ways: the support
groups that help you deal with addictions or emotional
problems, the online forums where information and
suggestions can be exchanged, and various crowdfunding
sites.
But with crowdfunding there is
one obvious problem: you never know for sure whether the
person who is requesting help actually needs it. At the
moment the world is still full of corrupt egos who are
out for whatever they can get. Well, in the ever more
transparent world which is now forming, there is a
guaranteed way to determine if a person who requests
assistance truly needs it. You consult your oracle. It
will tell you whether or not the person you want to help
is worthy of assistance. This simple step will make all
kinds of crowdfunding ever more viable in a
cost-effective, egalitarian, and interconnected manner.
Now I am aware that it takes
quite a cognitive leap to go from Napster to a
non-governmental social reality. But you need to
remember that the idea of peers helping peers is not
unprecedented. When Alexis de Tocqueville toured the
United States in the 19th century, what he found most
astonishing were the volunteer groups he encountered,
the musical societies, debating clubs, and charitable
organizations, which were everywhere.[86] People would
come together to help each other out in their
localities, and it worked. It will work in the future as
well, and nobody will have to work a wage-slave job
pushing paper to make it happen.
The vested interests among us
will be frothing at the mouth at all of this. They will
want current systems to go on forever since they keep
them in money and in smug self-righteousness. Besides,
they have a weaponized government which will maintain
that foreverness--or so they think. Silly little fools.
The Littles among us are not only going to start
escaping the plantation, they are going to help other
slaves do it as well. Imagine that, the Littles among us
coming together to solve problems outside of appropriate
lines of governmental authority.
But don't try telling me that
you personally cannot start helping other people since
you simply do not have the time. Well, if you give up
those legacy toxicities called sports, games,
entertainment, social media, shopping, and politics, you
will have all the time in the world. And don't try to
tell me that a Little like yourself cannot do anything
about major social problems like homelessness or hunger
or accidental disasters. You know perfectly well that we
need governments for that!
Is that so? You need to
remember that in a world where each one of us can
receive individualized guidance and assistance for the
Divine, everything I am describing here can truly start
to manifest. When everything is equal as well as
interconnected, no one can fall out of the safety net
any more than they can fall out of Indra's Net. If you
add to this the idea of transparency, of ever increasing
psychic skills and the Divine guidance which they can
give us . . . well, we are really heading into an
incredible new world.
Here is an example of what I am
talking about. Let us suppose that one of the bridges
over the Mississippi is no longer structurally sound and
needs repair. In the bad old days of Government Is God,
private businesses would submit bids to the appropriate
bureaucrats to make the necessary repairs, and
then--theoretically--the bureaucrats would contract with
the company most likely to do a good professional job at
an acceptable fee. Theoretically. But you don't need to
hear from me how many of these decisions were based on
guesswork, favoritism, or just plain old graft.
What would happen in the new
world to come is that the local engineers (and we will
still need our engineers) would discuss the problem with
their angels, determine the best course of action, and
publicize the problem on the internet. The men or women
most qualified to help fix the problem would then either
notice the problem or be informed by their angels that
they need to offer assistance. Since none of them would
be trapped in a nine-to-five, they could be on the scene
immediately.
The resources for the repair
would be delivered in the most cost-effective way
possible, preferably by local curators (and while nobody
will own raw materials in the future, they will still
need to be curated). But the right materials and the
right people for the job would appear . . .
spontaneously. The bridge would be repaired, the angels
would bless it with their seal of approval, and Planet
Earth would have one less problem.
So why would we need a
government in this kind of world? Let me remind you of
what is perhaps the most famous statement in the The Federalist Papers (1787), James
Madison's opinion that:
If men were angels, no government would be necessary. If angels were to govern men, neither external nor internal controls on government would be necessary.[87]
Well, we members of Homo sapiens are not going to
turn into angels anytime soon. And the last thing the
real angels want to do is start governing all of us
quarrelsome entities, since they quite correctly
recognize that any kind of top/down energy only makes
things worse. But what can start happening right now,
right this minute, is that each one of us can start
receiving Divine guidance directly from the supernatural
beings among us. This never could have happened before
electronic sensitization, but it can start happening
now. So if you still don't think that anything could be
better than our Constitution, why don't you start
imagining the possibilities of a P2P social reality
guided by (but not governed by) the angels. Hmmmmm. I
think that even Jim Madison would have liked this
idea--once he managed to unscramble his brain enough to
get used to it.
Having said all this, I am also
certain that our constitutional government is not going
to immediately evaporate into nothingness. It will
probably continue to exist in some form until the 22nd
century. So you are not about to wake up one morning to
exclaim Oh my God, the Constitution
isn't there any longer! But as a source
of assistance or protection, all three levels of our
federal government, as well as our state and local
entities, will become ever more irrelevant as the years
go by. This is just as well, since the other unexpected
development which is certain to manifest in the years to
come is the non-eagerness of our young people to earn
their bread by governmental desk slavery. Yes, I know
that office work was supposed to go on forever, but in
the Aquarian era nobody on the planet will push paper if
they do not have to. In a P2P world they will not have
to.
As for our elected
representatives, they can finally start doing what
everyone in this country really wants them to do: play
golf. This will be a much better use of their time than
voting on bills they have not had time to read. And
instead of sitting in committees all day, they might
actually get out and volunteer to help people in the DC
area who need it. Imagine that.
So this is the new
non-governmental and non-Big world which is already
starting to manifest. We the People of Planet Earth will
start taking care of each other without needing any kind
of governmental assistance. This is how to demolish
those toxic energy fields called governments: you don't
try to destroy them. You simply bypass them. Pay no
attention to that government behind the curtain! It was
all a fake anyway.
Still, I am aware that these
ideas need some getting used to. So all you should do at
the moment is just start thinking about this new
kind of non-governmental social reality. I guarantee
that the more thinking you do, the more comfortable you
will be with the whole idea. Besides, as I have
mentioned, for the foreseeable future what we have at
the moment will remain in place. It is just that as the
years go by, and governments get ever more bypassed, We
the People will start taking care of each other without
any kind of bureaucratic support.
Here are some more suggestions
about how you can help get this new social reality to
manifest:
Get over your Government Is God fantasy. It was all pathetic nonsense from the get-go and will have no place in a world where people can get the real McCoy from the real McDivine. One less person no longer infatuated with Government Is God nonsense means one more person who can help bring in a completely new planetary reality.
Recognize and dismiss propaganda when you encounter it. Big Government continues to get away with it since its toadies among Big Media kowtow to them at every opportunity--just as long as the "good" party is in power, of course. These legacy media practitioners all seem to be graduates of the Joseph Goebbels Institute for Hysterical Disinformation. All you have to do when you graduate from this wonderful institution is point a finger at one particular bogeyman, make sure that the electronically-sensitized snowflakes out there understand that the bogeyman is Satan walking on earth, repeat it often enough, and the snowflakes will start to believe it. After all, this kind of Big Lie technique worked beautifully back in the 1930's, and it still works today. Of course it must be hard work keeping the public's terror threshold constantly revved up to eleven, but who cares about that? Well, the good news here is that when people start relying upon their oracular tools, they will see all those Big Lies out there to be the toxic manipulation techniques they are, and our legacy media will finally collapse into the nothingness it deserves.
Never try to shut anyone up. One of the core realities of the new P2P world will be that of free speech. Needless to say, this particular freedom is essential if We the People can ever create a new and better planetary reality. Fortunately in a world without any Bigs, the right to speak your mind will become everyone's birthright. Anyone who tries to block it will be engaging in the ultimate futility.
Do not ever under any circumstances get a government job. If you are an old fogey like me who has spent her entire life pushing governmental paper, this advice is worthless. But if you are a kid wondering what you should do with your life, forget the civil service. This is already starting to happen: the number of Americans working for either local, state of federal government fell by 2.6% from 2010 to 2020. In Illinois it fell by 7.8%.[88] This percentage will only increase as the years go on, and so will the burdens on remaining governmental workers. If you are dumb enough to get a civil service job in the future, you will probably end up working a job which three, four, or even five people are currently working. Also you may never qualify for a governmental pension, which might not exist fifty years down the road.
If you are currently trapped in a governmental career which you now understand is useless and toxic, just keep your mouth shut and do your duty. Never expect that things will get better because they won't, but continue to do what you are being paid to do. Just don't let yourself go crazy as things fall apart. It also helps to vaporize your building every evening as you walk out the door so that it no longer exists. Of course the building will be reconstituted by the time you return to work the next day, but at least you will not be taking your job home with you.
If you do have to work for the government, never use your government position as a weapon. Or will you ever live to regret it. Anyone who tries screwing the citizenry from a position of governmental authority will spend the rest of their life suffering all the slings and arrows of outrageous fortune in the universe, which is otherwise known as getting clunked by countless Cosmic Boomerangs.
Occasionally blow a raspberry at your government. It deserves it as much as any hardcore drug you care to name.
If you want to vote . . . You should vote for candidates who are aware of the new Aquarian and P2P energies which are forming and are doing their best to align their energies to them. So pay no more attention to those bankrupt energy manifestations called Republicans and Democrats, and never give any of their legacy candidates one red cent of your money. Most important: never vote for any candidate without oracular approval, which probably means that in the foreseeable future you will not be voting. If the present author could find a candidate who is committed to decentralization and P2P, and who will only support legislation which has oracular approval, she would vote again. I even have a fantasy vision of a future presidential candidate holding up a deck of tarot cards and informing the public that if elected, he or she will never say, do, or initiate anything without Divine approval. Alas, this will probably not happen in my lifetime.
If you can manage it, never go to the government for assistance about anything. You will have to wait an eternity to get it anyway, so why bother?
Give as much as you can. Start giving as much money as you can to people who need it, and if you cannot afford to give money, try to give your time and energy. Remember that the more you give the more you are going to get, even if all you ever get are beneficial energies. On the other hand, if all you want to do is take instead of give, you are never going to get anything except some well-deserved Cosmic Boomerangs.
Have fun. One of the most enjoyable spectacles in the new world to come will be the reactions of the Bigs as their power starts to crumble. So break out popcorn and enjoy the show. There has never been a spectacle like this in human history, and the entertainment value will be astronomical.
Remember that the best cures
are always slow and gradual. This holds true
not only for your physical health but for the body
politic as well. So while you personally need to start
doing as much as you can to assist your brothers and
sisters in the Net, do not expect any kind of colossal
planetary change for quite some time. Never forget that
the slower the natural flow of the universe, the more
quickly will harmony, joy, beauty, and ever increasing
Divine grace manifest.
Recommended Prayer.
Do you remember when I told you in Chapter 6 that there
were two vitally important ask-and-give permission
prayers you needed to start reciting every day? The
first prayer was getting motivated to start doing daily
repetitive exercises since that was the only way you
could change your life for the better. Now we have come
to the second most important prayer you will need to
utter in your life: giving the Divine permission to
restore the dharma to the entire planet. This time you
are not praying only for yourself but for the whole
third rock you live upon, as follows:
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, on behalf of all my brothers and sisters in the Net, I ask and give permission that you to start doing everything you can to restore the dharma to the entire planet. And I thank you.
But you tell me that you don't think a prayer like this will help anyone or anything? Haven't you been paying attention? If millions or even billions of people started to recite this prayer every day, the benefits would be astronomical. Nevertheless, it doesn't have to be millions or billions. If even just one person recites this prayer each day on behalf of his or her brothers and sisters in the Net, it will help (and at least one person is already doing it, namely the author of this book). But there is nothing she would like better than if billions of her brothers and sisters joined in.
* * *
But but but but . . . a
million new buts! Honey, this time you are really out of
your mind! You are ignoring the one single thing that our
governments provide to us: security! The world is full of
sociopaths and killers and lunatic dictators! We need our
governments to insure domestic tranquility, provide for the
common defense, and all the other stuff listed in the
Preamble to the Constitution! There are zillions of
sociopaths among us who would steal anything not nailed down
or commit murder whenever convenient if it weren't for the
police, the courts, and the prisons!
As for national defense, no
government on the planet is going to demolish its
military and leave their countries vulnerable to attack!
Defense is an absolute necessity for every nation on the
planet! Maybe people might be able to give up their
politics or their religion in the new world to come, but
giving up their national defenses? It does not get any
more insane than that! Don't start blathering again
about the Archangel Michael and Divine assistance!
Maybe, just maybe, at sometime in the far distant
future, we can rely upon supernatural beings to keep us
safe, but that is ludicrous insanity at the moment!
Well, no arguments--at least at
this point in time. But guess what. In the new oracular
world to come, personal as well as national security
will be the easiest thing in the world to manage. Those
shocks called Pearl Harbor and 9/11 could not happen in
an oracular world, let alone an unexpected bank robbery,
home invasion, or somebody going postal.
And I also need to remind you
that there are no boundaries in Indra's Net. All of
which means that a planet which is artificially divided
into nation states is not going with the natural flow of
the universe. This means that eventually our current
nation states will have to go. This should not be
surprising if you think about it. We are all familiar
with the term globalization these days, since
globalizing tendencies are getting stronger all the
time. We realize that our planet is growing ever more
interconnected, and we also acknowledge that this is a
good thing. We already have a global popular culture,
where movies, music, and even comic books no longer have
any boundaries and can usually be enjoyed by anyone who
is interested. So the thought of a completely globalized
planet without those nuisances called nation states
should not seem like a horror.
But that is impossible! Our
nation states are too entrenched! Even if we are heading
into a P2P social reality, and even if our planetary
governments start to collapse from logjam, it is beyond
ridiculous to imagine that all the countries on this
planet are just going to evaporate into nothingness!
People will never be able to live without their
countries! Or their native languages! It simply is not
possible!
Well, let me remind you that
one of the main energies to come in the new world
forming around us is an end to memory--and there is
nothing worse for us humans to stay trapped in memory.
When we obsess about what happened way back when, those
long-ago events still seem to be happening right this
minute. If you stay trapped in memory, you stay trapped
in misery.
But didn't philosopher George
Santayana inform us that "those who cannot remember the
past are condemned to repeat it."[89] Yes, he did, and
in the Piscean era these words were as true as organic
food. But not any longer. As we shift into a new
planetary reality, memory is going to be an enemy, not
just personally but historically as well. Having said
all this, I am the first to admit that we humans should
never forget the events of our endlessly horrible past.
No event, no matter how terrible, which has occurred in
human history should be obliterated from our historical
records. But obsessing about the past, memorializing the
past, and keeping a sense of victimhood alive will never
create anything except new suffering. Behold yet another
universally-accepted theory which simply does not work.
And it never will. You do not
prevent future atrocities by taking action based on the
same kind of separateness illusions which created all
the past atrocities in human history. This means that no
matter how righteous you think that your beliefs are, no
matter how sacred you consider your own personal group,
if you are not able to see all sentient beings as one
interconnected whole, once again, you are the problem with Planet
Earth, not the solution. You are going through your life
with the exact same kind of mental energies to be found
in morons like Torquemada, Pol Pot, and Mary Tudor.
Fortunately the Aquarians to
come will never be able to comprehend the infliction of
pain by one human being upon another, any more than they
will be able to comprehend soft drinks or basketball. I
have already mentioned that the three most sacred words
in the English language are get over it, and it is time
for the human race to do exactly this. Those who do look
back, such as Eurydice or Lot's wife, are lost forever.
If you have been expending huge amounts of energy
memorializing some kind of groupthink suffering, you
should realize that you are not doing good in the
world--you are only perpetuating some very bad energies.
But if you are terrified that
forgetting past horrors will condemn humanity to repeat
them, just keep reminding yourself that man's inhumanity
to man can only happen in a world of hiddenness. That
kind of world is about to disappear, and this alone will
be enough to prevent atrocities from happening in the
future. So if you want a better world, your energies
should be directed towards the creation of the kind of
universalist and transparent world where tyrants,
mobsters, or racists can no longer get away with it.
Well, okay--maybe. But only our
nation states can provide all 8 billion of us with
security and safety! That is elementary common sense! No
way can P2P or any other kind of decentralization
provide the citizens of any country on the planet with
personal or national security. Only a nation state with
the right kind of laws, a legal system, a military, and
a police force can do that! Without structures like
these, and the governments which support them, civilized
life would collapse into . . . well, chaos! P2P national
security is an insane joke.
Sorry. Nation states are legacy
energy manifestations which are going to evaporate by
the next century. But cheer up! They are going to be
replaced by something much better. Namely by John, Paul,
George, and Ringo.
It is time for you to proceed
to the next chapter.
Chapter 14. A New Cultural Reality.
I shall now describe an
unprecedented spiritual phenomenon which appeared in the early
1960's. It was called the Beatles. This particular rock and
roll band was composed of four profoundly mystical visionaries
who made an astounding spiritual impact on every corner of the
planet. Yes, the Beatles were--
Whoa. Wait a minute. What am I
talking about now? We all know that the Beatles achieved
a huge amount of fame and success, but who would
consider them a spiritual phenomenon? How could they be
the key to a new kind of stateless global reality? Am I
out of my skull again? As usual?
On the contrary. If you ask me,
the Beatles were indeed a manifestation of spiritual
energies. There is a story that at the height of
Beatlemania, parents of disabled children would bring
their offspring to the band in the hope that one touch
from the Fab Four would cure them. These people were
sensing that the band was indeed putting out some kind
of miraculous spiritual energy, or else the idea never
would have occurred to them. Such was the impact that
the Beatles were making, even if no one quite realized
that their music was indeed spiritual. But how else can
you describe songs about human communion, peace, love,
interconnection, and letting things be? In one way or
another, and in practically every song they created, the
Beatles were making music out of that Reality called
universal interconnection. All they needed was love.
We also need to remember that
the Beatles were not just spiritual visionaries, they
were spiritual seekers as well. The lads from Liverpool
did not want to hold your hand as much as they wanted to
find God. Their well-publicized passage to India in 1968
probably did more to bring the glories of Vedanta to the
West than any other event in history. Many kids at the
time, including myself, had their minds opened to the
possibility that a magical mystery tour into Oriental
spiritual traditions could be valuable, and their lives
changed for the better because of it.
Which brings me
to my point: that island called Great Britain (or at
least that part of it called England) has produced the
single most Divinely-inspired culture on the planet. No
other human society can even approach it. Granted the
English have never had a perfect civilization, and to
this day the remnants of their legacy feudalism continue
to blight their social reality. But it is the people of
England over the centuries who have managed to produce
the best possible democratic traditions, not to mention
an astounding number of mystical visionaries. All of
which tells me that it is the people of England who have
most successfully managed to sense and utilize Divine
energy over the centuries. This matters very much to the
human race as a whole for one simple reason: when all
the nation states on the planet finally kick their
well-deserved bucket, only one cultural reality will
exist on our globalized planet: the Anglosphere.
Howls of protest can now be
heard, especially from those proponents of that
something called multiculturalism. Multiculturalism is
the idea that all human cultures are of equal value, so
whatever national or linguistic culture you grew up in
is just as good as all the other cultures on the planet.
The problem is that people who celebrate multicultural
blessings are never eager to take up residence in any of
the more repressive political or theocratic regimes
which continue to blight the earth. Sure
multiculturalism is okay, but only when it happens
somewhere else.
Well, if you ask me, there is
something very much wrong about the idea of
multiculturalism. As I have repeatedly stated, all
sentient beings are created equal, which is the Reality
of our interconnected universe. However, you cannot make
a similar statement about our various planetary
cultures. No way are they all equal, let alone
beneficial to their citizenry. Those societies which
value what we Americans consider to be basic human
rights, such as free speech, room to maneuver, and
protection from governmental oppression are vastly
better than those legacy strongman regimes which are
still to be found. Granted the democracies of the planet
are not perfect, but they do manage to provide more
security and prosperity to the populace than any kind of
dictatorial rule. And there is nothing like dictatorial
rule, whether political or religious, to prevent people
from reaching the Divine.
Besides, as I have already
mentioned, that little something called free speech is
also a bedrock necessity in living a successful life.
Granted that this particular freedom is becoming ever
more battered both in the US and the UK, but in the
Aquarian world to come it is a concept which will
inevitably triumph over the entire earth, along with all
those other Divinely-inspired British political
tendencies. If you add to this the American tendency to
reject any kind of traditional class system, as in
feudal, tribal, or caste, you get the best possible
cultural model for the Aquarian future. To bang the drum
for the Anglosphere is not legacy nationalism but a
simple acknowledgment that it is the best culture on the
planet. The sooner all people and cultures adapt
themselves to it, the more quickly the new globalized
world will manifest.
But why England? What was it
that made the inhabitants of that tiny little country
come up with what will be the future planetary culture?
If you ask me, part of the answer lies in the fact that
Britain happens to be an island. It enjoys such a moist
climate that its people live almost as much in water as
they do in air. Guess which element has the greatest
ability to stimulate psychic or clairvoyant ability:
water. Over the centuries many psychics have realized
that if they want to stimulate their intuition, they
need to drink a lot of this elemental liquid or at least
live in places where its influence is strong. American
psychic Edgar Cayce settled in Virginia Beach because he
realized that residing next to an ocean would stimulate
his seership.
Well, the inhabitants of
England have always possessed a special paranormal gift
for picking up what are usually non-perceptible
energies, including those spiritual beings among us whom
we call ghosts. Somehow the combination of wateriness,
land energy, and an amalgamation of different races
gives the inhabitants of this island an unparalleled
talent for spiritual vision. This explains why England
has produced so many extraordinary mystics over the
centuries, which is the only way to describe the
greatest English poets, dramatists, novelists, artists,
and composers. Scotland and Wales have also produced
them to a certain extent, but it is the English who keep
churning them out generation after generation.
Consider two of the most
popular novelists of our era: J.R.R. Tolkien and J.K.
Rowling, both of whom are full-fledged English mystics.
Whenever you read Tolkien or Rowling, you always get a
sense of something larger than the mundane world we
inhabit, of some kind of shining truth behind the
surface of things. Mind you, as late-Piscean writers,
both Tolkien and Rowling had to give their readers
plenty of us-against-them energy to keep things
interesting, but that was never the primary focus of
their work. What you find in Tolkien and Rowling is a
sense of individually accessible Divine Reality which
can be experienced by anybody.
British philosopher Alan Watts
also understood this very well and tells us in his
autobiography that:
I carry over from childhood the vague but persistent impression of being exposed to hints of an archaic and underground culture whose values were lost to the Protestant religion and the industrial bourgeoisie, indeed to the modern West in general. This may be nothing but fantasy, but I seem to have been in touch with lingering links to a world both magical and mystical that was still understood among birds, trees, and flowers and was known--just a little--to my mother and perhaps to one or two of my nursemaids.[90]
This kind of experience,
which is rare in the rest of the world, seems to happen to
great numbers of people in Britain. It is a land where
everyone seems to be a visionary of some kind. If you ask me,
this explains why England has been the home of some of the
most extraordinary firsts in human history. During the Middle
Ages, when a monarch was supposed to be God's representative
on earth, the English were the first to force their king to
obey the law. They were also the first to execute a subsequent
king and the first to fight a civil war over human rights.
More recently Britain produced some of the first computer
geniuses, starting off with Charles Babbage and Ada Lovelace
in the 19th century through Alan Turing and Tim Berners-Lee in
the 20th. These were not minor firsts in human history--along
with the fact that England was the first country to
industrialize, they were earth-shaking human advancements.
They appeared in a country which was riddled with spiritual
visionaries.
There are plenty of other
specifically English tendencies which other
nationalities do not seem to possess but which also
smack of spiritual vision: their ability to compromise,
their practicality, the emphasis on individuality (that
nuisance called herd mentality does not happen so much
when you speak English), their tolerance of
eccentricity, and their emphasis on "sweetness" in
spirituality, which can be found most especially in
Julian of Norwich's celebrated pronouncement that "all
shall be well, and all manner of thing shall be
well."[91]
Then there is the idea of the
everyman hero. Most people on this planet have notions
of what an average person is like, but it is only the
English who turn their nobodies into heroes. This was
happening as early as Piers Plowman (14th century)
and has continued through The Pilgrim's Progress (1678), Robinson Crusoe (1719), Alice in Wonderland (1865), Bilbo
and Frodo Baggins in The Hobbit (1937) and The Lord of the Rings (1954-55), and
the adventures of a boy with the very ordinary name of
Harry Potter.
Let us also not forget the
British sense of humor. Nobody talks about Merrie Norway
or Merrie Paraguay, but the notion of Merrie England has
been proverbial for centuries. If you ask me, the Brits
have always been the funniest people on the planet, and
my readers should know by now the connection between
laughter and the Divine. Three cheers for Monty Python!
Let us also remember that where
there is humor, there is some kind of
anti-authoritarianism as well. It is no exaggeration to
say that some kind of rebellious energy is hardwired
into the sounds and the syllables of the English
language. Historically the British have stood up to
despotism time and again, both of the political and the
religious variety. In the medieval period English
mystics were able to find an individualized way to the
Divine outside of the Catholic establishment, and their
Protestant dissenting heirs have had worldwide impact.
As for that most fundamental of human liberties, that of
free speech, it was cherished and developed first and
foremost in England. People who speak English carry
within them their very own inner Hyde Park soapbox, and
when you lug that around it is difficult to grovel
before Sun Kings or Great Helmsmen.
So why didn't all these
planetary firsts also happen in watery Ireland next
door? Well, that island never experienced the kind of
foreign invaders which England knew, and this is
probably why the two cultures are dissimilar. Britain
was an island where diverse groups of people had to find
ways to live together, so it was a culture where
compromises had to be made, and if there is a core
component to English (and American) political genius, it
is the idea of compromise. The visionary culture which
grew out of these tendencies was based on a naturally
harmonious way of doing things, which found its way into
the language.
To this day the rest of the
world just cannot get enough of English ways of doing
things, even if they do not quite realize that they are
responding to their spiritual vision instead of tea and
crumpets. Have you ever heard the term British invasion?
One of the main things the Brits have done for centuries
is . . . invade. Whether militarily, linguistically,
culturally, or philosophically, British cultural forms
keep moving outwards to the rest of the planet. All of
which means that it is not a case of the British are
coming. The British were coming, the British are coming,
and the British keep coming again and again. Their
unparalleled gift for spiritual vision is the reason
why. Strawberry fields forever.
The rest of the world also
cannot get enough of American ways of doing things as
well, especially as far as our entertainment, music, and
sports are concerned. The United States inherited what
was best about the English language and culture, so it
is as much a part of the Anglosphere as that small
little island. And American cultural influence over the
whole planet today is stupendous. People in other
countries frequently know more about the United States
than their own home territory, even in the remotest
Himalayas. Granted the Veil has been never as thin in
the United States as it is in Britain, but Anglo
spiritual vision has on occasion burst forth in this
country: with the Founding Fathers in the late 18th
century, the 19th century Transcendentalists, and the
20th century Beat Generation/Counterculture. Out of this
last movement came the spiritual energy necessary to
develop what had originated in Britain: computers. It
should also be obvious that our computerized world, with
its emphasis on interconnection, equality, information,
and decentralization, is most definitely a manifestation
of Divine energy. The hackers and geeks who came out of
the counterculture held centralized authority in a very
English kind of contempt and got their inspiration
independent of any kind of authority. Besides, at the
present time, the good old USA is probably the only
country in the world where obnoxious ideas like mine can
be released uncensored.
All of which means that every
last one of us 8 billion humans needs to experience the
spiritual vision and political traditions which have
grown out of only one human culture, that of England.
This culture has proven time and again to be the only
political culture which allows people to flourish to the
best of their abilities, and this means that it is more
aligned to the natural flow of the universe than any
other culture on the planet. The Anglosphere is going to
be the global culture to come, and by the next century
everyone on the planet will be living in it.
I now give permission for the
screams of outrage to commence. Yes, I am aware those
members of the human race who are not Anglo are
currently howling at everything I say. Boo hoo hoo! We don't want
to turn Limey! We want to keep our nation state! Our
money! Our flag! Our history! Our sacred ancestors! Our
race! And especially our language! We can't give all
that up for . . . what? Fish and chips? We can't do
that! Think of everything that will be lost!
Well, yes--it is always a
terrible tragedy when species go extinct, civilizations
are destroyed, native cultures are annihilated,
flourishing cities reduced to rubble, and languages are
forgotten. Should we just stand idly by when this
happens? Especially as far as languages are concerned?
There are great works of literature in all the languages
of the earth, not just English. Besides, we all know how
much is lost in translation. For everyone on the planet
to live in one particular culture would be an
unspeakable horror!
Well, stop writhing in fury and
think about what I am now saying. People realize that
globalism is happening, that our nation states and
cultural forms are becoming ever more interconnected,
but they don't seem to be able to imagine the obvious
end result, which is a planet without nations, multiple
languages, or different cultures. By the 22nd century
only one culture is going to exist on this planet, and
it will be the Anglosphere.
This model is already starting
to impact probably the one remaining energy
manifestation on the planet which keeps us all mired in
our assorted groupthink: our native languages. But the
Tower of Babel is finally about to enjoy its
well-deserved collapse. Even though you might not be
willing to acknowledge it, We the People of Planet Earth
are currently in the process of establishing . . .
A Global Language.
Which is going to be English. And in case you
continue to be paralyzed with horror, let me remind you
that once upon a time every single member of the Homo sapiens tribe spoke the
same language. So a single human language is not
something new in our history: it was a reality in the
past, and it will be a reality in the future. Besides,
it just so happens that our planet is already turning
monolingual . . . spontaneously. We are living in a
world where young people everywhere are learning English
as their second language--you cannot have a successful
career without it. The inevitable result of this
energetic flow is going to be a single-language planet.
This is a manifestation we should all welcome.
Having said all this, I will
now admit that I am also a believer in multilingualism.
I have learned that bi- or trilingualism can give each
one of us broader perspectives or even a new
personality--and there is nothing like a fluid sense of
personality to dampen down your ego-based desires. So
while I devoutly believe that a one-language planet will
be a great spiritual blessing, I am also convinced that
each one of us should do our best to learn at least one
other language as we go through our lives.
At the moment, of course,
learning a second language is a tedious chore, which can
take years to accomplish. Fortunately in the decades to
come, speaking more than one language is going to be
much easier, since ever more transparent babies will
probably be able to incarnate into our physical reality
with full memories of their previous lives--and the
languages they used to speak. There is nothing I would
have enjoyed more in my present incarnation than the
ability to speak all the languages I have spoken during
my various sojourns on this earth, but of course I
cannot do it. No one can at the moment.
But I expect that future babies
are going to be born multilingual, since they will come
back into physical form not only with the ability to
perceive Divine energies but also with memories of their
previous lives and the languages they used to speak.
That's right. Junior will not only be able to speak,
read, and write English, but also Italian, Senegalese,
Tibetan, Cherokee, Sanskrit, and maybe even Ancient
Egyptian. Yet another way to experience universal
interconnection, which we monolinguists cannot even
begin to imagine.
So even though one result of
globalism will be a single planetary language, no way
and no how are the alternate languages and cultures
which have existed on this planet going to be forgotten.
Nothing is ever completely forgotten in our spacetime
universe. Whether or not you believe in the idea of the
Akashic records, which is supposed to be some kind of
non-physical record of every energy manifestation that
has ever existed in our spacetime universe, the Reality
of our universe is that any event or energy
manifestation is recoverable. At the moment there might
be a lack of information about a person or an experience
in the past, but I am certain that this information can
eventually be accessed through our ever greater psychic
ability.
So all those lost languages are
just waiting to be rediscovered. For that matter, all
those lost books of the library of Alexandria are not
really gone forever. Someday every last one of them will
be recovered, and we will be able to read them again. I
am personally looking forward to perusing The Vanity of Glory, written by
ancient Greek philosopher Themista, and I anticipate
being impressed. This book still exists somewhere in
space and time, as do all the other lost books of human
history, and they will not vanish into nothingness even
when our spacetime universe reaches the Big Crunch.
So both the languages and the
cultural manifestations of non-Anglos will never be
ignored or forgotten. Let us remember that while Britain
has been the home of the most concentrated Divine energy
on the planet, it is not the only place where it has
blossomed. The Indian subcontinent probably ranks a
close second to the Brits in spiritual vision, and
anything we can learn from its rich and varied spiritual
tradition, including a knowledge of Sanskrit, will be
valuable. Here I will add another politically incorrect
opinion when I say that the British colonization of
India was probably one of the most spiritually enhancing
events in the history of the human race. Yes, I know
that the Brits went to India mostly for domination and
money, but their passage to India also brought together
the two most spiritually advanced countries on the
planet. The cultural and spiritual exchanges between the
two, which continue to this day and which have impacted
us Americans as well, have enriched the whole world.
As for the other great
spiritual visionaries of human history, not all of whom
have been members of the Anglosphere, they will continue
to be as important to planetary culture as they have
always been. Anywhere you find human genius, you are
going to find Divine energy. So even though we are
heading into a one language/one culture planet, we
should not even think about jettisoning all the great
spiritual manifestations of non-Anglo human cultures. We
should all do our best to learn as much as we can from
these visionaries, or, in other words, culturally
appropriate anything we find to be valuable.
At the moment, for some
incomprehensible reason, the idea of cultural
appropriation is frowned upon. This is something I find
to be beyond ridiculous. Good planetary citizens that we
are all going to be, we should all do our best to search
out the greatest cultural products of the planet and
learn what we can from them, whether it is Japanese
aesthetics, Greek and Roman philosophy, French essays,
British poetry, American Motown, Russian fiction,
Mexican food, Italian art, Tibetan mandalas, Vedic
scriptures, Islamic mysticism, or German idealism. We
are back to Matthew Arnold's idea of the best that has
been thought and said. I personally don't think I would
have survived my teenage years without Motown, so nobody
had better tell me it should have been off limits to a
white girl like myself.
All of which means that if you
want to go with the natural flow, you need to start
getting used to the idea of a single, global, and
interconnected culture. Once again, just thinking about such a
reality should come first so you can get used to the
idea. But the more you contemplate it, the more
wonderful it will seem, especially since it means no
more useless spending on national defense. One former
nation state attacking another in a planetary
Anglosphere? This strikes me as likely as Nebraska
declaring war upon Manitoba.
Also it just so happens that
this future planetary culture already has a planetary
anthem: Beethoven's Ninth Symphony. If ever there is a
supreme triumph of human spiritual genius, this
particular symphony is it, especially since it is based
on Friedrich Schiller's idea of universal brotherhood
(by which, of course, he meant universal sentient
beinghood).
As far as your own personal
life is concerned, if you want to help speed up the
process of globalization, you should do your best to
Anglicize your reading, your movies, your cuisine, your
music, and your lifestyle. In other words, stop it with
any kind of groupthink, particularly the nationalist
variety, and turn yourself into that treasure known as a
citizen of the universe. If English is not your native
language, do everything you can to learn it, and make
sure your children become fluent in it as well. The nice
thing about being a citizen of the universe is that not
only are you guaranteed to come out a winner, so is
everyone else.
So a truly globalized planet
will mean not only a single language but a single
culture. A nationless planet is the logical culmination
of all the globalizing P2P energy which is already
manifesting all around us. Granted that the political
ideas of the Anglosphere will continue to be needed
during the transition period since nothing else will
finally eliminate our legacy tyrannies. But they are
only a means to an end, which is the disappearance of
all top/bottom energy structures, including governments
and the nation states which go along with them.
In other words, a nationless
planet will eventually be possible for the first time
since we Homo sapiens were a single
tribe in Africa. Today we can easily communicate with
people thousands of miles away, which means that no
corner of the world seems remote or exotic any longer. A
planet no longer scarred by those toxic illusions called
borders is something we should all want, and it is
already starting to happen. Any attempt these days to
prop them up is as useless a waste of resources as the
Maginot Line. A single interconnected P2P culture is
what we desperately need on this planet, not new walls
and more barbed wire.
As for the legacy dictatorships
among us, people these days think they will last
forever, just as people seventy years ago thought that
the Soviet Union would last forever. Well, the rot
underneath these legacy systems guarantees that they
will eventually implode. If anything about our planet is
inevitable, it is the upcoming collapse of the planet's
dictatorial houses of cards. The sooner the better.
* * *
Which brings me to
another point: even though we should not be trapped in
memories of the bad old pre-Aquarian days, there are many
spiritual manifestations from the past that are worth saving.
This is important since it is not only individually accessible
Divine assistance and guidance which will create a new kind of
spirituality. When people all over the planet start to
investigate and appreciate all the planetary spiritual wisdom
which has come down to us (and not just what we have received
from the English), for the first time in history everyone on
the planet will be able to experience . . .
A Global Spirituality.
A new kind of interconnected
and planetary spirituality is also going to help us establish
a single planetary culture. This means goodbye and good
riddance to religious groupthink of all kinds, up to and
including those religions which proudly boast millions if not
billions of adherents. In the new world to come, organized
religion will disappear as quickly as nation states. Sufi
mystics correctly regarded a particular religion as nothing
but a shell or a container which held universal truths, and
the truth was what mattered, not the shell. They were correct.
We are one in the One.
So it is not just the planetary
nation states which are going to evaporate. So will Big
Religion. And here we go again. I am sure that these
statements will again provoke spasms of horror,
especially among those who are certain that theirs is
the True Religion, while all other spiritual beliefs are
phony or something. This especially holds true for those
True Believers who think that the members of their group
have been somehow "chosen" by the Divine. In an
interconnected universe, everyone is chosen by the
Divine, and not just one particular group. Yes, I know
this flies in the face of the three Abrahamic religions
as they are now constituted, but to attempt to prolong
them into the Aquarian era is an exercise in futility if
there ever was one.
Still, it would be a mistake
for people to jettison all the great spiritual
traditions and scriptures which have come down to us
over the centuries, including the Abrahamic. We can
obtain much that is valuable from our planetary
religious heritage, as long as we do not let any of
these traditions lead us into any kind of groupthink, or
accept every syllable of their scriptures as Divine
truth, or bow down before any kind of religious honcho
(Walt Whitman refused to take off his hat to any kind of
spiritual authority, and, as usual, he was correct).
But what should we keep from
the past and what should we jettison? Well, the answer
should be obvious: we should keep anything which
obviously goes with the natural flow of the universe. In
other words, we need a universalist spiritual reality
where we will be able to take the best from all
different kinds of planetary spirituality. From Eastern
religions comes the ideas of universal interconnection
as well as the archetype of the bodhisattva. From the
West we can get the idea of a personal God, as well as a
sense that spirituality needs to be active instead of
passive.
But we also need to jettison
those more problematic tendencies of both East and West.
There is no sense of the Divine in Buddhism, which
leaves a gaping hole in all its practices. As for that
great Buddhist ideal of sitting meditation, it can be
beneficial--sort of. After all, it has been
scientifically proven that the practice of meditation
can change people's energies in many beneficial ways.
Long-term meditators have different kinds of internal
energies than the rest of us, and they seldom or never
have a problem with addiction or stress.
But my cards have always told
me to avoid sitting meditation, and I am sure they are
right. The practice of sitting meditation is as
ego-based as the actions of any Wall Street wolf you
care to name. After all, is it really such a good idea
to spend twenty years passively sitting and staring at a
wall? Would it not be a better use of your time and
energies to help other people? There are hundreds of
anecdotes about how assorted Zen masters obtained
enlightenment, but there is nothing about how one of
these masters made someone else's life better. O Zen master, I am a widow,
and my children are starving. Please help me. Sorry,
honey--I've got to spend the next ten hours staring at
the wall. This kind of
response is not the epitome of human spirituality.
Well, if too much passivity is
the problem with Eastern spirituality, the activist
tendencies of Western spirituality have also led to
difficulties. As has been already mentioned, those
would-be Fausts and Frankensteins among us, who suffer
under the illusion that they can play God and manipulate
"matter" any way they please, never accomplish anything
except catastrophe.
And if you ask me, both East
and West need to get some awareness of the mathematical
aspects of our universe, which are plainly demonstrable
to all and sundry. I have never heard of a Zen master or
Hindu guru who studied astronomy, which is how
mathematics got its start. Some Westerners over the
centuries have stated that God must be a mathematician,
which is an idea that deserves more attention. If there
are new keys which can be unlocked about the Reality of
our universe, they will probably be mathematical, and it
is time for both Eastern and Western spiritual
traditions to take note.
Let us also remember that the
Divine is an activist. There is no other way to describe
a creator. So while there will be times in your life
when you need to be receptive, you should also do
whatever you can to co-create the universe along with
the Divine. This means that you must constantly use your
oracle to figure out what you need to do with your time
and energies in your current incarnation to make the
universe a better place. Let me remind you that aiding
and abetting our currently evolutionary leap is probably
the reason why you have incarnated at the present time
(the heck with making money), so get on with it.
And by the way, Aquarians are
going to end it with the worship. Worship, after all, is
not a P2P energy but some kind of verticality, where you
are supposed to reverence a being who is greater than
yourself. Ain't gonna happen in the Aquarian era. I used
to think that in the new world to come there would be
one final remaining vertical energy, the relationship of
us humans to the Divine. However, I am now convinced
that in the Aquarian era, every kind of relationship
will be horizontal, up to and including our personal
relationship with the Divine. When you want to encounter
the Divine in the Aquarian future, you will not look up.
You will look right or left, forward or backward. So it
is time for you to forget that nonsense about the Divine
being some kind of Big Shot sitting on a golden throne
in the sky. If you want to interact with the Divine in
the new world to come, imagine taking a walk with a
friend, which is otherwise known as having yet another
P2P experience. If nothing else, this kind of
egalitarianism is guaranteed to help you increase your
consciousness of the presence of the Divine in your
life.
Eventually this presence will
help all of us 8 billion to understand, finally, that
all religions are one. The spiritual ecstasies of the
great Indian mystic Ramakrishna included visions of
Christ, Muhammed, and his own Hindu deity--and no
groupthink is possible when something like this happens.
Also it has long been noticed that Christian and Islamic
mystical traditions have much in common. My own
experience tells me that you are much better off
studying the writings of mystics instead of scripture--I
have yet to come across any kind of writing by or about
a mystic which is filled with any kind of groupthink
energy. If you want an introductory guide to mysticism,
take a look at British mystic Evelyn Underhill's book Mysticism: A Study in Nature
and Development of Spiritual Consciousness (1911).[92] This
classic book also contains an extensive bibliography of
the world's most respected mystics, most of whose works
are now online. What's that? Read a mystic
instead of staring at my social media feeds? Is she
kidding? Well, give it a
try, and you might be surprised at the changes which
will start to manifest in your life.
As for other time-honored ways
of finding your way to the Divine, such as attending
religious rituals, going on pilgrimages, reading
scripture, creating sacred artifacts, or just sitting in
silence, these will continue to be valid. But you will
also be able to find the Divine in natural movement, in
dreams, in divination, in laughter, in the spontaneous,
in the sky or the earth, in music, in light or darkness,
in silence, in emptiness, and even in quantum physics.
And let me remind you one more time that Emily Brontë
found God "within my breast," which is always and
forever going to be the place where each one of us will
ultimately discover the Divine. These new ways of
reaching the Divine, which will be both individualized
and globalized, will constitute the first truly
successful spirituality in the history of the human
race.
But still . . . even if all
religions and all mystical traditions show us the same
path to the Divine, what about Jesus Christ? Isn't he a
special case? Was he not God incarnating on earth? Well,
I am willing to concede that Jesus was a superlative
Hebrew prophet who got most things right. However, we
need to remember that none of his followers considered
him to be God. This did not happen until the First
Council of Nicaea in 325 CE. The participants in this
council were as far away from the living Christ as we
are from the days of Queen Anne, and the members of this
council had an agenda other than a purely spiritual one
(save the Church and also our
incomes!) So they
eventually proclaimed Jesus to be nothing less than God
on earth, an idea which has plagued the Christian
tradition ever since. If you ask me, in the new world to
come, the dictates of Nicene Council will also bite some
well-deserved dust.
So a globalized and egalitarian
spirituality will be one of the greatest blessings our
new planet will experience. But this brings us to our
next problem . . .
What about scripture?
I have already discussed the
problems with the religious scriptures which have come
down to us, plus my own belief that you are much better
off in studying the writings of mystics instead of
scripture. This holds true for Eastern Scriptures as
well as Western. My oracle has told me several times
over the years that I should pay no attention to the Heart Sutra (c. 750-1200
CE), which is one of the foundational texts of the
Buddhist tradition and which is also one of the most
dreadful so-called scriptures in planetary history.[93]
You can take a look at it if you want to, but all you
will find is a whole lot of nothing going on, which is
absolutely not the reality of
our pilgrimage on this planet, not to mention our
ultimate human destiny.
But as long as you take them
with a grain of salt, some scriptures can still be
valuable. The Diamond Sutra and the Lotus Sutra are well worth
studying. My favorite Biblical book is the Book of Ecclesiastes, which I
occasionally reread. The Psalms, on the other
hand, contain way too many war triumph songs, and anyone
who understands the true Reality of our universe will
wince at that kind of stuff. But if you want to study
the Bible or any other scripture for its history, its
poetry, or the bits of Divine energy to be found within,
go right ahead. Just as long as you do not let the text
lead you into that abyss called groupthink. This can be
easily avoided if you study scriptures of other
traditional religions instead of just your own. This is
another way of globalizing your spirituality, or as the
current saying goes, becoming spiritual instead of
religious.
But here I must make a special
mention about the English King James Bible, which is
worth reading just for the magnificence of its prose.
Along with the works of Shakespeare, this book is one of
the two foundational texts of the Anglosphere and should
not be thrown into the trash. At this point I cannot
resist an anecdote about actress Tallulah Bankhead,
whose congressman father once told her that "If you know
your Bible, Shakespeare, and can shoot craps, you have a
liberal education."[94] This is the best piece of advice
from parent to kid I have ever come across. It perfectly
sums up what is best about the Anglosphere: an
individualized relationship with the Divine, the glories
of English spiritual and poetic vision, and the
importance of form spontaneously manifesting out of
chaos. Ah, yes--back in the day when American pols were
not tremulous snowflakes, they could actually dish out
some good advice.
But as far as traditional
religions are concerned, who needs them? If you ask me,
the following simple precepts are all the religion
anyone will ever need:
• I am seated in the heart of all living entities, the kingdom of God is within you, and O God within my breast. How to find the Divine, courtesy of Krishna, Jesus Christ, and Emily Brontë.
•
Do as you would be done by.
The Golden Rule, a form of
which is found in all religious traditions.
• We are one in the One. Universal
interconnection and equality.
• Never was there a time when I did not exist,
nor you, nor all these kings; nor in the future shall
any of us cease to be. Krishna's statement in the
Bhagavad Gita 2:12, which gives you all the information
about immortality which you will ever need.
• Consult your oracle. Pay attention to the
spontaneous, if only when you shuffle tarot cards or
shoot craps.
Let your life be guided by these precepts, and they will
be enough.
Recommended prayer.
There is only one prayer that counts, and for the second time I recommend it:
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that you to start doing everything you can to restore the dharma to this entire planet. And I thank you.
* * *
So the end of all our planetary nation states, not to
mention all our planetary religions, is not only feasible but
inevitable. A no-nation and no-religion planet is going to
self-organize . . . spontaneously, which means that we
fallible humans will not have to force it into existence. One
nice thing about spontaneous self- organization is that it
always happens at the right time. Unfortunately the present
moment is not quite right. But as the decades go on,
eventually we will finally manifest what we desperately need:
a truly globalized planet.
Nevertheless, there are two
more aspects to this new globalized world which now need
to be discussed. The first should be obvious. It will
take more than individually accessible Divine guidance
and assistance to create a whole new planet. We also
need to experience . . .
Chapter 15. A New Digital Reality.
We will never have a truly globalized planet
until we have a completely new kind of digital reality.
Once we manage this, everything else will fall into
place without much more effort at all. All of which
means that the greatest priority of all us 8 billion Homo sapiens is establishing
a new kind of internet, one which is not completely
subservient to the numerous Big Tech companies among us.
Alas, corporate control of the
internet was not something which the early tech pioneers
anticipated. When the internet was first created back in
the 1990's, it was wild, open, and free, and for a while
it seemed to be a new frontier for the entire human
race. The tech guys at that time were out to take down
all the legacy oppressors who blighted the planet and
free humanity from them forever. This new reality was
described in 1996 by cyberlibertarian John Perry Barlow
in his Declaration of the
Independence of Cyberspace, which begins
and ends as follows:
Governments of the Industrial World, you weary giants of flesh and steel, I come from Cyberspace, the new home of Mind. On behalf of the future, I ask you of the past to leave us alone. You are not welcome among us. You have no sovereignty where we gather . . . We will create a civilization of the Mind in Cyberspace. May it be more humane and fair than the world your governments have made before.[95]
So let us pause for a moment
and remember how the internet got its start: it is the direct
result of a bunch of geeks who kept getting eureka moments in
the 1970's and the 1980's and who wanted to free the human
race from all its legacy oppressors. All of which persuades me
that our computerized world, with its interconnection and
egalitarianism, is most definitely a manifestation of Divine
energies.
But Barlow's Declaration now
seems completely irrelevant. What we have thirty years
later is the heavy hand of corporate oppression
poisoning every byte of the internet. The Big Tech
corporations among us have acquired such massive power
that they are constantly doing their tidy best to
control what the global public can see, learn, purchase,
or experience. Indeed, the internet is now so dependent
upon this kind of centralized control that it cannot
function without it. And Big Government censorship makes
everything worse.
Granted the Big Tech honchos
are always very sneaky about their heavy-handed control
of what should be completely free, but they are not
kidding anyone. They also have plenty of media toadies
to back them up. So they continue to spew forth
censorship, separateness, and hierarchical energies
every hour of every day, while suppressing anyone who
attacks their bankrupt politics. This especially holds
true for the Big Tech search engine platforms, the
honchos of which are frothing-at-the-mouth determined to
inflict their groupthink over the entire planet. If they
were providing ethical and egalitarian energy
manifestations going with the natural flow of the
universe, this would not be happening, but we all know
that they are dishing out nothing but Orwellian
propaganda tools determined to crush wrongthink whenever
it appears. They can do this successfully thanks to
shadow banning, content control, blacklisting,
firewalls, deplatforming, suspension of accounts, misuse
of personal data, and other forms of internet
censorship.
The discussion platforms such
as Reddit are not free of this kind of toxicity. These
platforms rely upon countless volunteers to monitor the
content that gets uploaded, none of whom earn a penny
for their services. But these suckers still keep doing
it, since it gives them an illusion of power and the
feeling that they are doing good in the world. Fat
chance of that. All they are really doing is lining the
pockets of yet another corrupt Big, one which aims at
even more coercive censorship than anything to be found
in 1930's Germany. The honchos of this particular Big
have implemented hundreds if not thousands of censorship
decisions, including completely unjustified firing of
moderators. None of which is defensible in any way,
shape, or form.
As for all the rest of the Big
Tech platforms among us, including the vending
platforms, in one way or another they are all equally
corrupt. The vending platforms produce nothing of value,
but their honchos get a cut of the take whenever a
producer makes a sale or a member of the public uses
their site for information or publicity. If this isn't
American capitalism at its most corrupt, I don't know
what is.
But who cares about that? The
coercive efforts of Big Tech are cheered by millions of
snowflakes. Suppressing bad speech is, of course, the
only way they will ever be safe, and they absolutely
totally must be absolutely totally safe. As for the
personalities of the biggest of the Big Tech
billionaires, have you ever seen a photograph of any of
them trying to smile? Nothing ever shows at a moment
like this but the most repellent energies possible for a
human to display. People who are convinced that they are
doing everything right are always like that. If you have
managed to accumulate billions of dollars, you are
absolutely certain, beyond a shadow of a doubt, that
yes, you are doing everything right. That is what
American culture has always proclaimed: money equals
righteousness. A quick session with an oracle regarding
these guys' most cherished beliefs would knock that
nonsense out of their heads in about ten seconds, but of
course oracular consultation will never happen with a
billionaire.
Which is all for the best. The
more oppressive and greedy the Big Tech platforms among
us become, the more quickly they will collapse.
Fortunately that collapse is inevitable. Just because
the internet is now being strangled by the forces of
darkness does not mean that it will last forever. Big
Tech can never win a war against Divinely-inspired P2P
energies. Guess what universal Entity wants all of us 8
billion souls to move freely through time and space? It
is definitely going to start happening, and nothing can
stop it.
But at the moment, the Big Tech
honchos among us are all furiously determined to keep us
Littles in our place, since we are too ignorant and
stupid to know what is best for us, or something like
that. So the Bigs continue to beat down any kind of
uppityness any way they can. They are especially good at
making their platforms as addictive as possible, since
there is no better way to control us Littles than by
turning us into addicts. Also no better way to get the
dollar bills.
Needless to say, our American
government never lifts a finger to stop them. These
Bigs, you see, define themselves as platforms instead of
publishers, and that makes everything okay. They have to
call themselves platforms thanks to the Communications Decency Act of 1996, whose
Section 230 is supposed to provide immunity for
platforms promulgating third-party content.[96] In other
words, a platform cannot be held accountable for
anything their commentators might say on their sites. If
these platforms were publishers, things would be
different, but they are simply neutral little internet
services providing the public with opportunities to
sound off.
All of the above, of course, is
ridiculous nonsense. Everybody, including everybody at
the United States Department of Justice, realizes that
these platforms are indeed publishers and are constantly
doing their tidy best to distort, suppress, or alter any
inconvenient fact which does not square with their
bankrupt politics. But, as usual, nobody is going to do
a thing about it. Of course not. All of which means that
at the moment we Littles are at the mercy of the most
corrupt and oppressive energies on the planet today,
those toxicities called Big Platforms. Fortunately, this
will not last.
Uh . . . okay, honey--but this
is the most ludicrous nonsense you have come up with
yet. No more platforms means no more internet. These
platforms will go on forever since the internet is not
possible without them. How can anyone do any shopping,
or find information, or connect with family and friends
without the current internet platforms? And how can
globalization happen without an internet? Are we all
heading back to analogue reality? Or--even worse--are we
going to have something completely uncensored like that
sociopath haven called the darknet? All you ever find on
the darknet are weapons, illegal drugs, or private
security information for sale, videos of child
pornography, and even online murders. Is that the future
of the internet? Besides, the current internet gives
people what they want, that wonderful something called
social media. Social media enables people to keep track
of their friends and family, stay on top of trends, help
businesses make profits, and create better products.
Social media is the glory of our planet!
Well, not quite. Social media
just happens to be the single most toxic energy
manifestation currently tyrannizing the planet today. So
before we do anything else, we need to take a hard look
at this particular energy form and the hideous problems
it generates, as follows . . .
The trouble with social media.
In case you didn't notice,
our planetary civilization was destroyed about ten years ago
in the year 2012. This event had been predicted by the ancient
Mayans, and as the fateful year approached many people
anticipated some kind of upheaval, including me.[97] Books
were written about it, and websites were established telling
people how to survive the coming apocalypse.
Well, guess what. The year 2012
came and went, and nothing happened. There was no
supercolossal upheaval, no Four Horsemen of the
Apocalypse, no collapse of Wall Street. By the end of
the year everything was going on as it had always done.
Sort of.
But it just so happens that
civilization as we had known it actually did come to an
end in 2012, and we have had nothing but hell on earth
ever since. You mean you haven't noticed? Let me now
remind you that 2012 was the year that unspeakable
horror known as social media got its start.
In the decade which has followed, social media has
managed to destroy relationships, education, law,
commerce, politics, whole cultures, you name it. It did
not happen all at once, but happen it did, and it is a
continuing process, as the colossal number of repellent
human personalities now on internet display can tell us.
The main problem with social
media is that it gives a gargantuan ego boost to
everybody who falls into it, namely the illusion that
they are now faaamous. That's right, complete strangers
now know that you are actually alive. Imagine that! This
kind of delectable ego boost happened only rarely in
pre-internet days, but now it can happen to anyone who
puts enough information about themselves online. The
three words currently ruling the lives of billions are anything for clicks.
Since a click usually means
getting that four-letter word called LIKE, which is
otherwise known as validation. It is not just the
faaamousness which counts, but your fans are approving
of you as well! Validation means that you are one of the
cool kids doing everything right! So what if the
information you are posting about yourself is a little
fake? Well, a lot of fake, since you have used Facetune
to improve your features, those photographs of you on
exotic vacations have been Photoshopped, and you don't
actually own a Porsche. Well, so what? All the
validation you are getting makes up for everything! And,
uh, never mind the fact that most of your LIKES are
coming from bots.
All of which means that you are
not really cool when you do everything you can to be as
phony as everyone else. Never mind the fact that your
followers would avoid you like the plague if they ever
encountered you in real life. The LIKES people collect
these days only serve to prop up their very repellent
egos and block the natural flow of energy like you would
not believe. There is no bad karma like an electronic
LIKE bad karma, whether giving or getting it.
As usual, most of my readers
are not listening to me, right? Since their precious
social media is about the only thing in their dismal
lives which gives them any kind of pleasure. So instead
of creating their own utopias, they waste all their
precious time scrolling through their feeds. These feeds
go on absolutely forever with no end in sight, which
make them the ultimate in human futility. You allocate
ten seconds of your life paying attention to one
internet personality, then twenty seconds to another,
then ten to yet another--and the hours and then the days
go by without you doing anything else. Meanwhile all you
ever feel is envy at those fakers who seem to be living
a more interesting life than you do.
But if you do manage to acquire
at least a few followers, that makes up for everything!
Since now you a genuine somebody! Even an internet
influencer! This means that all the time and effort you
have spent in making yourself totally gorgeous has been
worth it! What you call your solid body now displays
dozens of strategically-placed tatts, carefully dyed
green hair, a thick layer of clown makeup plastered on
your face, a sexy thong, a silicon-enhanced derriere,
and so much filler in your lips that you look like
Donald Duck. Now, finally, you can tell people about all
the cool Louis Vuitton accessories you are always
buying, or the gourmet treats you devour at your upscale
restaurants, or the brand new Ferrari you have just
acquired (and so what if none of this is true?) The
LIKES will just start piling up, and that yearned-for
validation will blossom in your soul as if it is
actually Divine energy. You will then sit alone in your
room and congratulate yourself that you are now one of
the elites in the universe! Just don't hold your breath
waiting for a handsome single millionaire with a fast
car to roar into your life.
I doubt that anything I am
saying here will penetrate. Being an internet influencer
is the goal of millions of youthful morons these days.
If you try telling these kids that nothing ever lasts,
and that even though you might be an internet celebrity
for a few months or years, eventually you will go back
to being just another nobody with no LIKES, no
followers, and no nothing in your life, they will not
listen. Not even if they now agree with me that there is
no such thing as permanence. Internet faaamousness
doesn't count! It will always last totally forever!
Sigh.
Unfortunately there is much
worse. If all this nonsense were not bad enough, social
media has also bestowed upon the human race that horror
called cancel culture. There is
nothing which a snowflake enjoys more than turning into
an internet attack dog and destroying the life of a
perceived enemy, to whom, of course, they are also
convinced that they are not connected in any way. In
other words, the snowflake cancelers among us are the
21st century equivalents of what were once called lynch
mobs. If you think that you can somehow acquire good
karma from such behavior, you have reached the ultimate
in human stupidity.
But you cannot stop yourself
from attacking the bad people on the internet! You just
have to be safe, and they are preventing you from being
safe! So you will never hesitate to go after one of your
brothers or sisters in the Net, and then you get to
congratulate yourself that you have made the world a
better place. So what if your victim(s) end up
committing suicide? They were bad people anyway! Three
cheers for social media and the power it can give to
snowflakes! Since it will totally last forever!
Well, not quite. If anything is
certain about our digital reality, it is that social
media will be gone in another decade or two. So will
those platforms which prop it up. Social media is
nothing but an ego and greed thing anyway, and those
energies will have no place in the Aquarian world to
come.
What is coming will be a return
to the Declaration of the Independence of Cyberspace,
and this time it will blanket the earth. In the new
world to come there will no longer be any internet power
centers any more than there will be any governmental
power centers. All of which means that in the
transparent world to come, any kind of internet
censorship will no longer be possible. As as for those
greedy middlemen who think that they will be able to
rake in their unearned cash forever, in the new world to
come, the producers of goods and services will
eventually get 100% of their profits, instead of having
to shell out a percentage to these kinds of leeches.
As for the Big Tech honchos
among us, most of whom are furiously determined to
silence any opinions with which they do not agree, here
is the best advice you can get: please please please
keep inventing new reasons why you should censor or
suppress somebody else's free speech. There is no better
way for the whole tedious pack of you to self-destruct.
Of course if you allowed Divine energy to give you a
sense of safety in your life and meaning in your work,
you would not cling so desperately to your bankrupt
politics, but you are not going to mess with anything so
silly, right? Of course not.
By now my readers are probably
concluding that all of the above is nothing but wishful
thinking. Let's face it: there is
absolutely nothing we Littles can do about the Big Tech
companies among us, right? Maybe we can fight the other
Bigs with P2P energy, but nobody will ever take down Big
Tech! These energy manifestations are really and truly
going to go on forever! The way Big Tech is now is the
way it will REALLY always be! That should be obvious to
absolutely everyone!
So for me to now proclaim that
all the dictatorial internet platforms which are now
blighting the planet will be gone in the next ten or
twenty years is, once again, nothing but bird-brained
lunacy. But I am standing my ground. I hereby now
declare that all of the vending platforms, the search
engine platforms, the legacy media platforms, the social
media platforms, the internet service platforms, the
phone service platforms, the forum platforms, the
you-name-it platforms will all have collapsed into the
dust within the next couple of decades. They will
inevitably go the way of livery stables, cassette
players, rotary telephones, and mimeograph machines.
But then what? The archangel
Gabriel is going to start running the internet or
something? Are we all going to wake up one morning to
discover that some kind of Divine miracle has just sort
of happened and the internet is again as wild and as
free as it should be?
Ah, if only. While I am certain
that the Divine is going to help us rid the world of its
last remaining tyranny, the tyranny of Big Tech, we
humans are, as usual, going to have to make an effort to
co-create this particular miracle. Believe it or not, it
will not be that difficult. Since in case you have not
noticed, and you probably haven't, a platform-free
internet has already started to manifest. So like all
other corrupt and useless energy forms, there actually
is a way to return cyberspace to the place it truly
belongs, right smack dab in the middle of the wild wild
west.
Let me repeat--it is already
starting to happen. The necessary energy to do it has
been with us since 2007, but until now no one has quite
realized that it will eventually destroy all the Big
Techs among us, and not just the platforms. I am talking
about that marvelous, liberating, and utterly Divine
spiritual manifestation called . ..
The blockchain.
The blockchain is a P2P
system whereby monetary transactions can be recorded and
tracked across multiple electronic devices, all of which are
interconnected. As such, the blockchain is definitely a
manifestation of Divine energy, the most important one to
appear yet. It is going to destroy all the legacy Bigs among
us like you would not believe. If you ask me, the blockchain
is the single most important energy manifestation in the
history of the human race. It is our very own planetary
Emancipation Proclamation.
Let us now take a moment to
give our thanks to the human entity who has bestowed
this blessing upon us, that anonymous savior of the
planet who called himself Satoshi Nakamoto, and whose
2007 white paper on bitcoin started the blockchain
rolling.[98] Who was he? Where is he now? All I know for
sure is that it makes sense for the one single human
entity who will save the entire planet to remain
perfectly anonymous. Nothing could be more Aquarian.
It is also interesting to see
that despite his Japanese name, Nakamoto used British
English in his seminal white paper, so he was either a
Brit or someone who had been educated in Britain. So
what we have in this entity is yet another British
spiritual visionary whose beneficial energy is going to
invade all corners of the planet and change it for the
better. Keep 'em coming, Limeys! The world needs as many
of your geniuses as it can get!
But how can the blockchain save
the planet? Isn't it designed to work only with
cryptocurrency? Well, that is how it started out, no
question. But nowadays we can see that the blockchain
will be useful for much more than currency, as new
manifestations of it keep coming: blockchain websites,
data sharing, cybersecurity, cloud storage, virtual
private networks, insurance, healthcare, transportation,
and even blockchain governance. It is going to make
traditional banking obsolete. It is even going to free
all the legacy paper pushers among us, whose services
will no longer be needed in a world where all
transactions are electronic and observable by all.
That's right, those desk jobs which now plague the
planet are on the verge of disappearing forever. You
mean you cannot imagine a world where nobody needs or
wants to push paper? Are you ever behind the times!
But still, the main thing the
blockchain is going to do is replace all governmental
money. The new cryptocurrency to come will bestow upon
us Littles a whole new fiscal reality. In case you
haven't noticed, the American dollar rolled over and
died in 2020-21, thanks to the willingness of Presidents
45 and 46 to just sort of start printing money. They
were dealing with a pandemic, you see, so printing lots
more dollar bills was a good idea. Inflation? What inflation?
Oh, yeah--that. Well, maybe it will just go away in a
few years.
Not a chance. If you ask me,
our American dollars will eventually be as worthless as
those pieces of paper printed by the Confederate States
of America. Well, so what? When the dollar is no longer
worth the paper it is printed on, people will have
turned to blockchain-based cryptocurrencies, and there
they will find value. In the meantime, delusions that
the Government Is God are going to evaporate when the
Government Is God's currency becomes worthless. Thank
the Divine for that!
As for the Big Tech platforms,
the blockchain guarantees that all of them will
eventually vanish into the void where they belong. But
not even this blessing will be as wondrous as the new
and completely free internet which the blockchain will
help to manifest. A blockchain website, needless to say,
will be absolutely uncensorable. Too many websites these
days suffer denial of service and other hacker attacks.
Well, that will no longer be a problem in a blockchain
world. This one relatively minor change will be the main
thing necessary to get us into a truly free globalized
world.[99]
The blockchain will bring it
all about, as will that other interesting P2P energy
manifestation called mesh. I have already
mentioned how Big Platforms are going to go smash and
boom. But Big Telecommunications and Big Internet
Service Providers are going to bite the dust as well.
That blessing called mesh is going to destroy them all.
Mesh networks connect computers
and other devices directly to each other without passing
through some kind of centralized system. This means that
no one can control or regulate computers which are
connected like this. At the moment mesh networks are
mostly used for bringing internet services to poor or
isolated areas, or to areas that have been devastated by
some kind of natural disaster. But when people realize
both the benefits and the potential of mesh networking,
it is going to demolish the last remaining Bigs like you
will not believe.[100] If you do an internet search on
proxy signals or mesh, you will find plenty of articles
and videos explaining exactly what we are in for.
How this is going to happen I
cannot describe since I have only the most superficial
understanding of the blockchain/mesh world to come. But
one thing seems to be sure: the key to mesh is probably
something called Near Field Communication (NFC), or the
smartphone ad hoc network (SPAN). When the techies among
us create a reality where one node is able to connect to
another without any kind of provider, Big
Telecommunications will be obsolete. This kind of
interconnected reality is in its infancy, and at the
moment nobody seems to pay much attention to it. While
there are a few companies around who are trying to
establish mesh networking, they are (no surprise) in it
for the money and will turn into yet more repellent Big
Telecommunications manifestations if they ever get
themselves into positions of power.
But that would never happen if
the techies among us would start to develop NFC or SPAN
without any hope of financial gain. This is the only way
that We the People of Planet Earth will finally be free
of our last remaining Bigs. May I remind our techies
that if you do take up the challenge to make free P2P
telecommunications viable, the Almighty is going to be
with you every step of the way. So your efforts will not
be endless frustration and wasted research.
Of course this new reality is
not going to happen overnight. But manifest it
will--nothing can stop it. Let us remember that a
completely free internet will finally mean that all 8
billion of us will be able to express ourselves any way
we please without fear of censorship. This should be the
reality of all platforms these days, up to and including
the discussion platforms like Reddit. If you ask me, a
blockchain alternative to Reddit is going to happen
sooner than you think. I would now like to suggest that
it be called the Swartz, in honor of Aaron Swartz, who
was one of the creators of the original Reddit and who
was driven to suicide by weaponized government in
2013.[101] If the Swartz can be run on the blockchain
and connected by proxy signals or mesh, and (even
better) funded by cryptocurrency, it will work--and it
will be impregnable. People should forget about trying
to legislate internet freedom, which is an exercise in
futility if there ever was one. Instead all they have to
do is get the internet out of the hands of the Bigs and
onto the blockchain. Nothing more is necessary.
As for blockchain governance,
putting these two words together is an oxymoron if there
ever was one. Nothing P2P like the blockchain can
co-exist with something hierarchical like a government.
But people are experimenting with the idea at the
moment, and who knows what might eventually manifest? I
personally don't have a clue, but anything is possible
in the upcoming blockchain wild west.
But one thing is definitely coming at
the moment, namely the next greatest blessing which the
blockchain will bestow upon us . . .
A new internet.
And this new internet is
coming whether the Bigs like it or not. Which they won't,
since it will be as decentralized and as P2P as all get out.
No more Big Tech. No more platforms. No more centralization.
No more hiddenness, closed source, corrupt search engines, or
algorithm censorship. Best of all, no more repellent American
billionaires trying to smile. The slaves are going to rise up
and return the single most important energy manifestation on
the planet to its rightful place as a free and open
frontier.[102]
Since a decentralized internet
means that users can control their data without the
heavy hand of Big Tech trying to suppress what they do
not like. In other words nobody will be running the
show, even though, at least initially, there would be
cryptocurrency profits for all concerned. But since
there will also be endless blockchain opportunities for
new forms and patterns to manifest . . . spontaneously,
maybe it is not too outrageous to suggest that the
Divine will be running the free internet show. If the
dharma is truly being restored to our planet, the
blockchain and a decentralized internet are its most
important manifestations.
Of course at the moment most
ideas about reforming the internet are completely
entangled with money, up to and including the proposed
Web3. People who are trying to establish it have only
one goal: to get rich (yawn). But as Aquarian energies
grow ever stronger, the last thing people are going to
start thinking about is profits. Have you ever heard of
that medieval definition of the Divine as "an infinite
sphere, the center of which is everywhere, the
circumference nowhere"?[103] This is one
conceptualization of the Divine which I like, since I
think it accurately describes how Divine energy can
manifest. It also describes the best possible way our
planetary internet can start to go with the flow: each
one of us will be the center, and we will not be bounded
by a circumference which does not exist.
Here is the reality of those
wonderful somethings called bytes: they cannot be
corralled, branded, manipulated, imprisoned, legislated,
owned, purchased, trampled upon, or otherwise coerced.
In short, bytes are the 21st century equivalent of the
Gadsden flag. Guess what this means: on a planet where
bytes will always be free, so will all the people. It
will take a while, but that is the direction where our
natural energies are flowing. So those little specks of
transparent energy are going to demolish the Bigs as
easily as swatting a fly. Our bytes are going to give
the people of this planet a new way to breathe free, and
you cannot keep a good breath down.
Which brings us to the next blessing
the new internet will bestow upon us. It is a wonder
energy called . . .
Spiritual media.
Spiritual media? What the
heck is this supposed to be? Simple. Spiritual media will be
online interactions which will help all 8 billion of us go
with the natural flow of the universe, acquire good karma, or
otherwise move us closer to the Divine. No more green hair,
lust for LIKES, cancel culture, commercialism, validation, or
subservience to Big Government or Big Tech. Instead spiritual
media will be completely free of that horror called making
money, which will be a legacy energy sooner than you think. In
short, spiritual media will be one of the greatest blessings
in the new world to come. If you want this new blessing to
manifest as quickly as possible, the best thing you can do at
this very moment is delete all your social media accounts. You
will be glad you did.
But not even finding new ways
to help people will be the ultimate use of spiritual
media. It will be mostly informational. So believe it or
not, in the new world to come people might actually
start to use their phones to learn something, or find
ways to stay healthy, or meditate, or pray, or become
more psychic, or even discover new ways to move closer
to the Divine. It is even possible to read a book on
your phone, which I do all the time. There are dozens if
not hundreds of ways you can use your electronics to
improve your life, instead of wasting your time staring
at phony graphics. Three cheers for the upcoming
spiritual media!
Special mention now should be
made about how P2P spiritual media can help everyone
become more psychic. In the new world to come, people
will no longer rely solely upon their oracular tools for
Divine guidance and assistance. Getting help from their
peers will be equally important. In other words, hearing
how other people are working with their oracles, or new
psychic techniques they might be trying, or how they are
finally able to perceive the spiritual beings among us
will be of equal importance. Also nobody is going to
bother about that toxicity called validation, not when
millions of people start posting information online
about their most valuable spiritual experiences.
What is even better is
that the internet will soon be filled with P2P psychic
sites, where people will have a chance to communicate
with other psychics and spiritual seekers in their local
areas for assistance or information. These kinds of
interactions will make a tremendous improvement in
planetary safety. I have already mentioned that each one
of us needs to sit down with our oracles at the
beginning of every month and ask health, financial, and
safety questions for the next four to six weeks. But it is
also a good idea for each one of us to ask about
potential natural or man-made disasters which might
manifest in our areas during the upcoming four to six
weeks. If hundreds of people would check to see if their
area might be in danger of some kind of upheaval during
the next month or so, and then post their results to
their local P2P psychic sites, for the first time in
history people would be able to predict--and prepare
for--what until now have been unexpected catastrophes.
Nobody foresaw the 1906 San Francisco earthquake,
Hurricane Katrina in 2005 New Orleans, or the Uvalde
massacre in 2022. But in an
interconnected and psychic world, if diviners had a
chance to post their upcoming monthly predictions, and
if a large number of them predicted that some kind of
upheaval was going to happen in their vicinity,
precautions could be taken, people could evacuate, and
thousands of lives could be saved.
What's even better: if local
psychics started predicting an upheaval in their
vicinity in the next four to six weeks, not only could
people take precautions but they could also immediately
start asking and giving permission for the Divine to
mitigate whatever damage might be coming. So in the new
world to come, there might be a way not only to predict
natural disasters, but to prevent them as well. Time
will tell.
But none of this is going to
work unless the new spiritual media to come is free of
that taint called money. If as a potential tech
developer, you are getting dollar signs thinking about
how you might become the next billionaire by
establishing online spiritual interactions, you had
better think again. As I have mentioned a million times
by now, nothing destroys spiritual energy like that
toxicity called money, and this will apply to spiritual
media as well. The new sites need to be as open and as
free as everything else in the universe.
And believe it or not, these
kinds of non-monetary sites are definitely going to be
established, since we are on the verge of seeing a new
type of human being appearing on this planet. These new
humans are completely unanticipated, and their future
existence seems as preposterous as . . . well, a world
without money. Satoshi Nakamoto was not the only
anonymous spiritual genius who is going to transform the
world. We will soon see a new cohort of human beings who
will be equally unselfish, equally anonymous, and
equally beneficial to the entire human race. I like to
call these blessed beings to come . . .
Bodhisattva hackers.
Bodhisattvas, as I have
mentioned, are those Buddhist saints who vow never to attain
any kind of heavenly paradise until everyone else can attain
it as well. They dedicate their lives to helping other people
any way they can, for which services they never expect any
kind of recompense. You cannot get any more P2P than that. If
you combine this kind of unselfish behavior with the tech
skills necessary to create a completely new digital reality,
what you get are human beings who will do more good for their
fellow human beings than any other cohort of saints in
history: bodhisattva hackers.
A good bodhisattva hacker will
put in endless hours creating something digital to
benefit the human race, and then simply release it. No
marketing his or her product, no advertising, no
ego-strategies on display. What a good bodhisattva
hacker will do is simply give away whatever he or she
has created for the benefit of all humankind. If
anything is going to free us Littles from the legacy
Bigs among us, this kind of unselfish behavior is it.
All of which means that
bodhisattva hackers are never going to get rich from
their efforts. They will not care. The only thing that
will matter to them is developing a new kind of world
filled only with contented Middles. No more Bigs and no
more Littles. Just Middles. Japanese craftsmen have
always believed that they lose their skills if they
accumulate wealth beyond their most basic needs.[104]
This notion has always stuck in my mind about the best
possible relationship each one of us should have with
money: we need enough for the basics but not much more.
A Biblical quote can also help here: "give me neither
poverty nor riches" (Proverbs 30:8). In other words, the
best possible financial goal for each one of us is that
blessing called middleness. And no, this is not poverty.
A human being whose life is constantly filled with the
blessings of Divine energy does not know what poverty
is. All of which means that sooner or later all 8
billion of us entities will have to learn how to enjoy a
low-money lifestyle. This is otherwise known as "living
the joyous life in American without much money," as Jack
Kerouac tells us in The Dharma Bums.[105]
And yes--I know. It is all but
impossible to believe that future hackers will devote
endless time to develop new energy manifestations for
which they will never earn a penny. But the thing to
understand is that refusing monetary reward for your
efforts makes you impervious. No one will be able to
threaten, coerce, bribe, scold, insult, ostracize, or
penalize you for anything. Especially not any of the
Bigs. They cannot fight anyone who actually is not in it
for the money--indeed, they stand helpless before such
creatures (and if this isn't hilarious, I don't know
what is).
So if you want to experience
the exquisite delight and happiness which Satoshi must
have felt when he dreamed up the blockchain, go for it.
As for me, I am doing it as well (you think I don't know
how many thousands of dollars I could earn from this
book if I went the commercial route?). Here I must admit
that it is no fun spending all your spare time creating
something for which you do not expect one red cent of
profit. But is it worth it? YES YES YES YES YES!!!!! The
beautiful blessed karma you will receive from your
efforts is guaranteed to generate more bliss within you
than all the gold in Fort Knox.
All of which means that our
bodhisattva hackers are going to be the first and best
specimens of our new Aquarian reality. They are the
miracle workers who are going to destroy the tech Bigs,
create a genuine planetary culture, and help the Littles
of the planet regain control over their lives and their
destinies. Of all the people who will read this book, I
am hoping that the hackers among us will pay the most
attention. They are the ones who will eventually free us
all, and the blockchain will help them do it.
Of course, we have already got
plenty of hackers around today, mostly of the negative
kind. These are the computer criminals who are clinging
to legacy ideas of ego, greed, and separateness. They
rack up nothing but bad karma as they swindle, defraud,
exploit, create viruses, and otherwise scheme to get
their hands on other people's money. Well, they are as
legacy as stock portfolios. The bodhisattva hackers to
come will take them all down.
So in spite of all the
governmental and corporate attempts to control it, the
internet will continue to move into myriad new
directions, where free forms and patterns will
continually manifest. Within the next few years, it will
again become what it truly should be, the single most
liberating force in the history of humanity. The
bodhisattva hackers among us will make sure of that. It
is possible that our bodhisattva hackers might not
initially realize that freeing the slaves is what they
have incarnated to do, but this is what they are here
for, and karma doesn't get any better than this. A life
filled with this kind of positive energy is the best
there can be.
But I do think a good
bodhisattva hacker will need some clarity in his or her
life so they can see precisely what they should be
fighting for. So if you are a hacker, you should do your
best to support P2P, room to maneuver, and First
Amendment freedoms so that new forms or patterns can
spontaneously appear. All of which means that you will
fight to make the planet ever more receptive to new
manifestations of Divine energy. Also you will do it as
a peaceful warrior, keeping the Reality of universal
interconnection and equality in your head at all times.
Nobody in human history has ever been in a position to
change the world for the better like the bodhisattva
hackers to come.
Fortunately all this will be as
easy as shuffling tarot cards. Once our bodhisattva
hackers realize how easily they can obtain Divine
guidance and assistance, they will be able to
exponentially increase their effectiveness. Let me
remind everyone that regular consultation of an oracle
will tell you which new ideas are most viable or whether
a certain plan of action will produce the necessary
results. Getting guidance directly from the Divine means
that you can zero in on which research options are the
best ones, and then you will be inspired time and again
with new ideas. Inventor Thomas Edison famously said
that "genius is one percent inspiration and ninety-nine
percent perspiration." Well, in the oracular world to
come, the perspiration will not have to happen, not when
the Divine and the angels will keep your research on the
right track.
But at the
moment all we can do is utter the following prayers:
• From any kind of proprietary byte, bodhisattva hackers deliver us!
• From those virtue signaling tech billionaires who think they are actually successful human beings, bodhisattva hackers deliver us!
• From those middlemen who make their money leeching off other people's efforts, bodhisattva hackers deliver us!
• From all those greedy internet service providers and their customer service representatives, bodhisattva hackers deliver us!
• From all telecommunication companies who overcharge their customers and never provide any kind of adequate service, bodhisattva hackers deliver us!
• From those unspeakably evil corporations who make their money out of that toxic brainwashing called advertising and the human misery it causes, bodhisattva hackers deliver us!
• From those ever more enormous governments which generate nothing but coercion, and from all the other power centers on the planet who are determined to control, suppress, regulate any kind of free speech, bodhisattva hackers deliver us!
• From all those purveyors of the legacy illusions who continue to plague the human race, bodhisattva hackers deliver us!
* * *
As for the non-bodhisattva hackers among us, there are still things we can do to help establish a new kind of digital reality, as follows:
Boycott Big Tech any way you can. One thing I enjoy doing is never buying new electronics from any kind of Big Tech corporation. Instead, you can purchase perfectly decent gadgets which have only been lightly used and which work perfectly well. This way you will save money, and those Big Tech honchos do not get one red cent of your hard-earned cash.
Never click on an advertised link. I take pride in the fact that I have never in my life clicked on an advertised link, and especially the advertised links of a certain Big whose name I do not care to mention, especially since the only thing that this particular Big does is evil. Would you like to experience this kind of bliss? Do searches instead of clicking links.
Use alternative browsers. Use anything except the Big Tech browsers, which are always after your money and constantly spying upon you.
Stick with open-source. The honchos of many Big Tech companies actually think that proprietary software is something which is necessary for their continuing profits, but this is nonsense. Open-source is the future of all software, and by the next decade nobody is going to pay attention to any kind of operating system if it is closed. Transparency or nothing in the new world to come.
Never forget that the American dollar is now as dead as Julius Caesar. So if you still want to vote, always vote for a political candidate who is pro-crypto. Of course this means you will never vote for 99% of the candidates of one particular party, all of whom are doing their tidy best to line their own pockets but not yours. The funny thing here is that lining your pockets with dollar bills is an exercise in futility if ever there was one.
With oracular approval, support startups. Startups are where creativity can most easily blossom, so the more of them the better. And with oracular permission, you can financially support the ones who will be doing the most good in the new world to come.
As for the darknet . . . Boycott it. It is a cesspool of bad energy and will eventually implode. Nothing will be more horrible in the Aquarian world to come than social isolation, which is going to happen to anyone who tries to make money out of human depravity. At the moment this does not sound like any kind of effective way to destroy internet crime, but in the years to come shunning and ostracism will be enough to annihilate the darknet sadists among us. Their power and influence will simply start to diminish . . . spontaneously.
Recommended prayers.
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that you help me to:
• close down all my social media accounts so I can start to help make the world a better place. And I thank you.
• boycott Big Tech any way I can. And I thank you.
• do whatever I can to help the new kind of internet manifest on planet earth, while expecting no kind of financial reward. And I thank you.
• use my electronics for spiritual enlightenment instead of money, attention whoring, or validation. And I thank you.
* * *
So there you have it. A free internet covering the whole earth. In the Aquarian world to come, as more and more people gravitate to P2P and decentralization, that free internet is going to be the only planetary internet. When it finally manifests, for the first time in our wretched and bloody human history the entire planet will be going with the natural flow of the universe. Also Walt Whitman's prophecy in Leaves of Grass will finally come to pass:
Passage to India!
Lo, soul, seest thou not God's purpose from the first?But unfortunately one more thing needs to happen before the lands can be welded together. There is one remaining negative planetary energy which we now need to discuss and which will have no place in the new world to come. I am referring to that horror called money. We now need to examine the final and most important transformation which our planet will manifest in the years to come. It is now time to discuss . . .
Chapter 16. A New Fiscal Reality.
A new fiscal reality? What
does that mean? Well, it is very simple. The new fiscal
reality which will start manifesting in the decades to come is
no fiscal reality at all. That nuisance called money is going
to evaporate along with nation states, religions, toxic
illusions, Bigs, and multiple languages. Yeah. No more money
anywhere in the world.
Well, this time I really am out
of my mind, right? On the contrary. I continue to be
perfectly sane, and I intend to stand my ground about
the preceding paragraph. Besides, it should be obvious
to anyone with intelligence that money is just one more
cultural form which does not work any longer the way it
is supposed to. Ask any economist if you don't believe
me.
In my opinion, by the next
century money just is not going to be there any longer.
In a decentralized and interconnected P2P world, guess
what nobody is going to need: filthy lucre. Granted that
we currently have new types of electronic currencies
forming all the time, which is all for the best. Still,
cryptocurrency is not going to be our new fiscal
reality. We are not going to have any kind of new fiscal
reality. Fiscal reality is nonexistent when there is no
more money.
Snorts of derision are now
audible as far away as the Horsehead Nebula.
Wait a minute! Money is a
totally wonderful thing! When you have got it in piles,
it means that you can buy an interesting life! You can
purchase meaning, adventure, and pleasure any time you
like! Who cares that other people don't have as much of
it as you do? As long as you manage to get your hot
little hands on enough of it, you are guaranteed to live
happily ever after!
O my splitting head. Yes, I
know that the pursuit and the possession of that
toxicity called money makes up the conscious reality of
most people on this planet. We are living in a world
where getting it, investing it, spending it, worrying
about it, trying to get more of it, or just
congratulating yourself that you have plenty of it is
the primary focus of practically everybody. Our
planetary culture has been constructed around ideas of
getting and spending, and not much else.
Besides, at this particular
moment in time, we all need money in order to survive,
including me. Like everyone else I have to be careful
about my finances. Also I am not about to pile up my
equity on the lawn and set it on fire since I am not
crazy. So at the moment money continues to be a
necessity. We have to manage it as carefully as
possible, or else we are asking for trouble.
But nothing lasts forever, and
you can bet your sweet cash flow that this particular
toxic energy is currently disappearing from planet
earth. All of which means that the contemporary pursuit
of filthy lucre is the ultimate exercise in futility.
Somebody should tell the planet's money grubbers that
all the scrambling they are doing after the cash is not
really worth it. They are chasing phantoms.
Impossible to believe? Well, we
need to remember that once upon a time we Homo sapiens lived in a world
without money, for hundreds of thousands of years in
fact. It was only about 5,000 years ago that money was
invented. So this particular toxic energy, and that
nastiness called greed which goes along with it, is not
something which has been around since the beginning of
the human race. There was a moneyless human past, and I
am convinced that there will be a moneyless human
future. The core reality of this future is the switch
from ego-based reality to Net-based reality. Our own
personal equity is very much an ego thing.
Mind you, the disappearance of
the planet's assorted currencies is not going to happen
all at once. I doubt that we will have a completely
moneyless world until the 22nd century. So we humans can
still look forward to a good many years during which we
can continue to max-out our Master Cards. It's just that
in the years to come, if you are a legacy type possessed
of what you think is sound financial sense, I don't
recommend that you try to talk to your kids or grandkids
about money. They will think you are cuckoo.
But never mind that--what will
happen to the planet when money is not around any more?
Will we go back to bartering for goods and services? Or
will we grab our shotguns and steal everything not
nailed down? Or . . . uh . .
. maybe the producers of various goods will start giving
away their stuff for free? Now this is an interesting
idea. Suppose that the honchos of Versace, Cartier, and
Macy's announced that starting next Thursday, all of
their inventory would just be given to anyone who wants
it. Then what would happen? Yeah, I know: buffalo
stampede. Zillions of people would literally kill to get
their hands on that kind of stuff. Me me me! Mine mine mine! I
want it and I've got to have it!
Well, for obvious reasons this
scenario is not about to happen. So we humans will
continue with our getting and spending for the
foreseeable future. Money keeps our exchanges in good
working order, and without it everything would collapse
into--uh--chaos. Buying and selling is the only way to
do life, just as great big bureaucratic national
socialism is the only way to do government. How could it
be otherwise?
Well, if you ask me, in the
Aquarian era to come, legacy ideas of ownership and
capital are going to dissolve into nothingness. When you
go through your days focusing on the Net instead of me
and mine, you do not want to accumulate very much of
anything, including money. This means that when we
finally achieve a moneyless world, it will not manifest
as an eternal Black Friday. Aquarians are not going to
have the slightest desire to purchase the kind of
expensive legacy crap which still poisons the planet,
such as 24-carat gold Rolexes, late-model Lamborghinis,
and Blenheim Palace. I expect that some of this stuff
will be preserved in museums to show people the
horrifying ego-based energies of their idiot ancestors,
but as for people wanting to own it themselves . . . no
way.
As for everybody's greed
energies, they are going to vanish as well. The best
possible use of spiritual media in the new world to come
will be to give money away. Of course people will not be
giving all of their cash
away, at least not initially, but they will start having
huge fun supporting people who have a temporary need for
it and who are also trying as hard as they can to go
with the natural flow of the universe. There is nothing
I enjoy doing more than occasionally giving money to
someone who needs it. And take my word for it, getting
rid of whatever excess income I do not need is heavenly
bliss.
This is something anyone can
start doing right this minute. So instead of heading
directly to your social media every morning, or
purchasing yet another meaningless something from a
certain prime atrocity, why don't you start going to the
crowdfunding sites and donate money to people who need
it? You will spend the rest of the day walking on air,
guaranteed. As far as our poor planetary
multi-millionaires are concerned, here is some good
advice: instead of virtue-signaling yourself into a
black hole of meaninglessness, why don't you do some
genuine good in this world and start giving your money
away to people who desperately need it? You can hire
staff to go online every day, find people who are in
financial straits, and then donate. Your staff will
always know for sure whether someone is truly in need of
assistance by checking with an oracular tool. Once
again, I am not saying that you should give away all of your money,
but you will be literally saving lives every day instead
of residing in your black hole of emptiness. The good
karma you will start to accumulate will be so enormous
that everything else about your life will improve,
including your health, your habits, and your
relationships.
So I am going to stand my
ground on this. I am certain that money is currently in
the process of vanishing from planet earth faster than
you can say equity. But why should this be a problem?
Let us remember that money has been nothing but a toxic
form of energy from its inception. Walt Whitman tells us
while you should love the earth, the animals, and the
sun, you should despise riches. This blessing is coming
more quickly than you think for everyone of us in the
Aquarian era. Here are the reasons why money is dying:
Currency is dematerializing. Have you noticed what has happened to the planetary currencies during the past few decades? They are dissolving into nothingness. Once upon a time money actually possessed what human beings think of as solidity, since it was minted from precious metals like gold and silver. But nowadays money has turned into nothing but an electrical impulse, and a fiat one at that, since these impulses are not backed up by any kind of precious metal. In other words, money has become the most insubstantial of planetary manifestations. It is turning ever more transparent more quickly than us ever more transparent humans. At the moment it still seems real, but how much longer is that going to last?
Inflation. The American dollar loses a percentage of its value every year thanks to inflation. A dollar today is worth only 15% of a dollar's value in 1971. And the US Inflation Calculator tells us that from 1913 to 2016 the inflation rate was 2293.1%.[107] If this rate continues for another hundred years, what costs about $500 at the moment will cost over one million dollars in the next century. Ever increasing valuelessness is a sign of a moribund energy.
The national debt. Those electrical impulses known as dollars are not the only kind of fiscal bytes around today. There also exists a very different kind of electrical impulse, that of debt, which is swamping people, businesses, and governments with every passing year. The worst of these debts are those stratospheric governmental black holes which demagogic politicians all over the world have inflicted upon their hapless citizenry. The American national debt now stands at thirty trillion dollars, and it increases by a good two or three billion dollars every day.[108] Until someone explains to me how our governmental debt will be repaid, I guarantee that the only thing that this monster debt will accomplish is the destruction of the dollar. Those electrical bytes known as value and those electrical bytes known as void are going to cancel each other out. Not that it will happen all at once, but it is inevitable.
Personal debt. The American people cannot manage their finances any more than their elected representatives. Millions of people in this country today are going through their lives up to their thorax with one kind of debt or another: credit cards, education, mortgages, car loans. And nearly half the people in American households do not manage to save a dime. So most Americans live out their lives completely out of balance. They keep demanding that energies such as creature comforts should come to them, but they do not put out the necessary energies to pay for them. Energies coming in but never going out is the exact opposite of going with the natural flow. If this describes you, the cosmos will start delivering those nasty little Cosmic Boomerangs to you like you would not believe.
Wealth is no longer being created. There are millions of profitable businesses in the contemporary world which produce valuable goods, and they keep the world's economies on track. The problem is that there are also millions of people all over the world who do not produce anything of value but who still manage to earn decent wages. I am of course referring to the planet's clerical slaves, who push the paper, implement the rules and regulations, and otherwise spend their time dealing with utterly useless energies. They are all leeching instead of producing, and whatever worthwhile goods are being created by others are being negated by all the millions who take but never give. All this adds up to yet more planetary waste, and this time I am not talking about landfills. If you have ever wondered why the idea of a prosperous economy is an ever-receding phantom, it is thanks to the billions of drudges processing ever more meaningless paperwork.
Population decline. Perpetual economic growth cannot happen when the population starts to drop. And as I have mentioned, all the signs are that this is exactly what is starting to happen here on Planet Earth. Yes, I know that there continue to be scare predictions about how the human population will soon reach eleven billion, or twenty billion, or goodness only knows what kind of billion. Well, a more accurate vision of the future can be seen in the phenomenon of abandoned houses in Japan or empty Italian villages. The population of our earth is starting to decline, and this decline will become increasingly evident as the years go on. Mind you, I do not think that the human race is about to vanish from the earth, but when the death rate overtakes the birth rate, economic growth neither can nor will happen.
Eternal corruption. Where there is money, there is always corruption. You want the ultimate in bad karma? Just spend your life trying to get your hands on dollar bills which you have not lawfully earned by the sweat of your brow. But don't be surprised when your health or relationships collapse while you are at it. Karma never forgets.
Post-capitalism. We are starting to move into a social arrangement which that nuisance called Karl Marx never could have envisioned: a post-capitalist world. When Karl Marx wrote his Das Kapital in 1867, he correctly realized that there was something wrong with the kind of cutthroat competition to be found in capitalist societies. Now I am the first to admit that a free market has proven to be the most effective way to increase the prosperity of any society, but these same free markets are based on toxic energies such as competition, marketing, top/downess, and addictive consumerism. All of which means that any kind of capitalism is not only toxic but contrary to the natural flow of the universe. So it is time for it to go. It is no accident that the phrase late-stage capitalism can be found all over the internet these days. And what is capital but money?
The biggest of the Big Corporations are infinitely worse than Big Governments. You name the Big Corp, and I guarantee that it will be operating like a totalitarian dictatorship, where any dissent is immediately punished, and you do what you are told or else. Meanwhile the biggest of these Big Corporations violate the laws or the public trust any way they can and constantly get away with it. Once again, the blockchain will finally demolish these kinds of negative energies, but that is going to take time.
* * *
Wait a minute! There is no
alternative to money and businesses! We will always have to
go to work or to the business every day to earn those
utterly necessary dollar bills! Money has to go on forever
or else everything will collapse into--uh-- No, don't use
that idiot word chaos again! There is no alternative to the
fiscal reality we have currently got on Planet Earth! People
are always going to have to commute to the office, the
factory, or the business every morning for fifty weeks a
year to earn their money, or else they will not be able to
survive! Right?
Well, guess what. In the
new world to come, when the human race will finally
start to go with the natural flow, all the ways people
are currently getting and spending money are going to
vanish. Granted people will still need to acquire
material goods which they cannot produce themselves, so
we will still have farms and factories. However, nobody
will take more than their fair share of what gets
produced. Those sentient beings who try to grab more
than they need of what is available will get themselves
shunned faster than you can say lifestyles of the rich
and famous. This kind of natural self-organization is
inevitable, just as long as We the People of Planet
Earth start asking and giving permission for
you-know-who to help it manifest.
Let us remember that a
lot about our economic reality is already a
manifestation of spontaneous self-organization. Our
system of supply and demand, for example, has always
been naturally self-organized--it is not something which
can be run by any government. In one way or another,
whenever there is a need for a certain resource or
service, someone produces the necessary energy, and it
gets to the people who need it. It is only in those
state-oppressed regimes where the apparatchiks think
that they can control the whole economy from a single
room that endless shortages and shoddy products happen.
As for that legacy nonsense
called barter, it will not be happening in the new
moneyless world to come. Barter is yet another ego clash
which nobody will bother about in the future. If you
need assistance in the new P2P world to come, you will
simply go online and describe what you need. If in
previous years you have been a good Aquarian who has
helped other people in your locale who needed it, your
friends and neighbors will rush to give you the
assistance that you need. On the other hand, if all you
have been doing with your time and energy is sleeping in
a hammock in your backyard, that assistance you now need
will still come, but probably not as quickly as you
would like. All this means that if you want security in
the transparent world to come, you will not have to get
your hands on money--you will need to do as many good
deeds as possible as you go through your life so people
will be eager to assist you if your need arises.
We need to remember that there
was plenty of leisure time before the Industrial
Revolution, and that kind reality can come again, as
soon as the endless waste of the contemporary financial
world finally comes to an end. Wouldn't you be happier
if you didn't have to kill yourself at the job or the
business for 40+ hours a week? And wouldn't you enjoy
spending your quality time doing that fabulous spiritual
blessing called following your bliss? Granted you will
still have to spend some of your time working, but you
would also be able to take time off from the
office/farm/factory/business to tend your garden or
write your symphony. Or even emulate Botticelli in his
learning and his vision. Or even just enjoy being alive
in your own utopia. No boredom possible in such a
reality. All you would need for this kind of life is a
world without money and the wage/debt slavery that goes
with it. Some of the most popular sites on the internet
these days are the do-it-yourself sites, and this kind
of beneficial activity will increase a thousandfold in
the future. If you ask me, future businesses will mostly
supply raw materials and tools instead of finished
products.
So why would anyone want the
current system to go on forever? In a world where P2P
provides the support instead of all those monster
governments, where you can either grow or create many of
your basic necessities, where literally everyone is
always trying to give more than they take, who is going
to need money? Nobody, that's who. So quit scoffing.
Besides, in case you haven't noticed (and as usual you
probably haven't), the new moneyless world has already
started to manifest. The first sign of it is called . .
.
The Sharing/Gifting Economy.
Two of the most popular words on the internet
these days are share and gift, and if you ask
me, these two words will eventually turn into the new
economic reality. At the moment millions of people love
to go online to share their experiences, their
photographs, their recipes, their likes or dislikes, or
anything else they think is interesting. This has become
so ubiquitous that a new experience or possession is
meaningless unless information about it is posted
online. At the moment, of course, this is just ego-based
toxicity, where total strangers are supposed to be
impressed with the awesomeness of what is probably your
drab little life. This kind of sharing is not doing
either you or the planet any good.
But the good kind of sharing or
gifting, where you give something without expectation of
a return, is what will count in the future. This will be
sharing of more than digital intangibles, but also of
food, clothes, shelter, and other necessities. The catch
is that most people now reading these words will
probably start thinking more about getting instead of
giving. But when those water bearer energies grow
stronger, the opposite will be true. More and more
people will eventually be willing to give away stuff or
energies to anyone who truly needs it. In the
interconnected Aquarian world to come, nobody will be
prosperous unless everyone is prosperous. Also FYI: a
world without poverty is not an unprecedented social
reality. They say that in its heyday, the Republic of
Venice was so wealthy that nobody was poor. Such a
social reality has manifested before on planet earth,
and it can manifest again. Ye have the poor always with
you? Another suspect
scripture.
So if you want to acquire some
very blessed karma, you should start doing everything
you can to give as much of your time, products, or
resources to your fellow brothers and sisters who need
it. To a certain extent this is already happening: the
internet is filled these days with plenty of free music,
videos, instruction, books, software, and graphics. Mind
you, I am not recommending that you donate time or stuff
to the point of bankruptcy, not as long as we are in a
money world. But you can help the future moneyless world
to manifest by giving what you can. Your oracle can
guide you here.
This especially holds true for
those business owners who have been convinced by the
arguments in this book and now realize that they need to
go with the natural flow of the universe to keep their
businesses prosperous. What they need to do is start
giving away a percentage of their products each year to
people who cannot afford to purchase them. And yes, I am
aware that this will put a dent into their profit
margin. However, the good kind of Cosmic Boomerang
guarantees that the more stuff they give away, the more
prosperous their business will become. Besides, if you
do not have stuff to give away, you can still give away
your services. Do some of your neighbors need help? Is
there any way you can volunteer in your community? Just
start doing it. Forget about watching the latest toxic
illusion on the flat screen and donate some of your time
and energy to someone who needs help. You will be glad
you did.
As for the rest of us, you can
always give away your old stuff for free. Forget about
garage sales or advertising something online that you no
longer need. Give it away instead. Go to sites like
Freecycle, or have a garage give instead of a sale. Your
non-customers will love you for it.
This is just more bodhisattva
bliss, which anyone can acquire even if they are not
talented enough to become a bodhisattva hacker. And in
case you have never noticed, there is one ultimate
energy rule of the universe which goes like this: the more you give away, the
more you get. It's just that
what you will get will be happiness and serenity instead
of that useless detritus called stuff. Grandpa, what was a profit
margin? It was a depraved and disgusting energy form
which prodded people into acquiring the most atrocious
karma in the history of the universe. Good riddance.
And by the way, if for any
reason someone gives you a good or a service for free,
this means that eventually you will also have to give
some of your own energy away for free, or else the
natural flow of energy in your life will not happen.
Energies always have to be balanced to flow naturally.
What you can give can be your time, your efforts,
something you have created, or something you no longer
need. The more you will give, the better you will feel.
Sounds good, doesn't it? But
alas, this wonderful new world is not here yet. While we
can see its beginnings, it is going to be a while before
it will manifest. So at the moment wage/debt slavery
will continue to blight the planet. But there is one
great big thing you can do right this minute to help
bring a moneyless reality to our planet. This is
something which I have already mentioned, but which we
now need to reexamine . . .
End it with your consumerism.
Maybe you cannot walk away from your current job
or business at the moment, but there is one thing you
can do to change your financial reality for the better:
indulge in that delightful pastime which I like to call
not-shopping. What are you
doing today? Not-shopping. What is your favorite
pastime? Not-shopping. How do you stay so free and
happy? Not-shopping. The sooner we transition from a
wage/debt society to a self-sufficient society, the more
we will be able to indulge in that fabulous experience
called not-shopping. And the sooner you personally start
practicing this exquisite delight, the sooner the
universe will start opening up for you in all its
manifold richness.
Let's face it: recreational
shopping is one of the worst addictions infecting the
planet these days, especially since it seems normal and
harmless. But of course it is nothing of the sort. It
will destroy you if you let it. But if you are now
telling yourself that only a miracle will ever get you
to stop spending money on whatever . . . well, then
co-create one.
Because you must understand
that not-shopping is not deprivation. When you manage to
free yourself from your desires for ever more stuff, the
utter bliss you will start to feel makes up for
everything. But there is a trick to this fabulous new
reality: you don't spend less, you simply do not spend
at all. You need to get into the mindset that all you
really need are groceries and gas. If you are now
practicing a minimalistic diet, those groceries won't
cost you an arm and a leg every month. As for the gas,
if you start practicing not-shopping, you will also be
practicing a lot of not-driving.
No, I am not talking
self-induced punishment here. Ending it with shopping is
not going to be as bad as you think. Don't forget that
shopping is not living. Granted at the moment, the
electronically-sensitized and chemically-addled among us
have to keep getting their desperate hands on all kinds
of new stuff, or else they will fall into the void. Our
whole toxic culture is based on the premise that people
will always want to be consumers. And 21st century
consumerism means that you pay seven or eight dollars
for maybe ten cents worth of materials, which as
bargains go isn't one.
I have spoken several times
about the decadence of our current cultural moment.
Nothing illustrates this decadence better than most
people's brain dead lust for ever more stuff. Of course
if you focus all your attention on past, present, and
future purchases, it does help to keep thoughts of
emptiness and even death out of your mind. Besides,
buying something seems the most normal of human
activities to the planet's late-Piscean idiots. But
too-muchness of anything does not make for happiness.
Instead it makes for obsession and imprisonment.
So I am aware that the idea of
not-shopping is going to make zero sense to most of my
readers, being the brainwashed victims of Madison Avenue
that they are. But if ever there were a legacy energy,
it is that nonsense called lust for stuff. Fortunately
it will be gone with the donuts in another decade or
two. Mind enrichment is going to be the main Aquarian
energy, which is not something that can be marketed. The
physical crap which currently blankets the earth will
start to rot unpurchased in the warehouses. Besides,
many young people these days are completely fed up with
the wage/debt lifestyle which they have been handed and
are trying to find new and better ways to live. More
power to them. This is a trend which will only increase
in the years to come, and especially when people learn
how to stop being consumers. Interested? The Reddit
forum Antiwork can get you started.[109]
Big Corporations are not going
to like hearing all this. Their honchos will also tell
themselves that not-shopping simply cannot happen,
thanks to that little something called marketing. After
all, the right kind of advertising can get absolutely
anyone to buy absolutely anything, right? Everybody
knows that the most admired triumphs of contemporary
marketing consist of persuading the gullible American
public to purchase something which they do not truly
need. If you pull off a beaut like this, then you get
bonuses, promotions, and maybe even a mention in a
business administration textbook. All the billions of
consumers who currently stalk the earth will always be
consumers thanks to the hard sell geniuses among us, who
can get the morons out there to buy absolutely anything.
Even during the recent pandemic, the one single message
we got from our corporate Bigs was that they were with
us and felt our pain, but we still needed to give them
our money. And of course millions still did. And of
course millions still do. Which is something that
totally has to keep happening! A nation of
self-sufficient and self-reliant people would be a
nightmare to the commercial Bigs among us.
Well, guys--guess what.
Not-shopping is inevitable in the Aquarian world to
come. Go online and look at trends like #cottagecore,
#thrifting, or #simpleliving if you don't believe me.
Message to corporate America: in the decades to come as
people grow ever more transparent, stuff lust is going
to diminish . . . spontaneously. You think your
quarterly reports are bad at the moment? You ain’t seen
nothing yet.
So both producers and consumers
need to think for a moment what their lives would be
like if they spent money only on necessities. This kind
of healthy financial sense can manifest in anyone smart
enough to let Divine energy into their lives. Once such
people opt out of the spending, they will not need that
much getting. This means that if you elect not to
collude with late-stage consumerism, not only will you
be going with the natural flow of the universe but you
will be doing your tidy best to help all the corporate
Bigs among us croak big time, and the sooner the better.
And you can opt out of consumerism right this second.
Guess what happens when you do this? You actually start
accumulating equity instead of stuff, and equity just
happens to be your first step out of your wage/debt
slavery. Recreational shopping will soon go the way of
drug addiction. Nothing but an historical curiosity.
But stop buying stuff? How
could that be possible? Well, the present writer can go
for weeks at a time without spending money on anything
except gas, food, and her monthly bills. When you start
to discover the Aquarian delights of learning, creating,
and helping, you simply will not need to buy stuff or
experiences any longer (and buying experiences as in
recreational travel is even more useless than the
mountains of stuff we Americans think we need to
accumulate).
Still, nobody can live without
occasionally buying something that is truly needed.
Things break down, clothes wear out, or a new and
legitimate necessity appears in your life. Nevertheless,
when this happens, purchasing something is seldom
urgent, and you have plenty of time not only to get
oracular approval but oracular advice about how much you
should spend, where you should make your purchase, and
when you should do it. It also helps just to keep a list
of all the items you intend to purchase . . . someday. A
list like this can easily help you free yourself you
from impulse shopping and unnecessary expenditures. You
add what you want to purchase to your list so you will
not forget about it, but you do not make the purchase
until your oracle says the time is right. Which may
never happen. If it never does, eventually you realize
that your yearned-for something was not really needed
after all. Becoming an Aquarian consumer is that simple,
and it will free you from your financial hell sooner
than you can possibly imagine. When people get the hang
of this, shopping is going to be as legacy as sitcoms.
I have kept lists of things I
need to purchase for years now, and some items stay on
these lists for what seems like forever. But there have
been other times, after a few weeks or months, when all
of a sudden the cards seem to change their mind and I
can finally see a YES about making a purchase. So the
energies have shifted: either I can now afford to buy
what I want, or the price has dropped. It always feels
good when this happens, but, believe it or not, it also
feels good if that YES never happens. No matter how
desperate you are to purchase something, chances are
that after a certain period of time, you will not want
it any longer anyway. You will not even remember why you
wanted it in the first place.
Here are more suggestions about
how to practice the Aquarian delights of not-shopping:
Don't think that you can count on future money to be there. Nothing will lead you to financial catastrophe than that delusion that the kind of money you are currently earning will always continue to manifest. Let me remind you that in an endlessly transforming universe, nothing ever lasts. You can never depend on anything happening in the future, including future money. So never make a purchase based on the illusion that you will always be earning your current income, or you will regret it.
Free yourself from advertising. It is easy to avoid advertising these days especially if you don't watch television or read newspapers or magazines. And ad blockers for your browsers are available everywhere. But if you do watch television, just mute the sound when the sales pitch comes and close your eyes. Also as I have mentioned, if you really want to make a Big Platform suffer, never click on an advertised link. No better way to deprive those useless online Bigs of their ill-gotten revenue.There actually are worthwhile things to spend your money on, such as . . . items which will save you money or lower your power consumption, such as solar cookers, long underwear, or better home insulation. Or tools which will make you more self-reliant. Or anything which will help to make you more spiritual, such as decor items, music, or books. You get the idea. Stick to the natural, and you will not go wrong.
Avoid the high end crap. The purveyors of luxury products are going to be the first to vanish in the Aquarian world to come. In a world where people focus on the Net instead of the ego, and where universal equality feels like the ultimate in earthly bliss, nothing will be more unendurable than expensive creature comforts. When the current crop of luxury businesses go belly up, they will not be replaced.
Avoid the low end crap. This is the ultra cheap and usually toxic plasticized stuff and should also be avoided. It will never last, and it is not healthy.
If you do make a purchase, try to buy it for life. In other words, planned obsolescence is yet another energy which is going to evaporate in the transparent world to come, since who is going to buy something which they know will fall apart in just a few years? Buying something for life will probably mean a greater initial expenditure, but if you never have to purchase a replacement, it will be worth it.
Learn how to do nothing instead of shopping. This suggestion will raise the hackles of the legacy puritans among us, but it happens to be good advice. Just loafing or chilling happens to be infinitely more enjoyable than shopping. Don't forget that emptiness is always the matrix of creativity. The more you do it, the more you will be inspired to create something out of your dreams and visions.
Never buy anything on impulse. Should you be so unfortunate to be in a store and see something that you not only like but is being sold at a reasonable price, and if you are moron enough to purchase the item without consulting your oracle first, I guarantee you will regret it. You can avoid this trap if you carry around a miniature deck of tarot cards which you can consult before you make that purchase, or even just flip a coin (heads yes, tails no). It also helps if you simply make a note of what you want to buy and go online later to see if you can find it more cheaply that way (and you probably can).
Wait until prices go down (they usually do) before you buy something. This one is easy enough if you make lists of what you need before you make purchases, and then just let your list sit around for weeks or months.
Forget about buying factory food. I know I have already hit my readers over the head about the horrors of factory food, but I must mention it once again, and this time I need to talk about how horrifically overpriced it is. The factory garbage is all plasticized, remember, and plastics cost money. So learn how to cook cheap, healthy, and inexpensive meals. P.S. Also forget dumpster diving. All you will get out of a dumpster is the detritus of factory food whose expiration date has passed. Lots of luck eating that garbage and staying healthy.
Electronics are the only things anyone needs to purchase these days anyway. The digital has become and will remain our main reality for most everyone in the new world to come, including me. When spiritual media finally replaces the social, all the mass-produced stuff on the planet will become completely irrelevant.
If you want newness, don't buy anything--start enjoying free digital newness. Our human lust for newness is already being satisfied these days by all the new digital information which goes online every day. When you start to focus on this, the lust for "material" stuff simply is not there any longer.
Credit cards are okay only if . . . you are able to pay off your debt at the end of each month. Or you can get zero percent financing. Going into debt for anything, and I do mean anything, is beneath contempt. Those horrific interest rates will inevitably cost you thousands of dollars, which is just money down the drain. So don't ever tell yourself that finance charges do not matter, or that they are just some kind of minor fee which can be easily paid off. If you subscribe to this nonsense, chances are that you will spend your entire life paying more in finance charges than for actual stuff. All of which means that debt is frequently the worst sort of imprisonment you can experience, which is why all the Bigs are constantly trying to persuade you to take it on. Equity, on the other hand, means freedom, up to and including the right to switch professions, start a new enterprise, create something of value, or just move on down the line. All of which are much more valuable than anything you might want to purchase.
When you know a big expense is coming, start saving for it. This holds true especially for the two largest purchases we usually make: homes and vehicles. Pay cash for both if you can. But if you must get a mortgage or car loan, try to save as much as you can before the purchase so you will get the lowest loan possible. Then pay it off as quickly as you can. But don't be stupid enough to buy a new car every year, or even a new phone every year. Make your vehicles (and your other expensive purchases) last as long as possible.
When you finally start to pay off all your debts, keep a safety net. Since the unexpected is always happening, never go through life from paycheck to paycheck. Make sure you always have at least a thousand dollars in the bank at all times just in case. If acquiring a measly thousand seems impossible to you, then you are in desperate need of some not-shopping revulsion prayers.
Figure out ways to reduce your utility bills. There are dozens of ways you can reduce your utility bills, which any internet search can show you. One of my favorites is to unplug any electrical device when not in use. Most people do not realize that their appliances are still draining vampire electricity from the grid when not in use. This can be easily stopped if you just unplug them when you are not using them.[110]
Don't be a sucker for marketing con jobs such as rewards or sales or discounts or exclusive access. I am now going to inform my readers of a basic reality of our universe which they have never heard in their lives, and they are going to get it in capital letters since it needs to be drilled into their brains: YOU DO NOT SAVE MONEY BY SPENDING MONEY. Yeah, in other words, all those "saving" or "discount" marketing ploys which Big Corporations are constantly throwing at you are the ultimate in shyster scams. They are always designed to get you to buy something you do not really need, since they also persuade you that you will be saving money while you are spending money! Good American moron that you are, you will fall for this nonsense time and again. Every time I go through the checkout line at my local supermarket, the clerk always has to ask me: "Are you a rewards member?" Since absolutely anyone with any kind of financial sense needs to be a rewards member since you get rewarded when you spend money so you spend more of it so you don't really get any rewards after all. Here is the true reality of saving money: the only way you can save money is by not spending money.
If you must make a purchase, try to get it from a small business. Forget the Big Boxes and support a small business. You will get better quality stuff, you will be doing some good in the world, and you will feel better about yourself.
As for buying stuff online, don't ever forget that the Big Platforms are spying on you. It is so easy to go online and order something you momentarily desire, but never forget that the platform you are using to make your purchase is keeping tabs on you, targeting you for special advertising, and snooping about every other aspect of your life. Even your kids' toys can be surveillance tools. This is how they turn you into a brain dead shopaholic, and it works most of the time. But when you constantly remind yourself that this kind of manipulation is happening, it then becomes exquisitely easy to avoid all the advertisements which are constantly being thrown at you.
Get it through your skull that small expenditures add up. Millions of people all over the world think that it is okay for them to purchase a small indulgence every now and then (like once or twice a day) since they are not spending a lot of money when they do it, and they won't do it all the time. So it is fine if you want to blow money day in and day out on takeout, packaged snacks, frappuccinos, or other overpriced fast food atrocities. These small unimportant expenditures are simply inexpensive little treats--right? Well, let's do the math. If you spend a mere five dollars a day on coffeehouse drinks most days of the month, this can add up to over $1500 per year. Getting fast food one or twice a week can be more than $2000 per year. So those little treats of yours can add up to a very evil penny. You will probably discover that you could have purchased a whole new laptop if you had simply prepared your snacks or your coffee to take with you instead of blowing thousands of dollars on overpriced and overpackaged crap.
Become as self-reliant as possible. Grow at least part of your own food, mend your clothes instead of buying new ones, and live as ecologically as you can. The hell with wage/debt slavery, and the hell with stuff.
Make an effort to boycott all things Chinese and the American companies which collude with them. Probably the most repellent totalitarian dictatorship left on the planet is the one to be found in China, whose tinpot honchos have no qualms about erecting concentration camps, practicing genocide, murdering detainees for their transplantable organs, wasting billions erecting "ghost cities" where no one wants to live, and swindling the populace every chance they get. Also the Chinese occupation of Tibet just goes on and on and on with no end in sight. Well, like all Piscean dictatorships, the Chinese house of cards will inevitably collapse. But in the meantime, any westerner who supports these horrors by purchasing anything manufactured in China is just asking for a bad Cosmic Boomerang. So try to avoid anything Made in China if you can (and I must confess I cannot manage it all the time myself). If nothing else, buy what you need used.
* * *
So much for not-shopping. The sooner you get into
this kind of mindset, the sounder your finances will be, the
more quickly you will escape wage/debt slavery, and the
happier you will be.
But then how are you going to
make a living in the new world to come? By now I have
mentioned many times that most of the jobs and the
businesses currently in place will not be there by the
end of this century. This brings us to a new topic for
discussion, namely how people can earn money in the
Aquarian world to come. We will first discuss:
Earning a living as an Aquarian.
There is only one guideline about how to earn a
living in the new world to come: consult your oracle. In other
words, never get a degree which you think will hand you a good
living without oracular approval, never train for any kind of
employment without oracular approval, never try to establish a
business without oracular approval, and never start working a
job without oracular approval. Also never forget that if you
are working in a business or employment which seems like it
will go on forever, constantly consult your oracle to see if
your situation will last.
The preceding advice especially
holds true about establishing a new business. At the
moment it is estimated that 90% of all new startups are
failures, and without oracular approval yours will be
one of them. So consult your oracle every step of the
way when you start your business, or else you will
regret it. Don't forget that in the Aquarian world to
come, more people will be creators instead of consumers. So even if you
do acquire steady customers for your business, in a
world of not-shopping they will probably buy your
products once every two or three years instead of every
two or three months. Also never forget that your
potential customers are going to ask an oracle about
whether or not to purchase your product. If you are
producing something shoddy or useless, your profit
margin will be exactly zero. Here are more suggestions:
Don't forget that in the new world to come, robots are going to replace most manufacturing jobs. So these kinds of jobs are going to vanish as quickly as the pushing paper slavery which the blockchain will eliminate.
If you do get oracular approval for a business, keep it small. In the new world to come, the best kind of businesses will not only be ethical and going with the natural flow, but small. Smallness will be the greatest blessing that P2P will provide us in the future: on those rare occasions when people wish to make a purchase, they will patronize the Middles, such as independent crafters, small startups, practitioners of appropriate technology, and local businesses. Anything not Big, in other words.
Stop lusting after a colossal income. Too many kids these days go through life with dollar signs glued to their eyeballs and spend all their time dreaming about a blessed six- or even seven-figure salary and all the luscious creature comforts and/or experiences that this wonderful money will purchase. Well, just don't forget that this kind of money also means fifty or sixty hours of slavery every week, so when are you going to have the time to enjoy spending all your wonderful money? Better you go the opposite route by opting out of consumerism and accept a lower paying and less stressful job, which will leave you with more spare time. This will keep you sane, happy, healthy, and aligned to the natural flow of the universe.
Forget the idea of a career. Being a lifelong slave to the Man is a legacy entrapment if there ever was one. Instead aim at financial independence, mobility, or remote working. And pay no attention to the legacy career advice you will probably get from your elders and worsers. Older people's advice about careers in finance, accounting, marketing, or economics is worthless. Instead use your oracle to find employment or opportunities in areas which are based on the new kind of P2P or blockchain energies which are now manifesting. Or anything solar, organic, sustainable, communal, natural, digitized, or globalized. The very best kind of job in the new world to come will be a low-income, low-pressure day job, which will leave you with enough spare time to follow your bliss.
If you must work for a large corporation . . . Like governmental employees, you should do your duty and produce what they are paying you to produce. In other words, so what if everything you do in your corporate job is a complete waste of time? Just do your duty and forget about climbing the corporate ladder, acquiring bonuses, or stabbing a co-worker in the back so you get the promotion instead of him. Just grit your teeth, fly under the radar, and do the best you can. You might be trapped working for a toxic organization, but you do not have to collude with it. So put in your hours, save your money, keep an eye out for other opportunities, and escape as soon as you can.
Try to avoid any kind of employment based on chemicals or any other toxicity. As in junk food, cosmetics, synthetic dyes, petrochemicals, or any of the other poisons which damage the planet. As for the tobacco industry, every human being connected with this human slaughter machine is a murderer with blood on his or her hands. Unless you are okay with Cosmic Boomerangs clobbering you every day of your life, run away screaming.
Don't go into debt for a useless degree. As in marketing, sociology, psychology, philosophy, communications, liberal arts, fine arts, women's studies, languages, anthropology, fashion design, religious studies, and the zillions of other useless degrees available these days. For that matter, do not go into debt for any kind of a degree. If you are dumb enough to borrow money for your education, the remainder of your existence will be hell on earth.
If you want to make a living producing something artistic . . . Yeah, wouldn't that be nice? No pushing paper in a cubicle, operating a drill press, frying hamburgers, or the millions of other crap jobs/businesses people are enslaved to these days. Instead you would be able to live a free and artistic life by selling your watercolors or your naturally dyed hemp fabric. Right? Well, not exactly. At the present time, those people who decide to live what they think is a free creative life are not doing anything of the sort. They are utterly dependent for their incomes on those wage/debt slaves working for the Man. You are not free of the system if you expect its slaves to support you, most of whom would give anything not to be chained to a job or a business for forty years. Besides, in the Aquarian future to come, unless you are as talented as Matisse or Mozart, nobody will be interested in buying your stuff. They will be making their own stuff.
Don't ever forget that self-sufficiency is the ultimate Aquarian goal. Never being dependent upon any kind of external is the best possible way to go through your life, since it makes you free like nothing else on earth. And there is no happiness like freedom happiness.
Work only when you feel like it or when your services are needed. This is the best type of future Aquarian employment: temporary, voluntary, and done only when needed. You will enjoy helping others who need it, but you will not have to work all the time. In such a work-a-day world, this really will be possible if you are also as self-sufficient as possible.
Switch your focus from profits to assistance. If you start concentrating on how your business can help your brothers and sisters in the Net, instead of the usual what's-in-it-for-me, chances are your profits will just start happening, you know, spontaneously.
Never try to establish a middleman business. No comment necessary.
* * *
So much for Aquarian ways to earn a living. Now we will examine . . .
Aquarian investments.
At the moment, while we are all still trapped in a money world, we need to be smart about how we manage our equity. Here are some recommendations:
Needless to say, you should never make any kind of financial investment without oracular approval. And you should only invest in those products or services which are obviously going with the natural flow of the universe.
Avoid any kind of luxury purchase since its value will inevitably collapse. When those egalitarian Aquarian energies start kicking in, the resale value of any kind of expensive doohickey is going to plummet. So you have been dumb enough to spend your dough on yachts or diamond-encrusted golf clubs, you had better accept the fact that items like these will eventually be worthless. In the new world to come, nobody will want to own anything unless everyone else can also own it. So you won't be able to give a diamond-encrusted golf club away, let alone sell it. All that equity you thought you had in your luxury goods will evaporate.
Continue with the not-shopping. You will eventually have all the financial security you will ever need.
Buying land or a domicile is probably still a good investment. But only the kind of property where you can live a modest and neither-wealth-nor-poverty Aquarian life.
Invest only for financial security instead of profit. Greed will have no place in the world to come, so a Cosmic Boomerang awaits you if your investments are motivated only by lust for more dollar bills.
At the moment, there is only one Aquarian investment which counts: cryptocurrency. Which I have already discussed. So if you still have not done so, start buying crypto as soon as you can, since that collapsing energy called the American dollar will probably be as dead as enriched pasta within the next few years. But make sure you store your crypto in a cold wallet, or you will regret it.
* * *
But now we have to discuss a new financial topic which will probably sound like the ultimate in lunacy. It is true that at the moment I am recommending that you invest in cryptocurrency if you want some financial security, but this is only a temporary financial move which you need to make. As the decades go on and Aquarian energies grow ever stronger, cryptocurrency is going to evaporate just as thoroughly as dollar bills. So it is basically just a stopgap measure which is needed to bring in the destruction of both Big Governments and Big Corporations. In other words, crypto is not our true financial future. The true financial future is not financial at all. By the end of this century we will all be heading into . . .
A world without money.
When the energies of the planet switch from me me me and mine mine mine
into I want only what I need or I
want to give more than I take, guess what
will not be around any longer. Neither dollar bills nor
crypto. You got it. Cardiac arrest time again, right?
But cheer up. The moneyless
world to come should be seen as a delight, not an
appalling horror. In a world without money, greed would
evaporate, as would resentment, inequality, and the last
of our tedious coercive Bigs. I would enjoy living in
this kind of world even though I will never live to see
it. A completely moneyless world will also be the great
Aquarian culmination. From the Almighty Dollar to just
the Almighty will be immense progress for the human race
And don't forget
that no more money means no more Wall Street, the London
School of Economics, accounting, getting and spending,
paper pushing, and offices. No more keeping track of the
millions of financial transactions made each day. No
more financial transactions, period. People who will be
working in the new world to come will be doing it for
free. But then they will also be getting everything they
need for free. Besides, in a transparent and
Divinely-guided Aquarian reality, no one will ever dream
about taking more than what they truly need. Who needs
money in this kind of a world?
So the non-existent future of
money is really going to be possible. When the last of
our planetary currencies finally evaporates, each one of
us will have everything we need and will be able to walk
freely through time and space. The money world is not
going to end with a whimper but with a smile.
As an added benefit, all those
zillions of brutalist office and factory buildings which
have been erected in the past few decades will fall into
ruins. The sooner the better. Brutalist buildings have
always had one principle aim: to crush the human worm
who has to enter into them. Whenever I walk into a
brutalist building, I immediately feel like I am being
suffocated, which is the whole point. The Big Building
is what matters, not the miserable Littles inside of
them. Well, brutalist sadism is not going to last.
Manhattan will be ghost town in a hundred years, as will
all the other toxic big buildings and cities currently
oppressing the planet. Don't think this is possible?
Then you need to take a look at pictures of Japan's
Hashima Island, which will give you a preview of the
fate of the major metropolitan areas around the world.
The buildings which were erected on this small piece of
real estate were supposed to last for all eternity, just
like your average big city skyscraper, but they are now
all falling into pieces after only a few decades.[111]
The collapse of the planet's
big buildings and cities will inevitably happen when
people's oracles tell them that (1) they cannot live or
work either healthily or happily in a large building,
and (2) they will abandon these buildings for smaller
towns or villages where they can be as self-sufficient,
ecological, and minimal as possible. Given the upcoming
population drop, there will be plenty of abandoned
homes, household items, vehicles, and other unwanted
properties all over the planet. I expect that all of
these will eventually be given away for free to anyone
who wants to maintain and repair them.
Let us also not forget that
when people start living communally, not every family
will need all the household appliances they do now.
Granted they will still have their electronics and some
personal treasures, but everything else they might need
like lawnmowers or washing machines can be shared.
Something else to consider if you are still thinking
about establishing a business.
Most people reading these words
at the moment are probably delighted at the idea of a
non-wage/debt slavery world to come. But when I also add
that sports, games, and us-against-them videos will be
equally dead and gone, that delight will probably turn
to horror. Well, of course you would prefer a life of
leisure to one of wage/debt slavery, but what on earth
are you going to do with yourself if there are no more
sports and games?
Well, let me remind you that
once you create your own utopia, watching any kind of
us-against-them experience will be unendurable. Besides,
you will probably be having so much fun with your
learning, creating, and helping energies that you will
never miss those kinds of legacy spectacles. And like
everyone else in the new world to come, you will
probably be spending huge amounts of your time and
energy to bring one final energy manifestation which I
have not yet mentioned, but if you ask me is the
spiritual culmination which our planet needs, and which
I like to call . . .
The Commonwealth of Earth.
Now doesn't this sound kind of nice? If you ask
me, it sounds much better than saying Argentina, France,
China, or even globalization. The Commonwealth of Earth
will not manifest until the next century, but this is
the ultimate social reality which each one of us who
wants a better world should fight for. If you ask me,
someday it will be the only social reality on our
planet. This means that as citizens of the universe, the
primary goal of all of us is to help manifest an
upcoming new energy called commonwealthism. When wealth is
held in common, then everyone is wealthy--even if they
don't have any money.
At the moment, if you try to
look up the word commonwealthism in a dictionary, you
will not find it since apparently I have just sort of
invented it. But the word is based on the old English
word commonwealth, which has
existed in the language since the 15th century. It
originally referred to the public good or the body
politic and eventually became an informal term in both
England and Scotland to refer to the whole nation.
Commonwealth even became the official name of the
country during Oliver Cromwell's Protectorship in the
17th century. The term persists today: four American
states call themselves commonwealths, and that
association called the Commonwealth of Nations (formerly
the British Commonwealth) is still very much with us.
These are fifty-two member states, most of which are
former territories of the British Empire and which all
try to adhere to British democratic values.
But as a social reality, let's
face it: the idea of a commonwealth has never truly
existed. All the wealth held in common? Everybody owning
everything? This has never exactly happened, to put it
mildly. But given the fact that we are headed into a P2P
globalized world, I think that this particular term will
best describe the social reality of the future. It will
be a moneyless and nationless reality, free of any of
the ego-based clinging and toxic illusions of the past,
absolutely decentralized, small-is-beautiful, aligned to
those natural flows called universal interconnection and
equality, and where all the wealth will be held in
common. No more going crazy about bills, expenditures,
investments, loans, security, or even cryptocurrency.
The only wealth everyone will possess will be common
wealth.
So this would be a world where
people would still have what personal stuff they desire,
but they wouldn't cling to it the way they used to in
the bad old Piscean days. And no, I'm not talking about
that top/down horror called Marxist communism. One of
the most astonishing things about many young people
today is their uncritical support for those legacy
Government-Is-God nightmares called socialism and
communism. In this they are responding to the new sense
of interconnection which Aquarian energies are
delivering, but in the worst way possible. Kids, you
don't want to support any kind of dictatorship of the
proletariat, which will result in nothing but misery,
oppression, and poverty.
But how about a new communal
P2P social reality, at all times interconnected and
egalitarian and which is already forming naturally and
spontaneously? This reality will be based on our new
giving/sharing/middleness energies and will be guided by
volunteers, who are themselves being guided by Divine
energy. Eventually this new social reality would
naturally self-organize into a planetary economy where
there would be equal sharing of all resources and equal
opportunities for all members of the human race to
achieve fulfilling lives.
And if you ask me, it really is
going to happen. When P2P support starts to replace
governments, when the office buildings start emptying
out because the kids would rather slit their throats
than push paper, when nobody is buying much of anything
any longer since mass-produced stuff is so
uninteresting, goodbye and good riddance to capitalism,
socialism, communism, and money. Hello commonwealthism.
A nationless, boundaryless, groupthinkless, classless,
moneyless, one language planet.
And who knows? When this
happens, we might actually be able to create (or
recreate) the ancient Golden Age. The poet Virgil
describes this Golden Age in his Eclogue IV: Iam redit et virgo, redeunt
Saturnia Regna, which can be
translated as "Astraea returns, returns old Saturn's
reign.”[112] But a better translation is "the ages will
be renewed, Justice will return, and the new progeny
will descend from heaven". In antiquity the reign of
Saturn was considered a time of perfect peace and
happiness, where all energies flowed naturally thanks to
the goddess Astraea, who ruled both justice and balance
(you can see what she looks like on the Justice tarot
card). To me this has always sounded similar to William
Butler Yeats vision of the Holy City of Byzantium, where
practical, spiritual, and aesthetic life were all
unified, and where everyone was able to "stand in God's
holy fire."[113] People before our current era never
could have created such a planetary reality, but I am
convinced that future Aquarians will manage it. The
Commonwealth of Earth.
Recommended Prayers.
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give
permission that you help me to:
• free myself from wage/debt
slavery. And I thank you.
•
make me
impervious to corporate advertising. And I thank you
• help me learn how to invest wisely in
cryptocurrency.
• practice the delights of not-shopping. And I thank
you.
• learn how to manage my equity so that I can reach
financial independence sooner than I expect to. And I
thank you.
• moderate my desires so I never wish for a huge amount
of money, just enough for a reasonably decent life. And
I thank you.
• do whatever I can to help establish the Commonwealth
of Earth. And I thank you.
* * *
I've said it before and will now say it again: a planet filled
with happy and healthy people is the last thing that the Bigs
among us want. This means that to collude with their Bigness
is the worst possible mistake any of us Littles can make.
But all that Bigness is not
going to last. We are moving into a completely new
world, and as I have mentioned, it will be filled with
new kinds of people: Middles. These Middles will be able
to live decently and happily without much of anything,
including an income. As for the contemporary lust for
power, fame, and dollar bills, that will be completely
incomprehensible to our future Middles. Everyone will
want a non-Big/Little kind of life, which is the very
best place for an Aquarian to be.
Unfortunately these changes
will slow in coming. The social and economic framework
we have at the moment will be in place at least for a
few more decades. So if you have been wallowing in
terrified snowflake fears that you will be homeless and
starving to death in the new world to come, you can
forget it.
Nevertheless, in one way or
another, I guarantee that things are definitely going to
get better, once people realize that the new world to
come will be infinitely preferable to the mess we have
at the moment. So by now I suspect that most of my
readers are convinced of what I have been saying and are
looking forward to a new kind of earthly existence. And
they will all just totally want to live in it forever!
And surely that will soon be
possible! All of us Homo sapiens living forever,
right? In such a wonderful new world, nobody can expect
us to roll over and die any longer, right? Well, not
exactly. It is now time to examine . . .
Chapter 17. A New Way to Die.
If you have followed all my suggestions in this book, by
now you are going with the natural flow of the universe.
You are doing your best to follow your Divine guidance,
you are blessed with an occasional co-created miracle,
you think more of the Net instead of your paltry little
ego, and you have done what you can to make the world a
better place. Good for you. You are probably enjoying
the fruits of your well-deserved good karma.
But your current physical
incarnation is not going to last forever. All the good
karma in the world is not going to stop the inevitable.
You must accept the fact that sooner or later your
temporary house of clay will return to the dust of which
it is made. Your time to transition is coming whether
you like it or not.
So we now come to the one topic
that the vast majority of us 8 billion cowards simply
cannot deal with, that very unpleasant something called
death. It has been my experience that most people these
days expend enormous energy in keeping all thoughts of
death constantly out of sight and out of mind,
especially by telling themselves that it cannot happen now. That's right,
no matter whether you are twenty, fifty, or ninety years
old, death is never something that is going to happen
anytime soon. Yes, you are aware that the Grim Reaper
will make his appearance someday, but that someday has
always got to be several decades down the road. In other
words, most of us 8 billion snowflakes continue to be
scared to death of death.
Another problem is that the
vast majority of us simply do not know how to die. Even
when we reach a point in our lives when we know that our
transition is inevitable, we do not know what to do,
what to think, or how to behave. Behold yet another
failure of traditional religions to provide any kind of
support at the most difficult moment of our lives: our
death.
But in recent years many of us
have discovered a new way to block out the fact of our
mortality. There are people among us who have started
telling themselves that death actually will not happen
any more, thanks to all the high tech wonders which keep
coming. The morons who believe this nonsense somehow
assure themselves that in the near future death itself
is finally going to die, thanks to the efforts of our
revered frankenscientists who can mechanically adjust
absolutely anything. Then we can all start living some
kind of enhanced human existence which will never end.
And what a glorious new life that will be for all of us!
But only, of course, if it is lived in a reasonably
secure first world country, complete with home security,
vacations, medical insurance, luxury vehicles,
wide-screen TV's, and boutiques. Then we get to be as
immortal as any superhero you care to name!
And of course someday soon this
will all be possible. That cartoon technology called
computer generated imagery has convinced us of that.
Most Hollywood movies these days are rampant with
ridiculous CGI effects, which the audience accepts
without criticism. If you watch enough of this stuff,
sooner or later you will probably be convinced that yes,
you too will eventually turn into a superperson who is
beautiful, fascinating, eternally young, incredibly
brilliant, and awesomely strong. Then you will get to
have all kinds of exciting adventures, preferably in
outer space. Wow, what a fabulous future that will be!
You can hardly wait!
But, darn it, you do have to
wait. It is going to take at least a few more years to
figure out how to turn your average schmuck into an
immortal superhero. Maybe even a few more decades. So
what about the middle-aged people among us who are
getting old way too fast? They cannot be expected to
breathe their last right when humanity is finally on the
verge of its first true everlastingness! They need to
make themselves immortal right this very second!
Fortunately this is now
possible. It just so happens that there is a group of
scientific geniuses among us who have figured out how to
make everyone who can pay for it instantaneously
eternal. And yes, you do have to pay for it, since that
is the American way. Fortunately it only costs a measly
six or seven figures to purchase immortal life, which is
no big deal for the elites among us since they have
plenty stashed away in their carefully managed
portfolios. So they will be the first cohort of human
beings in history who will be able to buy their way out
of death in the easiest and simplest way possible,
namely by getting their heads cut off. That's right, I'm
talking about that wondrous technology called cryonics.[114]
What happens in cryonics is
that once you die, you haven't really died since the
cryonics people are there to cut off your head the
second you breathe your last and then dunk it in liquid
nitrogen to freeze it. But the beheading thing will not
hurt since you will be dead when it happens, except that
you are not really dead since that head of yours still
contains the real living you. This naturally means that
your head is still alive, although presumably you are
not conscious of either the head cutting or the freezing
when it happens, since that would be kind of appalling.
Nor are you conscious during the subsequent years of
your frozen headness. Apparently it has been
scientifically proven by somebody somewhere that you
absolutely do not experience any kind of discomfort
during the decades or centuries of the whole cryonics
procedure, since that would be totally gross. This means
it has to be true.
So your noggin remains pickled
like this until the necessary immortality technology is
perfected, maybe in another hundred years or so. At
which time this noggin will be attached to a new body or
maybe even some kind of eternally youthful cyborg. Then
you can come back to life as easily as a caterpillar
turning into a butterfly. Also by then the cryonics
people will have figured out how to youthify your face,
since nobody wants to spend eternity looking like an
eighty-year-old. Yes, if you can pay for it, it is now
possible to achieve the resurrection of the head.
O the bliss! O the ecstasy!
Finally there is a way for those with the dough to spend
the rest of eternity with their smartphones! Just as
long as they always get their hands on the latest and
coolest smartphones, since nothing less will do. Who
cares about that Abrahamic silliness called heaven these
days? There is not a single mention of a smartphone
anywhere in the Book of Revelation! Some heaven that
is! You cannot have eternal bliss without your cell!
Nobody could stand it!
So three zillion cheers for
cryonics! It is a perfectly intelligent way to live
forever. Granted that not every sentient being in this
universe will be able to afford the immortality price
tag, but those are the breaks. As for those poor saps
who were dumb enough to expire before cryonics could
triumph, it is also a case of tough luck. But those
lucky few who will be immortal, those true humanitarians
of the universe especially in Hollywood, will
occasionally think nice thoughts about the precryonics
dead folk, which will make up for everything. What
counts is that the good guys with their high end incomes
get to live forever.
So death once dead, there's no
more dying then. Good riddance. Death was a very bad
idea anyway. Whoever dreamed it up was cuckoo. We
soon-to-be superheroes do not deserve to die. Also we
deserve much more life than a lousy three score years
and ten. That is nowhere near long enough to watch all
the videos we want to see and upload stuff to Instagram.
Uh . . . not quite. If you ask
me, that lunacy called cryonics has got to be the
ultimate in decadent imbecility. Not that its
perpetrators will acknowledge this, since they obviously
believe their nonsense as much as do their customers.
But stratospheric stupidity is the only thing going on
here. Cryonics is based upon a completely harebrained
misunderstanding of what life or consciousness actually
is. It is also a manifestation of the decadent trend to
objectify the human body, to try to turn it into some
kind of solid mechanical device which can then be
artificially adjusted any way you please. So anyone who
thinks that the 99.9999999999999% empty-space muscle
which you call your brain is something preservable, or
that it actually houses your mind, is out of their
skull. Maybe that mind of yours is something which
permeates the entirety of your energy field. How are you
going to freeze that? You can't, of course. The
popularity of cryonics is a sign that the sacred energy
called ka/pneuma/prana/qi/lung/élan
vital continues to be
misunderstood by millions.
Here you need to remember one
basic truth about your existence which I have already
mentioned: you are not your body. Your current
physical form is merely a temporary residence in that
house of clay called Homo sapiens. The real you
is your mind, your consciousness, your soul, plus the
lessons you have learned (or not learned) in all of your
incarnations. These are the energies which matter as far
as your lives are concerned and should be the focus of
your efforts. Mind you, I also believe that during your
present incarnation, you should do your best to think
and act holistically, with mind, body, and spirit acting
as one. But to imagine that you are nothing more than
your temporary physical form is as wrong as it gets. You
are doing nothing but duplicating the behavior of those
early Christians who were determined to preserve saints'
relics (i.e. pieces of their dead bodies) for their
alleged miraculous power. This has got to be the single
most repellent (and ridiculous) religious practice in
the history of the human race. Unfortunately it
continues to this day, not just in the Christian
tradition but in those legacy Marxist regimes where, no
matter how monstrous the tyrant, their bodies are
pickled and put on display for the edification of the
faithful. Upchuck time.
Well, someone should tell these
die-hard materialists that the energy field which they
call their physical body is permeable. In other
words, it is not a cell block which keeps your spirit
imprisoned within. It is an energy field from which your
spirit can constantly come and go at any time. You mean
that you have never realized that your spirit vacates
your body numerous times each day and night? Of course
not. Nevertheless, that occult idea called astral
projection is not only possible but happens repeatedly
to each one of us as we go through our lives. That's
right, your spirit is constantly leaving and returning
to your physical body, both while you sleep and during
your waking hours when, for example, you are lost in
thought, reading a book, or concentrating on the task at
hand. Don't panic--it is normal when it happens and is
necessary for you to stay healthy. There has even been
recent research which indicates that out-of-body
experiences can be scientifically verified.[115]
Cryonics adherents who read
these words are probably shrugging them off. They just
know, beyond a shadow of a doubt, that the right
technology is going to solve all the problems of the
human race, up to and including that nuisance called
death. So they are perfectly willing to shell out the
cash since they just know that the non-dead deadhead
thing will work. And no, this is not a case of a sucker
born every minute. They really are going to live
forever!
But . . . what's going to
happen when our sun burns itself out in a mere five
billion years? When there is no more sun, not even an
enhanced human being can survive here on earth. Well,
not to worry. Everybody knows that within the next few
decades, we Homo sapiens are going to
start evacuating this crap planet. Flying saucers will
be invented, finally, as well as warp speed. Then all of
us, or at least the elites among us, will be able to go
anywhere we please in the wide wide universe.
Now this would really be
living! We will finally be able to travel to other
planets in the universe any time we like. Then we can
pull out our lightsabers and do battle with the bad guys
for the next million or billion years. And when the wide
wide universe starts to contract in the upcoming Big
Crunch, we still won't have to die. We will simply slip
through a wormhole into a different universe, where we
can hang out for several billion more years. Then it is
a simple matter of finding a new universe, and then
another, and then another, and then ad infinitum others.
Yep, not gonna die after all, not as long as you have
enough dough to purchase a bucket of nitrogen and an
intergalactic space ticket. So never mind the fact that
on those wonderful new planets out there in outer space,
you will still be driving to work every day to push
paper in a cubicle and then relaxing with booze and
videos in the evenings. What else is there to life?
Well, I am aware that the idea
of getting off-planet is fanatically desirable to
millions of my fellow earthlings. Outer space is so much
more interesting, after all, than what happens on this
pathetic crap planet. Star Trek, or Star Wars, or Star
Gate, or Star Something is the only interesting way to
live!
There is, however, a catch,
which the sci-fi aficionados among us have never really
understood. It just so happens that our Homo sapiens energy field
cannot be separated from Planet Earth and expect to
survive. Are you aware that our earth's magnetic
vibrations operate at the same frequency as our brain
waves and heart energies? This means that to separate
the one from the other means disaster. So if you are
eager to become one of the first earthling pioneers on
Mars, forget it. The only thing the first pioneers on
Mars are going to experience is certain death. No matter
how carefully constructed the shelters, no matter how
many supplies are transported from earth, any earthling
who tries to survive for any length of time on a planet
with non-earth magnetic vibrations is going to end up as
dead as nail in door.
In other words, all those space
opera videos you have been watching since you were a
toddler are nothing but impossible fantasies. The human
race has no destiny in outer space. There will never be
domed cities on Mars, let alone prime real estate
somewhere near Alpha Centauri. You cannot separate that
house of clay called Homo sapiens from the earth's
energy field and expect it to survive. And scientists
are finally waking up to the fact that space travel
damages the human body in numerous ways.[115]
All of which means that Homo sapiens began on planet
earth, and here it will end. Those endless billions
which have been spent on space exploration add up to the
biggest waste of lives, time, money, and energy in human
history. Behold what toxic illusions can do to you.
Yes, I know that these
statements are probably some of the most intolerable I
am making in this book. After all, people's daydreams
about living forever on some other planet are very
pleasant. How else can a wage/debt slave like yourself
endure the tedium of your cubicle? You need to think
about something besides rules and regulations to stay
sane, so it must be hugely enjoyable to tell yourself
that someday high tech will turn you into an immortal
and interplanetary superperson. No wonder magical and
fantasy fiction/films are so popular these days. Unless
a film or a novel dishes up vampires, robots, elves,
space aliens, ghosts, zombies, cyborgs, werewolves, or
some other kind of better-than-human sentient being,
nobody is interested. Wouldn't it be fun to fly on a
broomstick? Or run a three second mile? Or zap the bad
guys with your magic wand? Or shape-change into a wolf
at the drop of a dreamcatcher? Wow, talk about fabulous!
Forget it. There will never be
any such thing as an enhanced human being, and there is
no escaping the Grim Reaper no matter how much money you
have. But cheer up. Now that we are all turning
Aquarian, none of this will matter. Especially since in
the new world to come there is going to be a better way
to . . .
Transition with grace and courage.
I am certain that a new way of dying, with full trust
in Divine providence, is going to manifest in the years to
come, and then each one of us will be able to make "a
swan-like end,/Fading in music."[117] What will make this
possible is the one thing I keep harping on, individually
accessible Divine guidance and assistance. When you have spent
a lifetime sensing the presence of the Divine and the angels
in your life, the moment of your transition is going to be as
easy as looking at a star. Even better: our new ability to ask
and give permission for Divine assistance is going to take the
stress out of dying. When your time to transition comes, you
will be able to do it easily and consciously, without any
discomfort at all.
But like every other miracle in
your life, if you want a swan-like end, you need to
co-create it. Here are some suggestions about how you
can die the best possible death when your time has come:
Ask and give permission for the Divine and Archangel Azrael to help you free yourself from your fear of death. This is something you should start doing at any time in your life, and not just when you start to sense that your end is coming. I have already discussed how Azrael can help you ditch your negative energies, but his most important way of assisting us is helping us transition. So this particular angel should not be considered a figure of terror. This means that as the years go by you should get into the habit of thinking about Azrael every now and then and say an occasional prayer for his assistance when your time is right. Once again, the Kali mudra is best for this angel. If you get into the habit of doing this throughout your life, when your time finally comes, your transition will seem the most natural and painless thing in the world.
You should start thinking of death not as the end but as a transition. In other words, death is never the end of anything. It is simply a transformation from one type of existence to another. As soon as you get through it, all you will be doing is going on with your life, but with a different kind of energy. You should also remember that your transition is not a voyage into the unknown. It is simply a return to the kind of existence you had before you incarnated as a physical. Given the fact that you have probably had multiple lives as an earthly physical, you have already transitioned many times over the centuries. You are not going to experience anything which you have not already experienced before.
If you realize that your transition is coming, you immediately need to get your affairs in order. If your oracle confirms that your transition will happen soon, you need to start doing everything you can to lessen the burden of your loved ones when they lose you. There is nothing more contemptible than a person who leaves a mess for his or her heirs to clean up. This especially includes those legacy hoarders among us who simply cannot bear to get rid of the useless stuff which they have wasted years collecting. You might have spent your life trying to be as ethical as you can, and maybe you have accumulated some good karma because of it, but if you leave a nightmare of financial or legal problems that will take years for your heirs to sort out, you are not going to enjoy your post-transition karma. So make sure your will is in order (as well as your living will), pay for your prearrangement needs, and sit down with your heirs to tell them what they need to know about your upcoming transition. If your oracle tells you that your time is coming soon, start giving away what stuff you still possess so your heirs will not have to deal with it (and if you have been a good Aquarian, there will not be that much of it).
You must accept the fact that the Divine has chosen the right moment for you to transition. In other words, you do not know best when you should transition, nor does your doctor, nor do your loved ones. The Divine alone knows when your time is right. So you have to accept this decision with good grace even if you have not yet reached a ripe old age. Once again, no matter how difficult, you need to surrender to the Divine will. This time, as the saying goes, you have to do it even if it kills you.
If possible, make arrangements so that you can listen to music while you transition. Preferably sacred music, such as a Bach requiem or anything by Thomas Tallis. The best possible way to vacate your house of clay is by listening to this kind of harmony. If ever there were something in our physical reality which can give you a sensation of the spiritual reality you are returning to, it is music like this.
Don't forget that your companion spirit and your angels will be with you when you transition. In recent years there has been a lot of research about exactly what happens at the end of our lives, and most people who have gone through a near-death experience report the same thing: they all found themselves walking through some kind of tunnel towards a light. Nothing seems strange or frightening about this light--instead it feels familiar. Well, if you ask me, these people are sensing the presence of both their companion spirit and their angels with them as they move toward the light. Just another P2P experience, in other words. So don't think that you are going to die alone. Nobody dies alone, not in an interconnected universe. The entities who have supported you during your physical incarnation will support you as you transition.
As for your remains . . . Has there ever been anything more pathetic than the human desire to purchase some kind of earthly immortality with a fancy burial vault or a granite tombstone? Not to mention that ridiculous waste of time and resources called embalming, which will theoretically guarantee that your remains will last in your hugely expensive sealed coffin for the next several centuries? I am sure that Aquarians will be free of this kind of nonsense and will routinely accept the fact that their remains need to be disposed of as ecologically as possible. At the moment these methods include cremation, natural burials, eco-coffins, resumption (the remains are dissolved through hydrolysis), or just composting the corpse. Other ways of naturally dealing with our vacant houses of clay will probably be developed in the years to come. Check them out.
Tell your loved ones that you will be attending your funeral. As a spirit, of course, not as a zombie. My guess is that the vast majority of the recently deceased already do attend their funerals, but their survivors are not sensitive enough to perceive them. In the years to come your presence at your funeral will help your survivors to better cope with their loss. This might also mean that in the future funerals will not be necessary, since the deceased will be able to communicate with his or her loved ones within hours of transitioning. Nevertheless, at the present time, it will probably help if you assure your survivors that you will be there with them at your obsequies. Granted that most of your survivors will not be able to sense your presence, but knowing that you are there, and that you are still as much a part of their lives as you always were, will help make your transition more bearable.
Also tell your loved ones
that you will communicate with them in the weeks and
months which follow. At the moment
there are many spiritual mediums among us who can help
us communicate with our deceased loved ones. Within the
next few decades, our ever-greater sensitization will
give millions more this ability. When you lose someone
you love very much, you might not be able to interact
with this person's house of clay any longer, but you
will still be able to talk with him or her. In other
words, Grandpa will still be around to give you guidance
if and when you need it.
But suppose that even though your
oracle tells you that your time to transition is not right,
you want it to happen now anyway. You are overwhelmed with
problems, or suffering chronic bad health, or stuck in painful
situations which you simply cannot endure any longer. Should
you not have a right to take the necessary steps to end your
life if you so choose to do so? In other words, in the
Aquarian world to come . . .
To be or not to be is still a question.
Let us remember that the
ancient Stoics frequently chose to commit suicide when they
felt it was necessary, and they all managed to transition with
calmness and fortitude. So why shouldn't this be the right of
each one of us postmoderns as well?
Well, here is some interesting
information: someone once made a study of people who had
tried to kill themselves by jumping off a bridge but who
had nevertheless survived.[118] Every last one of them
without exception regretted their decision on the way
down. I expect that this is the case for the vast
majority of people who kill themselves--they are
engulfed with bitter remorse either during the process
or during their first moments after they have
transitioned. My own gut feeling is that at all times
during our sojourns on this earth we should tilt in the
direction of life, no matter how painful it is. This
means that if your oracle is telling you not to kill
yourself, you had better listen.
Let us remember that we are
moving into a very new kind of world where co-created
miracles can happen all the time. So no matter how
hopeless your present situation, things can change for
the better. If you are still young and in reasonably
good mental and physical health, you should forget about
killing yourself and focus instead on asking and giving
permission for Divine assistance about your various
issues. Don't ever forget that nothing lasts forever,
not even an appallingly difficult physical or emotional
situation. If your oracle tells you repeatedly that your
time has not yet come, once again, no matter how onerous
it might be, you will have to do the single most
difficult thing I recommend in this book: surrender to
Divine will.
As for killing yourself in
hopes of getting a better incarnation . . . I once heard
of a young man, a believer in reincarnation, who was
plagued by assorted health and financial problems.
Somehow he persuaded himself that if he committed
suicide, he would immediately come back to a new earthly
reality with a better body and more equity, and also
maybe a trophy wife and a house in a cul-de-sac. What a
poor dumb idiot. If you don't learn how to deal with the
issues you are experiencing in your current lifetime,
you will have to deal with them the next time around--if
you actually do get a next time around. Don't forget
that our planet is starting to experience a global baby
bust. Once you leave your present incarnation, you might
not get another chance to exist as an earthling again
for several more centuries.
But if all this still does not
make a dent in your despair, and if you are yearning for
death in spite of what your oracle says, this tells me
that you still have not started doing the one single
thing you need to do to transform your life: daily
repetitive exercises. Let me remind you once again that
only when you shift your internal energies for the
better will you be able to co-create the miracles you
need in your life. It will also help if you keep
reminding yourself that if you stick it out as a
physical, you will eventually be able to participate in
the biggest transformation for the better that the human
race has ever undergone. Who wants to miss out on that?
So forget the suicide, which is
always a kind of violence against yourself, and violence
of any kind is as legacy as it gets. Instead keep
reminding yourself that human death in the future is
going to be completely different from what it has been
in the past. Eventually each one of us Aquarians will be
so psychic that (1) we will know for sure when the time
is right, and (2) we will simply have to ask and give summum bonum permission for
the Divine to take us. Then we can easily and naturally
pass into spirit like those ancient Chinese sages who
were able to just think themselves dead.
I don't see why this wouldn't work in the new world to
come, although most of us are not yet spiritually mature
enough to do it at the moment. But eventually death
might be this easy, and we could even have someone drive
us to the funeral home before our transition happens so
that our remains would not have to be transported after
we pass. In circumstances like this, the swan song we
would make at our end would be heavenly.
* * *
But one final issue about human mortality needs to be discussed, namely that something called . . .
Euthanasia.
We live in a world where our
beloved pets or other sick or injured animals can be
euthanized without any problem. I myself have had to euthanize
several of my pets, all of whom were suffering pains for which
there was no cure. It was never easy to do this, but it had to
be done. And I am sure that all of my readers are agreeing
with me about animal euthanasia.
But human euthanasia is a whole
other issue. It continues to be a controversial topic,
especially since it was one of the favorite tactics of
none other than Adolph Hitler, who had no hesitation in
ordering the "mercy killing" of the sick and the
disabled. So at the moment human euthanasia is only
rarely permitted, and quite rightly in my opinion. There
are too many ways that this kind of tactic could be used
unethically against people who are not all that sick or
who might recover their health somewhere down the road.
Nevertheless, in the new world
to come, I am certain that human euthanasia will become
ever more acceptable. When people are able not only to
sense but to communicate with the spiritual beings among
us, physical death will no longer be a horror. This
means that millions of elderly people will no longer
desperately cling to their ever-failing physical lives
because of their terror of death. I have known several
older people in my life, all of whom considered
themselves good Christians, go into hysterical denial
about their upcoming transition and demand any kind of
medical treatment available to prolong their agonizing
physical lives. No way could they simply accept the fact
that their time had come and then gently vacate their
house of clay. They had to be cured of their physical
problems by any means necessary so they could resume
their normal lives. As usual for Americans, death could
not possibly happen now. Maybe ten years down the road,
but never now. Anytime but now.
Well, that sort of nonsense is
soon going to be as legacy as it gets. The perceptible
presence of spiritual beings among us will knock it out
of people's skulls faster than you can say spook. Even
better: as we grow ever more transparent, we should be
able to get intimations of what the afterlife will be
like, something which has already started to happen
(more about this in the next chapter). So no more
clinging desperately to a hideously painful physical
existence, while feeling nothing but limitless horror at
that blank void to come. Death will be seen as what it
truly is: nothing more than walking out of one room into
another.
Which brings me back to
voluntary euthanasia. Despite the fact that it is only
rarely allowed these days, it might eventually become
the preferred way to go for most of us. No more having
to wait until the cancer devours you, no more suffering
aches and pains for which there is no cure, not even any
more nursing homes. If I ever reach a point where I can
no longer look after myself, no way am I going to a
nursing home or an assisted living facility, where all
they would do is plop me down in front of a television
and feed me factory food (and if this isn't hell on
earth, I don't know what is).
I will simply request that I be
euthanized. This kind of medical assistance will
probably be routine when my time comes. When our
temporary house of clay is finally worn out, death will
be the greatest blessing we can experience. If we can do
it painlessly and quickly, unlike the long drawn-out
agonies of most deaths in human history, we can even
have some fun while we are at it.
This also means that those
parental wannabes who selfishly decide to have children
for one reason only, to have someone to look after then
when they are elderly, are accumulating some very bad
karma. In the new world to come, relying upon your
children to look after you when your body starts to fail
will not be necessary. Everyone will be perfectly
content to transition when their oracle tells them that
the time is right. If all this isn't a major step
forward in the spiritual development of the human race,
I don't know what is. It will also be yet another reason
for the upcoming baby bust.
But at the moment, human
euthanasia probably sounds like a horror to most people.
They will want to cling to their current physicality as
long as they possibly can, no matter how painful their
lives are. Yet more evidence that traditional versions
of the afterlife have little or no meaning for many
millions in today's collapsing culture.
But as I have just mentioned,
our new electronic sensitivity is not only going to give
us all the blessing of individually accessible Divine
guidance and assistance, but glimpses of the afterlife
as well. Since that afterlife definitely does exist, and
your ever greater sensitivity will help you catch
glimpses of it. But . . . how can it be possible that
each one of us might eventually know more about our
post-mortem reality than an Abrahamic prophet? Is there
even an afterlife? What if we simply dissolve into
nothingness after walking down that tunnel towards the
light? Is there any new information about what happens
to us after we croak?
Indeed there is. So it is now
time to examine . . .
Chapter 18. A New Vision of the Afterlife.
What now follows are my own
intimations about our post-mortem reality. Needless to say, I
have absolutely no proof about any of the assertions I am
about to make, but I am making them anyway since my oracle
tells me they are valid. So you can take or leave them as you
please. Of course, if you want to consult your own oracle
about the reliability of this chapter, please feel free to do
so.
Fortunately, what I now have to
tell you is not all that complicated. Basically there
seem to be two states of being we humans experience
after we transition: (1) we can continue to exist on
earth as a spiritual being, or (2) we can start a new
kind of physical life in a realm very similar to earth
but which is some kind of alternative reality.
The first state is perhaps easiest to
understand: we can remain on earth as a spirit. Chances
are that many people who transition cannot bear to
abandon their loved ones and want to stay with them in
their familiar earthly surroundings. So it is possible
for these entities to remain in or return to their home
territory any time they like. The catch is that their
physical survivors cannot see or hear them--at least not
at this point in time. That is probably as frustrating
as all get out. So I expect that remaining on or
returning to earth as a spirit does not always happen.
But as our electronic sensitization continues at
breakneck speed, in a few decades having a conversation
with a deceased family member will seem as natural as
talking to the ones who are still alive.
Besides, let's face it: it
might be fun to experience the earth as a spirit, since
there would be plenty of things for you to do than just
hang out with your survivors. Spirits can go anywhere
and do anything they like, especially since it is no
problem walking through walls. So they can invade other
people's houses, walk through a museum during off hours,
or jump off the Empire State Building. They could even
travel the world by hitching rides on jetliners: they
would simply pick an interesting flight, go aboard, lie
down on the ceiling so they would not be in the flight
attendants' way, and after a few hours they could be
walking through Paris or strolling the beach at Bali.
But who wants to travel to Bali if you cannot eat the
food, swim in the Pacific, swallow some booze, and
indulge in all the other tropical delights? All you
could do is look and listen and wish you still had a
physical body. That would be the inevitable catch--and
an inevitable drag.
But even that problem can be
got around, as I have already related. Many spirits
among us are able to invade the physical beings of real
live humans and then enjoy everything the host entity
experiences as a physical. All they have to do is find a
suitably transparent human, invade this human's physical
being (a psychic friend once told me that they come in
through the back of the neck), and then enjoy what the
physical is eating, drinking, or otherwise doing. In
other words, the spirit gets to be a thoroughly
contemptible vampire. This kind of body invasion is what
happened to me when I was younger (you can read about it
in Practical Tarot for the 21st
Century), but in recent
years my daily prayers to Archangel Michael have
prevented new spirits from taking up residence in my
energy field.
Still, I am sure that there are spirits all around me
and some of them probably come into my apartment
whenever they like to see what I am up to. (But since I
don't watch television, most of them probably search out
other physicals where they can still watch their
favorite shows.) None other than John Milton tells us
that "millions of spiritual creatures walk the
earth/unseen", and I am sure he's right.[119]
This figure includes those lost
spirits known as ghosts. Most of the spirits among us
probably realize that they are now dead and simply
experiencing a non-physical reality. This does not seem
to happen with the ghosts among us, who do not
understand that they are no longer inhabiting a physical
body and who continue to do what used to be their daily
chores. These spiritual beings can remain in the same
place for many long years at a time, even perhaps for
centuries, doing the same thing over and over and over.
Talk about death-in-life. Well, if this is the case for
these spirits, the upcoming evolutionary shift will be
able to help them. Once we physicals are able to
communicate with the spirits among us, we will be able
to help our ghostly peers find a way into a new and
better kind of reality.
Since existing as a spirit upon
earth is not the only form of existence which is
possible in our post-mortem reality. There also seems to
be an alternate earth-like physical reality where we can
go after we transition, and in this reality we can again
experience a healthy and youthful physical body. We can
then start living a physical life very similar to that
of our earth. Also it actually seems to be possible for
each one of us to travel back and forth between this
alternate physical reality and earth any time we like.
As luck would have it, I have a
friend whom I shall call Jeff who once told me about a
vivid dream he had which seemed to reveal to him the
nature of our post-mortem physical reality. In his dream
he encountered a deceased friend named Dave (also not a
real name), who had transitioned several years earlier.
Jeff was a man in his thirties who had never bothered
about oracles or divination in his life, but the more I
got to know him the more I realized that he possessed
some very strong psychic skills. When he began to tell
me about his experience, it was obvious that he was not
describing a dream but an out-of-body experience. My
cards have since confirmed to me that what he was
describing about the afterlife was accurate. Apart from
that, I have absolutely no proof that his story was
true. But I am convinced that what he told me about our
post-mortem existence was correct, so you can take it or
leave it as you please. Here we go:
Jeff visits the afterlife.
My experience started when I
seemed to be moving through empty space. I could not recognize
anything, although I could hear a soft ringing sound. Then I
found myself standing on a road in the middle of a forest. It
was summer, the sun was bright, the sky was blue, and there
were lots of flowers, both wild and in gardens.
I could hear the sound of water
although I could not see it, and I also heard birds
singing. A short distance away were three deer: a buck
and two does. The time was midday. There was a gentle
breeze, and I could smell the flowers and the pine
trees. It was all wonderful and beautiful, as though God
were present.
Then my deceased friend Dave
appeared in the road before me. He was dressed in a
white t-shirt and white pants, which I had never seen
him wear before since he worked in lawn care. I was not
surprised to see him even though he had been dead for
several years--everything seemed perfectly natural. He
looked the same age he had been when he passed, but now
he was in much better shape. His skin was shining, his
teeth were perfect, and he did not look sick. He was
glowing as if he were radiating light, although he
seemed as solid as I was.
It wasn't just Dave who was
glowing--everything in this forest had a radiance to it,
like J.R.R. Tolkien's vision of Rivendale. The road
seemed to be giving out a soft light, and so did the
trees, the flowers, the deer--and Dave. Beyond us were
two large buildings, perhaps three or four stories high,
which were also giving off some kind of glow. I could
sense that there were other people near us, as well as
some kind of town or city nearby--there were voices
talking and laughing, although the words were not
distinguishable. It even felt as though there were
angels about, although I didn't see them. I could also
hear music playing somewhere.
Dave and I started to walk up
the road towards the buildings. I could see that he was
happy and at peace. He told me that he was no longer in
any pain, especially from the bad leg he had experienced
during his earthly life, and I was glad to hear this. I
had a sense that he had learned some important lessons
since he had passed, and he accepted without complaint
the events of his physical existence--he said that it
had all been the Almighty's plan for him. He didn't use
the term God--he said Almighty.
Dave then told me that he had
been watching over family and friends, including me, to
make sure we were okay, although he didn't think that
his grown children noticed when he was around. He told
me that I had to keep on the spiritual path I was now
following, and that it would lead me where I needed to
go: they had sent him here to tell me this (I didn't ask
who they were). He also said that I could see him
whenever I wanted to--I just had to focus. He then
touched the small Angel Raphael medallion I was wearing
and told me to keep praying. He said that he prays all
the time. It did not matter that he was no longer a
physical being on earth. In this existence he prayed
constantly, as did everyone else.
We continued to walk towards
the buildings up the road, but somehow they kept
receding so we never seemed to get closer to them. There
also seemed to be some kind of fog between us and them,
so they were not very distinguishable. Things seemed to
be coming to an end, and Dave told me that he would see
me again, and that I should remember what he told me. He
also said that I was going to get where I needed to go,
and that I would eventually be able to live the kind of
life I wanted to live. He told me to keep going with the
flow, and that I would be able to help people once I got
my life straightened out.
I gave him a hug and felt his
warmth and solidity. Then I walked off. After a few
moments I turned back around, felt the wind blow, and
looked for him, but he was gone. Then I woke up back in
my bed. I realized that I was sweating. I felt shocked
about what I had just experienced, even though the
encounter had seemed perfectly normal.
* * *
Well, this is an interesting
recital. My favorite part of the story, of course, is Dave's
advice to "go with the flow", which is an exact quote. It is
also interesting to learn that in this glowing light-filled
environment, Jeff perceived Dave to be a solid and
warm-blooded entity. But now his body was strong, youthful,
healthy, and natural.
It will be noticed that Dave
was still inhabiting his most recent house of clay,
which he had supposedly left behind in his local
cemetery when he transitioned. I have said several times
that our bodies are nothing but rental units which we
will eventually jettison the way we have jettisoned all
of our other previous bodies.
But apparently we can continue
to exist in our familiar physical form during the
initial phase of our post-mortem reality. This would
make our transition much easier to bear. The good news
here is that our various physical problems would no
longer plague us in this new reality, and we would
experience our physical being as we should have
experienced it on earth: a sound mind in a sound body.
In other words, aspirin will not be required in the
afterlife.
This Rivendale environment
obviously resembles earth in many ways, but it sounds
like a much more gentle and pastoral world. And no
brutalist buildings in any kind of urban hell. I suspect
that in some way during his life, J.R.R. Tolkien must
have experienced an accurate vision of our post-mortem
reality which truly does exist somewhere in space and
time. The main purpose of this Rivendale reality is
apparently to give the deceased the kind of time and
space needed to examine their recent incarnation and
assimilate its necessary lessons. It is not heaven--it
is simply some kind of way station where the recently
deceased can rest and relax after the end of their
earthly lives.
But the way
station also seems to be some kind of school, where the
deceased can examine their most recent incarnation,
acknowledge their faults, and take responsibility for
them. The angels can help with this. But of course
zillions of recently deceased entities won't bother with
this kind of ridiculous nonsense. If you transition with
your bad habits and personality disorders very much
intact, you are going to cling to them as ferociously as
you clung to your substances and junk food when you were
a physical. So it is possible that year after year can
go by in this Rivendale reality with no change for the
better. When this happens, those entities who are
unwilling to change or take responsibility for their
actions are probably forced to go back to earth yet one
more time to learn some necessary karmic lessons, and,
needless to say, this is not going to make for a
pleasant earthly incarnation. And certainly not one with
a sizable portfolio.
But once you have settled into
the Rivendale reality, if you can acknowledge your
faults, trust in Divine providence, and do you best to
rid yourself of your negative energies, you can also
free yourself from having to experience yet another
nasty, brutish, and short earthly experience. The good
news is that sooner or later (mostly later), all of us
earthly physicals will finally rid ourselves of our bad
karma. Then everyone in the afterlife can finally start
doing what they all need to do, more towards their true
home, the Divine.
All this means that even if you
did not fulfill your potential during your last earthly
incarnation, you will have a chance to do it in the
afterlife. This especially holds true for those entities
who have passed with all their bad habits and
personality disorders intact. My cards tell me that
mudras + angels can work in the afterlife as much as
they can on earth. So if you are currently sitting in
the Rivendale afterlife and reading these words, there
is a way out of your various negative energies: that
universal cure-all called daily repetitive exercise.
Besides, the angels which you could never see or hear
during your earthly incarnation will now help you any
way they can. So get with it.
* * *
But apart from being a spirit on earth or a physical in Rivendale, I have also learned that there are at least two other post-mortem states of being which we humans can experience, as follows:
If you have been truly good during your most recent physical existence, you can volunteer to act as a companion spirit to a newly born physical. In other words, however attractive the Rivendale reality might be, some spirits will be willing to forgo it if they have an opportunity to act as a new physical's companion spirit on earth. As far as I can tell, becoming a companion spirit is entirely voluntary, but many entities probably embrace this duty since it gives them an opportunity to be of assistance to an entity about whom they care very much. At the moment, of course, most of us cannot perceive the presence of our companion spirits, let alone converse with them. But in the decades to come, we should all be able to communicate with these spirits whenever we like, and the bliss which these interactions will give us will be immeasurable.
You can also be promoted to
an angel. My friend Jeff's
visit to the Rivendale afterlife was not the only
psychic experience he has had in recent years. He is
also able, on occasion, to perceive angels among us. One
night when he was driving home after midnight, he had a
clear vision of a female angel, complete with wings and
a gossamer dress, floating along the side of the road.
She looked at him and smiled. He told me that she was a
blonde who resembled, of all people, actress Goldie
Hawn.
Several weeks later this angel
turned up in one of his dreams, and he was able to have
a long conversation with her. She told him that she had
been sent to help him through the various problems he
was currently experiencing, and also that she had only
recently become an angel. In her most recent earthly
life, she had been a pharmacist in Birmingham, Alabama,
where she had been born around the beginning of the 20th
century and later killed in a car accident in the
1940's. But she had done so much good in her life that
she had gotten wings and was now able to come back to
earth not just as a spirit, but as an angelic helper.
And she was loving every minute of it.
This last tells me that there
are probably many millions (billions?) of former Homo sapiens entities who
have also become angels, complete with wings (the wings,
of course, would take some getting used to). Well,
providing angelic help to a physical who desperately
needs it would be the ultimate P2P experience. So our
archangel companions such as Raphael or Gabriel are not
the only angels who are constantly with us. We also have
other "minor" angelic helpers hanging around.
When Jeff told me about all
this, he had a smile on his face and looked blissfully
happy. There was no doubt in his mind that his
pharmacist angel was indeed real and was there to help
him through his problems. Chances are that most readers
of this book also have at least one angel like this in
their lives, and in the years to come, communicating
with these beings will be as easy as making a phone
call.
* * *
But let us now return to that Rivendale reality
which Jeff experienced with Dave. It sounds like a much
more enjoyable piece of real estate than what we have
here on earth. But here's the catch: I am convinced that
we can only make it into this reality if we learn our
lessons during our most recent incarnation, try as hard
as we could to do the right thing, and help to make the
world a better place.
However, if all you were after
during your sojourn on earth were those toxicities known
as power, money, or fame, even though you might find
yourself in a glowing Rivendale reality after you
transition, you are not going to find yourself in any
kind of paradise.
So now I need to say something
about the all but universal belief in some kind of
post-mortem punishment for the bad guys. All traditional
religions, Eastern and well as Western, have some
version of the suffering in store for the
less-than-ethical once they kick the bucket. Ah,
yes--that eternity of hideous suffering which the bad
guys deserve and whose suffering will not affect us good
guys since we are not connected to them in any way.
Right?
No, not right. Here is the
truth about our interconnected universe: all those
religious traditions which proclaim the existence of
post-mortem hellfire and damnation are as inaccurate
about Reality as anything you can get from our legacy
media. Up to and including Jesus's statement in Matthew
25:31-46 that certain sentient beings are destined for
"eternal torment." Not just a few thousand years of
torment, mind you, but the bad guys among us are going
to suffer agony in all those trillions of years to come,
and the endless eons after that. Well, no matter how
badly the person behaved on planet earth, this is not a
fate anyone should ever want for anybody.
But then . . . is there no
justice in the universe? Can people torture or murder
their brothers and sisters in the Net but face no
retribution after they transition? Not a chance of that.
Those spirits among us who have behaved unethically
during their planetary sojourn do indeed experience
suffering when they pass into spirit, but I suspect that
their suffering comes from regrets, reproaches, other
forms of mental anguish, and having to experience what
they have inflicted upon others. Also they probably have
to confront the people they harmed in their physical
life, up to and including the ones that they killed. Let
us never forget that in an interconnected universe, what
you do to others is what you do to yourself. If this
isn't hell for the bad guys, I don't know what is.
So if you are now thinking that
it is okay for you to murder your father for his money,
you had better think again. In our ever more transparent
world (1) you will never get away with it, especially
since murder victims will eventually be able to testify
(as spirits) at their killer’s trial, and (2) as for
relaxing in Rivendale after you kick the bucket, lots of
luck trying to enjoy yourself when you are constantly
suffering the ultimate of human pain, that of getting
yourself murdered. Even if you try to make amends for
your evil deeds once you find yourself in Rivendale,
they will not ameliorate the pain you will be
experiencing, probably not for many years. And for once
mudras + angels won't help.
But even so . . . let us
remember that sooner or later redemption is necessary
for everyone. If you ask me, the only thing that burns
in hell is our selfish ego. This means that redemption
is possible for each one of us, up to and including Mao
Zedong, the worst mass murderer in human history, who
died with the blood of maybe 75 million of his brothers
and sisters on his hands. Of course it is going to take
quite a while for this monster to deal with all his
victims once he makes it to the afterlife, especially
those children whom he ordered to be buried alive or
otherwise tortured to death.[120] But even so, he is our
brother in the Net. In an interconnected universe, if he
were sentenced to eternal hellfire and damnation,
everyone else would also suffer eternal hellfire and
damnation. So eventually he must, can, and shall be
redeemed, even if he is the last sentient being to make
it through the pearly gates (and he probably will be).
* * *
This brings me to the worst scripture ever
penned by a human sadist: the Book of Revelation by John of
Patmos. This particular John, let us remember, was not
one of the original apostles but a Greek living on a
tiny little island several decades after the death of
Jesus. I have always been of the opinion that this John
suffered from chronic indigestion, since the "scripture"
he penned is so absolutely contrary to the natural flow
of the universe that its badness goes straight into the
stratosphere.
You don't believe me? And you
don't think that an authorized Biblical scripture could
be as wrong-headed as contemporary politics? Well, open
your mind and consider what I am about to say. One thing
is clear about John's tirade: the man cannot see
anything in all creation except those toxic illusions
called separateness and hierarchy. His separateness
illusions gives him the right to toss numerous of his
brothers and sisters into hellfire and damnation for all
eternity, while his desire to see himself as better than
everyone else means that he will simply never feel their
pain, since he knows perfectly well that there is no
connection between them and him. Let's face it: this man
knew nothing about quantum physics.
What is infinitely worse is
that John also gives us a vision of heaven which is
probably the most gruesome afterlife vision ever devised
by brain dead moron. Have you ever paid any attention to
John's version of a post-mortem paradise? His idea of
heaven is one gigantic building, some 12,000 furlongs
high, which is equivalent to about 1,500 miles
(Revelation 21:16). That is roughly the distance between
Phoenix and St. Louis. So try to imagine a building that
high, as broad as it is tall, and then upend it so that
it reaches so far into the sky that there is no more
oxygen (Mt. Everest is a mere five miles high in
comparison).
Now imagine that after kicking
the bucket, you get to move into your new heavenly digs
on the 321,148,494th floor of this building, where you
will get to spend the next 100x100x100 trillion years .
. . doing what exactly? John doesn't say. But I
guarantee that there would be no TV, cell phone, or
pizza. But if you find yourself bored during all those
upcoming trillions of years, you can always lean over
the battlements and enjoy the sinners suffering the
torments of hell, as St. Thomas Aquinas recommends in
whatever it was that he once wrote.[121] Of course it
might not be all that pleasant to watch your Aunt Susie
or one of your kids suffering agonizing pain for all
eternity, but good Christian that you are, this will be
okay. Or will it? Can this be heaven?
Well, cheer up. No, it is not
heaven. Glutted as it is with separateness and
hierarchical energies, and poisoned by the idea of
endless duration, the Book of Revelation is the single
most reprehensible scripture in the history of the human
race. The monster building was too much even for a good
medieval Catholic like Dante, who suspends his deceased
good guys in the empyrean, where they can sing hosannas
all day long and dance with the angels. This is better
than the monster building, I guess, but it would also
get old very fast.
Is the Islamic heaven any
better? Well, it is as stuck in endless duration as is
the monster building, only this time the good guys get
to relax all day long, eat tasty food, and get waited on
forever by cute teenagers. Easy on the eyes, I guess,
but intelligent conversation would be lacking. This
would probably get old even faster than the monster
building.
This is the problem with
endless duration: sooner or later everything gets old.
Hell isn't a burning lake of fire. Hell is endless
duration. But wait a minute! We all want to live
forever, don't we? Our physical deaths are not the end
of everything--or so you have said! This means that we
are all as immortal as the Divine! And what is eternity
but endless duration?
Well, not quite. It is now
necessary to take a closer look at that very desirable
something called . . .
Immortality.
We will start with the
obvious fact that the desire for eternal life has been a part
of human consciousness since the beginning of our species.
Most of the artifacts which have survived from prehistory are
burial objects, which seem to have been designed to assist the
deceased on his or her journey to a new existence in the
afterlife. Many myths and stories which have come down to us
from antiquity are filled with descriptions of these kind of
journeys.
What is interesting about this
human tendency is that all versions of it are always
supposed to last forever. Even those
traditions which preach reincarnation envision an
eventual end to the cycle of birth and death and the
beginning of an everlasting eternity. So all human
cultures in history have agreed that sooner or later you
are going to end up in foreverness. Then your very own
self is going to go on and on without any kind of end.
Is this wonderful, or what is it?
The catch here is that eternity
is going to last a bit longer than just a few hundred
years, which is how most people imagine their
post-mortem reality. Immortality means that time is
going to go on and on and on and on . . . until when
exactly? Well, until always, that's when. This means
that any kind of "physical" immortality will literally
go on and on for millions, billions, and trillions of
years, and 100x100x100 trillions of years after that.
And not even then will it reach an end.
So if this is how you think
about the afterlife, will you now please explain to me
exactly what you intend to do with all this super
colossal duration? Granted you would have enough time to
do anything you wanted to do, go anywhere you please,
and even build yourself a marble palace, complete with
magnificent oceanfront views, right there in the next
nebula down the road. But why stop with just one marble
palace? Why not build a trillion of them? Why not
100x100x100 trillion of them? After all, you now have
all the time you can possibly want, so you can build as
many of them as you like.
But then what? You will still
have endless eons of Time stretching ahead of you
forever.
Oh, but that's still okay. If
you get bored with your own personal life, you can
always start living someone else's life. So you can turn
yourself into Cleopatra any time you like. Then you can
experience her existence as if it were your own. But why
stop with Cleo? You will have enough time to eventually
recreate the life experiences of every single sentient
being who has ever existed in our spacetime universe.
You can even recreate all of their life experiences
100x100x100 trillion times. Now wouldn't that be fun, or
what?
But then what? You will still
have endless eons of Time stretching ahead of you
forever.
And this is not exactly okay.
After zillions upon zillions of years, don't you think
that someday, finally, you are going to be kind of . . .
bored? That you might actually run out of ideas about
how to occupy yourself? That you might be faced with an
existence so blank, so empty, so devoid of meaning that
you will start to yearn for what you were so desperate
to escape all those trillions of years ago, that nasty
thing called death? That's right, it really is possible
to be so glutted with durational experience that even
the darkness of oblivion might look appealing. If you
have already done something 100x100x100 trillion times,
you are not going to look forward to doing it one more
damn time. Such an existence would be a nightmare of
repetitive hell.
This is the problem with that
horror known as durational eternity, which is what all
traditional Abrahamic religions want to dish out to us.
Granted it would be fun for the first few hundred years,
but when those centuries start stretching into
millennia, and then zillennia, what are you going to do
with yourself?
All this means that the idea of
a human personality existing in never-ending duration is
a hideous nightmare. Not that most people would agree
with me. Certainly the Abrahamic prophets wouldn't. Like
all premoderns, they simply could not comprehend
gigantic numbers like millions or trillions, let alone
imagine what these numbers might mean for a possible
afterlife. Neither John of Patmos nor the prophet
Muhammad can give us a single word about how not to be
bored after trillions of years.
Eastern spiritual traditions
aren't much better. They are able to perceive some kind
of afterlife outside of duration, such as the Buddhist
concept of nirvana or the Hindu ananda. But both of
these are static concepts which sound even more gruesome
than endless duration. Nothing ever seems to happen in
nirvana except endless bliss. So what are you supposed
to do with yourself if you cannot do anything with
yourself? Sitting in the lotus position and staring at a
wall for all eternity might be okay for your average Zen
master, but the rest of us might need to stretch our
legs every once in a while. Also check our smartphones.
But there are no smartphones in nirvana any more than in
the monster building.
Darn those smartphones! Without
them heaven can wait! In the 21st century, this is the
real problem: we contemporary physicals cannot bear the
thought of any kind of non-physical existence, even one
of endless bliss, since we are so enthralled by the
astounding technological developments which keep coming.
Back in the bad old analogue days, scriptural afterlives
were greatly preferable to our earthly reality. This is
no longer true. Today millions of us cannot bear the
thought of having to abandon our gadgets, especially
when they keep giving us fantasy visions of enhanced
human physicality. Our electronics have come to mean
much more to us than any religious prophecy you can care
to name. Once upon a time the popular phrase you can't take it with you summed up the
reality of human life and death. That idea makes no
sense today. If we really are going to die, we
absolutely have to take our gadgets with us, and any
religion which tells us that we cannot do it is the
pits.
Well, the evolutionary change
which is now starting to manifest is going to completely
change everything we know about death and the afterlife.
And guess what. Eventually I think that our post-mortem
Rivendale reality will be accessible by our electronic
gadgets. In other words, there is going to be some kind
of spiritual internet (and it might already be in
existence), as well as the kind of devices we need to
access it. Eventually it should be possible for these
post-mortem devices to communicate with our earthly
gadgets.
Even better: it might even be
possible for us to take our hard drives with us when we
transition. As far as I'm concerned, when my earthly
sojourn reaches its end, I am perfectly willing to leave
behind all of my most treasured possessions--but not my
hard drive. I do not want to exist anywhere in the
universe without it. Yes, I know I should not cling to
anything since everything passes, but I still want to
keep all the data I have assembled in my lifetime. So
when my end is approaching I intend to ask and give
permission to take my hard drive with me into the
afterlife. Hard drives consist of nothing but bytes
anyway, and bytes are nothing more than bits of energy.
So I don't know why this would not be possible.
Well, seeing as how our new
tech world is definitely a manifestation of Divine
energies, maybe it will eventually be possible. It is
also interesting to think that we might not even need a
physical drive to access our data, since the data on our
drive is also stored somehow in the aether, and maybe we
will be able to access that. Only if such access is for
the summum bonum, of course, so
if all you've got on that hard drive of yours is
groupthink, porn, or any other kind of toxicity, forget
it.
What is even more incredible is
that not only will electronic devices be possible in the
Rivendale reality, but our future bodhisattva hackers
might be able to create electronic gadgets which the
spirits among us can utilize. Up to and including the
angels among us. That's right, eventually there might be
phones or computers which are so sensitive that they can
respond to the touch of a spiritual finger. So the
spirits which are here on earth will find it much easier
to communicate with their physical loved ones, if only
by utilizing an electronic gadget which has been devised
specifically for their use. We physicals would then be
able to communicate with them (as well as our angels)
through our supersensitive electronics. No more having
to guess what a tarot spread is saying. Once this
development happens, tarot cards and other oracular
tools will be instantaneously obsolete.
Does this sound impossibly
ludicrous? Well, you have to remember that spirits are
sentient energy fields, even if very transparent ones,
which means that their vibes are very much real, if not
as strong as us physicals. Besides, many sensitives have
learned that the spirits among us can on occasion
manipulate physical objects such as dowsing rods. Once
when I was with a bunch of kids and trying to tell them
something about the spirits among us, I put a small
piece of tissue on a plate and asked one of the spirits
in the house to give it a jolt--which happened about ten
seconds later. So there ought to be a way to create some
kind of ultrasensitive tech device which a spirit can
manipulate. If you ask me, spiritual technology is going
to be one of the biggest of the next big things.
Attention bodhisattva hackers: spiritual smartphones
really can happen, so get busy and invent them. Both
verbal and electronic communication between the quick
and the dead will be the rule in the future, not the
exception.
And when the angels and the
spirits among us can also start posting information to
the internet . . . well, the mind boggles at the
potential here. Are you still recoiling from the idea of
spiritual instead of social media? Maybe now you will
understand that spiritual media will be of super
colossal importance in the future, especially since it
will also be angelic or even Divine media. Nothing or
nobody will be able to stop it.
* * *
Still, I am certain that the
post-mortem Rivendale reality which I am currently describing
is not our ultimate human destiny. It is simply a pleasanter
vision of earth, where there are no shortages, conflicts,
struggles, chores, stress, bad weather, pollution, acne,
arguments, or Bigs. After we transition we will be transported
to this reality so we can relax and recover from what happened
during our previous physical sojourn.
But that is probably all that
this Rivendale afterlife can do for us. In other words,
it is not going to last forever any more than Planet
Earth--or our spacetime universe. Besides, even a
glowing reality such as this would turn into a tedious
drag after 100x100x100 trillion years.
But what else is eternity
except endless duration? And we all still want that
eternity, don't we? Of course we do. But it is now time
to think about eternity in a new kind of way, namely as
a . . .
Reconciliation of being and becoming.
It just so happens that durational becoming is
not the only temporal reality we sentient beings can
experience. As I have mentioned, those timeless states
of nirvana and ananda also seem to
have some kind of reality, even though they seem
directly opposed to the kind of durational reality we
habitually know.
But if you think about it, you
will realize that all of us can experience timelessness
as we go through our lives. Each one of us occasionally
gets knocked into the timeless whenever we are struck by
something unusual, or get absorbed in creation, or lost
in a good movie or book. This is the "ubiquity in time",
which Herman Melville mentions in Moby Dick.[122] Time just
seems to stop in these moments as if it no longer
exists--or if it exists everywhere. To say that the
durational is the only kind of time we experience as we
go through our lives is inadequate. We constantly
experience both time and the timeless, and if you ask
me, somehow we experience them as being one and the
same.
All of which means that a
reconciliation of time and the timeless is the best way
to think about eternity. In other words, even though the
Rivendale afterlife is definitely a durational reality,
our ultimate destiny is some kind of reality which is
not only durational but timeless as well. In such a
reality we will not endlessly crave newness any more
than we will crave stasis. Somehow we will experience
both of them simultaneously, and that will be the kind
of eternal existence which is best for us all. This
would be an eternity which is not only endurable, but
enjoyable.
I am not the only person who
has suspected something like this. At the end of his Divine Comedy, Dante gives us
two poetic metaphors which symbolize this
reconciliation: the celestial rose (being) and the river
of light (becoming). They come together in an ultimate
vision of eternal light: O luce etterna. Shakespeare,
on the other hand, doesn't envision light in his last
plays, but he does hear heavenly music--and that is
enough for him. May one suggest that light and music are
what will be experienced in our ultimate reconciliation?
Out of darkness and silence and into light and music. Or
as Hermann Hesse would have it, living the unity of the
universe. All of them sensed the same thing: the natural
flow of the universe toward harmony, light, unity, and
Divine grace.
You can prepare for this kind
of reality if you consciously and deliberately start to
seek out the timeless in your life. Any moment where you
feel neither past nor future, neither here nor there, is
an experience of the timeless. So learn how to center
yourself in the present time and space whenever you can
and then take a moment to enjoy it. You will be glad you
did.
But still . . . where is it all going to end? Will there even be an ending?
Yes, there will definitely be an ending, and by now what this ending should be is obvious. Eventually that species called Homo sapiens will fulfill the only destiny it possesses: union with the Divine. We humans do not come to this earth to gratify our egos, make money, become famous, manipulate natural energies, fight the bad guys, or pursue substances. We incarnate with one purpose only: to find our way to the Divine. This is the kind of culmination which Teilhard de Chardin called the Omega Point, the merging of all the Jewels in the Net with the Godhead.[112] God-realization or God-reconcilement is the supreme destiny of all us sentient beings. Heaven is nothing else but this. Evelyn Underhill tells us that all mystics, no matter what their religion, are agreed on this point:
Their point of departure is the same, the desire of spirit for the spiritual, the soul's hunger for its home. Their object is the same, the attainment of that home, the achievement of Reality, union with God.[123]
So no matter what is
happening in your life, or what you think your current goals
are, your ultimate destiny is one thing only--that supreme
moment in time and space where all living creatures are
finally united with the Divine.
But when this ultimate
reconciliation finally happens, will our individual
personalities survive? Or our gadgets? Guess what. It
doesn't matter. This is one of the strongest messages I
have ever gotten from the Great Beyond. Sooner or later
all sentient beings in the universe will reconcile with
the Divine, and that will be that.
This would not necessarily be
an extinction of personality, but an expansion into a
blissful state of ultimate being and becoming. And no
sentient being will be left behind. We are all actually
going somewhere: we are going home to the Divine. Then
everything will come together: past, present, and
future, here, there, and everywhere. This means that our
ultimate life purpose is the same for everyone: finding
our way to the Divine. We are one in the One.
Does this mean that when the
Omega point happens, the natural flow of the universe
will finally stop? Well, I cannot quite imagine becoming
ever stopping, any more than I can imagine being ever
stopping, so I don't think so. But that reconciliation
is coming, even though it will take a while to get here.
All shall be well, and all manner of thing shall be
well.
Recommended prayer.
One final prayer:
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that you help me to understand, accept, and rejoice in the true destiny of all the sentient beings in the universe, including myself: union with the Divine. And I thank you.
Chapter 19. Conclusion.
So here I am at the last
chapter of my book. What else is there to say? Well, we are
still living in a world where most people continue to be
trapped in countless nightmare toxicities, especially the
wage/debt slavery which the assorted Bigs continue to inflict
upon us Littles. It also bears repeating that the two biggest
curses of our time, monster chemicals and monster governments,
continue to blight the earth. People who are living out their
lives in thrall to these horrors continue to be trapped by
their own ego-based desires, their substances, and the
chemical haze which distorts their perceptions. They are also
certain that their human bodies are solid objects in space
which can be artificially tweaked any way their frankenidiot
professionals please.
As for the future, the only
kind of planetary changes most people can envision are
those scientific idiocies called artificial
intelligence, genetic modification, robots, cyborgs, and
brain chips, all of which are supposed to give us Homo sapiens energy fields
endless happiness when we finally make it into outer
space. This should tell you that there has never been a
greater collapse into decadence than what is happening
at the present moment. Behold the culmination of secular
humanism: utter nonsense.
Well, if you ask me, all this
nonsense will evaporate when people discover that
spiritual solutions can actually make things better.
This is the main point of this book. So the thing for
all of us to do should now be obvious: we need to create
new personal, social, and scientific paradigms which are
aligned to the natural flow of the universe. The chaos
we are now living in is not a disaster but a Divine
blessing out of which new form and pattern can manifest.
If enough of us give permission for the Divine to help
us co-create these new kinds of energies, for the first
time in history we actually will get a new heaven and a
new earth. A P2P reality which is natural,
interconnected, globalized, and spiritualized. This can
be our planetary future, and it is a good one.
I started this book by talking
about that will-of-the-wisp called the Theory of
Everything. Well, by now you should realize that a
Theory of Everything actually does exist, and it is
there in plain sight for anyone to see. It can best be
defined as . . . the Divine. That's it. That's all. The
presence of the Divine in our universe is the one and
only thing we sentient beings need to know about
anything. So if we want things to get better, we simply
need to learn new ways to seek out and encounter the
Divine.
And also receive the messengers
of the Divine, namely the angels among us. At the
moment, many of my readers might very well be
discouraged, since they still have never perceived an
angel in their lives. Well, all I can say is that if you
keep at everything I suggest in this book, the day will
probably come when you discover that you are now
clairsentient enough to actually perceive them. No
reason to freak out at this--William Blake could see
angels sitting in trees (which is not a bad place for
angels to sit), and he could probably hear them as well.
Besides, if the first time you encounter an angel is
through leaves and branches, this might make the whole
experience much easier to take.
Just don't forget that angels
are everywhere, including the room you are presently
sitting in. So if one evening you suddenly realize that
you have got an angel standing beside your flat screen
and smiling at you, don't panic. Just do what Adam and
Eve do in Milton's Paradise Lost: invite your
new friend to dinner. I guarantee that this will prove
to be a memorable meal. PS: it is unlikely that your
angel will enjoy eating any kind of animal corpse, so
dish up a nice Buddha bowl complete with grains,
veggies, and sauce. Perfect.
Besides, I am sure you will
discover that the only thing your angelic guest will
want to talk about is how you personally can help to
make the world a better place. I recommend that anyone
who experiences such a visit should do their best to
follow the advice. The thing to remember is that with
Divine and angelic assistance, we humans finally will be
able to manifest what I consider to be the ultimate of
future Divine blessings: the Commonwealth of Earth.
Granted that at the moment this reality seems as out of
reach as the backside of Pluto, but we need to be
optimistic. We are not going to create a new heaven and
a new earth by ourselves--we are going to get plenty of
help. Personally I do not think that there is any chance
of failure.
As for those scientists who are
scoffing at the previous chapters, may I remind them
that the most interesting speculation around these days
(chaos theory, emergence, spontaneous order,
convergence) are eventually going to be seen as what
they truly are, manifestations of Divine energy. The
mind boggles at all that there is to examine: energy
cures, mind-to-mind communication, the presence of
spiritual beings among us, the effect of mind upon
"matter", how energies manifest, flow, decay, and then
remanifest, the spiritual reality behind the physical.
When our scientists finally abandon their silly fixation
on materiality and artificiality, the improvements in
our planetary lives will be stupendous. So instead of
scoffing, our scientists should open their minds to a
marvelous new frontier to explore, even if it is not
quite the frontier they have been expecting to find.
Let us pause for a moment and
examine the idea of a frontier. One of the most
celebrated descriptions of the American experience is
Frederick Jackson Turner's The Frontier in American
History (1893).[125]
Turner makes the point that it was the frontier which
made the social reality of the United States what it is,
since people like newness, opportunities, mobility, the
chance to create new lives for themselves, and some kind
of unknown to explore. It just so happens that at this
point in time a whole new frontier is materializing
right in front of us, and it happens to be the most
fabulous frontier in human history. This time it is not
there just for us Americans, but for all 8 billion of us
planetary humans. This is the energy frontier, the
spiritual frontier, the frontier which will finally
start leading all of us into that blessed state called
Reality.
Well, okay--but what would an
average day of your life be like on this new frontier?
Well, I guarantee that you would not be killing yourself
in a factory/office/business. Instead you would only
work when you felt like it, or when one or more of your
brothers and sisters in the Net needed assistance. You
could spend most of your days either learning or
creating, but also listening to new music so divine that
Mozart and Beethoven would turn in their graves wishing
they could have created it, experience art that Renoir
never could have manifested, or watch dramas that
out-Shakespeare Shakespeare. Never would you need
medical attention, except for that one time you sprained
your ankle when you were a teenager. Your greatest joy
would be going online to see if there was anyone in your
vicinity who needed assistance and volunteering your
services if needed. If you had any spare time, you would
be able to play your favorite instrument, study quantum
physics, mentor people who need it, watch the colors of
the sky, converse with your angels when they want to
chat, or write your novel. Most important: you would
never make any kind of major life decision without
consulting your oracle or talking to your angels.
Productivity? Efficiency? Profit margins? Who would need
them?
As for all the
issues which seem so colossally important at the moment,
they will simply resolve themselves . . . spontaneously.
I am talking about global warming (won't be a problem
when people are no longer driving to soul-deadening
work, indulging in recreational travel, or supporting
the livestock industry), pollution (it will take some
time to clean up the detritus of Generation Garbage, but
it will happen), gender and race issues
(incomprehensible groupthink to Aquarians), or gluing
your eyeballs to garbage entertainment (in the future,
if it isn't spiritual, it will not be noticed).
As for your personal utopia,
you will be able to enjoy it to the max when you are
able to live in a small ecological house which you have
built or remodeled yourself. Such a house would be easy
to clean and maintain. There would be plenty of time to
do your learning/creating/helping, but also time to play
with or homeschool your kids. While you would seldom or
never yearn for recreational travel, you would love
going on the occasional pilgrimage. But just taking time
every day to do what Alan Watts called "digging the
universe" would be enjoyable enough.[126] Every hour of
every day would be filled with such beauty and bliss
that you simply would not be able to imagine the kind of
endless wanting that poisoned the lives of your
ancestors.
Needless to say, you would
continue to let your oracle or your angels guide you
about the decisions you need to make in your life, up to
and including what to eat and drink, how you should
exercise or otherwise improve yourself, what you should
study, how you should earn your living, whether it is
time to find your partner (and who your partner should
be), whether to have children (and how to raise them if
you get a YES), what kind of books/videos/music/art you
should pay attention to, what you should grow in your
garden, and how you can find happiness (the answer to
this one will change as the years go on). All of which
will make for utopian bliss until the end of your days.
Unfortunately this new reality
is not going to manifest in the immediate future. As I
have mentioned, probably the most you can do at the
moment is just start thinking about the
changes which are coming and start getting used to them.
This is easy enough. Examples: stop thinking about your
country's national anthem and start concentrating on
Beethoven's Ninth Symphony. Stop thinking about the
World Cup and become a Big Brother or a Big Sister. Stop
obsessing about your portfolio and see if you can get
rid of some of your money on the crowdfunding sites.
Stop dreaming about winning the Pulitzer Prize and
rescue a dog. Stop being obsessed with all the crap you
want to buy and start decorating your house with light,
space, and music. Stop clicking those LIKES and pay no
attention to the ones which total strangers wish to
inflict upon you. Stop scrambling after money and spend
some time goofing off. Stop stuffing your face with
animal corpses and eat an apple. Stop wallowing in body
indulgences and start enjoying the pleasures of the
mind. Stop attention-whoring on the internet and invite
your mother-in-law to dinner (also refrain from killing
her.) You get the idea. Just make sure you do it all as
slowly and as gently as possible.
When everyone on the planet
switches their energies like this, then what? That's
easy: a world chock full of Divine harmony. If you ask
me, this is exactly where our planet needs to go. For
the first time in our history we will finally be able to
stand beneath the earth and the sky as truly free human
beings, self-reliant, creative, filled with music,
unoppressed by any kind of Big, and able to individually
access and utilize Divine energy. These energies are now
part of the natural flow of energies on our planet, and
they will continue to bring us ever greater benefits.
The more people who realize this, and then try to help
these energies manifest, the more quickly the planet
will be transformed for the better.
All of this adds up to one
energy manifestation which I have not yet mentioned, the
ability of us physicals to sense the presence of the
Divine. Granted that we will soon be able to perceive
the angelic beings among us, but we also need to start
sensing the nearness of the Divine every second of our
lives. After all, a sense of Divine presence is the one
single thing which the most admirable, successful, and
revered people in human history have always felt. Mind
you, a goal like this does not mean that you have to
jettison all your ego-based desires for a pleasant
earthly existence. But it is something which everyone of
us should strive for as well.
I have tried to do all this for
several decades now, and all I have got to show for it
is health, happiness, and spiritual vision. I don't feel
old, I keep having fun, I don't crave any kind of
artificial toxicity, I enjoy my daily exercises, I
consume only foods and drinks which are suitable for my
energy field (and find them to be utterly scrumptious),
I never buy anything if I can help it, I find beauty
wherever I look, I don't waste my time staring at
garbage entertainment or garbage platforms, I create or
learn something new every day, and I can always sense
the presence of the Divine and the angels in my life. It
is true that I still have a long list of people in my
life whom I want to kill, but I actually don't kill them
and send them a namaste whenever I can. Instead mudras +
angels prevent me from thinking about them. It is also
true that I write obnoxious books, but there is no fun
like obnoxiousness.
If I can manage a life like
this, anyone can. Once you start living it, you really
will be in a position to make the world a better place.
As a side benefit, you will not have to pursue happiness
any longer--you will actually have it. If every one of
us 8 billion all start going this route, the first signs
of the Commonwealth of Earth can start to appear right
now, right this minute. They will grow ever stronger in
the decades to come.
But you are telling me that
this doesn't sound like happiness? You don't want to
waste your time getting closer to the Divine? You want
to experience as many of the delights of physical
reality as you can, preferably by acquiring as much
money and power as possible? Then you will not need to
get closer to the Divine since you will have made
yourself a god upon earth.
Well, you need to be reminded
that Gautama Buddha lived this kind of spoiled brat life
when he was a wealthy young prince. His doting father
bestowed upon him all the delights of physical reality
which were then available, and the Buddha was able to
indulge himself with the ultimate in luxuries and
pleasures. But once he encountered the Reality of our
human lives, namely aging, sickness, and death, it all
turned to ashes. From then on only the spiritual
mattered to the Buddha, and he became one of the
greatest leaders in planetary history.
So grit your teeth and start
saying NO to all the legacy toxicities which still
besmirch the planet. Don't forget that the delights of
the spiritual lifestyle are limitless. If you need role
models, you can start with St. Francis of Assisi,
Ramakrishna, Rumi, Laotse, or Louis Armstrong, whose
music has convinced me that he experienced Divine energy
more intensely than any other American who ever lived.
Our planet has been blessed with mystical visionaries at
all times and in all places, and they will show you the
way.
But of course at the moment
most people's ego desires still reign supreme.
Nevertheless, as the years go on, as more and more
people learn English, as late-stage
capitalism/socialism/religion/government/money collapse
into ever-greater irrelevance, guess where people are
going to turn? They will inevitably respond to the new
spiritual and P2P reality which is forming all around
them, and which most of them will be able to sense for
the first time in their flabbergasted lives. Memo to the
secular humanists among us: it is coming, and you cannot
stop it. P.S. By the way, what I mention in this book is
probably only the tip of the iceberg as far as upcoming
planetary changes are concerned.
So for once we hubristic humans
are not going to have to manipulate a new social reality
into being on this planet. It will manifest . . .
spontaneously, and it has already started to happen. But
it is the sacred duty of each one of us to co-create
this new reality any way we can. It is time for all of
us Homo sapiens to get the hell
out of Dodge, and the open road before us beckons.
But here is an interesting
question: are people going to listen to me? I am very
much aware that I am nothing but a lunatic ex-secretary
who wants to tear down practically everything that
matters at the moment and build a completely new planet.
I am even telling people that they need to get rid of
trivialities such as the Green Bay Packers, popsicles,
and the United States of America. Plus 98% of all the
other cultural manifestations which continue to blight
the planet, up to and including organized religion,
politics, superheroes, languages, plastics, feminism,
sports, games, entitlement, chemicals, and celebrities.
Can a human being get more insane than this? Probably
not.
So some of my readers are
probably telling themselves: what a crackpot she is. Alas, crackpot
is the only appropriate word for someone who has not
offered any proof for all the lunacies she is
promulgating. So why should you accept anything that I
say as true? Well, you could always ask your oracle
whether or not you should listen to me. Or you can
experiment with some of my suggestions to see if they
make your life better. But apart from these two feeble
suggestions, I have nothing else to offer.
Besides, what if I am wrong
about much which I am saying in this book? Well, I am
the first to admit that I am not perfect. But I do think
that I am right about most of the solutions I talk
about, even if I am probably wrong about some of the
specifics. So this book is just a guide to a better
future, not an ironclad prediction of what is going to
happen to the entire planet. And even though some of the
initial changes are already manifesting, I have zero
expectations that all of my readers are going to listen
to me, especially readers of my own geriatric age. This
especially holds true about the second half of this
book.
Well, let me remind you that
the only reason I am recommending all the lunacies on
display in this book is that I am convinced (1) they
actually work, and (2) they really will make a new and
better world. We humans finally have a chance to change
the entire planet for the better in new and
unprecedented ways. This is the destiny of the human
race, and it is the duty of each and every one of us to
help it to manifest. All it is going to take is what I
have mentioned repeatedly in this book, individually
accessible Divine guidance and assistance. These two
energies are always there for anyone who wants to make
use of them.
Fortunately I do think that
many younger people are going to pay attention. So come
on, kids--don't you get it by now? You need to stop it
with the whining, the groupthink, the secular
materialism, the greed, the superheroes, the substances,
the lust for faaamousness, the sports and games, the
political correctness, the furious determination to
coerce other people into your version of groupthink, and
all the self-esteem crap you are getting from Mom, Dad,
and Teach. And stop thinking that spending forty years
as a wage/debt slave is living.
What you need to do instead is
plant gardens. Let us remember that the one thing which
the survivors did at the end of The Lord of the Rings did was
establish gardens. There is no better way to experience
translucence than by cultivating your own garden.
Besides, one thing I have learned over the years: a
garden is the best place to experience both time and
timelessness, which is why sundials are such a popular
garden ornament. The more gardens which are established
on this planet, the more we can restore our earth to its
original Edenic beauty.
This also means that you will
be able to start experiencing a new kind of light.
Remember how everything glowed in Jeff's vision of the
Rivendale afterlife? To me it sounds like what I have
already described as translucent light, which comes from
inside an energy field instead of from outside it. Why
do we have to kick the bucket to experience this kind of
light? Why can't we recreate this kind of glow here on
our tired third rock from the sun?
Well, when we are all able to
go through our days feeling that Divine energy within,
there is bound to be some kind of visual manifestation
of it. Maybe a new kind of light on this earth. Maybe
also a new kind of celestial music which we will be able
to hear without having to listen. A dog-kiss-dog world
where everyone gets to dine on tea and crumpets.
Every fiber of my being says
that this is what the human race needs, this is what it
has been waiting for, the moment when everything finally
makes sense, when all the wisdom of east, west, north,
and south can come together to walk in beauty, as the
Navajos would have it. In the years to come, and for the
first time in human history, this kind of social reality
will finally manifest. Then no longer will our third
rock from the sun be known as the crap planet of the
universe.
So it is the sacred duty of all
of us to help manifest this incredible new world. Then
we will be able to have the most tremendous fun any
generation has experienced in human history. But here I
will remind you that the natural flow of the universe is
as slow as the stars, and this is how our new planetary
reality will manifest: gradually, peacefully, one
reluctant member of Homo sapiens at a time,
especially since all the newness which is coming seems
so preposterous and unbelievable. Any kind of newness is
always scary, and when it is unprecedented newness,
earth-shaking newness, incomprehensible newness, it had
better be slow.
Still . . . one final caveat.
No matter how this new earthly reality manifests, we Homo sapiens cannot prevent
unexpected problems from occurring. Chaos is the
underlying reality of our spacetime universe, and there
is no way you will ever be guaranteed perfect safety
during your pilgrimage on this earth. But once again,
your ability to make lemonade out of your lemons will
help you cope with whatever the universe hands you. Just
do your best to keep sound in mind and body, go with the
natural flow, align all your thoughts, beliefs, and
actions to Reality instead of illusion, and do what you
can to help your brothers and sisters. That is all it
takes to transform the planet for the better. "Be not
discouraged" says Walt Whitman. ". . . keep on, there
are divine things well envelop'd, I swear to you there
are divine things more beautiful than words can
tell."[127] To reach all this beauty, all you have to do
is start working with an oracle. And keep reminding
yourself that you are here right now because you wanted
to experience the most tremendous changes in the history
of the human race--as well as help them manifest. So for
young people like these, I have a final prayer to
suggest:
O Divine Light, if it is for the summum bonum, I ask and give permission that not only me but all of my fellow sentient beings can together create the kind of global commonwealth where each one of us can experience the freedom and the happiness we need during our pilgrimage on this earth. And I thank you.
Can't hurt. Might actually
help. If nothing else, the benevolent energies of prayers such
as these would rebound all over the planet and help to
strengthen the interconnections between us quarrelsome energy
fields. The more of us who utter a prayer like this every day,
the more likely the Divine might prevent a future asteroid
from slamming into our planet, or a bad CME event, or
Yellowstone blowing its stack. Wow.
But let us not forget that this
new kind of reality never could have happened until now.
Not only was electronic sensitization necessary, but we
blinkered humans needed to experience the most
blood-soaked century in the history of the human race,
that nightmare called the 20th century. All the savagery
of the last century has taught us everything we need to
know about human depravity. But that is over and done
with, and a new world beckons.
There is a story that at the
conclusion of the Constitutional Convention in 1789,
Benjamin Franklin was approached by a group of citizens
who asked what sort of government the convention had
created. His answer was: "A republic, if you can keep
it." Well, we Americans have managed to keep that
republic, if only just barely in recent years. But at
least it has lasted until we can envision a completely
new kind of planetary reality, where We the People of
Planet Earth will come together to form a more perfect
union, namely the Commonwealth of Earth.
We are going to make it into
this new reality by the skin of our teeth, but we are
going to make it. So we are not doomed. These are not
the end times. These are the beginning times. And we are
all in this together.
Footnotes.
[1] https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Fragments_of_Heraclitus
[2] https://www.findagrave.com/memorial/97123136/greta-belle-alexander
[3] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Max_Planck
[4] https://archive.org/details/frank-close-nothing-a-very-short-introduction
[5] https://archive.org/details/TheTaoOfPhysicsFritjofCapra
[6] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/2944
[7] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/2500
[8] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/216
[9] https://archive.org/details/cu31924079584771
[10] https://ccel.org/ccel/eckhart/sermons/sermons
[11] https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/ectropy
[12] https://archive.org/details/convergence0000wats
[13] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ashur_(god)
[14] Card illustrations are online at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rider-Waite_tarot_deck
[15] http://www.themista.com/musings/simpletarot.htm
[16] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/God_helps_those_who_help_themselves
[17] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plato%27s_theory_of_soul
[18] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1130
[19] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/45109
[20] https://archive.org/details/dharmabums00kero
[21] https://www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/4800/pg4800.html
[22] http://archive.org/details/19840000orwe
[23] https://www.nber.org/papers/w14969
[24] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Golden_Rule
[25] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/84
[26] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/26163
[27] https://www.leafscore.com/eco-friendly-bed-products/the-complete-guide-to-toxins-in-mattresses/
[28] https://www.hsa.ie/eng/topics/electricity/dangers_of_electricity/
[29] https://www.health-science.com/microwave-hazards/
[30] https://archive.org/details/silentspring00cars_0
[31] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2957945/
[32] https://www.thehealthy.com/beauty/face-body-care/side-effects-of-tattoos/
[33] https://www.healthline.com/health/most-common-plastic-surgery-complications
[34] https://www.health.harvard.edu/staying-healthy/blue-light-has-a-dark-side
[35] https://archive.org/details/sparkrevolutiona0000rate
[36] https://archive.org/details/atomic-habits_202204
[37] https://www.ijhsr.org/IJHSR_Vol.11_Issue.1_Jan2021/IJHSR16.pdf
[39] https://www.poetryfoundation.org/poems/43712/no-coward-soul-is-mine
[40] Burmeister, Alice and Tom Monte. The Touch of Healing: Energizing the Body, Mind, and Spirit With Jin Shin Jyutsu. New York: Bantam Books, 2013
[41] https://archive.org/details/anatomyofillness00cous
[42] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1537
[43] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/7452
[44] https://www.gaiameditation.com/432-hz-the-universal-frequency-of-sacred-geometry/
[45] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1022
[46] https://theheartfoundation.org/2019/08/10/is-sitting-the-new-smoking/
[47] https://www.myplate.gov/eat-healthy/what-is-myplate
[48] https://www.washingtonpost.com/lifestyle/2021/10/15/rice-arsenic-risk-children-amount/
[49] https://archive.org/details/laroussegastrono0000mont_r4y9
[50] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Water_fluoridation_by_country
[51] https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nvss/vsrr/drug-overdose-data.htm
[52] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4212
[53] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/2130
[55] https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.260410
[56] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/45315
[57] https://archive.org/details/poeticalworksofw00blakuoft
[58] https://archive.org/details/journalofhenrydt0009thor_p8h0/page/n3/mode/2up
[59] https://books.google.com/books?id=yRdHAQAAMAAJ&pg
[60] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sweetness_and_light
[61] From the Lotus Sutra, quoted in
Wilson, One Taste of Truth, p. 7.
[62] https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.276884
[63] https://it.wikisource.org/wiki/Rime_(Michelangelo)/39._Del_fiero_colpo_e_del_pungente_strale
[64] https://archive.org/details/humanitiesincont0000davi
[65] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1540
[66] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4057
[67] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/34901
[68] http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/20
[69] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1600
[70] https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.504071
[71] Bricker, Darrell
and John Ibbitson. Empty Planet. The Shock of
Global Population Decline. New York:
Crown, 2019.
[72] https://www.nationalaffairs.com/publications/detail/the-uncomfortable-truth-about-daycare [73] http://tralvex.com/pub/spiritual/37prac.htm
[74] https://archive.org/details/twotowersbeingse0000tolk_i0j3
[75] https://www.eatthis.com/most-common-food-eaten-by-healthiest-people/
[76] https://news.cancerresearchuk.org/2015/02/04/why-are-cancer-rates-increasing/
[77] https://hpi.georgetown.edu/rxdrugs/
[78] https://mobius.md/2021/10/09/how-much-time-do-physicians-spend-with-patients/
[79] https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25355584/
[80] https://nida.nih.gov/drug-topics/opioids/opioid-overdose-crisis
[82] https://cayce.com/health-solutions/edgar-cayce-castor-oil/
[83] https://www.statnews.com/2019/04/02/overprescribed-americas-other-drug-problem/
[84] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/71
[85] https://www.holy-bhagavad-gita.org/chapter/4/verse/7
[86] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/815
[87] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1404
[89] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/15000
[90] https://archive.org/details/inmyownway00alan
[91] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Julian_of_Norwich
[92] https://archive.org/details/mysticismstudyin00undeuoft
[93] http://www.lamrim.com/hhdl/heartsutra.html
[94] https://archive.org/details/tallulahmyautobi00bank
[95] https://declarationofinternetfreedom.org/
[96] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Section_230
[97] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/2012_phenomenon
[98] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Satoshi_Nakamoto
[101] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aaron_Swartz
[102] https://steemit.com/blockchain/@blocho/can-blockchains-replace-governments
[103] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Book_of_the_24_Philosophers
[104] de Mente, Boye. Oriental Secrets of Graceful Living, p. 26.
[105] https://archive.org/details/onroaddharmabums0000jack
[106] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1322
[107] https://www.usinflationcalculator.com/
[108] https://www.usdebtclock.org/
[109] https://www.reddit.com/r/antiwork/
[110] https://blog.directenergy.com/should-you-unplug-appliances-when-not-in-use/
[111] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hashima_Island
[112] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Astraea
[113] https://poets.org/poem/sailing-byzantium
[114] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cryonics
[115] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Out-of-body_experience
[116] https://nypost.com/2018/03/26/the-shocking-ways-space-travel-wrecks-the-human-body/
[117] https://https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1515
[118] https://ennyman.medium.com/a-lesson-from-29-golden-gate-suicide-attempts-a42f4ef3f970
[119] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/26
[120] https://archive.org/details/tragedyofliberat0000diko
and https://www.independent.co.uk/arts-entertainment/books/news/maos-great-leap-forward-killed-45-million-in-four-years-2081630.html[121] quoted by Alan Watts at https://www.organism.earth/library/document/relevance-of-oriental-philosophy
[122] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/2701
[121] https://archive.org/details/mysticismstudyin00undeuoft
[123] https://archive.org/details/ThePhenomenonOfMan
[124] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/22994
[125] https://archive.org/details/thisisitotheress00watt
[126] https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1322
Bibliography.
Anonymous. Heart Sutra. (7th century CE). Online at: http://www.lamrim.com/hhdl/heartsutra.html
Arnold, Matthew. Culture and Anarchy. (1869). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4212
Bankhead, Talullah. Tallulah: My Autobiography. (1952). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/tallulahmyautobi00bank
Bergson, Henri. Creative Evolution. (1907). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/26163
Bhagavad-gita, with commentary by Swami Mukundananda. Online at https://www.holy-bhagavad-gita.org/
Blake, William. The Poetical Works of William Blake: A New and Verbatim Text, edited by John Sampson (1905). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.504071
Blake, William. The Marriage of Heaven and Hell. (1868). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/45315
Bricker, Darrell and John Ibbitson. Empty Planet. The Shock of Global Population Decline. New York: Crown, 2019.
Burmeister, Alice and Tom Monte. The Touch of Healing: Energizing the Body, Mind, and Spirit With Jin Shin Jyutsu. New York: Bantam Books, 2013.
Capra, Fritjof. The Tao of Physics: An Exploration of the Parallels Between Modern Physics and Eastern Mysticism. (1975). Online at the Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/TheTaoOfPhysicsFritjofCapra
Carson, Rachel. Silent Spring. (1962). Online at the Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/silentspring00cars_0
Clear, James. Atomic Habits: Tiny Changes, Remarkable Results. (2018). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/atomic-habits_202204
Close, Frank. Nothing: A Very Short Introduction. (2009). Online at the InternetArchive. https://archive.org/details/frank-close-nothing-a-very-short-introduction/page/85/mode/2up
Cousins, Norman. Anatomy of an Illness as Perceived by the Patient: Reflections on Healing and Regeneration. (1979). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/anatomyofillness1979cous
Dante Alighieri. The Divine Comedy. (14th century CE; translated by Charles Eliot Norton in 1891). Online at Project Gutenberg: http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1995 (Hell), http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1996 (Purgatory), and http://www.gutenberg.org/etext/1997 (Paradise)
Davidson, Robert R. The Humanities in Contemporary Life. (1955). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/humanitiesincont0000davi
de Mente, Boye. Oriental Secrets of Graceful Living. Tokyo: Simpson-Doyle, 1963.
Dickens, Charles. A Christmas Carol. (1843). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/46
Dikötter, Frank. The Tragedy of Liberation: A History of the Chinese Revolution, 1945-1957. (2013). Online at the Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/tragedyofliberat0000diko
Eckhart, Meister. Sermons. Claud Field, translator (1907). Online at Christian Classics Ethereal Library: https://ccel.org/ccel/eckhart/sermons/sermons
Emerson, Ralph Waldo. Essays -- First Series. (1859). Online at Project Gutenberg: http://www.gutenberg.org/etext/2944
Epictetus. The Enchiridion. (2nd century CE). Translated by Thomas Higginson, 1948. Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/45109
Hamilton, Alexander, John Jay, and James Madison. The Federalist Papers. (1788). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1404
Heraclitus. Fragments. (6th century BCE). Online at Wikisource: https://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Fragments_of_Heraclitus
Hesse, Hermann. Siddhartha. (1922). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/2500
Kerouac, Jack. The Dharma Bums. (1958). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/dharmabums00kero
Livingstone, Richard Wynn. The Pageant of Greece. (1924). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.276884
Melville, Herman. Moby Dick. (1851). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/2701
Mill, John Stuart. On Liberty. (1859). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/34901
Milton, John. Paradise Lost (1667). Online at Project Gutenberg: http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/20
Montagné, Prosper. Larousse Gastronomique. (1938). Online at the Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/laroussegastrono0000mont_r4y9
More, Sir Thomas. Utopia. (1516). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/2130
Orwell, George. 1984. (1946). Online at the Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/dli.ernet.240835
Pater, Walter. Marius the Epicurean. (1885). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4057
and https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4058Pearson, A.C. The Fragments of Zeno and Cleanthes (1891). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/cu31924079584771
Plato. Symposium. (5th century BCE; translated by Benjamin Jowett in 1897). Online at Project Gutenberg: http://www.gutenberg.org/etext/1600
Powys, John Cowper. A Philosophy of Solitude (1933). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.260410
Ratey, John J. and Eric Hagerman. Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain. (2013). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/sparkrevolutiona00rate
Santayana, George. The Life of Reason. (1905). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/15000
Shakespeare, William. Complete Works. (1623). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/100
Shelley, Mary Wollstonecraft. Frankenstein; Or, The Modern Prometheus. (1818). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/84
Shelley, Percy Bysshe. The Complete Poetical Works, Volume 1. (1914). Online at Project Gutenberg: https:// www.gutenberg.org/cache/epub/4800/pg4800.html
Stevenson, Betsey and Justin Wilfers. The Paradox of Declining Female Happiness. Cambridge MA: National Bureau of Economic Research, 2009. Online at: https://www.nber.org/system/files/working_papers/w14969/w14969.pdf
Teilhard de Chardin, Pierre. The Phenomenon of Man. (1959). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/ThePhenomenonOfMan
Thoreau, Henry David. Journal - Volume IX (1949). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/journalofhenrydt0009thor_p8h0/page/n3/mode/2up
Thoreau, Henry David. The Maine Woods (1864). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/42500
Thoreau, Henry David. Walden, and On the Duty of Civil Disobedience. (1854 and 1849). Online at Project Gutenberg: http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/205
Thoreau, Henry David. Walking. (1851) Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1022
Tolkien, J.R.R. The Lord of the Rings (1954-1956). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/fellowshipofring0000tolk_v0i6 https://archive.org/details/twotowersbeingse0000tolk_i0j3
https://archive.org/details/returnofkingbein0000tolk_l8w2Tocqueville, Alexis de. Democracy in America. (1835). Online at Project Gutenberg: http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/815 and http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/816
Turner, Frederick Jackson. The Frontier in American History. (1920). Online at Project Gutenberg: https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/22994
Underhill, Evelyn. Mysticism. A Study in the Nature and Development of Man's Spiritual Consciousness. (1912). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/mysticismstudyin00undeuoft
Waite, Arthur Edward and Pamela Colman Smith. The Rider Tarot Deck. Stamford, Connecticut: United States Games Systems, 1971 (originally published 1910). Book online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/A.EWaiteThePictorialKeyToTheTarot/page/n1/mode/2up Card illustrations are online at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rider-Waite_tarot_deck
Watson, Peter. Convergence: The Idea at the Heart of Science. New York: Simon & Schuster, 2017. Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/convergence0000wats
Watts, Alan. This Is It, and Other Essays on Zen and Spiritual Experience. (1973). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/thisisitotheress00watt
Watts, Alan. In My Own Way; An Autobiography, 1915-1965 (1972). Online at the Internet Archive: https://archive.org/details/inmyownway00alan
Whitman, Walt. Leaves of Grass. (1855). Online at Project Gutenberg: http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/1322
Wilson, William Scott. The One Taste of Truth: Zen and the Art of Drinking Tea. (2012). Boulder CO: Shambhala Publications.
Yogananda, Paramhansa. The Autobiography of a Yogi. (1946). Online at Project Gutenberg: http://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/7452
Zangpo, Gyalsé Tokmé. The Thirty-Seven (37)
Practices of Bodhisattvas. (14 century
CE). Online at http://tralvex.com/pub/spiritual/37prac.htm